Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My Public Portal
About
PKT-CC-2017-07-11
Moab City Council July 11, 2017 Pre -Council Workshop 6:30 PM REGULAR COUNCIL MEETING 7:00 PM CITY COUNCIL CHAMBERS CITY CENTER (217 East Center Street) Page 1 of 451 Page 2 of 451 City of Moab 217 East Center Street Moab, Utah 84532 Main Number (435) 259-5121 Fax Number (435) 259-4135 www.moabcity.org Moab City Council Regular Council Meeting City Council Chambers Tuesday, July 11, 2017 at 6:30 p.m. ..........................................•••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 6:30 p.m. 7:00 p.m. SECTION 1: SECTION 2: SECTION 3: SECTION 4: SECTION 5: SECTION 6: SECTION 7: SECTION 8: PRE COUNCIL WORKSHOP CALL TO ORDER AND PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE APPROVAL OF MINUTES 1-1 June 27, 2017 CITIZENS TO BE HEARD PROCLAMATIONS None PRESENTATIONS None PUBLIC HEARING (Approximately 7:15 PM) None SPECIAL EVENTS/VENDORS/BEER LICENSES 6-1 Request for Approval of by Canyonlands Natural History Association an Amplified Music Event at Old City Park on July 18, 2017 CONSENT AGENDA 7-1 Acceptance of an Annexation Petition by Kelly Shumway for Property Located at 500 West and 963 North and 500 West and 1001 North 7-2 Approval of Proposed Resolution #47-2017 — A Resolution updating Recreation Fees 7-3 Approval of a Purchase with Dell Computers of Police Department Laptops in the Amount of $20,997.18 7-4 Approval of Task Order with Bowen Collins & Associates Engineers for 2017 General Engineering Assistance with a fee amount not to exceed $40,000.00 OLD BUSINESS 8-1 Approval of Proposed Resolution #44-2017 — A Resolution Revising Culinary Water Use Fees and Connection Fees 8-2 Consideration to Adopt Ordinance # 2017-18 to Amend Moab Municipal Code, with the Repeal of Sections 17.09.660 and 17.09.665 Pertaining to the Site Plan Review Page 3 of 451 process; Adding a New Chapter 17.67; Amending Chapter 17.80 Pertaining to Large Scale Developments; and Amending Chapter 17.31, Use Restrictions in the Resort Commercial Zone to Prohibit Large Scale Retail Developments in that zone as Referred to Council by the Planning Commission and Recommending Adoption 8-3 Consideration to Approve Proposed Resolution #28-2017 — A Resolution Adopting the 2017 City of Moab General Plan Update SECTION 9: NEW BUSINESS 9-1 Consideration and Approval of Proposed Ordinance #2017-26 — An Ordinance Amending the Zoning for Approximately Five Acres with an Address of 354 Williams Way in the R-2 Single and Two Family Residential Zone to R-4 Manufactured Housing Residential Zone and Amending the Official Zoning Map 9-2 Approval of Proposed Resolution #46-2017 — A Resolution Adopting the Water System Design Criteria Manual, Wastewater System Design Criteria Manual and APWA Manual of Standard Specifications (Utah Chapter) 9-3 Consideration and possible Approval of Proposed Ordinance #2017-30 — An Ordinance Repealing Certain Provisions of Title 13 Pertaining to the City of Moab Culinary Water and Wastewater Treatment System and Enacting New Provisions SECTION 10: ADMINISTRATIVE REPORTS SECTION 11: MAYOR AND COUNCIL REPORTS SECTION 12: READING OF CORRESPONDENCE SECTION 13: APPROVAL OF BILLS AGAINST THE CITY OF MOAB SECTION 14: ADJOURNMENT In compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act, individuals needing special accommodations during this meeting should notify the Recorder's Office at 217 East Center Street, Moab, Utah 84532; or phone (435) 259-5121 at least three (3) working days prior to the meeting. Check our website for updates at: www.moabcity.org Page 4 of 451 MOAB CITY COUNCIL MINUTES -- DRAFT REGULAR MEETING JUNE 27, 2017 Regular Meeting & Attendance: The Moab City Council held its Regular Meeting on the above date in the Council Chambers at the Moab City Center, located at 217 East Center Street, Moab, Utah. A recording of the meeting is archived at http://www.utah.gov/pmn/index.html. Review of the Revised Draft General Plan: Councilmember Kyle Bailey called the Meeting to order at 5:16 PM. In attendance were Councilmembers Rani Derasary, Heila Ershadi, Kyle Bailey and Kalen Jones. Also in attendance were City Manager David Everitt, City Recorder/Assistant City Manager Rachel Stenta, City Attorney Chris McAnany, Planning Director Jeff Reinhart, Planning Assistant Sommar Johnson, and Recorder Assistant Eve Tallman. Councilmember Knuteson-Boyd arrived at 5:37 PM. Public Works Director Pat Dean and Treasurer Jennie Ross also attended. City Manager David Everitt announced that the meeting was live -streamed on Facebook. The discussion of the revised Draft General Plan involved a review of edits to and refinements of the document. The following parts of the Plan generated discussion: Utah State University (USU) and the Council's shared understanding that housing would be provided in conjunction with the construction of the campus, thereby reducing impacts on Moab's housing market; strengthening the language of the Water Supply goal to ensure pristine culinary water; encouraging the development of green building codes; restricting development in flood zones; preserving wildlife corridors in town; encouraging historic preservation; consideration of neighborhood -scale commercial opportunities that preserve residential areas; livestock in the city; transportation planning to reduce congestion; downtown parking needs; the water conservation plan; wastewater treatment; and integrating comments provided by the Solid Waste District and citizen Jeff Adams with the Canyonlands Watershed Council. Planning staff explained that public comments submitted during the Plan Revision process had been integrated into the draft. Planning staff agreed to ensure the latest edits were made for presentation for approval at a future Council meeting. Councilmember Derasary also raised a concern to specifically affirm Moab's commitment to a diverse and thriving community; Councilmember Knuteson-Boyd felt any further clarification or strengthening of the language could be accomplished at the next revision. Regular Meeting Called to Order: (1:44 on recording) Mayor Pro-Tem Tawny Knuteson-Boyd called the Regular City Council Meeting to order at 7:00 PM and led the Pledge of Allegiance. Eighteen members of the public and media were present. Approval of Minutes: Councilmember Derasary moved to approve the minutes of the June 13, 2017 meeting with one correction. Councilmember Jones seconded the motion. The motion carried 5-0 aye, with Councilmembers Bailey, Ershadi, Jones, Derasary and Knuteson-Boyd voting aye. Citizens to Be Heard: There were no Citizens to be Heard. New Business: Amendments to Moab Municipal Code — Tabled Discussion: City Attorney McAnany and Planner Reinhart presented Ordinance # 2017-18 to Amend Moab Municipal Code, with the Repeal of Sections 17.09.660 and 17.09.665 Pertaining to the Site Plan Review process; Adding a New Chapter 17.67; Amending Chapter 17.80 Pertaining to Large Scale Developments; and Amending Chapter 17.31, Use Restrictions in the Resort Commercial Zone to June 27, 2017 Page 1 of 4 Page 5 of 451 1-1 Minutes Prohibit Large Scale Retail Developments in that zone as Referred to Council by the Planning Commission. City Attorney McAnany noted this is a major revision to the Planning Code. He described Level I and Level II applications for developments, including "big box' commercial businesses in excess of 30,000 square feet. He noted that large scale lodging is included in the code revision. McAnany discussed regulations for large developments in the Resort Community zone. Councilmember Jones commented on and asked for several points of clarification on topics such as Planned Unit Developments (PUDs) and architectural considerations; minor versus major changes; parking bonuses; geotechnical concerns; and nuisance odors. City Attorney McAnany clarified that topics should be consolidated to reduce duplication. Councilmember Ershadi asked about traffic studies and noted it appears that there is a trigger for requiring traffic studies only for very large developments. Planner Reinhart clarified the basis for traffic studies. City Attorney McAnany stated a review of the threshold can be considered. Councilmember Derasary asked about the comments the Planning Commission received that prompted the Planning Commission to table the revisions in April. Planner Reinhart stated the discussion was about consistency with other parts of the code and noted adoption of the code revision is due before the moratorium expires in July. Motion and Vote: Councilmember Jones moved to table the motion. Councilmember Derasary seconded the motion. The motion carried 5-0 aye, with Councilmembers Bailey, Ershadi, Jones, Derasary, and Knuteson-Boyd voting aye. Public Hearings: (2:35 on recording) Mayor Pro-Tem Knuteson-Boyd opened a public hearing for comments at 7:55 PM on Proposed Sewer Rate Changes Based on a "Cost -of -Service" Approach. Keith Larsen of Bowen Collins & Associates made a presentation on current sewer rates, a "cost of service" approach to setting rates, and outlined alternative phasing of costs over time for various billing categories. Citizen Jeff Adams asked about projected growth and whether it is accounted for in the rate structure. Mr. Larsen stated it would not affect the overall cost of service approach. Councilmember Jones asked about whether the usage was measured in the winter and it was clarified that some use was measured in the winter but large commercial use by hotels was based on annual amounts. Councilmember Jones also asked whether calculated recommended rates included full capacity and the reply was that full capacity was projected in the estimates. Councilmember Derasary asked for clarification regarding residential users' perceived subsidy of commercial overnight accommodation growth and use. Mr. Larsen clarified that the cost of service approach ensures residential customers do not pay for commercial burdens on the system. Mayor Pro-Tem Knuteson-Boyd opened a public hearing at 8:15 PM for comments on Proposed Resolution #40-2017 — A Resolution Amending the Fiscal Year 2016-2017 Budget. City Recorder/Assistant City Manager Rachel Stenta gave a brief overview of the proposed changes. There were no comments. Water Use Fees — Public Hearing (3:01 on recording) Mayor Pro-Tem Knuteson-Boyd opened a public hearing at 8:16 PM for comments on Proposed Resolution #44-2017 — A Resolution Revising Culinary Water Use Fees and Connection Fees. City Manager David Everitt presented the proposed rate changes. He stated there would be a study for water storage and future water needs and rates. Everitt explained infrastructure upgrades are needed. He described how, in the past year, the City had refined its budget and water department expenses and revenues were separated from the City's sewer operations expenses and revenues; Everitt noted the water fund is not breaking even. He explained expenses for long -deferred maintenance and repairs, infrastructure improvements not related to growth, and correcting inadequate staffing levels, have all Page 2 of 4 June 27, 2017 Page 6 of 451 1-1 Minutes contributed to the need to increase water revenues. Citizen Michele Blackburn pointed out the proposed increase, expressed as a percentage, was significant. She noted there is a difference between small businesses and large hotels, and she asked for a differentiation in rates between the two categories. Councilmember Bailey clarified the proposal is for water fees rather than an assessed tax. City Manager Everitt pointed out the catch-up the City is hoping to attain will make up for deferred maintenance. Councilmember Bailey added that replacement of water pipes is costly. Councilmember Jones also noted the dilemma caused by the deferred maintenance due to lack of adequate funding. Councilmember Ershadi suggested it may be appropriate to follow up with Ms. Blackburn after the meeting to discuss the rates she is being charged for her businesses. Consent Agenda — Approved Motion and Vote: Councilmember Jones moved to approve the Consent Agenda. Councilmember Bailey seconded the motion. The motion passed 5-0 with Councilmembers Bailey, Jones, Knuteson-Boyd, Ershadi, and Derasary voting aye. The following items were approved: 1) Award of the Audit Services Proposal to Larson CPA; 2) Proposed Resolution #45-2017 — A Resolution Adopting an Interlocal Agreement for the Provision of Election Services By and Between the City of Moab and Grand County; and 3) Proposed Resolution #40-2017 — A Resolution Amending the Fiscal Year 2016-2017 Budget. New Business: Two -Lot Minor Subdivision — Adopted Motion and Vote: Councilmember Ershadi moved to adopt Resolution #42-2017, for the Approval of the Two -lot Desert Towers Minor Subdivision on Property Located at 261 East 200 South in the R-3 Zone. Councilmember Jones seconded the motion. The motion passed 5-0 with Councilmembers Bailey, Jones, Knuteson-Boyd, Ershadi, and Derasary voting aye. Three -Lot Subdivision — Adopted Motion and Vote: Councilmember Derasary moved to adopt Resolution #43-2017, approving the Three -lot Silversteinville NE Subdivision on Property Located at 368 E 100 North in the R-3 Zone as Referred to Council by the Planning Commission. Councilmember Jones seconded the motion. The motion passed 5-0 with Councilmembers Bailey, Jones, Knuteson-Boyd, Ershadi, and Derasary voting aye. Council Reports: Councilmember Jones reported he had attended a meeting with County officials regarding Economic Development. He also noted he attended a meeting for cooperating agencies regarding the Manti-La Sal National Forest Plan Revision. He informed the Council that water source protection and water conservation matters were of primary importance to the City in the Forest Plan Revision process. Councilmember Jones also remarked he had attended the Planning Commission meeting. Councilmember Derasary mentioned she recently traveled to Washington D.C. with Joette Langianese and County Councilmember Mary McGann to meet with officials regarding funding for the Uranium Mill Tailings Remediation Action (UMTRA) project. She stated the contingency is urging for adequate funding to complete the project by 2025. June 27, 2017 Page 3 of 4 Page 7 of 451 1-1 Minutes Councilmember Knuteson-Boyd reported she attended a recent Housing Authority meeting. She also attended a meeting at Grand Oasis with residents and the new owner. Councilmember Ershadi asked if the Housing Authority has rehabilitation monies that might be used at Grand Oasis, and audience member Emily Niehaus from Community Rebuilds stated the rehabilitation funds are not allowed for modular homes. Approval of Bills Against the City of Moab: Councilmember Derasary moved to pay the bills against the City of Moab in the amount of $550,231.16. Councilmember Jones seconded the motion. The motion carried 5-0 aye, with Councilmembers Bailey, Ershadi, Jones, Derasary and Knuteson-Boyd voting aye. Adjournment: Councilmember Bailey moved to adjourn the meeting. Councilmember Ershadi seconded the motion. The motion passed 5-0 with Councilmembers Bailey, Jones, Knuteson-Boyd, Ershadi, and Derasary voting aye. The meeting was adjourned at 8:58 PM. APPROVED: ATTEST: David L. Sakrison, Mayor Rachel E. Stenta, City Recorder June 27, 2017 Page 4 of 4 Page 8 of 451 1-1 Minutes Agenda Summary Sheet Council Meeting Date: July 11, 2017 #: 6-1 Title: Request for Amplified Music at Old City Park on Tues., July 18, 2017. Fiscal Impact: None Staff Presenter(s): Carmella Galley Department: Administration Applicant: CNHA Background/Summary: Click here to enter text. Use of amplified sound equipment at Old City Park is not permitted without special permission of the City Council. Canyonlands Natural History Association is requesting amplified music at their July 18th Employee Event. Options: Approve, deny, or modify. Staff Recommendation: City staff recommends approval of the request. Approval is subject to compliance with all Parks Policies, which provides that approved sound amplification shall not extend beyond 9 pm. Recommended Motion: "I move to approve the request for amplified music at Old City Park for CNHA July 18, 2017." Attachment(s): • Written request from applicant Page 9 of 451 6-1 Special Events/Vendors/Beer Licenses A V A V A V A V A V CANYONLANDS NATURAL HISTORYASSOCIATION To whom it may concern; Canyonlands Natural History Association has reserved the Old City Park for our annual Employee Appreciation Party on July 18, 2017 from 5:00pm -9:00 pm. We have paid the reservation fee, and the amplified musicfee. We are humbly requesting to have amplified music at this event. We look#orward to hosting this event at the Old City Park and thank you for your. consideration. Alishia Oliver Events Coordinator Canyonlands Natural History Association 6-1 Special Events/Vendors/Beer Licenses 3015 SOUTH HIGHWAY 191 A V A MOAB, UT�e84332 A V A 435-259-6003 A V A FAX 435-259-8263 AGENDA SUMMARY MOAB CITY COUNCIL MEETING July 11, 2°17 Agenda ltem #: 7-1 Title: Acceptance of a Petition for Annexation by Kelly Shumway located at approximately 963 North 500 West and 1001 North 500 West Fiscal Impact: Undetermined Staff Presenter(s): Rachel Stenta, City Recorder/Assistant City Manager Department: Recorder Applicant: Kelly Shumway Background/Summary:. The attached proposed annexation for Kelly Shumway is in the initial stage. I've attached a flowchart for your reference that outlines the Annexation process as regulated by Utah State Code Annotated Title 10 Chapter 2 Part 10. You will see that the first step is acceptance of the petition by the governing body. I then have 30 days to certify the petition. A public hearing date before the City Council will be set and the Planning Commission will review the annexation and make a recommendation to the City Council prior to the public hearing. Please let me know if you have any further questions. Thank you for your consideration Options: Acceptance of the petition to move forward in the process: Approve, Deny or Postpone 1 Staff Recommendation: Staff recommends letting the petition proceed through the process Recommended Motion: I move to approve item #7-1 Attachment(s): • Annexation Petition • Flow Chart Page 11 of 451 7-1 Consent Agenda June 29, 2017 Mr. Jeff Reinhart Moab City Planner 217 East Center Street Moab, UT 84532 RE: Shumway Annexation Dear Mr. Reinhart, I am assisting Mike And Kelly Shumway with an annexation of their properties commonly known as 1001 North 500 West and 967 North 500 West., Moab, UT. Attached herewith please find the Narrative, the completed petition, the Annexation Map and the necessary fees for submittal of this package. The two properties are bounded by Moab City Corporate limits on the North side, the East side and better than half of the southerly boundary. The 1001 North property has an old residence thereon and the 967 North property has a small office building and a large metal shop building that have historically been used for commercial and industrial concerns for 60 plus years. Mike and Kelly Shumway see annexation of these properties as an opportunity to re -develop them into an asset for the community and something more compatible with the adjacent properties, uses and zoning. The properties abut on the north boundary and east boundary existing Moab City C4 zoning. As such, that is the zone they desire upon annexation. The C4 Zone proposed is also more compatible to the R2 Zoning on the south than are the current industrial uses. Please notify me of any additional information you might need and if you have any questions. Sincerely, Timothy M. eogh Page 12 of 451 7-1 Consent Agenda ANNEXATION NARRATIVE Following are the Criteria for Annexation of the petitioned properties per Moab City Code 1.32.020 C. 1. a. The property must be contiguous to the boundaries of the city. The subject properties join the current corporate limits on the North, the East and portions of the South boundary. b. The property must lie within the area projected for the city municipal expansion. The subject properties do lie within the projected city expansion. c. The property must not be included within the boundaries of another incorporated municipality. The subject properties are not within the boundaries of another municipality. d. The annexation must not create unincorporated islands within the boundaries of the city. The proposed annexation does not create any unincorporated islands within the boundaries of the city. e. The property proposed to be annexed hereunder will not be annexed for the sole purpose of acquiring municipal revenue or for retarding the capacity of another municipality to annex into the same or related area. The annexation is not proposed for the sole pui pose of creating revenue for Moab City and there are no other municipalities proposing these land for annexation. City services and transportation routes are in place to serve the subject property. Potential development in the proposed C4 Zone will generate revenues for city utilities and city services and will provide much needed sales tax revenues. Immediate access to Highway 191 allows for minimal impact to the existing residential neighborhoods and roads to the south. Taxing entities within the proposed annexation (Schools, County, State, Library, Cemetery, Water Conservancy, Mosquito Abatement, Moab Valley Fire) are not affected by the proposed annexation. Page 13 of 451 7-1 Consent Agenda C City of Moab 217 East Center Street Moab, Utah 84532 . Main Number (435) 259-5121 Fax Number (435) 259-4135 PETITION FOR ANNEXATION June 26, 2017 Petition date: Petition Descriptio + (Approximate Address): N 0500 W 963 and N 0500 W 1001 Contact Sponsor Name: Kelly Shumway Contact Sponsor Mailing Address: PO Box 1032, Moab, UT 84532 Contact Sponsor Phone Number: 435/260-1554 We, the uriaers fined, being a majority of the owr rs of real property in territory lying cortigucus to tF a corm at., snits of Moab City, a r—Inicipai L. A lion i Grand County, State of U and 'sr hvvners of m :.rP than o, it third (1/' / in N IL a uperty in sair! -e itc :r last 3f-f:3s.^1, : )Ils in Grand C.. -Int 1. reby respectfully petitic .ne Ole NI ay COE—in(.i Moab City tJ._ suci t rri ry be annexed to -Ind ,)rt c," -paid Moab City and that the uurporate city limits of Moat C,.y be extended so as to i nclude the territory herein below listed. My signature on this ►. ition may be coi,sidered as a ')e tition or as part of a multiple- pr tii 3I IEi vitition Printed Name Mailing Address Signa ur 1' KM Real Estate Enterprises, LLC PO Box 1032, Moab, UT 84532 2. MDean and Company, LLC PO Box 1032, Moab, UT 84532 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. * Moab City Code 17.12.150 Moab City — Annexation Petition Page 14 of 451 7-1 Consent Agenda The territory referred to herein is comprised of the following described real property in Grand County, State of Utah, to wit: Please attach a legal description of the proposed annexation and an accurate recordable map prepared by a licensed surveyor of the area proposed for annexation. Those properties described and set forth upon the attached pages through _, which pages are incorporated by reference and expressly made a part of this petition. ist of Annexation Petition Attachments: Individual Legal descriptions for each property proposed for annexation; or A legal description that is inclusive of all properties proposed for annexation; An accurate, recordable map prepared by a licensed surveyor of the area(s) proposed for annexation; Copes of notices sent to affected entities; A list of affected entities to which notices were sent; Please return this form with attachments to the Moab City Offices with an annexation petition fee* of $100.00 (for lots under five acres) or $400.00 (for lots over five acres). Please contact the City Recorder's Office at (435) 259-5121 if you have any questions regarding this form or this process. LEGAL DESCRIPTION (KM Real Estate Enterprises, LLC) PARCEL 03-032-0028 Beginning at a point 726 feet North and 174 feet West of the East 1/4 Corner of Section 35, T25S, R21E, SLM; and running thence West 2015 feet; thence South 200 feet; thence East 2178 feet; thence North 30 feet; thence West 168 feet to a point on a chain link fence; thence North 1°41' East 170 feet along said fence to the point of beginning. 9.37 AC LEGAL DESCRIPTION (NI. Dean and Company, LLC) PARCEL 03-035-0027 Beginning at a point 726 feet North and 11 feet West of the East 1/4 Corner of Section 35, T255, R21E, SLM; and running thence South 170 feet; thence West 168 feet; thence North 1°41' East 170 feet; thence East 163 feet to place of beginning. 0.65 AC * Moab City Code 17.12.150 Moab City —Annexation Petition Page 15 of 451 7-1 Consent Agenda opua6y _puasuoo i-L NAM NY MfaNL LSC POSTAL.N E00A1 MASS FASr DO rc ANS OSOAMO.4DON W 01g N1O N SS'6Tw LINTY <„ T.IANTLL.LLC KM ANNEXATION MAP AN ANNEXATION TM LANOS WIDTH OIL NONT.rwlTOUANTTAOF TO.NaLS D vu�m. S+FAST SALT LAND SASE ANS I..T,wN SUCS Ol CDNAINT 01.20146.11 SOU, OTT UMW STMY6w lSr Al DOA COLVADI 8 s SAi• 179I.7. smo 1114401.56 LOCATED TVANSNIP IOLOH.BMNA',F ST FAIT SALT LAID WENDS NCNWN PTo{.<L os1.LT RED DE I 1 aN. 5,3OILT Land Surveying Ltr 14 LOT-1l I LOT w LOT 11 LOT 1] LOT 11 LOTS LOT. Lrne OT1 I Lme .ru.omwLn.wa., A LOTS LOT 4 LOT LOTS LOT. LOT 1s l LOT LL MOOS OTT WE TwOOL.4'E,.E APPROVED BY MOAB CRY 1.440s PO/DODO, anaTONTFA AAFLa.To SURVEYOR'S CERTIFICATE �aw.<144. �m���<�nr<w.«�wsw.m04,414.411...41444. wm�. <11414 ..e a/there.el bM m r NNsd lA. w mpA ra a. w <AT of N.r Luca 111.F BOUNDARY DESCRIPTION OF ANNEXATION AREA IDor* I r.lrNmn. Nr CID.. . Forr.N NEPSTF T».wrr<.n Sw Del Ousloso i e wi1...wiry SS.. Ming. S1 ENL rL Lr.IbN tirnlion ob run.. rol.rL rNEn..FAa! War W Nxt FAST VTwON 1..mNTATu.r;FAo EAST MIL 1• 1.rA rnN M'Fi.4 e�.l�lw: b.w FAST KO Lm m IwNle•b• ew.rrNrr/rry COUNTY SURVEYOR APPROVAL < AMMO, NM, aw O. Sate D.O. ST 31010.1. r COUNTY LUNSTION CTXINrf RECORDER NO. STATE O.OINLWAD COUNTL A([OmFOAT 1.NL VAULTT OF oue eaaL rr t NE mIwTT IILOTSONI Page 16 of 451 CITY OF MOAB - ANNEXATION PROCESS (REVISED 06/13/07) Petitioner mails Notice of Intent to affected entities ► Petitioner files Annexation Petition with City Recorder Petition may be modified to correct deficiencies and re -filed with City Recorder City Council receives Boundary Commission's Decision within 30 days of conclusion of hearing Lt. Governor issues Certificate of Annexation Petitioner mails copies of ► completed petition to Co. Clerk & Planning Chair Notice of Denial mailed within 5 days to Contact Sponsor, Co. Clerk & Planning Chair ► Notice of Rejection and reasons mailed to City Council, Contact Sponsor, County Council, Planning Chair City Recorder provides copy of protest to Boundary Commission within 5 days of receipt and notifies County Council City Council sets Public Hearing date City Council Reviews at next regular meeting at least 14 days after filing date City Recorder rejects etition for certification County Council or Affected Entity files protest with Boundary Commission within 30 days of City Council Notice of Certification — protest must be mailed to City Recorder No protests are filed City Recorder sends written notice of Annexation to Lt. Governor's Office within 30 days of adoption City Recorder Records Annexation with County Recorder within 30 days of adoption Page 17 of 451 Moab City Planning Commission Reviews & Recommends City Recorder reviews Petition for certification within 30 days of acceptance Petition certified within 30 days City Recorder mails Notice of Certification to City Council, Contact Sponsor, County Council, Planning Chair City Recorder publishes notice of certification once a week for three weeks no later than 10 days after certification I City Recorder mails notice of certification to each Affected Entity within 20 days of certification City Recorder sends Notice of Annexation to each Affected Entity within 30 days of adoption City Recorder publishes notice of ► public hearing at least 7 days prior to hearing City Council holds Public Hearing City Council Grants Annexation by Adoption of Ordinan 7-1 Consent Agenda o% 25% So% SPA I ITCFMAll CN • Kelly Shumway • KM Real Estate/MDean Co. • P.O. Box 1032 • Moab, UT84532 • 43S-26o-1554 • k.shumwayQa frontier.com 75% i00% A \EXAM CN C1-1324J ST ITEM DEfAI LS Compl eted Petition Received 3o-Jun-17 Address (adjacent to City Limits) loos North Soo West & 967 North Soo West f Contact Name Kelly Shumway Contact Phone # 435-260-1554 f Copy of Petition mailed to County Clerk & PC by applicant Notice of PC Meeting posted on property City Council Acceptance/Denial 11-Jul-17 Notice of Denial Mailed Planning Commission Review Recommended Zone PC Annexation Review Received Certification Date Notice of Certification to City Council Notice of Certification to Affected Entities Notice of Certification Published Protest Period Ends Protests Received City Council Agenda to Set Public Hearing Ordinance # Public Hearing Date Ordinance Approval Date Notice of Annexation to Affected Entities Notice of Annexation Published Notice of Annexation mailed to Contact Sponsor Annexation mailed to Lt. Governor Certificate of Annexation received from Lt. Governor Annexation Recorded with County Recorder City Zoning Map Updated Page 18 of 451 7-1 Consent Agenda f AGENDA SUMMARY MOAB CITY COUNCIL MEETING July 11, 2017 Agendaltem #: 7-2 Title: Approval of Updated Recreation Fees and changes for 2o17/2o18 Fiscal Impact: $35,000-$45,0000 Staff Presenter(s): Tif Miller Department: Parks and Recreation Applicant: N/A Background/Summary: The City of Moab Recreation and Parks Departments periodically look at their current rates to determine whether or not any should be altered. Different factors come into play including increasing operating costs, similar facility comparisons, improvements to programs, new programs, etc... We have looked at all of this items to determine whether or not we should have any changes. We are proposing to incorporate an updated fee schedule for Moab City Sports, the MRAC, as well as the MARC. Attached you will find documents that list all the proposed fees for the upcoming 2017/2018 year with some fees that could go into place as soon as the fall of 2017. These fees do not represent a remarkable increase for each individual rate, but all of them together should help to increase revenues to help cover new/increasing operation and maintenance costs and to assist with the introduction of new programs. Youth sports programs will continue to be offered at early bird rates for at least two weeks that will be lower than the regularly set fee. After the early bird timeframe expires, the rates will move to the current proposed rates and will incur a higher late penalty if participants are not signed up by date determined by when season begin. There changes to the MRAC fee schedule relating mostly to minor changes to the costs of certain membership passes. The MARC is also updating its pricing as well as policies involved with renting the MARC and its equipment. City Staff is available to discuss any specific details of proposal, and answer any questions that the City Council may have. Options: The City Council may approve, approve with conditions, deny or postpone the item. Staff Recommendation: Approval of Updated Recreation Fees and changes for 2017/2018 1 Page 19 of 451 7-2 Consent Agenda Recommended Motion: Approve Attachment(s): Proposed Moab City Sports Fees Proposed MRAC Fees Proposed MARC Fees Moab City Sports Comparisons MARC Policy Updates Page 20 of 451 7-2 Consent Agenda RESOLUTION #47-2017 A RESOLUTION AMENDING THE FEE SCHEDULE FOR MOAB CITY SPORTS, THE MOAB RECREATION AND AQUATIC CENTER, AND THE MOAB ARTS AND RECREATION CENTER WHEREAS, the City of Moab establishes fees for city services by resolution; and WHEREAS, the City of Moab Recreation Department has determined that there are a number of fees that should be adjusted or added to the fee structure, to help offset increasing operating costs and provide more opportunities for the citizens of the City of Moab. NOW, THEREFORE, WE, THE GOVERNING BODY OF THE CITY OF MOAB RESOLVE TO ADOPT THE FEES FOR THE CITY OF MOAB RECREATION DEPARTMENT AND PARKS SHOWN AS EXHIBITS HERETO. Passed and adopted by action of the Governing Body of the City of Moab, Utah in open session this 11th day of July, 2017. Mayor David L. Sakrison ATTEST: Rachel E. Stenta City Recorder Resolution #22-2016 Page 1 of 1 Page 21 of 451 7-2 Consent Agenda Moab City Sports Recreation Programs • For more information —Moab City Recreation Department 259-2255, www.moabcity.org • To register — www.moabcity.org (credit card required) or register at the Rec Office at 217 E Center St (pay by cash, check or credit card) - Early Bird Registration fees will apply up to a month before normal registration for certain programs (* Represents programs that offer early bird rate) - Registration late fees once assessments begin - Space may be limited • Financial Aid — Financial aid is available for youth programming. Participants eligible for reduced school lunch qualify for FA. Application included in the payment section of the on-line registration form. • Free Equipment - Moab City Recreation has used equipment and uniforms available for free. We usually have cleats during season. Other free items are available during the respective season. Call for information. PROGRAMMING First Kicks Spring Soccer Spring Soccer Spring Youth Volleyball Lil Tykes T-Ball T-Ball Coach Pitch Boys Coach Pitch Girls Baseball/Softball Adult Soccer Frisbee Golf Tournament Adult Softball League Adult Pickleball Tournament Fall Youth Soccer Tackle Football NFL Flag Football Middle School Football Middle School Volleyball Fall Youth Volleyball Adult Flag Football Adult Volleyball Adult Volleyball League Adult Basketball League Adult Spring Basketball Tournament Jr. Jazz Basketball Youth Indoor Soccer Adult Indoor Soccer Ultimate Frisbee Ultimate Frisbee Tournament Ages Coed 3-4 yrs old Coed 5 yrs old - 4th grade Coed 5th_8th grade Coed 3rd-8th Grade Coed 3-4 yrs old Coed Kindergarten 1st and 2nd Grades 1st and 2nd Grades 3rd-8th Grades Coed 15 + Coed 15 + Coed 15 + Coed 15 + Coed 5 yrs old - 3rd grade Coed 4th-7th Grades Coed 1st - 4th Grades Boys 7th and 8th Grade Girls 7th and 8th Grades Coed 3rd-6th Grades Coed 15+ Coed 15+ Coed 15 + Coed 15 + Coed 15 + Coed 3rd-6th Grades Coed 7th-12th Grades Coed 15 + Coed 15 + Coed 15 + Season Spring Spring Spring Spring Spring/Summer Spring/Summer Spring/Summer Spring/Summer Spring/Summer Spring/Summer Spring/Summer Summer Summer Fall Fall Fall Fall Fall Fall Fall Winter/Summer Fall/Winter Winter/Summer Spring Winter Winter Winter Winter/Spring Spring Fee $15 $35* +Uniform $45* (uniform included) $45* + Uniform $15 $35* $40* $40* $70* $20 $20/person or $35/Team $250/Team $60 $30* + Uniform $70* $45* $75 $45 $35* $135/Team $20/season $130/team $75/Team $75/Team $40* + Uniform $35* $45 (includes tournament) $10 $75 Team Page 22 of 451 7-2 Consent Agenda RECREATION FACILITIES Old City Park Disc Golf Course (18 holes) Swanny City Skate Park Moab Recreation and Aquatic Center (Swanny Park) — aquatics (indoor and outdoor), weight and cardio room, aerobics room, party/rental room, drop -in child care Center St Gym (200 E Center St)— basketball/volleyball gymnasium Center St Ballpark (200 E Center St)— 4 baseball diamonds, football & soccer fields Anonymous Park BMX track (500 W) Moab Bark Park (Not reservable) Page 23 of 451 7-2 Consent Agenda MOAB RECREATION AND AQUATIC CENTER RATES AQUATIC ONLY OR FITNESS ONLY Resident Non-resident DAILY ADMISSION Proposed in Red 3 & Under Youth 4-17 Individual (aquatic) Youth 14-17 Individual (fitness) Adult 18+ Senior 55+ Family up to 6 (14+ allowed in Fitness) Free $ 2 $ 2 $ 5 $ 3 $ 15 1 4 4 7 5 25 ANNUAL PASS Youth 4-17 Individual (aquatic) Youth 14-17 Individual (fitness) Adult Individual Senior Individual (55 and over) Adult Couple Senior Couple Family up to 6 (14+ allowed in Fitness) Additional Family Member $100 $ 105 $100 $105 $155 $ 160 $115 $ 115 $ 235 $ 245 $180 $ 190 $ 285 $ 305 $ 40 $ 40 SUMMER SEASON PASS - AQUATIC ONIMMIP Youth 4-17 Individual (aquatic) Youth 14-17 Individual (fitness) Adult Individual Senior Individual Adult Couple Senior Couple Family up to 6 (14+ allowed in Fitness) Additional Family Member $ 65 $ 65 $ 85 $ 65 $135 $105 $165 $ 35 70 70 90 70 145 110 180 35 Resident Non-resident DAILY ADMISSION Proposed in Red 3 & Under Student 14-17 Adult Senior 55+ N/A $ 4 $ 7 $ 4 Family up to 6 (14+ allowed in Fitness) $ 20 N/A $ 7 $ 10 $ 7 $ 35 ANNUAL PASS Mi_ MEM Youth 14-17 Individual $175 $ Adult Individual $ 255 $ Senior Individual (55 and over) $190 $ Adult Couple $ 395 $ Senior Couple $ 295 $ Family up to 6 (14+ allowed in Fitness) $465 $ Additional Family Members $ 65 $ 180 260 190 405 305 485 65 SUMMER SEASON PASS BMW Youth 14-17 Individual $105 $ Adult Individual $135 $ Senior Individual $105 $ Adult Couple $ 210 $ Senior Couple $165 $ Family up to 6 (14+ allowed in Fitness) $ 265 $ Additional Family Member $ 50 $ 110 140 110 220 175 280 50 6-MONTH PASS Youth 14-17 Individual $115 120 Page 24 of 451 7-2 Consent Agenda 6-MONTH PASS Youth 4-17 Individual (aquatic) Youth 14-17 Individual (fitness) Adult Individual Senior Individual Adult Couple Senior Couple Family up to 6 (14+ allowed in Fitness) Additional Family Member 3-MONTH PASS Youth 4-17 Individual (aquatic) Youth 14-17 Individual (fitness) Adult Individual Senior Individual Adult Couple Senior Couple Family up to 6 (14+ allowed in Fitness) Additional Family Member VIDNiji Youth 4-17 Individual (aquatic) Youth 14-17 Individual (fitness) Adult Individual Senior Individual Adult Couple Senior Couple Family up to 6 (14+ allowed in Fitness) Additional Family Member $ 80 $ 85 $ 80 $ 85 $100 $ 105 $ 80 $ 85 $155 $ 165 $120 $ 125 $185 $ 200 $ 40 $ 40 $ 60 $ 65 $ 60 $ 65 $ 75 $ 80 $ 60 $ 65 $120 $ 130 $ 95 $ 1oo $140 $ 155 $ 30 $ 30 $ 25 30 $ 25 $ 30 $ 35 $ 40 $ 25 $ 30 $ 55 $ 65 $ 40 $ 45 $ 65 $ 75 $ 10 $ 10 25 PUNCH CARD 1.1 Adult Individual $165 $ Senior Individual $125 $ Adult Couple $ 255 $ Senior Couple $190 $ Family up to 6 (14+ allowed in Fitness) $ 300 $ Additional Family Member $ 55 $ 170 125 265 200 315 55 3-MONTH PASS Youth 14-17 Individual Adult Individual Senior Individual Adult Couple Senior Couple $ 90 $125 $ 90 $190 $150 Family up to 6 (14+ allowed in Fitness) $240 Additional Family Member $ 45 95 130 95 200 155 255 45 MONTHLY Youth 14-17 Individual $ 40 $ Adult Individual $ 55 $ Senior Individual $ 40 $ Adult Couple $ 90 $ Senior Couple $ 70 $ Family up to 6 (14+ allowed in Fitness) $110 $ Additional Family Member $ 15 $ 45 60 45 100 80 120 15 L5 PUNCFALAMI. Youth 14-17 Individual Adult Individual Senior Individual $ 85 $ $120 $ $ 85 $ 90 125 85 SHOWER FEES Page 25 of 451 7-2 Consent Agenda Youth 4-17 Individual (aquatic) $ 45 $ 50 Individual $5.00 Youth 14-17 Individual (fitness) $ 45 $50 Adult Individual $ 90 $ 95 Senior Individual $ 65 s 65 Individual $ 25 $ 30 JR LIFEGUARD COURSE FEE 1-WEEK FAMILY PASS - AQUATIC ONLY SWIM LESSONS $ 75 $ 75 Individual $ 30 $ 30 CLASS FEES CHILD CARE Members $ 2 $ Individual $ 3 Non -Members $ 4 $ 5 CLASS PUNCH PASSES Members (20-Punch) Non -Members (20-Punch) $ 35 $ 45 $ 65 s 75 Corporate rates to be negotiated based on needs and circumstances Page 26 of 451 7-2 Agenda Consent Facility Rental Pricing Sheet M m0A6 ARTS a RECREATION CENTER www.moabmarc.com • 111 E 100 N Moab, UT 84532 • 435.259.6272 • marcinfo@moabcity.org Thank you for your interest in the MARC. MARC Rental Agreements are non- transferable and are only valid for the rooms, times and event(s) specified in the agreement and are contingent upon the renter's compliance with the following policies. If there are any changes to the following policies, the MARC reserves the right to require a new agreement to be approved and signed by the MARC and the renter. Events and Ongoing Rental Rates (Same pricing on Weekends & Weekdays) Events are: Art Events, Classes, Programs, Workshops, Meetings, ETC. Available from 7am-11 pm Hourly Rate Full day Rate (8+ Hrs) MI $10/hr $80/day Meeting Room (13'x36') Downstairs Studio/Kitchen (500 SQ FT) Downstairs $10/hr $80/day Dance Room (32'x59') Upstairs '1 $20/hr $160/day Stage Room (30'x42' + stage) Upstairs $20/hr $160/day Foyer (30'x40') Upstairs $20/hr $160/day Entire Facility $75/hr $525/day Private Parties (Separate pricing on Weekends & Weekdays) Private Parties are: Weddings, Receptions, Birthdays, ETC. Available from 7am-11 pm Weekday Rate (MON-THUR) Weekend Rate (FRI-SUN) Art Room (12'x33') Downstairs $15/hr $120/day Single Room Rentals are not available for Private Parties on the weekends. Entire Facility Rentals only. Meeting Room (13'x36') Downstairs Studio/Kitchen (500 SQ FT) Downstairs $15/hr $120/day Dance Room (32'x59') Upstairs $30/hr $240/day Stage Room (30'x42' + stage) Upsta. $30/hr $240/day Foyer (30'x40') Upstairs $30/hr $240/dE, Entire Facility $100/hr $825/day $100/hr $825/day Additional Private Party Costs Include: $500 refundable damage deposit; $100 non-refundable cleaning fee (weekends only). Discounts for Events and Ongoing Rentals (Moab Residents ONLY) Local Nonprofits (501 c3, Churches, Schools) 50% Discount Locally Multi -Day Mission Related Events (3 days +) 10% Discount Weekly Renters (3 months +) 10% Discount Building Creative Community $50 Local Donation 10% Discount/per contract City of Moab —Official Use No charge, space available basis only Page 27 of 451 7-2 Consent Agenda MOAB a RECREATION CENTER www.moabmarc.com • 111E 100 N Moab UT 84532 • (435) 259-6272 • marcinfo@moabcity.org Facility Rental Pricing Thank you for your interest in the Moab Arts & Recreation Center. MARC Rental Agreements are non -transferable and are only valid for the rooms, times and event(s) specified in the agreement and are contingent upon the renter's compliance with the following policies. If there are any changes to the following policies, the MARC reserves the right to require a new agreement to be approved and signed by the MARC and the renter. Private Parties: Weddings, receptions, reunions, birthday parties and any event with alcohol are categorized as a private party event. Some private parties may be required to rent the full facility, at the discretion of MARC staff. Gratis space is available for city and county use and on a case -by -case basis. Available 7am-11pm 7 days/week Hourly Rate Day Rate (8+ hours) Private Party (receptions, weddings etc.) $25/hr $190/day $35/hr $270/day Upstairs: Dance Room [32'x59'] $25/hr $190/day $35/hr $270/day Upstairs: Stage Room [30'x42' + Stage] $25/hr $190/day $35/hr $270/day Upstairs: Foyer [30'x40'] Side yard $20/hr $150/day $35/hr $270/day $65/hr $500/day $35/hr $270/day Upstairs Rental (3 rooms + Side Yard) $15/hr $120/day $20/hr $150/day Downstairs Studio/Kitchen [500 sq ft] $15/hr $120/day $20/hr $150/day Downstairs Meeting Room [13'x361 Entire Facility $100/hr $700/day $125/hr $980/day Events with Alcohol +$75 fee Credit Card info will be kept in case of any damages (up to $500) for all private parties with alcohol. Discounts Available: One discount per agreement Non -Profits (501c3, churches, schools, govt) or MARC Mission -Aligned Events 50% Moab Locals, Multi -day Rentals (weekly classes, workshops, meetings etc. - 3+ days) 20% Local Resident Private Party Discount 10% Moab City Employees 20% Page 28 of 451 7-2 Consent Agenda MOAB ART a RECREATION CENTER www.moabmarc.com • 111E 100 N Moab UT 84532 • (435) 259-6272 • marcinfo@moabcity.org 'not drawn to scale Exit 12'x32' Studio 501 SQ FT 9'x13' Kitchen Area Staff Bathrooms Storage I MARC Director's Office Closet Art Closet Film Commission Office I MARC Assistant Director's Office Arts Library Dungeon /Storage 12'x16' Pottery Studio Rented 12'x33' 396 SQ FT 11=1111111 Bathrooms Storage Meeting Room 13'x36' 468 SQ FT Exit and Ramp Access `not drawn to scale DANCE ROOM 29'x56' 1582 SQ FT Ladies Gents 16'xla' Storage GALLERY/FOYER 30'x40' 1200 SQ FT Front Entrance STAGE ROOM 32'x42' 1339 SQ FT Page 29 of 451 7-2 Consent Agenda MOAB & RECREATION www.moabmarc.com • 111 E 100 N Moab UT 84532 • (435) 259-6272 • marcinfoAmoabcity.orci Facility Rental Policies Moab Arts and Recreation Center is an Arts center and multi -purpose space. Please enjoy the local and regional art displays around our building. If you see a piece you love, please be in touch to make a purchase! Moab Arts and Recreation Center Rental Agreements are non -transferable and are only valid for the rooms, times, and event(s) specified in the agreement and are contingent upon the renter's compliance with the following policies. If there are any changes to the following policies, the Moab Arts and Recreation Center (hereafter known as the MARC), reserves the right to require a new agreement to be approved and signed by the MARC and the renter. PAYMENT & OTHER FEES 1. Deposit: For agreements made more than 30 days before date of rental, a signed rental agreement and a 20% deposit are due at the time the reservation is made. If you are put on the calendar as "tentative" we will give you 24 Hours notice to pay a deposit if another party would like to book an event during your dates. 2. Payment: The balance due after a deposit has been made must be paid 30 days prior to rental date. Any rentals made inside of 30 days needs to be paid in full to be placed on the schedule. An ongoing renter's payment is due the first of each month via auto -pay credit cards (Visa, Mastercard, and Discover). 3. Rental Times: Rental times need to include setup and cleanup, and are booked in Yz hour increments with a one -hour minimum, and start on the hour, Yz hour, or hour. 4. Availability: All rentals are subject to availability, with priority given to 1) full facility rentals, 2) arts/ recreation/education opportunities, and 3) meetings. Free space is available to the City of Moab on a space available basis only. 5. Refunds: No refund will be given if the cancellation is 14 days or fewer prior to use. For cancellations 15-30 days prior to use, a 50% refund is given. Cancellation more than 30 days away from event will receive a full refund. There are no refunds for time slots or equipment reserved but not used. 6. On-going/Weekly Rentals: Ongoing renters or weekly renters are defined by the following: • After renting weekly or biweekly for 3 months an individual or group may create a rental agreement for a minimum of one year, renting 9 out of 12 months to develop a long-standing relationship • Must rent same space and time week to week (or biweekly) • Discounts available: 50% off for Nonprofit organizations or 20% off for Moab Locals, multi -day rentals • No down payment. Full amount due at the 1st of the month via credit card auto -pay. Three strikes: Weekly renters are expected to provide on -going rental dates upfront (3 months -at -a -time scheduling minimum). If you need to re -schedule, cancel or change something about your series, please do so with as much notice as possible. In order to continue receiving discounts, weekly renters may make 3 or less changes to their scheduling throughout the year. 7. Cleanup Fees and Damage Deposits: Renters are to leave a room in at least as good condition as they found it. This includes returning tables, stacking chairs, sweeping and mopping the floor, emptying trash, ensuring bathrooms are clean, checking kitchen areas, and removing all personal items. Spills are to be cleaned up by the renter. You are responsible for turning off lights and locking the building when you leave. Any individual or organization that does not comply with the above will be charged a minimum $30 cleaning fee billed at $30/hour/staff-person. This, along with any damages, will be deducted from the $500 Damage Deposit. Page 30 of 451 7-2 Consent Agenda MOAB & RECREATION www.moabmarc.com • 111 E 100 N Moab UT 84532 • (435) 259-6272 • marcinfoAmoabcity.orci 8. Double Booking: Last minute changes to scheduling occasionally occur. If MARC staff asks a renter to relinquish space for which they have already paid, the MARC shall return related rental fees and offer 1 additional free hour of rental space to the renter. 9. Cancellation of Agreement: MARC staff reserves the right to discontinue any rental contract if the activity proves disruptive to neighbors or concurrent users. The agreement can also be cancelled if the renter does not adhere to the terms of the agreement set forth in these policies. Renters who violate the terms of their agreement may be disqualified from future rentals at the MARC. 10. Private Parties: Private parties must be made within 1 week of the rental date. However, a month notice or more is preferred. A $500 refundable damage deposit is required for all private party rentals. Some private parties may be required to rent the full facility, at the discretion of MARC staff. *See Alcohol Policy if alcohol will be available/served. Please initial that you have read the above policies, understand and agree. POLICIES • CODE OF CONDUCT • MULTI -USE OF THE MARC 1. Multi -Use: The MARC is a public facility, with simultaneous users, and is not necessarily staffed during all open hours. Renters should assume there is a group before and after them as well as concurrent events. All renters are required to ensure that attendees minimize unnecessary noise, refrain from running, sliding down the banisters, remain in the rooms rented, clean up space after use, and are courteous to other renters. The signer of the rental agreement is responsible for the attendees' behavior. Please inform MARC staff off any conflicts with other users as soon as possible. 2. Children: Children must remain supervised at all times and in the rooms rented throughout the event. If you need additional space for child care during your event, please rent a downstairs room and arrange for supervision. 3. Renovation: The MARC, built in 1926, is a historic building and undergoes periods of renovation. Renters and participants should be aware of potential construction work, noise, odor, dust, etc. The MARC will make every reasonable effort to inform renters of construction work when it conflicts with a renter's schedule. 4. Storage: No apparatus, furniture, decoration, or equipment other than what was disclosed in the Rental Agreement is to be left at the MARC without prior approval from MARC staff. The MARC Director may consider requests for exceptions or special circumstances. Unsecure storage is available to current renters only. All items must be clearly labeled with the renters name and contact information. The MARC is not responsible for loss or theft of items stored. 5. Event plan: The renter is required to clearly communicate any information pertinent to a proposed event to MARC staff ONE -MONTH PRIOR to determine space arrangements, special services, and equipment necessary to the staging and proper management of the event. MARC staff will accommodate requests to the best of their abilities, but can make no guarantees. The MARC is an Arts center and therefore displays various art around the building. All art displays are to remain in their place, uncovered, and unharmed. Banners on the front of the building are permitted, with permission, and must be hung to the left or right of the building sign above front doors. Renters must receive MARC staff permission to decorate or otherwise transform the space. 7. Set up: Doors and hallways may not be blocked due to fire code regulations; combustibles and flammables may not be placed near entrances or exits (this includes decorations). If MARC staff asks for something to be moved, renter must comply with the request. Renters are fully responsible for their own set-up. 8. Ramp access: There is a ramp on the back side of the MARC, with an entry into the dance room. Please remember to unlock the ramp access door for public events and for any private events when needed. Page 31 of 451 7-2 Consent Agenda MOAB & RECREATION www.moabmarc.com • 111 E 100 N Moab UT 84532 • (435) 259-6272 • marcinfoAmoabcity.orci 9. Noise: Please do not leave interior or exterior doors or windows open during louder events. The sound can easily carry to the MARC's neighbors or to other rooms in the MARC. Moab City's noise ordinance goes into effect at 10 p.m. All events must end prior to 11:00pm. 10. Parking: In addition to parking in front of, on the side of and across from the MARC building, renters should inform attendees to park near the Post Office, at 100N and Main Street, or on Center Street. Renters and attendees may not block residential driveways. 11. Lock up: Renters must close windows, close and lock side doors and front door at the end of their session, if after 5 pm, or as instructed by MARC staff. 12. Hours: The MARC offices are open at from 9am - 5pm M-F. Rentals may occercloses no later than 11:00pm. 13. Space: The MARC has minimal furniture to allow for easy set-up and break -down for the variety of events that take place in our facility. If you need to move furniture to accommodate your set-up, PLEASE return all objects to the place that you found them when cleaning up. Please initial that you have read the above policies, understand and agree. LIABILITY • LICENSES • ADVERTISING • TICKET SALES 1. If the MARC is destroyed or damaged by fire, extreme weather event or any other situation out of the MARC's control, this agreement will be null and void and renter will receive a full refund. However, the MARC will not be responsible for any incidental or consequential losses resulting from the cancellation of this agreement. 2. Renters are not required to carry their own liability insurance; however, each renter is required to use the building responsibly and adhere to fire, safety and health codes, including maximum occupancy regulations. 3. The renter assumes liability for loss, theft, property damage, and personal injury and shall be responsible for the payment of any and all damages to the building, furnishings, fixtures or equipment, whether caused by the lessee or any members of the rental party even to the extent that damage exceeds deposit. 4. Renters are responsible for advertising, ticket -taking, and fee collection for their own events/classes. 5. An individual business license may be required for renting space at the MARC. Renter should check with the City of Moab and comply with any city licensing requirements including completion of Moab City sales tax form required for sales of entertainment and/or goods. Please initial that you have read the above policies, understand and agree. Page 32 of 451 7-2 Consent Agenda MOAB & RECREATION CENTER www.moabmarc.com • 111 E 100 N Moab UT 84532 • (435) 259-6272 • marcinfo@moabcity.org Off -Site Equipment Rental Agreement Moab Arts and Recreation Center Rental Agreements are non -transferable and are only valid for the times and dates specified in the contract. Renter agrees to comply with all guidelines and policies as set forth in the agreement. Security Deposit: A valid credit card number is required as security deposit for items rented. Equipment must be returned in the same condition as received. Please inform MARC staff of any issues with equipment as soon as possible. Equipment: PA/Sound System $50 per day / $25 per day - locals Digital Projector $25 per day Screen $20 per day Tables $10 per day (per table) Chairs $2 per day (per chair) Easels $2 per day (per easel) Name: Organization: E-mail Address: Phone: CC#: exp: sec code: Rental Date: Return Date: Equipment Rented: Location of equipment use: Total Due: Date Paid: Renter Signature: Date: MARC Staff Signature: Date: Returned: Condition: Page 33 of 451 7-2 Consent Agenda First Kicks Spring Soccer** Spring Soccer*** Spring Youth Volleyball Lil Tykes T-Ball T-Ball Coach Pitch Boys Coach Pitch Girls Baseball/Softball Adult Soccer Frisbee Golf Tournament^ Adult Softball League Adult Pickleball Tournament Fall Youth Soccer Tackle Football NFL Flag Football Middle School Football Middle School Volleyball Fall Youth Volleyball Adult Flag Football Adult Volleyball Adult Volleyball League Adult Basketball League Adult Spring Basketball Tourn. Jr. Jazz Basketball Youth Indoor Soccer Adult Indoor Soccer Ultimate Frisbee Ultimate Frisbee Tournament Ages Coed 3-4 yrs old Coed 5 yrs old - 4th grade Coed 5th_8th grade Coed 3rd-8th Grade Coed 3-4 yrs old Coed Kindergarten 1st and 2nd Grades 1st and 2nd Grades 3rd-8th Grades Coed 15 + Coed 15 + Coed 15 + Coed 15 + Coed 5 yrs old - 3rd grade Coed 4th-7th Grades Coed 1st - 4th Grades Boys 7th and 8t Grade Girls 7th and 8th Grades Coed 3rd-6th Grades Coed 15+ Coed 15+ Coed 15 + Coed 15 + Coed 15 + Coed 3rd-6th Grades Coed 7th-12th Grades Coed 15 + Coed 15 + Coed 15 + Season Spring Spring Spring Spring Spring/Summer Spring/Summer Spring/Summer Spring/Summer Spring/Summer Spring/Summer Spring/Summer Summer Summer Fall Fall Fall Fall Fall Fall Fall Winter/Summer Fall/Winter Winter/Summer Spring Winter Winter Winter Winter/Spring Spring Current Fee $15 $35* + Uniform n/a $40* + Uniform $15 $35* $40* $40* $65* $20 $20/person or $35/Team $250/Team $60 $25* + Uniform $65* $45* $70 $40 $35* $135/Team $20/season $130/team $75/Team $30/Team $35* + Uniform $35* $40 (includes tournament) $10 $75 Team Proposed Fee $15 $35* + Uniform $45* (uniform included) $45* + Uniform $15 $35* $40* $40* $70* $20 $20/person or $35/Team $250/Team $60 $30* + Uniform $70* $45* $75* $45* $35* $135/Team $20/season $130/team $75/Team $75/Team $40* + Uniform $35* $45 (includes tournament) $10 $75 Team **currently one fee for all ages * * * not a separate fee in past ^Team fee is new Page 34 of 451 7-2 Consent Agenda MOAB ARTS & RECREATION CENTER www.moabmarc.com • 111 E 100 N Moab UT 84532 • (435) 259-6272 • marcinfo@moabcity.orci CITY OF MOAB ALCOHOL EVENT USE LICENSE For valid consideration, the City of Moab ("the City") and ("the Licensee") agree to authorize the use of the Moab Arts & Recreation Center ("MARC") for an event in which alcoholic beverages will be served in accordance with the terms of this license, City Code, and Utah state law. The event is permitted, subject to the following terms: I. Specific Conditions 1. Dates & times of operation: 2. Description of event: 3. Authorized number of participants: 4. Alcoholic beverages to be served: II. General Conditions 1. Alcohol is authorized to be served at private social gatherings which are defined as any social, business, or recreational event limited in attendance to persons designated in advance, by invitation, and their guests (weddings, birthday parties). No admission fee or charge for the serving of alcoholic beverages shall be collected. Weekend private parties require MARC staff presence. Current fee: $15/serving hour or included in the weekend private party rate ($100/hr). 2. Alcohol sales (cash bar, ticketed events serving alcohol, fundraisers) are authorized for public events with a UT Single Event Permit or Temporary Special Event Beer Permit, City of Moab Special Event Business License, and anv applicable Citv of Moab Alcohol Licenses. Renters must provide copies of the permit and licenses to the MARC office at least 2 weeks before the event. Current fee: none, but nonprofit rental discounts do not apply to events selling alcohol. 3. The Licensee shall be a person at least twenty-one years (21) of age or older. The Licensee is personally responsible for compliance with all provisions of this License and with all applicable City and State laws governing the serving and distribution of alcoholic beverages. All persons who serve alcoholic beverages at the event shall do so under the supervision and direction of the Licensee, who shall be personally responsible for compliance with this agreement. 4. The following serving restrictions apply: a. No person shall allow or permit the serving of alcoholic beverages to any person under the age of twenty-one years (21). b. The Licensee shall provide non-alcoholic beverages and food in sufficient quantity and variety to provide for the expected number of guests and the duration of the event. c. The Licensee shall assure that no alcoholic beverages are served to any person who is visibly intoxicated. A "visibly intoxicated" person is a person who exhibits all or any of the following: slurred speech, bloodshot eyes, an obvious odor of alcohol, unsteady balance, disheveled clothing or appearance, loud, boisterous or inappropriate speech or conduct, or a person who has been observed to consume significant amounts of alcohol, given the person's weight and the passage of time. d. The Licensee shall provide sufficient security, as needed, to prevent the unauthorized entry of persons not 1 Page 35 of 451 7-2 Consent Agenda MOAB ARTS & RECREATION CENTER www.moabmarc.com • 111 E 100 N Moab UT 84532 • (435) 259-6272 • marcinfo@moabcity.ora invited to the event and the removal of disorderly or intoxicated persons. e. All persons serving alcohol shall be at least twenty-one years (21) of age. 5. Licensee agrees to use all necessary care to prevent loss, injury, or death to persons or property, including the property of the City, occurring, directly or indirectly, from the use of the MARC or the serving of alcoholic beverages to guests or other persons. Licensee shall indemnify and hold the City harmless from any and all claims, damages, or other losses, including costs of defense, occurring directly or indirectly from the following: a. injury or death to persons or damage to personal or real property occurring as a result of an alcohol related motor vehicle accident; b. injury or death to event participants, guests, employees of Licensee, volunteers, employees of the City, or members of the public related to the consumption of alcohol by persons at the Licensed event; c. damage to real or personal property of the City or any other person occurring as a result of the actions of event participants, i.e., vandalism or negligent destruction of property. 6. Employees of the MARC may not have any contact with the alcoholic beverage served and may not serve any alcoholic beverage to any guests of your event while on duty or acting in an official capacity on behalf of the city. 7. The licensee shall adhere to the City noise ordinance of 10 p.m. and facility closure at 11 pm. 8. Any MARC Staff may enter the premises of any event permitted at any time to determine compliance with all applicable laws and conditions. Any staff member who deems than an event is out of compliance with applicable laws and conditions shall have the authority to curtail the event. 9. Noncompliance with any of the terms and conditions of this permit may be just cause for refusing the Licensee future alcohol permits. Approved and Accepted: Licensee(s): Signature Copy of Permits Required? (Print Name) Date Yes No Copies received: Date: DABC UT Single Event Alcohol or Temporary Special Event Beer Permit State permits require 60-90 days lead time to process City of Moab Alcohol License (City of Moab Treasurer's Office)** City of Moab Special Event Business License** **Visit City of Moab Treasurer's office to apply for city permits. ***All permits & licenses must be submitted to the MARC at least 2 weeks prior to the event. The City of Moab representative: Signature (Print Name) 2 Date Page 36 of 451 7-2 Consent Agenda MOAB CITY COUNCIL MEETING AGENDA TIMM #: 7-3 Title: Purchase of laptops for Police Department Fiscal Impact: $20,997.18 Staff Presenter(s): Bret Edge, Sergeant Department: Police Department Applicant: N/A Background/Summary: The Police Department is requesting approval to purchase nine (9) laptop computers to be used by officers for report writing and management and as an investigation tool. These laptops will be issued to new officers and to replace outdated laptops that are being phased out of use. We will use funds from the Beer Tax account to fund 100% of the laptop purchase. We recommend that the department switch to Dell ruggedized laptops as they provide a better value than the outgoing Panasonic Toughbooks we have historically used. J Options: Approve, deny or postpone Staff Recommendation: The Police Department recommends that council award the purchase of Dell laptops. Recommended Motion: I move to approve item Attachment(s): One estimates from Dell and another from CDW for two (2) brands of ruggedized laptops designed for use in a mobile environment. Page 37 of 451 7-3 Consent Agenda 7/3/2017 City of Moab Mail - Your Dell Quote 3000015176301.1 c'V Y pF `4111$0... MCI AB Your Dell Quote 3000015176301.1 1 message Chris_Stillman@dell.com <Chris_Stillman@dell.com> To: RSTENTA@moabcity.org Cc: Chris_Stillman@dell.com Rachel Stenta <rstenta@moabcity.org> Wed, Jun 28, 2017 at 3:43 PM A quote for your consideration! Based on your business needs, we put the following quote together to help with your purchase decision. Your quote details appear below, also a complete summary of your items can be found in the attachment. Just reply to this email when you're ready to proceed with your order. Quote summary Quote number: 3000015176301.1 Total: $20,997.18 Quote date: Company: Jun. 28, 2017 CITY OF MOAB Expiration: Customer No: Jul. 28, 2017 2378308 Phone: (435) 259-5121 Sales rep: Bill to: Chris Stillman 217 E CTR ST Chris_Stillnnan@Dell.com MOAB (800) 456-3355 UT 84532-2439 Ext: 7250592 US (435) 259-5121 Page 38 of 451 7-3 Consent Agenda https://mail.google.com/mail/u/0/?ui=2&ik=Obf0a4325f&jsver=IEZPUTRTfxl.en.&view=pt&g=dell&search=query&th=15cf0a8a7ace234.«.iiiii- 7/3/2017 City of Moab Mail - Your Dell Quote 3000015176301.1 Ready to order? Please contact your Dell sales representative if you have any questions or when you're ready to place an order. Thank you for shopping with Dell! Order this quote easily online through your Premier page, or if you do not have Premier, using Quote to Order Your products (1) Item Qty Unit Price Subtotal Latitude 14 Rugged 5414 9 $2,333.02 $20,997.18 Subtotal: $20,997.18 Shipping: $0.00 Environmental Fees: $0.00 Non -Taxable Amount: $20,997.18 Taxable Amount: $0.00 Estimated Tax: $0.00 Total: $20,997.18 Special lease pricing may be available for qualified customers. Please contact your DFS Sales Representative for details. Terms of Sale Unless you have a separate written agreement that specifically applies to this order, your order will be subject to and governed by the following agreements, each of which are incorporated herein by reference and available in hardcopy from Dell at your request: Dell's Terms of Sale (www.dell.com/learn/us/en/ uscorp1 /terms -of -sale), which include a binding consumer arbitration provision and incorporate Dell's U.S. Return Policy (www.dell.com/returnpolicy) and Warranty (for Consumer warranties; for Commercial warranties). If this purchase includes services: in addition to the foregoing applicable terms, the terms of your service contract will apply (Consumer; Commercial). If this purchase includes software: in addition to the foregoing applicable terms, your use of the software is subject to the license terms accompanying the software, and in the absence of such terms, then use of the Dell -branded application software is subject to the Dell End User License Agreement - Type A (www.dell.com/AEULA) and use of the Dell -branded system software is subject to the Dell End User License Agreement - Type S (www.dell.com/SEULA). Page 39 of 451 7-3 Consent Agenda https://mail.google.com/mail/u/0/?ui=2&ik=Obf0a4325f&jsver=IEZPUTRTfxl.en.&view=pt&q=dell&search=query&th=15cf0a8a7ace234UOLJII I II- I JVI VOVQ... 41.1 CDW Shopping Cart https://www.cdwg.com/shop/cart/default.aspx?pfm=crt&printable=1 Shopping Cart Item HP GETAC 5400 G315-4210M 500GB 8GB MFGPart#: A952802 CDW Part#: 3730762 UNSPSC N/A Pricing Option Applied: Advertised Price Customers Who Viewed These Items Also Viewed (12) Panasonic Panasonic Panasonic Toughbook 20 -10.1" Toughbook 20 -10.1" Toughbook 54 - Core m5 6Y57 - 8 - Core m5 6Y57 - 8 Premium Public GB... GB... Sector Service... $3,112.19 $3,561.07 $3,075.28 Advertised Price Advertised Price Advertised Price Add to Cart Add to Cart Add to Cart 800.808.4239 Quantity Availability Unit Price Item Total 10 Call $2,059.83 $20,598.30 Subtotal: $20,598.30 Lease Option ($564.19 /month) Tax and shipping will be calculated in checkout. p Panasonic Toughbook 54 -14" - Core i5 63000 - 4 GB... $3,509.20 Advertised Price Add to Cart 13 ACCREDIT BUSINESSEo SECBRE4Norton� BBB Rating: A+ w....d br Yd.. Lenovo ThinkPad E570 -15.6" - Core i7 75000 - 8 GB... $1,021.71 Advertised Price Add to Cart Customers Who Bought Items from Notebook Computers Also Bought Items from Computer Accessories (12) ..111111.1I/ r� HP 2013 UltraSlim Docking Station Microsoft Surface Pro 4 Docking Station Microsoft Surface Pro HP UltraSlim Docking 4 Type Cover Station 2013 - Keyboard docking station Lenovo ThinkPad Pro Dock - port replicator Page 40 of 451 7-3 Consent Agenda 1 of 2 6/30/ 17, 10:12 AM CDW Shopping Cart https://www.cdwg.com/shop/cart/default.aspx?pfm=crt&printable=1 Shopping Cart Item 800.808.4239 Quantity Availability Unit Price Item Total Panasonic Toughbook 53 Elite -14" - Core i5 4310U - 4 GB RAM - 10 In Stock $2,009.95 $20,099.50 500 GB HDD MFGPart#: CF-532SLZYNM CDW Part#: 4176391 UNSPSC: 43211503 Pricing Option Applied: Advertised Price Customers Who Viewed These Items Also Viewed (12) JO AP Panasonic Toughbook 54 Premium Public Sector Service... $3,075.28 Advertised Price Add to Cart Subtotal: $20,099.50 Lease Option ($550.53 /month) Tax and shipping will be calculated in checkout. 13 ACCREDIT BUSINESSEo ivaton SECURED) BBB Rating: A+ PO.* lay Yd.. J Panasonic Panasonic Dell Latitude 5414 Panasonic Toughbook 53 Elite - Toughbook 31-13.1" Rugged -14" - Core i5 Toughbook 53 Lite - 14"-Corei54310U--Corei553000-4 63000-4GB... 14"-Corei54310U- 4... GB... 4... $1,583.02 $3,549.10 Advertised Price Add to Cart $1,591.00 Advertised Price $1,797.49 Advertised Price Advertised Price Add to Cart Add to Cart Add to Cart Customers Who Bought Products in Your Cart Also Bought... (12) 1 APC Smart -UPS Microsoft Surface Pro HP ProDesk 400 G4 - Xerox 8580/N HP Color LaserJet Pro 3000VA LCD RM 2U 4 Core i5128 GB SSD Core i5 6500 3.2 GHz ($599-$50 MFP M477fnw UPS 4 GB RAM Windows... - 8 GB - 256 GB -... savings=$549, Ends ($529-$150 6/30) savings=$379,... Page 41 of 451 7-3 Consent Agenda 1 of 6/30/17, 10:06 AM Agenda Summary Sheet Council Meeting Date: July 11, 2017 #: 7-4 Title: Approval of Task Order with Bowen Collins & Associates Engineers for 2017 General Engineering Assistance with a fee amount not to exceed $40,000.00. Fiscal Impact: $40,000.00 Staff Presenter(s): Eric Johanson, Acting City Engineer Department: Engineering Consultant: Bowen Collins & Associates Engineers Background/Summary: This task order will allow Bowen Collins & Associates Engineers to continue to provide General Engineering Assistance. In the past Bowen Collins & Associates has used this task order to provide general wastewater engineering assistance to the City. These include reviewing development wasteloads, assisting with wastewater funding applications and various adjuncts to both the existing and proposed treatment facilities. Options: Approve, deny, or modify. Staff Recommendation: Staff recommends that Council approve the General Engineering Assistance Task Order with Bowen Collins & Associates Engineers. Recommended Motion: I move to approve the General Engineering Assistance Task Order with Bowen Collins & Associates Engineers and direct the mayor to sign the agreement. Attachment(s): - Proposed Task Order. Page 42 of 451 7-4 Consent Agenda Bowen Collins & Associates, Inc. CONSULTING ENGINEERS TASK ORDER NO. 17-07 TO MASTER AGREEMENT FOR PROFESSIONAL SERVICES OWNER: City of Moab Utah Effective Date of Master Agreement: April 22, 2014 THIS TASK ORDER NO. 17-07 TO THE MASTER AGREEMENT FOR PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (this "TASK ORDER") is made and entered into as of the day of 2017, by and between City of Moab, Utah (herein called OWNER) and Bowen, Collins and Associates, Inc., a Utah Corporation (herein called ENGINEER) who agree as follows: 1. PROJECT. The PROJECT associated with this TASK ORDER is described as follows: 2017 General Engineering Assistance. The PROJECT SITE is the City of Moab, Utah. 2. SCOPE OF SERVICES. The SCOPE OF SERVICES and deliverables associated with this TASK ORDER is as follows: Bowen Collins & Associates will provide engineering assistance as requested by the OWNER. All tasks and associated fee, will be reviewed and approved by the OWNER prior to commencement of the work. Task may include additional engineering evaluations, technical memorandums, meeting attendance, etc. 3. FEES. OWNER shall reimburse for services provided under this TASK ORDER on a time and expense basis not to exceed $40,000.00. Payment shall be in accordance with the HOURLY RATE SCHEDULE attached hereto as Exhibit A and in accordance with the PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT. 4. SCHEDULE. The SERVICES associated with this TASK ORDER are anticipated to be completed as agreed to upon authorization to proceed. S. ATTACHMENTS AND EXHIBITS. Both parties have read and understood all attachments and exhibits referenced in or attached to this TASK ORDER and agree that such items are hereby incorporated into and made a part of the MASTER AGREEMENT FOR PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, OWNER and ENGINEER have executed this TASK ORDER as of the date first above written. CITY OF MOAB, UTAH (OWNER) BOWEN, COLL ASSOCIATES (ENGINEER) By: By: , 5"~ Printed Name: Printed Name: gt}T-1 J . 1-117250r41 Its: Its: V%GE 1912.E�ItE7VT Attest: Page 43 of 451 7-4 Consent Agenda 2017 Billing Rates Bowen Collins and Associates Professional Classification Ratsy Professional Classification Hourly Rate Office Intern $ 40 Engineer I $ 100 Engineering Intern $ 50 Engineer II $ 108 Clerical I $ 56 Engineer III $ 110 Clerical II $ 67 Engineer IV $ 117 Clerical III $ 82 Engineer V $ 140 Technician I $ 84 Engineer VI $ 150 Technician III $ 100 Engineer VII $ 160 Technician IV $ 103 Engineer VIII $ 170 Technician VII $ 145 Electrical Engineer I $ 105 IT Technician $ 50 Electrical Engineer IV $ 135 IT Manager $ 100 ElectricalTechnician V $ 138 Environmental Scientist $ 110 Electrical Engineer V $ 142 Landscape Architect $ 120 Electrical Engineer VI $ 160 Construction Inspector III $ 103 Chief Engineer $ 145 Construction Inspector IV $ 129 Structural Engineer IV $ 135 Construction Inspector V $ 135 Structural Engineer VII $ 160 Hydrogeologist IV $ 115 Hydrogeologist VII $ 170 Standard Expenses include: Computer/Communication(per hour) $7.00 Mileage $.75 per mile 10% markup on subcontractors and project expenses Billing rates are adjusted annually, typically each January. 7-4 Consent Agenda Page 44 of 451 Moab City Council Agenda Item Meeting Date: July 11, 2017 #: 8-1 Title: Proposed culinary water rate changes Date Submitted: July 3, 2017 Staff Presenter: David Everitt, City Manager Attachment(s): - Memo regarding proposed culinary water rate changes - Presentation for the public hearing - Proposed resolution Options: Approve, deny, or modify. Recommended Motion: I move that the Council adopt Resolution No. 2017- 39, "A Resolution Revising Culinary Water Use Fees and Connection Fees". Background/Summary: Update: The City Council held a briefing and a public hearing on June 27, 2017, regarding the proposed rate changes. One member of the public spoke, expressing concerns about the impacts of the rate changes to smaller businesses. The Council closed the public hearing at the end of the meeting. No additional comments have been received to date regarding the rate changes. From June 27, 2017: The City of Moab charges various fees related to the consumption of culinary water. These fees pay for daily water line repairs, meter repairs and replacements, system upgrades, and system expansion. This work is primarily undertaken by City staff with support from some privately -contracted service providers. Page 45 of 451 8-1 Old Business Current revenues do not fully fund ongoing maintenance and operations, which means there are no funds available for significant capital improvements. Rates related to the culinary water system were last revised in 2012, and prior to that, rates changed in 2005 and 1998. Moab's culinary water use rates are some of the lowest in Utah. Given the City's a) need to invest in basic infrastructure maintenance, repairs, and upgrades, and b) desire to achieve certain conservation goals, a significant rate structure revision is necessary. The proposed rate changes and additional background information are in the attached memo. Page 46 of 451 8-1 Old Business CITY OF MOAB RESOLUTION NO. 44-2017, A RESOLUTION REVISING CULINARY WATER USE FEES AND CONNECTION FEES The following describes the intent and purpose of this resolution: a. The City of Moab last revised its culinary water use rates in 2012; these rates are among the lowest in Utah. For example, the Utah Division of Drinking Water Survey of Community Drinking Water Systems, published June, 2015, found the average Utah consumer's monthly water bill to be $47.03. The City of Moab's average consumer water bill (excluding other services) is currently $16.09. b. Revenues from the current culinary water user fees have typically been insufficient to cover the City's ongoing operations and maintenance needs for the water system. Historically this has required that the City subsidize the culinary water system, principally from wastewater treatment revenues or other City revenues. c. The City anticipates higher operations and maintenance costs as demands on the system increase and infrastructure ages. d. The City finds that it is necessary and appropriate that culinary water user fees pay for all of the ongoing operations and maintenance needs of the system. e. The City finds that it is necessary and appropriate that culinary water user fees be structured so as to encourage conservation and the efficient use of water. Higher fees for higher rates of consumption will encourage conservation. f. There is a need to adjust culinary water connection fees so that new customers are apprized in advance of the cost of installing connections. The current practice of charging for construction overages in addition to the connection fee has resulted in customer dissatisfaction and a lack of transparency as to actual costs. g. The City currently has sufficient capacity and serves a number of culinary water customers located outside of the municipal limits, though it is not obligated to do so. It is appropriate that culinary water customers located outside of the City limits, who do not otherwise contribute taxes or other revenue for City services, continue to pay a higher service rate so that the ongoing costs of operations and maintenance outside of the City limits can be fully recouped, and the goals of conservation served. h. The City has water rate setting authority pursuant to U.C.A. § 10-3-717. i. The City finds that the following rate structure is reasonable and consistent with the objectives and policies described above. Therefore, the City hereby enacts the following culinary water rates: Page 47 of 451 8-1 Old Business Use Description Rate Use fee: Residential, in City: First 2000 gallons (base charge): $10.00 2001-10,000 gallons (per 1000): $0.75 10,001 gallons + (per 1000): [Proposed tier] 10,001-60,000 (per 1000): $1.00 [Proposed tier:] 60,001+ (per 1000): $1.25 Use fee: Commercial, in City First 2000 gallons (base charge): $25.00 2001-5,000 gallons (per 1000): $1.00 5,001-10,000 gallons (per 1000): $1.50 10,001-50,000 gallons (per 1000): $2.00 50,000 gallons + (per 1000): $2.50 Use fee: Residential, out of City First 2000 gallons (base charge): $14.50 2001-10,000 gallons (per 1000): $1.00 10,001 gallons + (per 1000): [Proposed tier] 10,001-60,000 (per 1000): $1.50 [Proposed tier:] 60,001+ (per 1000): $1.75 Use fee: Commercial, out of City First 2000 gallons (base charge): $29.50 2001-5,000 gallons (per 1000): $2.00 5,001-10,000 gallons (per 1000): 2.25 10,001-50,000 gallons (per 1000): $2.50 50,000 gallons + (per 1000): $2.75 Connection fee: In City 5/8"x3/4" meter: $1840 1" meter: $2305 1 %" meter: $2485 2"meter: $2785 4"meter: $4555 Connection fee: Out of City 5/8"x3/4" meter: $1925 1" meter: $2045 1 %2" meter: $2325 2" meter: $2965 4" meter: $4915 Industrial Water Use Fees (per 1000 g) Shop Water Retail Fee $7.75 Shop Water Government Fee $5.50 Construction Hydrant Fee $7.75 Page 48 of 451 8-1 Old Business The foregoing resolution is approved and adopted by action of the Moab City Council, as set forth below. This resolution shall take effect on July 1, 2017. Mayor David Sakrison Date Attest: Rachel Stenta, Recorder Date -End of Document - Page 49 of 451 8-1 Old Business Memorandum April 28, 2017 To: Moab City Council From: David Everitt Re: Proposed Culinary Water Rate Changes for FY2018 Introduction The City of Moab charges various fees related to the consumption of culinary water. These fees pay for daily water line repairs, meter repairs and replacements, system upgrades, and system expansion. This work is primarily undertaken by City staff along with some contracted services. Current revenues do not fully fund ongoing maintenance and operations, which means there are no funds available for significant capital improvements. Rates related to the culinary water system were last revised in 2012, and prior to that, rates changed in 2005 and 1998. Moab's culinary water use rates are some of the lowest in Utah. Given the City's a) need to invest in basic infrastructure maintenance, repairs, and upgrades, and b) desire to achieve certain conservation goals, a significant rate structure revision is necessary. This memo will discuss the various kinds of fees charged related to culinary water and why those fees are assessed currently, and will propose a revised fee schedule for FY 2018. What does Moab charge fees for as it relates to culinary water and why? The City assesses five different kinds of fees related to culinary water: 1. Impact fees are one-time payments made for projects that add to the overall amount of culinary water needed system -wide. Impact fees collected by the City may only be used to pay for the impacts of new growth - i.e., a new water tank that is only needed because there are additional homes or businesses to serve. State law requires a formal study to be conducted to analyze and set impact fee rates generally, and if a city does not use the fees collected within five years, those fees must be refunded. 2. Connection fees are charged when a physical connection is completed between a new development and the water system. While a developer will install the service lines into the developed parcels, City staff usually handle the actual connection process and meter installation at this time because the consequences of improper installation are so significant. Connection fees have been controversial because developers have no control over how much time City staff spend on the construction. Developers are given an initial Page 50 of 451 8-1 Old Business charge that is then adjusted after the construction is finished and actual costs calculated, which periodically means there is a significant unexpected charge. 3. Monthly use fees are based on the actual volume of water used each month at each connection point. Fees are used to pay for ongoing maintenance, repairs, and system upgrades. These rates are set by resolution and can be changed by the Council without supporting studies. Current rates are extremely low, both in comparison to other jurisdictions and in terms of the Water Enterprise Fund's budget.' 4. Industrial use fees (including Public Works yard water hauler fees and fees for the use of temporary hydrants at larger construction sites) are charged to users who transport water from the pump at the "Shop" for various uses (e.g., culinary water at Dead Horse Point, road compaction projects, etc.). They are set by resolution of the Council. These fees are used to maintain the access point for this water, which has implications system -wide. 5. Miscellaneous fees: disconnection, late payment, unrepaired leak, and meter re- read fees are also set by resolution at the discretion of the Council. These fees are assessed to incentivize timely leak repair and bill payments, and to disincentivize disconnections for purposes of avoiding monthly use fees. Changing water connection and use fees for FY 2018 Traditionally, municipalities charge the users of water for the maintenance of water system in a roughly proportional manner, but that is not the only method available. The Council could choose to subsidize the water system with funds from the General Fund (essentially, via sales tax revenue). This is, however, a more volatile and unreliable source of ongoing funding; doing so would also impact the City's ability to pay for current programming (e.g., recreation and land use planning) and other capital needs. Ultimately, if the City wishes to generate the funds needed to properly maintain and upgrade its culinary water system, fee increases are necessary. Additionally, effective conservation measures usually include a financial incentive to use less water. Consequently, the following rates for connections and for monthly use are proposed to move toward accomplishing both of those goals.2 1 Until FY 2018, culinary water and sanitary sewer funds have been commingled into a single enterprise fund. Historically, expenses associated with water have exceeded revenue from water, but sewer's revenue has exceeded expenses. The net result has been that the sewer function has subsidized the culinary water function. 2 The City is completing a comprehensive rate study as part of the Culinary Water Storage and Distribution Master Plan that began this month; the results of that study should provide a five- to ten-year roadmap of rate changes needed to fund anticipated operational and capital expenses identified in the Master Plan, including impact fees. 2 Page 51 of 451 8-1 Old Business For use fees, staff matched revenue to a constrained budget for FY 2018, using a more aggressive graduated scale to incentivize conservation while also increasing revenue. To estimate connection fees, staff added a discounted average "overage" amount3 based on actual costs so far in 2017 to the current rates to come up with the proposed rates. This proposal also includes an increase to the industrial use fees for Shop water and construction hydrants. Revenue Impacts The total fiscal impact of these recommendations is difficult to estimate exactly, and will depend on whether there are significant changes in water consumption. Staff modeled the proposed rates using actual usage for the months of April and August 2016. The net increase for April would be $44,865, or 119%; August's would be $89,550, or 135%. This does not account for an expected reduction in water use. For the purposes of budgeting for FY 2018, staff estimated a conservative overall increase of 67% for connection and use rates (including Shop water). The Council has flexibility to adjust these recommendations, both at the outset and each year moving forward, and revenue estimates will be adjusted mid -year. Below are: 1. A sample of actual April 2017 billings and a printout of the same bills using the recommended fee schedule for comparison; 2. Rates from a sampling of area jurisdictions; 3. Current City rates and handouts for water users; and 4. A link to a spreadsheet tool you may use to create different billing scenarios in order to assess the impact to a user with varying water usage. 3 For 2016, the average overage was 652.00. In 2017 so far, the average is $1,375.00. 3 Page 52 of 451 8-1 Old Business Proposed Water Use Rates Current rate New Rate Use fee: Residential, in City: First 2000 gallons (base charge): $5.93 $10.00 2001-10,000 gallons (per 1000): $0.47 $0.75 10,001 gallons + (per 1000): $0.64 [Proposed tier] 10,001-60,000 (per 1000): $1.00 [Proposed tier:] 60,001+ (per 1000): $1.25 Use fee: Commercial, in City First 2000 gallons (base charge): $10.12 $25.00 2001-5,000 gallons (per 1000): $2.24 $1.00 5,001-10,000 gallons (per 1000): $0.57 $1.50 10,001-50,000 gallons (per 1000): $0.66 $2.00 50,000 gallons + (per 1000): $0.79 $2.50 Use fee: Residential, out of City First 2000 gallons (base charge): $11.86 $14.50 2001-10,000 gallons (per 1000): $0.94 $1.00 10,001 gallons + (per 1000): $1.29 [Proposed tier] 10,001-60,000 (per 1000): $1.50 [Proposed tier:] 60,001+ (per 1000): $1.75 Use fee: Commercial, out of City First 2000 gallons (base charge): $20.24 $29.50 2001-5,000 gallons (per 1000): $4.50 $2.00 5,001-10,000 gallons (per 1000): $1.15 2.25 10,001-50,000 gallons (per 1000): $1.33 $2.50 50,000 gallons + (per 1000): $1.58 $2.75 Connection fee: In City 5/8"x3/4" meter: $825+overages $1840 1" meter: $1190+overages $2305 1 1/2" meter: $1470+overages $2485 2"meter: $1770+overages $2785 4"meter: $3540+overages $4555 Connection fee: Out of City 5/8"x3/4" meter: $910+overages $1925 1" meter: $1030+overages $2045 1 1/2" meter: $1310+overages $2325 2" meter: $1950+overages $2965 4" meter: $3900+overages $4915 Industrial Water Use Fees (per 1000 g) Shop Water Retail Fee $5.50 $7.75 Shop Water Government Fee $2.25 $5.50 Construction Hydrant Fee $5.50 $7.75 4 Page 53 of 451 8-1 Old Business Local Water Rate Comparisons 2017 City of Price: Residential Rate Basic Rate: $26.72 0 to 10,000 Gal. (inside Corp. Limit) Per 1,000 Gal. 1.75 10,001 to 30,000 Gal. Per 1,000 Gal. 2.00 30,001 to 60,000 Gal. Per 1,000 Gal. 2.25 60,001 to 80,000 Gal. Per 1,000 Gal. 2.75 80,OOi and over Commercial Rate Basic Rate: $29.07 0 to 10,000 Gal. (inside Corp. Limit) Per 1,000 Gal. 2.03 10,001 to 40,000 Gal. Per 1,000 Gal. 2.25 40,001 to 100,000 Gal. Per 1,000 Gal. 3.00 100,001 to 350,000 Gal. Per 1,000 Gal. 3.50 350,OOi and over Industrial Rate Basic Rate: $29.07 0 to 10,000 Gal. (inside Corp. Limit) Per 1,000 Gal. 2.03 10,001 to 40,000 Gal. Per 1,000 Gal. 2.25 40,001 to 100,000 Gal. Per 1,000 Gal. 3.00 100,001 to 350,000 Gal. Per 1,000 Gal. 3.50 350,OOi and over Residential Rate Basic Rate: $33.29 0 to 10,000 Gal. (outside Corp. Limit) Per 1,000 Gal. 2.89 10,001 to 15,000 Gal. Per 1,000 Gal. 3.34 15,001 to 100,000 Ga Per 1,000 Gal. 3.50 100,OOi and over Wholesale Rate Basic Rate: $33.29 0 to 10,000 Gal. (outside Corp. Limit) Per 1,000 Gal. 2.89 10,001 to 15,000 Gal. Per 1,000 Gal. 3.34 15,001 to 100,000 Gal. Per 1,000 Gal. 3.50 100,001 and over Industrial/Comm. Rate Basic Rate: $33.29 0 to 10,000 Gal. (outside Corp. Limit) Per 1,000 Gal. 2.89 10,001 to 15,000 Gal. Per 1,000 Gal. 3.34 15,001 to 100,000 Gal. Per 1,000 Gal. 3.50 100,OOi and over Page 54 of 451 8-1 Old Business City of Fillmore: Residential Basic Rate: $ 27.80 0 to 5,000 Gal. (inside Corp. Limit) Per 1,000 Gal. .80 5,001 to 20,000 Gal. Per 1,000 Gal. .90 20,001 to 100,000 Gal. Per 1,000 Gal. 1.20 100,OO1 and 500,000 Gal. Per 1,000 Gal. 1.15 500,000 and over Residential Basic Rate: $ 35.50 0 to 5,000 Gal. (outside Corp. Limit) Per 1,000 Gal. .80 5,001 to 20,000 Gal. Per 1,000 Gal. .90 20,001 to 100,000 Gal. Per 1,000 Gal. 1.20 100,OOi and 500,000 Gal. Per 1,000 Gal. 1.15 500,000 and over Bulk Water Base Fee $ 43,00 Per 1.000 Gal. 3.00 0 to 5,000 Gal. 5,001 to over City of Beaver: Residential Basic Res. Rate: $ 32.20 0 to 10,000 Gal. (inside Corp. Limit) Per 1,000 Gal. .40 10,001 to 37,000 Gal. Per 1,000 Gal. .79 37,001 to 64,000 Gal. Per 1,000 Gal. 1.19 64,OOi and 91,000 Gal. Per 1,000 Gal. 1.58 91,001 and over Residential Basic Res. Rate: $ 44.20 0 to 10,000 Gal. (outside Corp. Limit) Per 1,000 Gal. .40 10,001 to 37,000 Gal. Per 1,000 Gal. .79 37,001 to 64,000 Gal. Per 1,000 Gal. 1.19 64,OOi and 90,000 Gal. Per 1,000 Gal. 1.58 90,001 and over Commercial Basic Res. Rate: $ 32.20 0 to 10,000 Gal. (inside Corp. Limit) Per 1,000 Gal. .65 10,001 to 20,000 Gal. Per 1,000 Gal. .85 20,001 and over Commercial Basic Res. Rate: $ 44.20 0 to 10,000 Gal. (outside Corp. Limit) Per 1,000 Gal. .75 10,001 and over Page 55 of 451 8-1 Old Business MOAB CITY CORPORATION Billing Register - 04/23/2017 Account No. Mune Service Location Total Water - City Water - Count Sewer - City Sewer - Coun Garbage Storm Water $27.28 8.28 2.00 $60.73 10.33 31.40 2.00 $50.18 8.28 22.90 2.00 $83.58 17.98 46.60 2.00 $48.30 6.40 22.90 2.00 $50.94 7.34 24.60 2.00 $42.73 5.93 17.80 2.00 $85.92 10.12 22.80 2.00 $58.41 14.81 24.60 2.00 $84.40 12.80 35.60 2.00 $67.17 26.97 21.20 2.00 $57.88 8.28 24.60 2.00 $49.92 10.12 22.80 $50.02 10.12 22.90 $64.01 12.36 24.65 10.00 $87.90 14.60 37.30 2.00 $47.13 10.33 17.80 2.00 $269.83 173.53 77.30 2.00 $53.07 6.87 21.20 2.00 $54.77 6.87 22.90 2.00 $62.09 19.29 17.80 2.00 $42.73 5.93 17.80 2.00 $43.67 6.87 17.80 2.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 51.00 17.00 34.00 17.00 23.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 34.00 17.00 17.00 23.00 23.00 23.00 17.00 17.00 Pag& 56 of'451 4/26/2017 10:30 AM 8-1 Old Business MOAB CITY CORPORATION Billing Register - 04/23/2017 Account No. Customer Name Service Location Total Water - City Water - Count Sewer - City Sewer - Coun Garbage Storm Water $51.30 14.50 17.80 2.00 $32.75 13.75 2.00 $67.40 17.00 31.40 2.00 $55.65 13.75 22.90 2.00 $96.60 31.00 46.60 2.00 $52.65 10.75 22.90 2.00 $55.85 12.25 24.60 2.00 $46.80 10.00 17.80 2.00 $100.80 25.00 22.80 2.00 $67.60 24.00 24.60 2.00 $87.10 15.50 35.60 2.00 $83.20 43.00 21.20 2.00 $63.35 13.75 24.60 2.00 $64.80 25.00 22.80 $64.90 25.00 22.90 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 51.00 17.00 34.00 17.00 23.00 17.00 17.00 $77.65 26.00 24.65 17.00 10.00 $100.30 27.00 37.30 34.00 2.00 $53.80 17.00 17.80 17.00 2.00 $419.80 323.50 77.30 17.00 2.00 $57.70 11.50 21.20 23.00 2.00 $59.40 11.50 22.90 23.00 2.00 $73.80 31.00 17.80 2.00 $46.80 10.00 17.80 2.00 23.00 17.00 Page 57 of 451 4/26/2017 09:47 AM 8-1 Old Business Water Connection Fees/Impact Fees 1. Residential and Commercial - Non -lodging Within City Meter Size ERV Connection Capacity Fee Impact Fee Total Fee 5/8" x 3/4" 1 $ 825.00 $ 478.00 $ 1,303.00 1" 3.7 $ 1,190.00 $ 1,769.00 $ 2,959.00 1 1 /2" 11 $ 1,470.00 $ 5,258, 00 $ 6,728,00 2" 22.9 $ 1,770.00 $10,946.00 $ 12,716.00 4" n/a $ 3,540.00 calculated under lodging rate n/a Outside City Standard Residential 5/8" x 3/4" 1 $ 910.00 $ 478.00 $ 1.388 00 3/4" 1.7 $ 1,030.00 $ 813,00 $ 1,843.00 1" 3.7 $ 1,310.00 $ 1,769.00 $ 3,079.00 1 1/2" 11 $ 1,620.00 $ 5,258.00 $ 6,878,00 2" 22.9 $ 1,950.00 $10, 946.00 $ 12, 896, 00 calculated under lodging 4" n/a $ 3,900.00 rate n/a 2. Lodging (including motels, inns, bed & breakfast establishments, and hotels) Within City/Outside City Lodging without a restaurant: Connection Fee: Based on Meter Size Impact Fee: $229 x # of Rooms Lodging with a restaurant: Connection Fee: Impact Fee: Based on Meter Size $330 x # of Rooms Sewer Connection Fees/Impact Fees* '(Connection Fee + impact Fee = Total Fee) Sewer Connection Fees Within City 4" sewer $ 670.00 6" sewer $ 750.00 Outside City 4" sewer 6" sewer $ 740.00 $ 825.00 Sewer Impact Fee - see Sewer Impact Fee Schedule Page 58 of 451 8-1 Old Business . to MI.47 I— gWithin re H a 5 RESIDENTIAL within the Ctty $5.93 .64 Outside the Oly $11.86 .94 1.29 • minimum charge (includes the first 2,000 gallons) • per thousand for 3,000 to 10,000 gallons • per thousand for 11,000 or more gallons COMMERCIAL the City $10.12 2.24 57 .66 .79 Outside the Oty $20.24 4.50 1.15 1.33 1.58 • minimum charge (includes the first 2,000 gallons) • per thousand for 3,000 to 5,000 gallons • per thousand for 6,000 to 10,000 gallons • per thousand for 11,000 to 50,000 gallons • per thousand for 51,000 or more gallons N H1.70 g*New rt ILI NCOMMERCIAL RESIDENTIAL $14.40 , • minimum charge per month* plus • per thousand gallons of the avg. monthly winter water usage rate customers are charged $22.90 per month until a winter water usage rate is established (based on Nov/Dec/Jan/Feb water usage). New rate is reflected on the July billing. $19.10 1.85 minimum charge per month plus per thousand gallons of water used to W g W W I - a S 2 O I— N RESIDENTIAL $2.00 Charge per month for single-family and duplex homes on a single lot — COMMERCIAL $2.00 — Charge per • Every •,Every Example: — - month per stormwater ERU 3,000 sq. ft. of impervious surface area =1 ERU 6,000 sq. ft. of semi -impervious surface area. = 1 ERU ft. commercial lot with a 6,000 sq. ft. building, 9,000 sq. ft. of paved 4,500 sq. feel of graveled parking would be assessed as follows: + 9,000y3,0001 + 4,500/6,000 = 5.75 to nearest whole number = 6 stormwater ERU's x $2.001ERU = $512.00 monthly stormwater charge A 24,000 sq. surface, and • [(6,000 • 5.75 rounded • 6 ERU's N H> g iW 0 mCOMMERCIAL re---- a RESIDENTIAL _ ---- ---- For garbage pick $17.00 minimum charge per month Limit of one 95 gallon can > $6.00 for each additional can i- Curb side service only (if unable to move can to the curb, contact Monument Waste on 259-6314) Contact Monument Waste -- -- - up schedule or special ___ _ on (435) 259-6314 to determine type of service and rates pick up requirements, call Monument Waste (435)259- Phone Numbers: Utility Billing Department (435) 259-5123 Public Works (435) 259-7485 Garbage Contractor (Monument Waste) (435) 259-6314 Solid Waste Management Special Service District (S.W.M.S.S.D) (435) 259-3867 Revised 0701 16 Page 59 of 451 8-1 Old Business Culinary Wafer Rate Changes Page 60 of 451 8-1 Old Business Why increase my water rates? � The culinary water system has needs. Many needs. lot of those needs are because stuff wears. out. Deferred maintenance and repairs - e.g, broken meters, clogged pipes, water tank paint Additional infrastructure - e.g. larger pipes and meters, another water tank, digital monitoring system - makes the entire system work better and more efficiently Sewer rates have subsidized water rates for a long time. Once the two became separate funds, it was clear that water rates do not pay for day to day maintenance. Paces 61 of 451 8-1 Old Business Pa162 of 451 8-1 Old Business r What would the new revenue go to? Bodies - added FTE to the Water Department for a total of 4 employees Equipment and supplies - ongoing needs Construction contracts - for larger projects "2.. �_� . -mot 111 Ongoing maintenance and repairs Al *w i i4 Additional infrastruct ra #� 5 r Pa 63 of 451 8-1 Old Business Ongoing maintenance and repairs Meters ,, , Fire hydrants -11 ilk_ we Water tank maintenance 1 Line breaks • Page 64 of 451 8-1 Old Business Paces 65 of 451 8-1 Old Business Is not cheap, New watertank --Si million Pa 66 of 451 8-1 Old Business t ••. diS Ilff441.11. far - ■ wer 4 -MP- + glE Ynfrastructur needs 30083400E. line replacement Bill Creek line replacement 100S. line replacement Kane Creek line replacement New tank in Spanish Valley . lAdo- Pag 67 of 451 8-1 Old Business What are the proposed rates Guiding principles: I. Cover costs. Current water budget is in the negative. 2. Inentiie conservation. 3. Assess equitably. Pa 6.8 of 451 8-1 Old Business Proposed Water Use Rites Current rate Mew Rate Use fee: Residential, In City! First 2000 gallons (base Marge): S5,93 110,00 2001-10,000 gallons (per 1000): S0.47 1015 1%001 gallons . (per 10001i 50,64 [Proposed Merl 10,001-50,000 (per I000): SLOP [Proposed tier:] 60.001+ (per 10001 1125 Use fee: Commercial, In City First 2000 gallons (base champ]; S10.12 125.00 20a.1-5,00D gallons (per 1000): #I.24 $1-00 V01-10,000gallons (per 10001J 50,57 j1-50 10,001-50,00u Kailoas (per I OM): [ S0.66 $2-00 50,000gallons «(per 1000): S0.79 $2-50 Use fee: Residential, out of City First 2000gallons (base charge),' 511.86 114,50 2001-14,404 gallons (per 14041: , SP.94 $1-04 10,001 gallons • (per 1000): ; S1,29 1Propoaed tier] 10,001-60.004 (per 1000); $1-50 [Proposed tier:] 60.001. (per 1000): $1-7S Arse fee: Coronierciai, not of City First 2000 gatiaos (base charge); - 320.24 329,50 2001-5,fifip Kpilops (per 1 P00), : 54.50 $2-00 5,001-10,040 gallons (per 1000): S1.15 2.25 100301•b0,000gallons (per 10001: st33 32,54 5%DM gallons +(per loan): #1.5tt $2-75 Connectlon fee: In City 5/8%3/4" meter [ SO25+overages 11840 1" meter: Si 194#averages 52305 1 IV meter: _ 51470+overages 12495 _ rmeter S1770roverages 12795 #meter #3540toveroan SA$55 Cannectian fee: iiut of Ctly. 5{8`s3f4"meter: 5410i-overages $1425 1" meter; . 51034.overages 12045 1 ;§" meter: 51310+nverages 12325 2" meter; S1950•averages 12965 4" meter. ' 53901»everages $4915 Ludaaitlal Water Use Fees (Per 1000.g) Shop water Retail l.ee #5.50 $7-75 Shy Water Coveroment Fee S2,25 55-50 Gnnstrucii in rlydrarn Fee , 55.50 $7-75 Par269 of 451 8-1 Old Business Proposed Water Use Rates Current rate New Hate ' Use fee: Residential, in City: First 2000 gallons (base charge): $5.93 $10.00 2001-10,000 gallons jper 1000): $0.47 $0.75 10,001 :allons + (per 1000): `$0.64 [Proposed tier] 10,001-60,000 (per 1000): $1.00 [Proposed tier:] 60,001+ (per 1000): $1.25 Use fee: Commercial, in City First 2000 gallons (base charge): $10.12 $25.00 2001-5,000 gallons (per 1000); $2.24 $1.00 5,001-10,000 gallons (per 1000): $0.57 $1.50 10,001-50,000 gallons per 1000); $0,66 $2.00 50,000 gallons + (per 1000): $0.79 $2.5O Use fee: Residential, out of City First 2000 gallons (base charge): $11.86 $14.50 2001-10,000 gallons (per 1000): $0.94 $1.00 10,001 ga_ILms + (per 1000): $1.29 [Proposed tier] 10,001-60,000 (per 1000): $1.5O [Proposed tier;] 60,001.+ (per 1000); $1.75 'kip fop. f nrnmchrrial mit a ritv Pars7.0 of 451 8-1 Old Business Use fee: Commercial, out of City First 2000 gallons (base charge): $20.24 $29.50 2001-5,000 iallons (per 1000): $4.50 $2.00 5,001-10,000 gallons (per 1000): $1.15 2.25 10,001-50,000 gallons (per 1000): $1..33 $2.50 50,000 gallons + (Per 1000): $1.58 $2.75 Connection fee: In City 5/8"x3/4" meter: $825+overages I $1840 1" meter: $1190+overages $2305 1 72' meter. 1470+overages $2485 2"meter: 1770+overages $2785 4"meter: 3540+overages $4555 , Connection fee: Out of City 5 f 8"x3/4" meter: $910+overages $1925 1" meter: 1030+overages $2045 1 z" meter: $1310+overages $225 2" meter: 1950+overages 2965 4" meter: $3900+overages 4915 Industrial Water Use Fees (per 1000 g) Shop Water Retail Fee $5.50 $7.75 Shop Water Government Fee $2.25 $5.50 Construction Hydrant Fee $5.50 $7.75 Paps71 of 451 8-1 Old Business Next Steps Adopt new rates Water Storage and Distribution Master Plan Rate Study Pa 77.2 of 451 L8-1 Old Business Agenda Summary Moab City Council Meeting July 11, 2017 PL-17-11:12 Agendaltem #: 8-2 Title: Consideration to Adopt Ordinance # 2017-18, as Amended, to Amend Moab Municipal Code, with the Repeal of Sections 17.09.660 and 17.09.665 Pertaining to the Site Plan Review process; Adding a New Chapter 17.67; Amending Chapter 17.80 Pertaining to Large Scale Developments; and Amending Chapter 17.31, Use Restrictions in the Resort Commercial Zone to Prohibit Large Scale Retail Developments in that zone as Referred to Council by the Planning Commission Staff Presenter(s): Jeff Reinhart, Planning Director Department: Planning and Zoning Applicant(s): City Staff Background/Summary: On June 8, 2017, the Planning Commission reviewed the Ordinance for compliance with the suggested changes from the public hearing on April 27. In a 3-0 vote, the Commission adopted Planning Resolution 22-2017, to favorably refer the ordinance to Council for approval. On June 27, 2017, The City Council provided some changes to the ordinance as well as changes to MMC Chapter 17.80. The attached draft ordinance #2017-18, contains the changes as expressed by the Council. Attachment(s): Draft Ordinance #2017-18 showing changes Draft Ordinance #2017-18- amended draft without tracked changes 1 Page 73 of 451 8-2 Old Business ORDINANCE #2017-18 AN ORDINANCE AMENDING THE CITY OF MOAB MUNICIPAL CODE, SECTIONS 17.09.660 AND 17.09.665 PERTAINING TO THE SITE PLAN REVIEW PROCESS; AMENDING CHAPTER 17.80 PERTAINING Deleted: TO LARGE SCALE DEVELOPMENTS; AND AMENDING CHAPTER 17.31 USE RESTRICTIONS IN THE RESORT COMMERCIAL ZONE TO PROHIBIT LARGE SCALE DEVELOPMENTS IN THAT ZONE The following findings describe the intent and purpose of this ordinance: a. The City has enacted Sections 17.09.660 and 17.09.665 of the Moab Municipal Code, which governs the site plan review process for commercial development. Additionally, the City has enacted Chapter 17.80, which governs large scale retail developments. b. From time to time the City undertakes to revise its zoning ordinances to improve the efficiency of review processes and the quality of land development. c. The City has experienced an increase in commercial development, and the Council believes that changes to its ordinances are necessary to: i) provide clearer and more efficient review procedures; and ii) assure that new development serves the needs of the community. d. Updating and expanding the reach of Chapter 17.80 is necessary to assure that large scale commercial projects, including large scale retailers and large scale hotel/lodging developments, contain elements to promote transportation access, good landscaping design, attractive architectural elements, and buffering with respect to adjacent uses. e. Changing Chapter 17.31, which governs the Resort Commercial Zone, to prohibit large scale retail projects containing a single building in excess of 30,000 square feet is appropriate, and in keeping with the intent of that zoning district to promote an attractive and appropriately scaled gateway to the City of Moab. f. The City finds that this ordinance will serve the public health, safety, and welfare, and that adoption is in the best interests of the Moab community. g. This ordinance was reviewed by the Planning Commission on April 27, 2017 and June 8, 2017, and the Planning Commission recommended approval. Therefore, the City of Moab enacts as follows: Sections 17.09.660 and 17.09.665 are hereby repealed. The City enacts the following Chapter 17.67: CHAPTER 17.67 SITE PLAN REVIEW 17.67.010 Purpose. Site plan review is required to assure that new development and re- development of existing structures is compliant with City of Moab ordinances, advisory policies, and 1. Deleted: 2017, Page 74 of 451 8-2 Old Business building codes. Unless exempted, an approved site plan issued under this Chapter is required prior to the issuance of a building permit. 17.67.020 Site Plan Required; Exemptions. A. A site plan review is required for the following: 1. all new development unless exempted by this section 020; 2. remodeling of existing commercial development involving an addition of 2,000 square feet or more to the finished square footage of an existing structure ; or 3. a Use Change as defined by this Chapter involving an addition of 2,000 square feet or more to the finished square footage of an existing structure. B. Site plan review is not required for the development of the following, as defined in this Title 17: a single family dwelling; a twin home or duplex; a secondary dwelling unit; Subdivisions; Planned Unit Developments; Master Planned Developments; development requiring a Conditional Use Permit; or remodeling or additions of existing structures comprising less than 2,000 square feet of new construction. 17.67.030 Definitions. A. Adversely Affected means a person or entity who claims an interest in real property which may be negatively affected by any decision issued under this Chapter. B. Adjacent means a parcel of land which shares a boundary with the parcel of real property which is the subject of an application under this Chapter. For purposes of this Chapter, a parcel is adjacent to another if it is separated only by a public street. C. Advisory Documents means planning documents adopted by the City from time to time, including: the Moab General Plan; Moab Storm Water Management Master Plan; Moab Sanitary Sewer Master Plan; Moab Water Storage Distribution and Master Plan; Natural Hazards Pre -disaster Mitigation Plan, Utah Southeastern Region; Moab Area Housing Plan; Grand County/Moab Non -motorized Trails Master Plan; or similar publicly adopted planning documents. Applications under this Chapter should conform to the Advisory Documents; however the land use authority may deviate from those documents upon a showing of good cause. D. Appeal Authority means the person or persons designated by ordinance enacted by the City to hear land use appeals under Title 17 of the Moab Municipal Code. E. Architect means a professional architect licensed in the State of Utah who exercises responsible charge over the preparation and submittal of materials required under this Chapter. Architects shall sign and stamp all submittals required by this Chapter. Page 75 of 451 8-2 Old Business F. Base Flood Elevation (BFE) means the computed elevation to which floodwater is anticipated to rise during a flooding event having a one percent chance of occurring in any given year. The BFE is typically shown on Flood Insurance Rate Maps, and is a regulatory requirement for the elevation and flood -proofing of structures, as provided under MMC Chapter 15.40. G. Buffer means a structure or area provided to reduce the conflict between two different land uses. Buffers may consist of fencing, walls, landscaping, or land set aside to separate particular uses. H. Development Review Team (DRT) means the committee of City employees including the Planning Director, Zoning Administrator, Public Works Director, Building Official, and such other persons as may be designated by the City from time to time. I. Engineer means a professional engineer licensed in the State of Utah who exercises responsible charge over the preparation and submittal of materials required under this Chapter. Engineers shall sign and stamp all submittals required by this Chapter. J. HVAC means heating, ventilation, and air-conditioning equipment installed in a building. K. Land Use Authority means the person or entity designated by ordinance to approve or deny a land use application. L. Lot means an existing parcel of real estate which is proposed for development. As used in this Chapter, one or more lots may be subject to a site plan application, and individual areas within those lots may be designated as plots set aside for particular uses. In no instance shall the designation of lots or plots on an application under this Chapter be deemed to create a subdivision of real estate. M. Level I Application means a site plan application for the development of six or fewer residential units, or the development or remodeling of not more than 8,000 square feet of finished commercial space. N. Level II Application means a site plan application for the development of seven or more residential units or the development or remodeling in excess of 8,000 square feet of finished commercial space. O. Refuse Area means an area for the location of solid waste disposal containers which is screened from view using a solid wall or fence. In no case shall a Refuse Area be screened using a chain link or similar fence utilizing slats to obscure the view. P. Surveyor means a professional land surveyor licensed in the State of Utah who exercises responsible charge over the preparation and submittal of materials required under this Chapter. Surveyors shall sign and stamp all submittals required by this Chapter. Page 76 of 451 8-2 Old Business i Q. Use Change means the conversion of an existing residential or commercial structure from one use to another use permitted within the zoning district. Without limitation, examples of a use change include changing a warehouse to a restaurant; converting office space into apartments; changing retail space into professional offices; or the like. Any use change that would require a building permit under applicable City building codes shall also constitute a use change under this Chapter. 17.67.040 Submittal Requirements. A. An application for site plan approval must be submitted to the Planning Department on the approved site plan application form, together with the required review fee. The application must be signed by the record property owner or, if the applicant is not the owner, the applicant must deliver proof of approval signed by the owner. Components of the application submittal may contain multiple plan sets or reports, provided that they are clear, legible, and successfully demonstrate the purposes required under this Chapter. An electronic version of the application and all documents must be submitted. Unless waived by the Planning Director, the application must include four copies of all design drawings. The application must include the following: 1. Preliminary Site Plan. Applicants shall submit a preliminary site plan (with requirements as listed below), drawn by an engineer, surveyor, or architect, to a scale of not less than one inch equals fifty feet (on paper no larger than twenty-four inches by thirty-six inches), and one copy reduced to eleven inches by seventeen inches that shall include: a. Parcel Boundary Lines. Include all easements, setbacks and construction limits of the project site; b. Drives, Streets, and Rights -of -way. Include widths of pavement, curb and gutter, and dimensions of rights -of -way; c. Parking and Loading. The parking plan must include a count of spaces and details of handicap parking spaces as well as indicating the location and types of exterior lighting proposed for security lighting of the area; d. Access. Include all points of ingress, egress. For developments adjacent to and accessed by a state or federal highway, a completed highway access permit application from the Utah Department of Transportation (UDOT) must be submitted with the application, with a permit issued prior to building permit approval; e. Refuse Areas. Drawings of the refuse enclosures must be included; f. Common open space. All open space, common areas, parks, sidewalks, and trails (with required connectivity) must be clearly depicted; g• Topography. All site conditions including terrain contours, drainage areas, and other physical features on or within 100 feet of the site must be shown; existing Page 77 of 451 8-2 Old Business and finished grades must be clearly shown in different shades or contour depictions; all elevations shall be shown in the most current North American Vertical Datum (NAVD). Level I Applications may contain this topographic survey on the site plan. Level II applications must show a separate topographic survey; h. Use Types. Specific areas proposed for specific types of land use shall be shown, and must Include the acreage or square footage for each area; i. Public Dedications. Areas proposed for public dedication (i.e. utility easements, trails, open space, or the like) shall be depicted; j• Lots or Plots. The dimensions and areas for each lot or plot must be shown; k. Adjacent Zoning. Zoning for adjacent properties within three hundred feet of the subject property shall be shown; I. Fire Hydrants. The locations of all fire hydrants; m. Title Block. A title block shall appear in the lower right hand corner of all pages of plans and plats and shall contain the name of the development; legal location of the property; name and contact information of the site designer/engineer/surveyor; the name of the development; and the drawing scale and north point; n. A regional or vicinity map shall accompany the submitted application to indicate the location of the project; and o. The legal description of the property. 2. Floor Plan and Elevations. A floor plan, at a minimum, shall consist of a drawing to scale showing a view from above, of the relationships between rooms, spaces and other physical features at each floor level of a structure. All dimensions shall be drawn between the walls to specify room sizes and wall lengths. The floor plan shall show the physical layout of: a. Interior walls and hallways; b. Restrooms; c. Windows, doors, landings, decks, and patios; d. Plumbing features such as sinks, showers, bathtubs, HVAC elements, etc.; Page 78 of 451 8-2 Old Business e. Interior features such as fireplaces, saunas, hot tubs, and whirlpools; f. Locations of electrical panels and service connections; g. The planned uses of all buildings and rooms; h. All finished first floor elevations; i. Elevation view drawings shall show all side elevations of existing and proposed structures, and shall depict exterior architectural elements and materials, as well as heights of the structure. B. Narrative. The narrative shall describe in reasonable detail the purpose of the proposed development, the types of all land uses that are anticipated, the phasing of development, and information regarding all accessory uses, structures, or major features. Statistical information as to the project area, developed area square footage, number of parking spaces, and the like shall be included. C. Conceptual Master Sign Plan. If signage is anticipated, applicants shall submit a master sign plan showing the location, dimensions, materials, and type of illumination for all signs. All signage shall comply with Chapter 15.44, the Sign Code, and is subject to permitting under that process. D. Lighting Plan. The lighting plan shall show number and types of fixtures for walkways, building exterior lighting, and parking areas. An acceptable lighting plan shall consist of a full cutoff, fully shielded, downward directed lighting types. The plan shall include manufacturer's information detailing the fixtures to be used. Internal or external shielding may be used to prevent glare toward other properties or into the roadway. Lighting of required parking areas shall be a minimum of one-half foot- candle at all areas of the parking lot. Wall mounted flood lights that direct outward toward other properties and roadways are prohibited. E. Landscape Plan. The landscape plan shall include size and species of all plantings, an irrigation plan, xeriscape plan, and a care and maintenance plan. All applicable code sections of the Moab Municipal Code must be used to develop the landscape plan including Chapter 12.24, Tree Stewardship. Proposed erosion control structures and details as to ground cover must also be noted on the landscape plan. F. Wetlands, Riparian Areas, and Floodways. If the development is adjacent to riparian areas, flood zones, probable wetlands, or areas where stream channels may be altered by planned development, a Wetlands, Riparian Areas, and Floodway Plan, drawn an engineer, surveyor, other appropriate consultant must be submitted. Probable wetlands shall be described and delineated. All applications shall show compliance with Chapter 15.40, the Flood Damage Prevention Ordinance. Flood zone boundaries and the Base Flood Elevation must be shown. Where the application includes areas which may be subject to flooding the applicant shall show that the elevation of the lowest floor of all structures exceeds the elevation which is above the base flood elevation. All elevations on the plan shall be shown in the most current North American Vertical Datum (NAVD). Page 79 of 451 8-2 Old Business i G. Drainage Plan. A storm water drainage plan, signed and stamped by an engineer, shall be submitted and show calculations and other information specified below. 1. Storm Water Drainage Plan. This report shall comply with the City of Moab/Grand County Design Criteria for Drainage Studies, as adopted or updated by the City from time to time. The Storm Water Drainage Plan shall be reviewed for compliance with other applicable Advisory Documents. The storm water drainage plan shall include, at a minimum, the following information: a. The project site, including areas three hundred feet beyond its boundaries; b. Existing contours at two -foot intervals shown as dashed lines; c. Proposed contours at two -foot intervals shown as solid lines; d. Indication of a permanent benchmark referenced to mean sea level; e. Drainage system shown in plan view with estimated cubic -feet -per -second flow for a one hundred year storm event; f. Locations of all natural drainage channels and water bodies; g• Existing and proposed drainage easements; h. Type, size, and location of existing and proposed drainage structures such as pipes, culverts, inlets, ditches, swales, retention ponds, detention areas, etc.; One -hundred -year event (base) flood areas; j. Additional grading and drainage elements may be required to be depicted to satisfy Federal Emergency Management Administration (FEMA) flood plain requirements or other applicable City flood damage prevention ordinances; and k. Erosion control plans showing adequate sedimentation control which shall be accomplished throughout construction phases as well as during the ongoing use of the site (e.g., sedimentation ponds, dikes, seeding, retaining walls, rip -rap, etc.). 2. Minimum Standards. All structures for drainage and flood control shall be designed, at a minimum, to successfully convey the anticipated one -hundred -year frequency storm event for maximum period of intensity over the entire drainage basin. The applicant shall submit calculations to show that all structures have adequate capacity to accommodate flows expected to result from the designated storm event. Page 80 of 451 8-2 Old Business 3. Water and Sewer System Protection. All storm water facilities shall be designed to avoid or minimize damage to, or infiltration of, culinary water and sanitary sewer facilities. H. Planned Grading. A Grading Plan for surface drainage (shown by contours and spot elevations) shall be prepared by an engineer or surveyor. It shall show the planned grading and paving of driveways, access roads, and parking areas. Grading and paving shall be shown on plans, profiles, cross sections, and details as necessary to describe new construction. Details of curbs, gutters, sidewalks, drainage structures, and conveyance systems, dimensions of all improvements, size location, thickness, materials, strengths, and necessary reinforcement can be shown on the site plan in the case of a Level I Application, or on a separate drawing based on the complexity of the project. I. Utility Plan. A utility plan shall be prepared by an engineer. It shall show the locations, dimensions, and elevations of all sewer facilities and culinary water facilities needed to serve the site. The utility plan shall specify in reasonable detail the types of equipment and materials to be used, and shall comply with all applicable Advisory Documents or City engineering requirements. Plans showing the locations of natural gas, electric, and telephone/data lines must also be shown. J. Evidence of Title. A current title insurance commitment, ownership and encumbrance report, or abstract of title prepared by a title insurance company or attorney showing all ownership interests, easements, and encumbrances which apply to the parcel(s) comprising the application must be submitted. If requested, the applicant shall provide copies of all recorded documents which may affect the property subject to the application. If common elements or private use restrictions are anticipated, the applicant must submit draft covenants, conditions, and restrictions (CC&Rs) for review. K. Slopes. If proposed development is likely to result in grading of hillsides, City staff may require submittal of a slope study prepared by an engineer or surveyor. Applications will also be reviewed for compliance with Chapter 17. 55, the Hillside Development Ordinance. L. Surface and Subsurface Soils Report. The application shall include a surface and subsurface soils report establishing soil suitability for the proposed development. The report shall be prepared by a geotechnical engineer or other professional, if approved by City staff. At a minimum, the report shall include: 1. A description of soil types; 2. Locations and characteristics with supporting soil maps; 3. Soil logs of test pits and bore holes; 4. All other information necessary to determine soil suitability for the scope of the development and constraints on development based on the findings; Page 81 of 451 8-2 Old Business 5. Analysis and evaluation of such information with recommendations regarding structural constraints, erosion control, and requirements for building design. M. Traffic Study. A traffic study and parking and circulation study are required for projects which will generate in excess of 750 Peak Daily Trips. The study shall be prepared by an engineer. The following table shall be used to determine if a traffic study is required. JStaff to Revise' Traffic Impact Table Land Use 750 500 Daily Trips Residential: Single Family 70 50 units Apartments 120 85 units Condos/Townhouses 120 85 units Mobile Home Park 150 100 units Shopping Center 2,700 1,800 sq. ft. Fast Food Restaurant (GFA) 1,200 800 sq. ft. Convenience Store wtgas (GFA) 1,300 870 sq. ft. or 5 pumps Bank w/ Drive -In 2,800 1870 sq. ft. Hotel/Motel 90 60 rooms General Office 45,000 30,000 sq. ft. Medical/Dental Office 26,000 17,400 sq. ft. Research & Development 70,000 47,000 sq. ft or 2.75 acres Light Industrial 115,000 77,000 sq ft. or 7.75 acres Manufacturing 195,000 130,000 sq. ft. N. The Planning Director has discretion to require a traffic study for applications which do not generate the level of trips specified above where: 1. High traffic volumes on surrounding streets may affect movement to and from the proposed development; 2. There is a lack of existing left turn lanes on streets adjacent to the proposed access drive; 3. There are inadequate sight distances at access points; 4. Proposed access points are close to other existing drives or intersections; or 5. The proposed development includes a drive -through pick up window. Deleted: ¶ Page 82 of 451 8-2 Old Business i Q. Street Design Drawings. The application shall include drawings by an engineer showing the design, grades, widths, and profiles of all streets, sidewalks, curbs, gutters, traffic control devices, traffic signs, and associated public improvements. All street designs shall conform to street classifications and design standards adopted by the City. R. Additional Submittals; Waiver of Certain Submittals. The Planning Director has discretion to require other or additional submittals where necessary for the review of a particular application, or as required for Level II Development under Chapter 17.80. Alternatively, the Planning Director has discretion to waive or modify any requirement for a particular submittal if it is determined that the document or report is not necessary, or if an alternate submittal is justified for the review of a particular application. Any waiver shall be in a writing labelled as a Submittal Waiver, shall identify the project by name and application number, and shall be signed and dated by the Planning Director. S. Conformity with Submittal Standards. All submittals must conform to the Land Use Submittal Standards adopted by the City. Submittals which do not clearly or accurately depict elements required for review of the project may be rejected, or staff may require revisions during the review process.17.67.050 Review Procedures. A. Pre -Application. All Applicants shall participate in a pre -application meeting with the Planning Department staff prior to application submittal. The pre -application meeting is intended to identify project elements and issues which may need to be addressed in the review process. Applicants must bring to the Pre -Application meeting those items identified on the Pre -Application Checklist available from staff. B. Review for Completeness. All applications shall be promptly reviewed for completeness and accuracy by the Planning Director. If an application is found to be incomplete or deficient the Planning Director shall notify the applicant in writing as to the deficiencies and allow the applicant to submit additional or supplemental materials as needed. Incomplete or deficient applications will not be scheduled for further review. C. Level I Applications. Level I Applications shall be reviewed by City staff comprising the Development Review Team (DRT), which shall be the land use authority. The DRT may approve, approve subject to conditions, or deny a Level I Application. D. Level II Applications. Level II Applications shall first be reviewed by the DRT, which shall issue a staff report identifying recommendations for the project. The land use authority for Level II Applications shall be the Planning Commission, which may approve, approve subject to conditions, or deny the application. 1. Level II Applications are not subject to a public hearing; however the applicant shall deliver notice of the pending application, in a form approved by the City, to adjacent property owners, who shall be permitted to submit written comments or testimony as to the compliance of the application with applicable approval criteria and City ordinances. Any written comments or testimony from adjacent property owners or Page 83 of 451 8-2 Old Business interested persons may be considered by the Planning Commission in reaching its decision. The Planning Commission shall consider the application at a public meeting without further public testimony. Within a reasonable period of time following the conclusion of the meeting, the Planning Commission, as land use authority, shall issue a written decision, which may approve, approve subject to conditions, or deny the Level II Application. E. When a Site Plan is Deemed Granted. For purposes of this Chapter, a site plan approved by the applicable land use authority subject to conditions is not deemed granted until the Planning Director certifies in writing that all pre -construction conditions of approval have been satisfied, all applicable fees are paid, and all ancillary documents (dedications, Development Improvements Agreement, or the like) are executed and delivered to the City. Satisfaction of all such conditions must occur before a building permit will be issued. For purposes of this subsection, pre -construction conditions means those conditions pertaining to design of the development, permitting by other agencies, corrective submittals, or the like. F. Concurrent Review. To the extent possible, where an application under this Chapter requires other City approvals, the City shall attempt to consolidate all such approvals in one proceeding to provide for efficient and timely review. However, nothing in this Chapter shall be deemed to repeal or abrogate review procedures or criteria in other ordinances. G. Certificate of Occupancy. A certificate of occupancy will be issued, provided that all fees have been paid and construction is completed in conformity with the approved Site Plan, conditions of approval, the building permit, applicable City Code provisions, and building codes. 17.67.050 Approval Criteria. A. The following criteria govern site plan approval: 1. compliance with applicable Moab ordinances and building codes; 2. availability of necessary utilities, including culinary water, sewer, electricity, natural gas, and the like; 3. consistency of the design with Moab Advisory Documents; and 4. accuracy and truthfulness of submittals or representations in the application. B. Discretion to Grant Conditional Approval. The applicable land use authority has discretion to impose conditions during the review process that address: a) deficiencies in the application; b) performance of the design in providing efficient access, vehicle circulation, connectivity, pedestrian/non-motorized vehicle access; c) buffering of off -site impacts; d) storm water management and flood damage prevention; e) landscaping, and architectural design; f) utility design issues; and/or g) other provisions of Moab ordinances or Advisory Documents. Page 84 of 451 8-2 Old Business C. Statement of Reasons in the Event of Denial. Where an application is denied, the land use authority shall provide a statement of reasons explaining the basis for its denial. D. Code Violations. The City may properly decline to review or approve any application where the property that is the location of the application has outstanding municipal code or building code violations. Where such violations exist, the City may decline further review of the application until such time as all violations are abated and applicable fines, fees, or taxes applicable to the property are paid. 17.67.060 Improvements Agreements, Dedications, and Warranty. A. Development Improvements Agreement. The City may require the applicant to deliver a Development Improvements Agreement (DIA), which will specify in detail: the site -specific development plan for the property; the public improvements which must be constructed to serve the development; engineer's estimates for the cost of required improvements; deadlines for construction and the phasing of development; provisions for a financial assurance and warranty deposit to secure completion of public improvements; required property dedications; and such other terms as may be specifically required for the development. The amount of the financial assurance and warranty deposit shall be equal to 140% and 10%, respectively, of the approved construction costs, as verified by the City Engineer or other City designee. At the election of the City, the DIA may be recorded in the Grand County land records, and constitutes an encumbrance on the subject real property for the duration of the life of the development authorized under this Chapter. The form of any financial assurance shall be as authorized by the City Attorney. B. Dedications. The City may require an applicant to dedicate an interest in land to the City, in fee simple or an easement, where it is necessary for the siting of public infrastructure, such as public streets, sidewalks, pedestrian paths, or underground utilities made necessary by a particular site plan application. Additionally, dedications may be required incident to site plan approval to conform to Advisory Documents. Property dedications will be confirmed by a separate deed or easement, in a form acceptable to the City Attorney, which shall be executed by the property owner and recorded. All applicants are encouraged to consider access dedications and connectivity with adjacent parcels during the design process. C. Public Improvements Warranted and Delivered free of Liens. All public improvements installed and dedicated to the City (e.g. culinary water lines, sewer lines, curbing, gutters, roads, hydrants, street lights, and the like) shall be delivered free of liens and encumbrances, and shall be warranted by the applicant to be free of defects in design, materials, and workmanship for a period of one year from the date of acceptance. D. Release of DIA. If the City determines that the DIA serves no further purpose, as in the case of abandonment or termination of the development contemplated by the site plan approval, then the DIA may be released via a writing duly executed by the City and recorded in the land records. 17.67.060 Amendment Procedures; Lapse of Site Plan. Page 85 of 451 8-2 Old Business A. Binding on Successors. An approved Site Plan shall be binding upon the applicant and any of its successors in title. Amendments which change the character, building design, density, or any other requirements or conditions contained in the Site Plan shall not be permitted without prior review and approval as set forth in this Section. B. Minor Changes. A minor change in the location or placement of buildings or specific improvements may be authorized by the DRT where unforeseen circumstances, such as site constraints, engineering problems, or the like require a change. C. Major Changes. Major changes, such as alterations in the size, configuration, or change of use as defined in this Chapter; significant realignments or changes to access, utilities, or storm -water facilities; other changes which increase the density, scope, or intensity of occupancy; significant changes to project phasing; or other changes which significantly affect the overall design or intent of the project shall be treated as a major change, and shall be referred for review to the land use authority that originally authorized the Site Plan. D. Review of Amendments. A land use authority reviewing an amendment application may approve, approve with conditions, or deny the application. E. Lapse of Plan; Extension. If, within twelve months from the date of approval of a site plan, the applicant fails to satisfy approval conditions or diligently proceed with construction, then the City may declare a lapse of plan by delivering written notice to the applicant. A lapse of plan shall result in all prior approvals under this Chapter being void and of no further effect. An extension of any site plan approval may be granted by the applicable land use authority upon a showing by the applicant of good cause, and provided that an extension is sought in writing within twelve months of the date of approval. Nothing in this section shall be deemed to alter or impair a phasing plan or construction schedule approved in a valid DIA. 17.67.070 Appeals. A. Appeals. Any person adversely affected by a decision under this Chapter may file an appeal of that decision no later than 30 days from the date of the decision, permit, or action which is the subject of the appeal. Untimely appeals are subject to dismissal with prejudice. B. Staff Appeals or Planning Commission Appeals. Decisions of the staff, the DRT, or the Planning Commission shall be appealed to the Appeal Authority. Any subsequent appeal shall be to the Seventh Judicial District Court. C. Review on Record. Appeals shall be a review of the record which was submitted to the applicable Land Use Authority. Upon the filing of an appeal the staff shall assemble the record of proceeding and forward same to the appeal body or court, as applicable, and the parties. If the record is particularly voluminous, the City may require the appellant to pay the reasonable costs of assembly and copying of the record. Page 86 of 451 8-2 Old Business D. Standard of Review. In any administrative or judicial appeal the decision under review shall be reviewed on the basis of the record before the land use authority. The decision of the land use authority shall be affirmed unless it is found to be arbitrary, capricious, or illegal. The appellant has the burden of proof in any appeal, which shall clearly and concisely state reasons why the land use authority decision was erroneous. Except in the case of Level I appeals by adversely affected persons, to preserve an issue for judicial review, the appellant must first have exhausted its administrative remedies by presenting any claimed point of error to the attention of the applicable land use authority prior to seeking appellate review. In the case of a Level I appeal by an adversely affected person, that party shall be permitted to supplement the record and provide additional information to the Appeal Authority in support of its appeal. E. Time for Judicial Review. A judicial action seeking review of the Appeal Authority must be commenced no later than 30 days from the date of the final written decision or order of the Appeal Authority. Untimely appeals are subject to dismissal with prejudice. Additionally, Chapter 17.80 is hereby amended as follows. Chapter 17.80 SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS FOR LARGE SCALE DEVELOPMENTS OVER THIRTY THOUSAND SQUARE FEET Sections: 17.80.010 Purpose and Intent. 17.80.020 Definitions. 17.80.030 Applicability. 17.80.040 Aesthetic character. 17.80.050 Site design. 17.80.060 Signage. 17.80.070 Landscaping. 17.80.080 Submittal Requirements. 17.80.090 Adaptive Reuse/renewal. 17.80.100 Abandoned Building Supplementary Regulations. 17.80.110 Financial Assurance. 17.80.120 Development Improvements Agreement Required. 17.80.010 Purpose and intent. The purpose and intent of these regulations are: Page 87 of 451 8-2 Old Business a. To break up the apparent mass and scale of large structures in order to ensure that such development is compatible with and does not detract from Moab's unique natural character, scale, and sense of place; b. To help integrate large-scale development with its visual surroundings when viewed from adjacent public rights -of -way and neighboring properties; c. To promote and facilitate a safe and comfortable pedestrian scale environment; d. To mitigate onsite and offsite impacts of large structures on public infrastructure; e. To encourage a mixture of uses and sizes of structures; f. To reduce the visual impact of large areas of parking and outdoor lighting; and g. To reduce future negative impacts of empty or abandoned large retail structures on the appearance and retail economic health of the community. (Ord. 08-10 (part), 2008) 17.80.020 Definitions. A. In the event that the definition of a term presented in this chapter conflicts with the definition of the same or similar term presented elsewhere in this code or in a model code that has been adopted by the City (e.g., International Building Code), the definition contained in this Chapter shall prevail. B. Affected Entity means a county, local district, special service district, interlocal cooperation entity, public utility, private property owner, school district, property owner's association, federal government agency, or state agency. C. Arcade means an area contiguous to a street or building that is open and unobstructed, and that is accessible to the public at all times. Arcades may include building columns, landscaping, statuary, or fountains. Arcades do not include off-street loading/unloading areas, driveways or parking areas. D. Architectural or Structural Bay means a design feature or collection of features that breaks up the flat expanse of a wall through the use of indentations, property ribs or offsets. E. Berm means an earthen mound designed to provide visual interest on a site, screen undesirable views, reduce noise or provide a buffer from adjoining uses. F. Buffer means an area provided to reduce the conflict between two different land uses. Buffers are intended to mitigate undesired views, noise and glare -- effectively providing greater privacy to neighboring land uses. Typical buffers consist of materials that serve this purpose and include, but are not limited to, plant materials, walls, fences and/or significant land area to separate the uses. Page 88 of 451 8-2 Old Business G. Breezeway means a roofed passageway, which is either open on the sides or enclosed by walls, which serves a means of access between two adjacent buildings. H. Commercial Development means the construction or expansion of business uses involving the sale of goods or services to the public. As used in this Chapter, Commercial Development includes hotels, motels, or similar lodging businesses providing short-term accommodations to the public. Cornice means a decorative projection at the top of a wall or building. J. Dormer means a window set vertically in a gable projecting from a sloping roof. K. Extraordinary Impact means an impact created by a proposed development that will result in the need for improvements to public facilities such as water, sewer, storm water drainage, and/or streets. Examples of extraordinary impacts include but are not limited to: 1. Installation of new water, sewer and/or storm water improvements necessary to meet the demands of the proposed development; 2. Upsizing of existing water, sewer, and/or storm drain pipelines to meet the demands of the proposed development increase capacity; 3. Installation of street and/or traffic signal improvements to maintain a level of service (LOS) of C or higher on all public streets that will be affected by the proposed development. L. Facade means the portion of any exterior elevation on the building extending from grade to the top of the parapet, wall or eaves and extending the entire length of the building. M. Floor Area, Gross (GFA). The sum of the gross horizontal areas of all enclosed floors of a building, including basements, mezzanines, corridors, breezeways, and lobbies from the exterior face of the exterior walls, or from the centerline of a common wall separating two buildings, but excluding any space with a floor to ceiling height of less than six feet six inches. The GFA also includes permanent outdoor retail display areas including, but not limited to, garden centers and seasonal displays of merchandise. N. Floor Area, Net (NFA). The total of all floor areas of a building, excluding: stairwells and elevator shafts; equipment rooms; interior vehicular parking or loading; and all floors below the first or ground floor, except where these below ground floor areas are used or intended to be used for human habitation or service to the public. O. Gable means a triangular wall section at the end of a pitched roof, bounded by the two roof slopes. Page 89 of 451 8-2 Old Business P. Ghost Signage means the visible remains or impressions left when a sign is removed from a building or sign standard. Q. Hardscape means the inanimate elements of landscaping including patios, paths, plazas, decks, fountains, rock and stone. R. Hip Roof means a roof without gables. S. Large Scale Development means new retail or commercial development exceeding thirty thousand square feet of GFA, and/or the remodeling or expansion of existing structures where the result of the remodeling and/or expansion exceeds thirty thousand square feet of GFA. Where development is to be constructed in phases, the GFA of all phases is to be utilized in determining whether this Chapter applies, rather than the area of the structures in any single phase. T. Pad Building means a building placed in or around a large scale development parking area and providing complementary goods and services to those provided by the large scale development. U. Parapet means the portion of a wall that extends above the roofline. V. Portico means a porch or walkway with a roof supported by columns, often leading to the entrance to a building. W. Public or Private Right-of-way means any road intended to provide public access to any lot/development, but excluding any service road or internal driving aisles (i.e., within parking lots). X. Public Space means an area where the public can gather and/or rest, and not part of the commercial space of a development. Y. Retail Development means businesses where goods or services are sold to the public primarily for personal consumption, rather than for resale. Retail uses include shops, restaurants, warehouse sales, and associated service businesses or offices doing business with the general public. As used in this Chapter, the term "retail" does not include hotels, motels, or similar short-term lodging businesses. Z. Screen a wall constructed of opaque materials and whose height will be effective in obstructing unwanted views. AA. Structural Best Management Practice (BMP) means any of several commonly accepted and used storm water improvements designed to prevent storm water discharges exceeding historic pre -development levels, and to prevent the discharge of pollutants into surface and groundwater. Page 90 of 451 8-2 Old Business BB. Wing Wall means a projection of a wall extending out beyond the body of the building. 17.80.030 Applicability. A. Application. In addition to compliance with all other requirements of this Code, new construction of Large Scale Commercial Development or Large Scale Retail Development exceeding thirty thousand square feet of GFA of any single structure or building, must comply with the standards established by this Chapter. Remodeling and/or expansion of existing structures where the result of the remodeling and/or expansion exceeds thirty thousand square feet of GFA of any single structure or building must comply with the standards established by this Chapter. For purposes of this Chapter buildings or structures connected by a breezeway are considered a single structure. B. Conflicts. Where the requirements of any part of this Chapter conflict with any other provision of the Code, this Chapter shall prevail. (Ord. 08-10 (part), 2008) 17.80.040 Aesthetic character. A. Facades and Exterior Walls. If a building facade exceeds sixty feet in length, it shall be broken down into smaller elements by jogging the wall in or out a minimum of four feet for at least ten feet in length, or by adding an element such as a porch, recessed entry, bay window, projecting trellis or similar substantial architectural feature at intervals so that no continuous wall plane is more than sixty feet in length. B. Smaller Retail Uses. The standards presented in this section are directed toward those situations where additional, smaller stores, with separate, exterior customer entrances are located in the principal buildings or on the development site. 1. Where principal buildings contain additional, separate uses, which occupy less than thirty -thousand square feet of gross floor area, with separate, exterior customer entrances: a. The street level facade of such stores shall be transparent between the height of three feet and eight feet above the walkway grade for no less than sixty percent of the horizontal length of the building facade of such additional stores; And b. Windows shall be recessed and should include visually prominent sills, shutters, or other such forms of framing. Page 91 of 451 8-2 Old Business C. Detail Features. The elements in the following standard should be integral parts of the building fabric, and not superficially applied trim or graphics, or paint: 1. Building facades shall include a repeating pattern that shall include no less than three of the elements listed below. At least one of these elements shall repeat horizontally. All elements shall repeat at intervals of no more than thirty feet, either horizontally or vertically: a. Color or hue change; b. Texture change; c. Material module change; or d. Expression of architectural or structural bay through a change in plane no less than twelve inches in width, such as an offset, reveal, or projecting rib. D. Roof Lines. Variations in roof lines should be used to add interest to, and reduce the massive scale of large buildings. The following standards shall apply: 1. Roof lines shall be varied with a change in height of not less than three feet for every one hundred linear feet in the building length. Parapets, mansard roofs, gable roofs, hip roofs, or dormers shall be used to conceal flat roofs and roof top equipment from public view. The planning commission may approve alternating lengths and designs which may be addressed during the site plan approval process. E. Materials and Colors. Exterior building materials and colors comprise a significant part of the visual impact of a building. Therefore, they should be aesthetically pleasing and compatible with materials and colors of the surrounding landscape. 1. Predominant exterior building materials shall be high quality materials and include: a. Stucco; b. Unpainted or natural colored brick; c. Wood; d. Stone; Page 92 of 451 8-2 Old Business e. Tinted and textured masonry units; or f. Other materials approved by the planning commission. 2. Facade colors shall be low reflectance, subtle, neutral, or earth tone colors. The use of high intensity colors, metallic colors, black or fluorescent colors is prohibited. 3. Exterior building materials on facades adjacent to public roads shall not include the following: a. Smooth -faced concrete or masonry block; b. Tilt -up concrete panels; or c. Pre -fabricated steel panels. F. Entryways. Entryway design elements and variations should give orientation and aesthetically pleasing character to the building. The following standards identify entryway design features: 1. Each principal building on a site shall have clearly defined and visible customer entrances featuring no less than three of the following: a. Canopies or porticos; b. Overhangs; c. Recesses/projections; d. Arcades; e. Raised corniced parapets over the door; f. Peaked roof forms; g. Arches; h. Outdoor patios; i. Display windows; Page 93 of 451 8-2 Old Business Architectural details such as tile work and moldings which are integrated into the building structure and design; or k. Integral planters or wing walls that incorporate landscaped areas and/or places for sitting. G. Public Spaces. No less than five percent of the floor area shall be dedicated to interior or exterior public spaces. (Ord. 08-10 (part), 2008) 17.80.050 Site design. Large Scale Development shall be required to conform to all applicable provisions of this Chapter 17.80, including: A. Building Size. New development shall not exceed two hundred thousand (200,000) gross square feet as a single occupant or combination of occupants in a single structure. Remodels and/or expansions of existing building shall not result in development exceeding two hundred thousand square feet as a single occupant or combination of occupants in a single structure. B. Building Height. New development and remodels and/or expansions of existing buildings shall not exceed forty feet in height. C. Parking. These regulations are intended to: 1. Reduce the "heat island effect" of the parking surface; 2. Encourage natural on -site processing of stormwater through landscape features designed to slow and filter polluted runoff; 3. Encourage groundwater recharge and/or reuse; 4. Reduce the overall scale of paved surfaces; 5. Minimize the utilitarian visual impact; And 6. Enhance pedestrian safety. 7. Lot Orientation. Parking areas shall provide safe, convenient, and efficient access for all types of vehicles, public transit, all alternative forms of travel, and pedestrians. They should be distributed around larger buildings in order to shorten distances to other buildings and Page 94 of 451 8-2 Old Business public sidewalks and to reduce the overall scale of the paved surface, and provide shared parking between businesses. Bike racks shall be located in well -lighted areas and placed in locations that are visible from store entrances and parking areas. 8. Parking areas shall be planned as an accessory to the buildings they serve to achieve a high quality design and appearance. The parking area's utilitarian appearance should be minimized by utilizing effective landscaping, street furniture and other public amenities. 9. Parking lots should be designed to avoid causing erosion damage to grading and surrounding landscaping. Whenever possible, permeable paving systems shall be evaluated and utilized especially for overflow and employee parking areas. To reduce impervious surfaces, one-way drive aisles shall be incorporated into the design to the greatest extent possible. 10. Parking lots shall incorporate methods for stormwater management utilizing low impact development (LID) techniques including, but not limited to: a. End -of -island bioretention cell(s) with underdrain(s) and landscaping; b. Bioretention cells or biofiltration swales located around the parking perimeter; c. Breached curb drainage inlets (or curb cuts) in the end -of -island bioretention cells and bioretention strips to collect runoff; or d. Bioretention cells installed between lines of parking stalls to increase the total treatment surface area of these systems. 11. Parking and Vehicular Circulation. Parking facilities shall be recognized as transitional spaces where users change modes of travel, from car, bus, or bicycle to pedestrian. The design of those spaces shall therefore safely and attractively serve all modes, and provide safe walkways for pedestrians. 12. Surface Parking. No single parking area shall exceed one hundred fifty feet in length unless divided into two or more sub -areas by a building, internal landscaped street, or landscaped pedestrian way. Page 95 of 451 8-2 Old Business 13. Parking lots shall be configured and designed to reduce the overall mass of paved surfaces. No more than seventy percent (70%) of the required or proposed off- street parking area for the entire property shall be located between the front (street adjacent) facade of the principal building(s) and the primary abutting street unless the principal building(s) and/or parking lots are screened from view by secondary development (such as smaller scale retail or commercial buildings), additional tree plantings, other landscaping, berms or screening. 14. No overnight camping shall be permitted in parking facilities authorized pursuant to Chapter 8.20 and Section 10.04.230. The property owner shall post and enforce policies to ensure compliance with this provision. D. Paving and Circulation Requirements. 1. All parking stalls and maneuvering areas shall be paved and permanently maintained with asphalt, concrete, or pavers surfacing except in employee or overflow parking areas where the use of gravel or other pervious surface material may be approved by the planning commission. The utilization of pavers or other approved pervious materials to provide for additional parking during times of high volume traffic is encouraged. 2. All areas within the parking area not used for parking stalls or maneuvering areas shall be landscaped. 3. Parking areas shall be designed to enable a car entering the parking area to move from one location to any other location within the parking area or premises without entering a street. E. Parking Sub -Areas. Unbroken rows of parking spaces shall not exceed sixteen spaces unless divided into two or more sub -areas by a building, internal landscaped street, significant planted dividers or islands or a landscaped pedestrian way. All islands shall be landscaped. Page 96 of 451 8-2 Old Business F. Number of Parking Spaces. The number of parking spaces provided shall be as required by MMC Section 17.09.220. The planning commission shall have the authority to approve an increase to the required number of parking spaces as allowed in subsection (G) of this section. G. Parking Bonuses. The City shall use the following standards when evaluating the landscape design and granting parking bonuses. 1. Additional shade coverage exceeding the fifty percent requirement by fifteen percent may allow up to ten percent parking area increases. 2. The use of solar energy panels for lighting and/or shade structures shall allow additional parking bonuses of ten percent based on a fifteen percent solar panel coverage of the parking area. 3. Other valid options for bonuses as proposed by the applicant and approved by the City may be used in lieu of the increases in shade or solar panels if the intent of the regulations is met or exceeded. Such options shall include solar panels located on the roofs of structures and green roofs used to absorb water runoff from principal uses. H. Storm Water Systems. Storm water system design shall emphasize water quality treatment and ground water recharge. The site storm water system shall capture all site runoff, provide water quality treatment through the use of appropriate structural BMPs, and discharge the storm water to the public storm water system at a rate that does not exceed the pre - developed rate for the project site for the ten-year and one -hundred -year storm events. In the event that the property cannot drain to the public storm water system, storm water may be Page 97 of 451 8-2 Old Business discharged onto or across adjacent properties provided that easements permitting such use are executed with the respective landowners. Required additional storm water conveyance systems shall be subject to approval by the City and shall be constructed at the applicant's cost. RIBBON CURB STANDARD CURB AND GUTTER I. Rear and Side Facades. Side and rear facades shall adhere to the requirements outlined in Section 17.80.040(A). Architectural and landscaping features should mitigate to the maximum extent practicable the impacts of blank walls, loading areas, storage areas, HVAC units, garbage receptacles and other accessory features. J. 1. The minimum setback for any building facade shall be twenty-five feet. Where the facade faces adjacent residential zones an earthen berm shall be installed, no less than six feet in height, containing at a minimum a double row of evergreen or deciduous trees planted at intervals of twenty feet trunk to trunk. Additional landscaping may be required by the planning commission to effectively buffer adjacent land use as deemed appropriate. Outdoor Storage, Trash Collection, and Loading Areas. Loading areas and outdoor storage areas exert visual and noise impacts on surrounding neighborhoods. These areas, when visible from adjoining properties and/or public streets, shall be screened from view of adjacent public or private rights -of -way or neighboring properties. Appropriate locations for loading and outdoor storage areas include areas between buildings, where more than one building is located on a site and such buildings are not more than forty feet apart, or on those sides of buildings that do not have customer entrances. 1. Areas for outdoor storage, truck parking, trash collection or compaction, utility meters, HVAC equipment or other such equipment, similar uses, and similar service functions shall be screened from view from adjacent public or private rights -of -way or neighboring properties. Materials, colors, and designs of screening walls, fences and covers shall conform to those used as predominant materials, colors and designs of the building. Areas for outdoor storage, trash collection or compaction, loading, or other such uses shall not be located within thirty feet of any public street, public sidewalk, or internal pedestrian way. 2. Delivery and loading operations shall conform to Chapter 17.74, Noise. Page 98 of 451 8-2 Old Business 3. Delivery and loading areas shall be substantially set back from a residential use or residentially zoned property that is adjacent to the site. A landscape buffer, or other approved buffering, of at least thirty feet in width shall be provided adjacent to the delivery and loading area where it adjoins residential uses or zones. The landscape buffer shall include evergreen shrubs and/or trees plus deciduous canopy trees at regular intervals to provide noise, light, and visual screening. 4. If the delivery and loading spaces are located within an enclosed building or underground, no such setback and buffer area shall be required. 5. Outdoor storage of chemicals, fertilizers and other materials that pose a potential source of groundwater pollution shall be stored in a contained area that prevents leakage into the storm water system or into the groundwater. Environmental Protection Agency regulations or other regulations shall be followed. K. Pedestrian/Bicycle Accessibility. This subsection sets forth standards for public sidewalks and internal pedestrian circulation systems that can provide user-friendly pedestrian access as well as pedestrian safety, shelter, and convenience within the center grounds. 1. Sidewalks at least six feet in width shall be provided along all sides of the project site that abut a public or private right-of-way. The planning commission may waive this requirement as part of the development plan if a suitable alternative is proposed. 2. Continuous internal pedestrian walkways, no less than five feet in width, shall be provided from the public sidewalk or right-of-way to the principal customer entrances of all principal buildings on the site. At a minimum, walkways shall connect focal points of activity such as, but not limited to, parking areas, street crossings, building and store entry points, and shall feature landscaping as per requirements outlined in this chapter. Page 99 of 451 8-2 Old Business 3. Walkways shall be provided through parking lots. A paved walkway or sidewalk must be provided for safe walking areas through parking lots greater than one hundred fifty feet in length (measured either parallel or perpendicular to the street front). Walkways shall be provided every third parking aisle, or at a distance of not less than one hundred fifty feet between paths (whichever is the least restrictive). Such access routes through parking areas shall be separated from vehicular parking and travel lanes by use of contrasting paving materials which may be raised above the vehicular pavement. Speed tables shall not be used to satisfy this requirement. 4. Sidewalks, no less than five feet in width, shall be provided along the full length of the building along any facade featuring a customer entrance, and along any facade abutting public parking areas. Such sidewalks shall be located at least six feet from the facade of the building to provide planting beds for foundation landscaping. 5. All internal pedestrian walkways shall be distinguished from driving surfaces through the use of durable, low maintenance surface materials such as pavers, Page 100 of 451 8-2 Old Business bricks, or scored and tinted concrete to enhance pedestrian safety and comfort, as well as the attractiveness of the walkways. Bike racks shall be located in well -lighted areas and placed in locations that are visible from store entrances and/or parking areas 6. Public bicycle and pedestrian paths, trails, and lanes a minimum of ten feet in width shall be provided across the site as necessary to implement the Grand County non -motorized master trails plan as approved by the city council and in effect at the time of application. All such easement widths shall be contingent upon the type of trail proposed and may vary. Such trails shall provide connections to existing and/or future trails. 7. Bicycle lanes or paths shall be provided from an adjacent street to bicycle parking areas near a primary entrance of structures. 8. The applicant shall provide street stub outs, trails, and sidewalks as necessary to promote efficient circulation and connectivity with adjacent developed parcels or undeveloped parcels that are likely to develop. (Ord. 12-07 (part), 2012: Ord. 08-10 (part), 2008) 17.80.060 Signage. Large Scale Developments as defined by this Chapter shall be required to follow the provisions of Chapter 15.44 (Sign Code). In addition, the following provisions shall apply: Page 101 of 451 8-2 Old Business A. Sign Color. Sign colors shall be low reflectance, subtle, neutral, or earth tone colors. Use of high -contrast colors in all wall and monument signs is prohibited. B. Sign Types. Corporate or retail signage shall be limited to internally illuminated and channeled wall signs and monument signs. Applicants are encouraged to utilize light fixtures which have the International Dark Sky Association seal of approval, or an equivalent. Maximum sign square footage, height and all other requirements shall be governed by Chapter 15.44. C. All freestanding signs shall be monument style: i.e., mounted on a base (above grade) of wood, brick or stone, which is detached from any building and built with continuous background surface from the ground up. (Ord. 12-07 (part), 2012: Ord. 08-10 (part), 2008) 17.80.070 Landscaping. A. All planter beds and tree planters shall be bordered by a concrete curb not less than six inches in height adjacent to the parking surface except where areas of landscape are used for storm water detention. If used in this manner, all asphalt abutting landscaping shall terminate with a concrete ribbon curb one and one-half feet in width and ten inches in thickness. B. All plants and irrigation systems shall be installed according to the landscape installation guidelines shown on the approved landscape plan. The owner shall guarantee the quality of work, health and condition of plants, and installation of materials including, but not limited to, plant types, size, spacing, and irrigation systems. Prior to final acceptance of the project and issuance of a certificate of occupancy, the City shall inspect and certify that the installation is in compliance with the approved plans and specifications. All corrections, adjustments, and/or replacement of landscape elements and execution of a landscape maintenance agreement shall be done prior to final approval by the City. In the event corrections cannot be made or installation cannot be completed prior to issuance of a certificate of occupancy, the City shall require a cash deposit equal in value to the amount of one and one-half the cost of the landscaping project. A cash deposit is returned only when the City gives final approval of the project. C. Landscaping shall be provided and maintained in good condition by the property owner. Failure to maintain shall constitute a misdemeanor and be punishable as established in Chapters 17.75 and 17.78 and Section 12.24.160. D. Any changes to an approved landscape plan shall be reviewed and approved by the Planning Director prior to the alteration taking place. E. Landscaping Materials and Spaces. Required landscaping shall be limited to the following materials and spaces: Page 102 of 451 8-2 Old Business 1. Living ground cover; 2. Permeable, continuous non -living ground cover; 3. Living plant life other than ground cover; 4. Retained native vegetation; 5. Natural or manufactured features, including but not limited to boulders and planters; 6. Pedestrian ways; and 7. Public spaces. F. Landscaping Materials and Design Mix. Separate sections of landscaping shall be composed of the required materials in any combination as follows: 1. Living plant life other than ground cover or natural vegetation shall have a minimum coverage of five percent; 2. Living ground cover shall have a maximum coverage of eighty percent; 3. Permeable non -living ground cover shall have a maximum coverage of twenty percent; 4. Natural or manufactured features shall have a maximum coverage of fifteen percent; 5. Pedestrian ways or public spaces shall have a maximum coverage of fifty percent. 6. Plant materials shall be sized and spaced to achieve immediate effect and shall not be less than a five -gallon container for specimen shrubs, a 15-gallon container for trees, and a one gallon container for mass planting, unless otherwise approved by the land use authority. G. Plant Materials and Landscape Design Standards. 1. Plants selected for landscape areas shall consist of plants that are well suited to the micro -climate and soil conditions at the project site. Plants with similar water needs shall be grouped together as much as possible. Page 103 of 451 8-2 Old Business 2. Turf areas shall be limited to areas with suitable shade and shall not be allowed in spaces narrower than ten feet wide. Turf shall not be used in more than ten percent of total landscape area, and should be located in places where people will use it. 3. For projects located at the interface between urban areas and natural open space non -irrigated, highly drought tolerant plants shall be selected that will blend with the native vegetation and are fire resistant or retardant. Plants with low level fuel volume or high moisture content shall be emphasized. Plants which tend to accumulate excessive amount of dead wood or debris shall be avoided. 4. Areas with a slope greater than thirty-three percent shall be landscaped with deep rooting, water conserving plants for erosion control and soil stabilization. 5. Parking strips and other landscaped areas less than eight feet wide shall be landscaped with water conserving plants. H. Irrigation Systems. 1. A detailed irrigation plan shall be drawn to the same scale as the landscape plan and shall contain the following information: a. Layout of irrigation system and summary legend outlining the type and size of all components of the system, including manufacture name and model number with approved equals; b. Flow rate in gallons per minute and design operating pressure in pounds per square inch for each valve and precipitation rate in inches per hour for each valve with sprinklers; and I. Building Foundation Landscaping. A minimum of fifty percent of a facade length containing a primary customer entrance shall have a foundation landscaped area extending at least six feet out from the building. All other facades that can be viewed from existing public rights -of -way shall have foundation landscaping extending a minimum of eighty percent of the facade length. The City may waive this requirement where necessary because of geotechnical conditions. J. Parking Lot Landscaping. Page 104 of 451 8-2 Old Business 1. Large parking areas should be enhanced with additional landscaping. Creative site design, to include preservation of existing stands of trees and clustered landscaped areas, is encouraged over symmetrical rows of small landscaped islands. 2. To the greatest extent possible, landscape islands shall be designed so that plant material is not located on the first one foot of the edge of the island, where it is most likely to be trampled by individuals exiting and entering parked vehicles. Such edge shall be mulched or paved with porous paving materials such as pavers. a. Landscaping. Parking lot landscaping is an important element in reducing reflective heating, controlling water runoff and improving the aesthetics of a site. Increasing the landscape requirements may also help in the adaptive reuse of large scale retail buildings. Landscaping shall be installed and maintained as established elsewhere in this section. b. Parking lot dividers, islands, planters and planting areas shall be a minimum of six feet wide at the widest point, and six feet long except that all new or retrofitted tree planters shall be a minimum of nine feet by seven feet, measured to the outside perimeter of the planter, and shall have no less than forty-eight square feet of permeable soil planting area. c. Landscaping shall be used to define parking areas, primary vehicular drives and pedestrian areas in an aesthetically and environmentally pleasing manner. d. Landscaped areas shall be distributed throughout the entire parking area as evenly as is appropriate in the design of the park facility. 3. Where trees already exist, the parking lot shall be designed to make the best use of this existing growth and shade wherever it is reasonably possible. 4. Landscaping shall include shrubs, trees, vines, ground covers, hedges, flowers, bark, chips, decorating cinders, gravel, and similar material which will improve the appearance of parking areas. a. Tree Requirements. Off-street open parking areas shall provide fifty percent or more of shade coverage at the time of maturity of the trees. To achieve this coverage the applicant shall: Page 105 of 451 8-2 Old Business i. Design, where possible, north/south oriented parking areas to provide maximum shade; ii. Plant at least one medium or large-scale tree for every three parking stalls; Utilize a diversity of tree species that have the ability to survive the climate zone. b. The minimum size tree planted shall be no less than a one -and - one -half -inch tree measured at four feet from the base of the tree and sized to specifications according to the American Standard for Nursery Stock (ANSI Z60.1) Low water use and "native" plant materials shall be used to the greatest extent possible. Problematic trees having shallow or invasive roots or having brittle or weak branching structure are prohibited. All trees shall be planted and maintained according to the landscaping plan detail sheet and in such a manner to maximize the growth, health and longevity of the plantings. b. Trees shall be maintained in accordance with Chapter 12.24, Tree Stewardship. Violations shall be punishable as established in Sections 12.24.150 and 12.24.160. c. The interior of all vehicular use areas shall be landscaped so as to define parking isles and limit unbroken rows of parking and provide for pedestrian accessibility and safety. Ends of parking rows and corner areas shall be curbed and landscaped. K. Internal Pedestrian Walkway Landscaping. All internal pedestrian walkways, as required by this Chapter, shall feature adjoining landscaped areas that include trees, shrubs, benches, flower beds, ground covers, or other such materials for no less than fifty percent of their length. L. Parking Lot Trees Required. All proposed parking areas shall have shade trees planted at spacing no greater than forty feet trunk to trunk around the entire perimeter, with exception of those areas where the placement of trees would constitute a clear visual safety hazard. All landscaped islands in the interior of parking lots shall have, at a minimum, one large shade tree every forty feet. Each separate landscaped island or area shall contain a minimum of one hundred sixty-five square feet, shall have a minimum dimension of eight feet in any direction and shall include at least one tree. Trees shall be required within the interior planting islands of any vehicular use area exceeding four thousand five hundred square feet. M. Adjacent Buffer Required. A landscaped buffer of at least fifteen feet in width shall be required along the entire edge of any parking lot or the edge of a building facade without a primary or pedestrian oriented entrance when adjacent to a public right-of-way. The Page 106 of 451 8-2 Old Business landscaped buffer shall incorporate canopy shade trees planted at a minimum of thirty feet on - center for the buffer area. N. Screening. 1. Seventy-five percent of the lot frontage adjacent to any arterial street, exclusive of vehicular and pedestrian entrances, shall provide screening of parking areas by means of on -site buildings, landscaping, decorative walls and retaining walls, or other approved methods which may include primary structures. Additional screening of on -site parking shall be reviewed and approved by the planning commission. 2. Fifty percent of the lot frontage adjacent to all other streets and adjacent properties shall provide screening of on -site parking by means of on -site buildings, decorative walls, decorative retaining walls, landscaping, or other buildings and shall be reviewed and approved by the planning commission. 3. Lot frontage adjacent to residential uses or residential zoning districts shall provide screening of on -site parking by means of walls, landscaping, or buildings. O. Installation and Maintenance. All landscape materials required by this section shall be installed in accordance with standard practices of horticultural professionals and in good and workmanlike manner and shall be maintained by the property owner in good condition. 17.80.80 Submittal requirements. A. In addition to those submittal documents specified in Chapter 17.67 (Site Plan Review), the applicant shall submit the following. B. Engineering Plans and Studies. All drawings and reports listed in this section shall be stamped by an engineer licensed in Utah. The Applicant shall submit the following without exception: 1. Traffic Impact Study. A report that presents pre- and post -development traffic estimates and level of service values for all streets and intersections that will be impacted by the proposed development. 2. Water System Study. A report that presents the proposed development's fire flow and peak use requirements, and analyzes existing system capacity. Page 107 of 451 8-2 Old Business 3. Storm Drainage Study. A report that presents pre- and post -development runoff flow estimates for the site, detention volume requirements, proposed BMPs, and all other information necessary to allow for review of the proposed drainage plan. 4. Construction Drawings and Specifications. A package that at a minimum shall show site utilities, site grading, surface improvements, internal traffic circulation, easements, and required traffic signage. 5. Affected Entities. A listing by name, address, and telephone number of all affected entities, as defined in this Chapter, with respect to the project site. C. Architectural Plans and Presentations. All drawings and reports listed in this section shall be prepared by an architect or landscape architect as appropriate licensed in Utah. The requirements for a site plan as listed in Section 17.09.660 shall be followed when preparing an application for review. Applicant shall also submit the following: 1. Conceptual Drawings. The package shall, at a minimum, include the following: a. Site plan views showing building locations, parking areas with space totals, pedestrian and vehicular circulation routes, public trails and pathways, landscaped areas, and screening; b. Elevation views of all proposed buildings showing scaled architectural details, massing, height, screening of roof top units from all adjacent properties, especially those lands with higher elevations, and other design features; and c. Illustrative drawings, examples, or mock-ups showing the materials, colors and typical views from adjacent public streets of all proposed buildings. d. Outdoor Lighting. i. Lighting shall meet the requirements of Section 17.09.660(G) and be full cutoff downward directed fixtures and no light shall be emitted beyond the project site. The applicant must provide an exterior lighting plan that quantifies light coverage upon the project site and provides information on how outdoor lighting will be accomplished to minimize impacts on adjacent properties or roadways. Page 108 of 451 8-2 Old Business ii. To minimize any indirect overflow of light on adjacent properties, the height of any proposed parking lot light standard shall not be taller than light standards in surrounding neighborhood residential zones and should stair step down to a lower height when close to neighboring residential uses or residentially zoned areas. In no case shall the height of the light standards exceed twenty-five feet. Spotlights of any kind that are mounted on building walls are not permitted. 2. Signage Plan. A plan showing the location, size, height, materials, lighting methods, colors and incorporated logos of all proposed corporate and retail signage within the development. A sign permit is required under a separate application as set forth in Chapter 15.44 and Section 17.09.470. 3. Landscape Plan. A detailed plan showing all proposed landscape treatments including planting locations and species for all planted areas; surfacing for hardscaped areas; fences, wall and/or other screening devices; and proposed irrigation systems. D. Adoptive Reuse and Renewal Plan. Applicants for Large Scale retail developments shall submit the following: 1. A building design plan that allows for and facilitates reuse of the building in the event the building is abandoned or vacated. 2. A building renewal plan that provides for maximum opportunity for rehabilitation or redevelopment of the structure in the event of abandonment, vacating of property, or relocation by the original occupants. The plan shall include a maintenance plan for normal repairs and upkeep of the main building, accessory buildings, "pad" buildings, parking lots and hard surfaces, landscaping, and signage, including the elimination of "ghost" signage. (Ord. 12-07 (part), 2012: Ord. 08-10 (part), 2008) 17.80.090 Adaptive Reuse/renewal. Large Scale Retail Developments as defined in this Chapter shall be constructed in a manner that includes specific elements for adaptation for multi -tenant re -use. Such elements may include, but are not limited to, compartmentalized construction, including plumbing, electrical service, and HVAC. A. Building design shall plan for: 1. The interior subdivision of the structure into separate tenancies; 2. Facades that readily adapt to multiple entrances and adapt to entrances on all but one side of the building; Page 109 of 451 8-2 Old Business 3. Parking lot designs that are shared by establishments or are linked by safe and functional pedestrian connections; 4. Landscaping designs that complement the multiple entrance design; and 5. Other elements of design which facilitate the multi -tenant re -use of the building and site. (Ord. 08-10 (part), 2008) 17.80.100 Abandoned building or vacancy supplementary regulations. A. The city may determine that a Large Scale Retail Development, or any part thereof, has been abandoned or vacated. For purposes of this chapter, an "abandoned" or "vacated" building shall be determined by meeting any of the following criteria: 1. A declaration by the owner of the establishment of the intent to go out of business at that location; 2. The cessation of business by the establishment at that location for a period of not less than twelve consecutive months. B. The following requirements apply to any owner of property subject to this chapter on which an abandoned establishment exists: 1. Within ninety days of the city's determination of abandonment or vacancy, the owner of such property shall submit to the city an updated reuse plan that addresses maintenance, active re -marketing, and/or reuse of the facility. The plan shall comply with existing city zoning code in effect at the time of abandonment. The plan shall be subject to approval by the City Council. 2. If the owner fails or refuses to maintain the property during the period of time when the establishment is abandoned or vacated the City, as allowed by the International Property Maintenance Code and the International Building Code, may elect to perform, or contract for the performance of, maintenance functions. The owner shall be liable to reimburse the city for all such reasonable maintenance costs. (Ord. 08-10 (part), 2008) 17.80.110 Financial Assurance. The applicant shall deliver a Development Improvements Agreement (DIA) and other financial assurances and dedications as provided by Chapter 17.67, or as otherwise required by the development approvals. Page 110 of 451 8-2 Old Business 17.80.120 Development Improvements Agreement Required. A. In addition to all other provisions applicable to DIAs under Chapter 17.67, a DIA issued under this Chapter may address: Improvements guarantees for all required public improvements and for adaptive reuse and renewal; B. All required dedications of utilities or right-of-way, utility easements, exactions, and impact fees; C. Provisions regarding compliance with abandoned building and maintenance requirements; and D. Any other terms and conditions as dictated by the attributes of the project, the Code, or this Chapter. (Ord. 08-10 (part), 2008) In addition, Chapter 17.31, governing the RC Resort Commercial Zone shall be amended with the addition of the following subsection: CHAPTER 17.31 RC RESORT COMMERCIAL ZONE Chapter 17.31 is hereby amended as follows: 17.31.020 B. Large Scale Retail Prohibited; Large Scale Commercial Uses Allowed. As defined in Chapter 17.80, Large Scale Retail Development comprising a retail use in a single building in excess of thirty thousand square feet is not permitted in the Resort Commercial (RC) zoning district. Other uses permitted in this Chapter 17.31 which would constitute Large Scale Commercial Development, e.g. lodging related uses in excess of thirty thousand square feet, are permitted in the RC zoning district, subject to the criteria in Chapter 17.80. All other uses permitted in the RC district shall be subject to the remaining criteria of this Chapter 17.31. 17.31.030 A. 6. Maximum height: shall be 40 feet for principle structures and 16 feet for accessory structures; Page 111 of 451 8-2 Old Business Approved by a majority vote of the Moab City Council. Dated this _ day of , 2017. This ordinance shall take effect twenty days from the date of publication. SIGNED: David L. Sakrison, Mayor ATTEST: Rachel Stenta, Recorder Page 112 of 451 8-2 Old Business ORDINANCE #2017-18 AN ORDINANCE AMENDING THE CITY OF MOAB MUNICIPAL CODE, SECTIONS 17.09.660 AND 17.09.665 PERTAINING TO THE SITE PLAN REVIEW PROCESS; AMENDING CHAPTER 17.80 PERTAINING TO LARGE SCALE DEVELOPMENTS; AND AMENDING CHAPTER 17.31 USE RESTRICTIONS IN THE RESORT COMMERCIAL ZONE TO PROHIBIT LARGE SCALE DEVELOPMENTS IN THAT ZONE The following findings describe the intent and purpose of this ordinance: a. The City has enacted Sections 17.09.660 and 17.09.665 of the Moab Municipal Code, which governs the site plan review process for commercial development. Additionally, the City has enacted Chapter 17.80, which governs large scale retail developments. b. From time to time the City undertakes to revise its zoning ordinances to improve the efficiency of review processes and the quality of land development. c. The City has experienced an increase in commercial development, and the Council believes that changes to its ordinances are necessary to: i) provide clearer and more efficient review procedures; and ii) assure that new development serves the needs of the community. d. Updating and expanding the reach of Chapter 17.80 is necessary to assure that large scale commercial projects, including large scale retailers and large scale hotel/lodging developments, contain elements to promote transportation access, good landscaping design, attractive architectural elements, and buffering with respect to adjacent uses. e. Changing Chapter 17.31, which governs the Resort Commercial Zone, to prohibit large scale retail projects containing a single building in excess of 30,000 square feet is appropriate, and in keeping with the intent of that zoning district to promote an attractive and appropriately scaled gateway to the City of Moab. f. The City finds that this ordinance will serve the public health, safety, and welfare, and that adoption is in the best interests of the Moab community. g. This ordinance was reviewed by the Planning Commission on April 27, 2017 and June 8, 2017, and the Planning Commission recommended approval. Therefore, the City of Moab enacts as follows: Sections 17.09.660 and 17.09.665 are hereby repealed. The City enacts the following Chapter 17.67: CHAPTER 17.67 SITE PLAN REVIEW 17.67.010 Purpose. Site plan review is required to assure that new development and re- development of existing structures is compliant with City of Moab ordinances, advisory policies, and Page 113 of 451 8-2 Old Business building codes. Unless exempted, an approved site plan issued under this Chapter is required prior to the issuance of a building permit. 17.67.020 Site Plan Required; Exemptions. A. A site plan review is required for the following: 1. all new development unless exempted by this section 020; 2. remodeling of existing commercial development involving an addition of 2,000 square feet or more to the finished square footage of an existing structure ; or 3. a Use Change as defined by this Chapter involving an addition of 2,000 square feet or more to the finished square footage of an existing structure. B. Site plan review is not required for the development of the following, as defined in this Title 17: a single family dwelling; a twin home or duplex; a secondary dwelling unit; Subdivisions; Planned Unit Developments; Master Planned Developments; development requiring a Conditional Use Permit; or remodeling or additions of existing structures comprising less than 2,000 square feet of new construction. 17.67.030 Definitions. A. Adversely Affected means a person or entity who claims an interest in real property which may be negatively affected by any decision issued under this Chapter. B. Adjacent means a parcel of land which shares a boundary with the parcel of real property which is the subject of an application under this Chapter. For purposes of this Chapter, a parcel is adjacent to another if it is separated only by a public street. C. Advisory Documents means planning documents adopted by the City from time to time, including: the Moab General Plan; Moab Storm Water Management Master Plan; Moab Sanitary Sewer Master Plan; Moab Water Storage Distribution and Master Plan; Natural Hazards Pre -disaster Mitigation Plan, Utah Southeastern Region; Moab Area Housing Plan; Grand County/Moab Non -motorized Trails Master Plan; or similar publicly adopted planning documents. Applications under this Chapter should conform to the Advisory Documents; however the land use authority may deviate from those documents upon a showing of good cause. D. Appeal Authority means the person or persons designated by ordinance enacted by the City to hear land use appeals under Title 17 of the Moab Municipal Code. E. Architect means a professional architect licensed in the State of Utah who exercises responsible charge over the preparation and submittal of materials required under this Chapter. Architects shall sign and stamp all submittals required by this Chapter. Page 114 of 451 8-2 Old Business F. Base Flood Elevation (BFE) means the computed elevation to which floodwater is anticipated to rise during a flooding event having a one percent chance of occurring in any given year. The BFE is typically shown on Flood Insurance Rate Maps, and is a regulatory requirement for the elevation and flood -proofing of structures, as provided under MMC Chapter 15.40. G. Buffer means a structure or area provided to reduce the conflict between two different land uses. Buffers may consist of fencing, walls, landscaping, or land set aside to separate particular uses. H. Development Review Team (DRT) means the committee of City employees including the Planning Director, Zoning Administrator, Public Works Director, Building Official, and such other persons as may be designated by the City from time to time. I. Engineer means a professional engineer licensed in the State of Utah who exercises responsible charge over the preparation and submittal of materials required under this Chapter. Engineers shall sign and stamp all submittals required by this Chapter. J. HVAC means heating, ventilation, and air-conditioning equipment installed in a building. K. Land Use Authority means the person or entity designated by ordinance to approve or deny a land use application. L. Lot means an existing parcel of real estate which is proposed for development. As used in this Chapter, one or more lots may be subject to a site plan application, and individual areas within those lots may be designated as plots set aside for particular uses. In no instance shall the designation of lots or plots on an application under this Chapter be deemed to create a subdivision of real estate. M. Level I Application means a site plan application for the development of six or fewer residential units, or the development or remodeling of not more than 8,000 square feet of finished commercial space. N. Level II Application means a site plan application for the development of seven or more residential units or the development or remodeling in excess of 8,000 square feet of finished commercial space. O. Refuse Area means an area for the location of solid waste disposal containers which is screened from view using a solid wall or fence. In no case shall a Refuse Area be screened using a chain link or similar fence utilizing slats to obscure the view. P. Surveyor means a professional land surveyor licensed in the State of Utah who exercises responsible charge over the preparation and submittal of materials required under this Chapter. Surveyors shall sign and stamp all submittals required by this Chapter. Page 115 of 451 8-2 Old Business Q. Use Change means the conversion of an existing residential or commercial structure from one use to another use permitted within the zoning district. Without limitation, examples of a use change include changing a warehouse to a restaurant; converting office space into apartments; changing retail space into professional offices; or the like. Any use change that would require a building permit under applicable City building codes shall also constitute a use change under this Chapter. 17.67.040 Submittal Requirements. A. An application for site plan approval must be submitted to the Planning Department on the approved site plan application form, together with the required review fee. The application must be signed by the record property owner or, if the applicant is not the owner, the applicant must deliver proof of approval signed by the owner. Components of the application submittal may contain multiple plan sets or reports, provided that they are clear, legible, and successfully demonstrate the purposes required under this Chapter. Unless waived by the Planning Director, the application must include four copies of all design drawings. The application must include the following: 1. Preliminary Site Plan. Applicants shall submit a preliminary site plan (with requirements as listed below), drawn by an engineer, surveyor, or architect, to a scale of not less than one inch equals fifty feet (on paper no larger than twenty-four inches by thirty-six inches), and one copy reduced to eleven inches by seventeen inches that shall include: a. Parcel Boundary Lines. Include all easements, setbacks and construction limits of the project site; b. Drives, Streets, and Rights -of -way. Include widths of pavement, curb and gutter, and dimensions of rights -of -way; c. Parking and Loading. The parking plan must include a count of spaces and details of handicap parking spaces as well as indicating the location and types of exterior lighting proposed for security lighting of the area; d. Access. Include all points of ingress, egress. For developments adjacent to and accessed by a state or federal highway, a completed highway access permit application from the Utah Department of Transportation (UDOT) must be submitted with the application, with a permit issued prior to building permit approval; e. Refuse Areas. Drawings of the refuse enclosures must be included; f. Common open space. All open space, common areas, parks, sidewalks, and trails (with required connectivity) must be clearly depicted; g• Topography. All site conditions including terrain contours, drainage areas, and other physical features on or within 100 feet of the site must be shown; existing and finished grades must be clearly shown in different shades or contour Page 116 of 451 8-2 Old Business depictions; all elevations shall be shown in the most current North American Vertical Datum (NAVD). Level I Applications may contain this topographic survey on the site plan. Level II applications must show a separate topographic survey; h. Use Types. Specific areas proposed for specific types of land use shall be shown, and must Include the acreage or square footage for each area; i. Public Dedications. Areas proposed for public dedication (i.e. utility easements, trails, open space, or the like) shall be depicted; j• Lots or Plots. The dimensions and areas for each lot or plot must be shown; k. Adjacent Zoning. Zoning for adjacent properties within three hundred feet of the subject property shall be shown; I. Fire Hydrants. The locations of all fire hydrants; m. Title Block. A title block shall appear in the lower right hand corner of all pages of plans and plats and shall contain the name of the development; legal location of the property; name and contact information of the site designer/engineer/surveyor; the name of the development; and the drawing scale and north point; n. A regional or vicinity map shall accompany the submitted application to indicate the location of the project; and o. The legal description of the property. 2. Floor Plan and Elevations. A floor plan, at a minimum, shall consist of a drawing to scale showing a view from above, of the relationships between rooms, spaces and other physical features at each floor level of a structure. All dimensions shall be drawn between the walls to specify room sizes and wall lengths. The floor plan shall show the physical layout of: a. Interior walls and hallways; b. Restrooms; c. Windows, doors, landings, decks, and patios; d. Plumbing features such as sinks, showers, bathtubs, HVAC elements, etc.; e. Interior features such as fireplaces, saunas, hot tubs, and whirlpools; Page 117 of 451 8-2 Old Business f. Locations of electrical panels and service connections; g. The planned uses of all buildings and rooms; h. All finished first floor elevations; i. Elevation view drawings shall show all side elevations of existing and proposed structures, and shall depict exterior architectural elements and materials, as well as heights of the structure. B. Narrative. The narrative shall describe in reasonable detail the purpose of the proposed development, the types of all land uses that are anticipated, the phasing of development, and information regarding all accessory uses, structures, or major features. Statistical information as to the project area, developed area square footage, number of parking spaces, and the like shall be included. C. Conceptual Master Sign Plan. If signage is anticipated, applicants shall submit a master sign plan showing the location, dimensions, materials, and type of illumination for all signs. All signage shall comply with Chapter 15.44, the Sign Code, and is subject to permitting under that process. D. Lighting Plan. The lighting plan shall show number and types of fixtures for walkways, building exterior lighting, and parking areas. An acceptable lighting plan shall consist of a full cutoff, fully shielded, downward directed lighting types. The plan shall include manufacturer's information detailing the fixtures to be used. Internal or external shielding may be used to prevent glare toward other properties or into the roadway. Lighting of required parking areas shall be a minimum of one-half foot- candle at all areas of the parking lot. Wall mounted flood lights that direct outward toward other properties and roadways are prohibited. E. Landscape Plan. The landscape plan shall include size and species of all plantings, an irrigation plan, xeriscape plan, and a care and maintenance plan. All applicable code sections of the Moab Municipal Code must be used to develop the landscape plan including Chapter 12.24, Tree Stewardship. Proposed erosion control structures and details as to ground cover must also be noted on the landscape plan. F. Wetlands, Riparian Areas, and Floodways. If the development is adjacent to riparian areas, flood zones, probable wetlands, or areas where stream channels may be altered by planned development, a Wetlands, Riparian Areas, and Floodway Plan, drawn an engineer, surveyor, other appropriate consultant must be submitted. Probable wetlands shall be described and delineated. All applications shall show compliance with Chapter 15.40, the Flood Damage Prevention Ordinance. Flood zone boundaries and the Base Flood Elevation must be shown. Where the application includes areas which may be subject to flooding the applicant shall show that the elevation of the lowest floor of all structures exceeds the elevation which is above the base flood elevation. All elevations on the plan shall be shown in the most current North American Vertical Datum (NAVD). Page 118 of 451 8-2 Old Business G. Drainage Plan. A storm water drainage plan, signed and stamped by an engineer, shall be submitted and show calculations and other information specified below. 1. Storm Water Drainage Plan. This report shall comply with the City of Moab/Grand County Design Criteria for Drainage Studies, as adopted or updated by the City from time to time. The Storm Water Drainage Plan shall be reviewed for compliance with other applicable Advisory Documents The storm water drainage plan shall include, at a minimum, the following information: a. The project site, including areas three hundred feet beyond its boundaries; b. Existing contours at two -foot intervals shown as dashed lines; c. Proposed contours at two -foot intervals shown as solid lines; d. Indication of a permanent benchmark referenced to mean sea level; e. Drainage system shown in plan view with estimated cubic -feet -per -second flow for a one hundred year storm event; f. Locations of all natural drainage channels and water bodies; g• Existing and proposed drainage easements; h. Type, size, and location of existing and proposed drainage structures such as pipes, culverts, inlets, ditches, swales, retention ponds, detention areas, etc.; i. One -hundred -year event (base) flood areas; j. Additional grading and drainage elements may be required to be depicted to satisfy Federal Emergency Management Administration (FEMA) flood plain requirements or other applicable City flood damage prevention ordinances; and k. Erosion control plans showing adequate sedimentation control which shall be accomplished throughout construction phases as well as during the ongoing use of the site (e.g., sedimentation ponds, dikes, seeding, retaining walls, rip -rap, etc.). 2. Minimum Standards. All structures for drainage and flood control shall be designed, at a minimum, to successfully convey the anticipated one -hundred -year frequency storm event for maximum period of intensity over the entire drainage basin. The applicant shall submit calculations to show that all structures have adequate capacity to accommodate flows expected to result from the designated storm event. Page 119 of 451 8-2 Old Business 3. Water and Sewer System Protection. All storm water facilities shall be designed to avoid or minimize damage to, or infiltration of, culinary water and sanitary sewer facilities. H. Planned Grading. A Grading Plan for surface drainage (shown by contours and spot elevations) shall be prepared by an engineer or surveyor. It shall show the planned grading and paving of driveways, access roads, and parking areas. Grading and paving shall be shown on plans, profiles, cross sections, and details as necessary to describe new construction. Details of curbs, gutters, sidewalks, drainage structures, and conveyance systems, dimensions of all improvements, size location, thickness, materials, strengths, and necessary reinforcement can be shown on the site plan in the case of a Level I Application, or on a separate drawing based on the complexity of the project. I. Utility Plan. A utility plan shall be prepared by an engineer. It shall show the locations, dimensions, and elevations of all sewer facilities and culinary water facilities needed to serve the site. The utility plan shall specify in reasonable detail the types of equipment and materials to be used, and shall comply with all applicable Advisory Documents or City engineering requirements. Plans showing the locations of natural gas, electric, and telephone/data lines must also be shown. J. Evidence of Title. A current title insurance commitment, ownership and encumbrance report, or abstract of title prepared by a title insurance company or attorney showing all ownership interests, easements, and encumbrances which apply to the parcel(s) comprising the application must be submitted. If requested, the applicant shall provide copies of all recorded documents which may affect the property subject to the application. If common elements or private use restrictions are anticipated, the applicant must submit draft covenants, conditions, and restrictions (CC&Rs) for review. K. Slopes. If proposed development is likely to result in grading of hillsides, City staff may require submittal of a slope study prepared by an engineer or surveyor. Applications will also be reviewed for compliance with Chapter 17. 55, the Hillside Development Ordinance. L. Surface and Subsurface Soils Report. The application shall include a surface and subsurface soils report establishing soil suitability for the proposed development. The report shall be prepared by a geotechnical engineer or other professional, if approved by City staff. At a minimum, the report shall include: 1. A description of soil types; 2. Locations and characteristics with supporting soil maps; 3. Soil logs of test pits and bore holes; 4. All other information necessary to determine soil suitability for the scope of the development and constraints on development based on the findings; 5. Analysis and evaluation of such information with recommendations regarding structural constraints, erosion control, and requirements for building design. Page 120 of 451 8-2 Old Business M. Traffic Study. A traffic study and parking and circulation study are required for projects which will generate in excess 750 Peak Daily Trips. The study shall be prepared by an engineer. The following table shall be used to determine if a traffic study is required. [Staff to Revise] Traffic Impact Table Land Use _ Daily Trips Residential: Single Family units Apartments units Condos/Townhouses units Mobile Home Park units Shopping Center sq. ft. Fast Food Restaurant (GFA) sq. ft. Convenience Store w/ gas (GFA) _ sq. ft. or 5 pumps Bank w/ Drive -In _ sq. ft. Hotel/Motel _ rooms General Office _ sq. ft. Medical/Dental Office �7 nnn _ sq. ft. Research & Development47,000 2.7E. _ sq. ft or acres Light Industrial 77,000 7.7E sq ft. or acres Manufacturing l6u,uuu _ sq. ft. N. The Planning Director has discretion to require a traffic study for applications which do not generate the level of trips specified above where: 1. High traffic volumes on surrounding streets may affect movement to and from the proposed development; 2. There is a lack of existing left turn lanes on streets adjacent to the proposed access drive; 3. There are inadequate sight distances at access points; 4. Proposed access points are close to other existing drives or intersections; or 5. The proposed development includes a drive -through pick up window. O. Street Design Drawings. The application shall include drawingsby an engineer showing the design, grades, widths, and profiles of all streets, sidewalks, curbs, gutters, traffic control devices, traffic Page 121 of 451 8-2 Old Business signs, and associated public improvements. All street designs shall conform to street classifications and design standards adopted by the City. P. Additional Submittals; Waiver of Certain Submittals. The Planning Director has discretion to require other or additional submittals where necessary for the review of a particular application, or as required for Level II Development under Chapter 17.80. Alternatively, the Planning Director has discretion to waive or modify any requirement for a particular submittal if it is determined that the document or report is not necessary, or if an alternate submittal is justified for the review of a particular application. Any waiver shall be in a writing labelled as a Submittal Waiver, shall identify the project by name and application number, and shall be signed and dated by the Planning Director. Q. Conformity with Submittal Standards. All submittals must conform to the Land Use Submittal Standards adopted by the City. Submittals which do not clearly or accurately depict elements required for review of the project may be rejected, or staff may require revisions during the review process. 17.67.050 Review Procedures. A. Pre -Application. All Applicants shall participate in a pre -application meeting with the Planning Department staff prior to application submittal. The pre -application meeting is intended to identify project elements and issues which may need to be addressed in the review process. Applicants must bring to the Pre -Application meeting those items identified on the Pre -Application Checklist available from staff. B. Review for Completeness. All applications shall be promptly reviewed for completeness and accuracy by the Planning Director. If an application is found to be incomplete or deficient the Planning Director shall notify the applicant in writing as to the deficiencies and allow the applicant to submit additional or supplemental materials as needed. Incomplete or deficient applications will not be scheduled for further review. C. Level I Applications. Level I Applications shall be reviewed by City staff comprising the Development Review Team (DRT), which shall be the land use authority. The DRT may approve, approve subject to conditions, or deny a Level I Application. D. Level II Applications. Level II Applications shall first be reviewed by the DRT, which shall issue a staff report identifying recommendations for the project. The land use authority for Level II Applications shall be the Planning Commission, which may approve, approve subject to conditions, or deny the application. 1. Level II Applications are not subject to a public hearing; however the applicant shall deliver notice of the pending application, in a form approved by the City, to adjacent property owners, who shall be permitted to submit written comments or testimony as to the compliance of the application with applicable approval criteria and City ordinances. Any written comments or testimony from adjacent property owners or Page 122 of 451 8-2 Old Business interested persons may be considered by the Planning Commission in reaching its decision. The Planning Commission shall consider the application at a public meeting without further public testimony. Within a reasonable period of time following the conclusion of the meeting, the Planning Commission, as land use authority, shall issue a written decision, which may approve, approve subject to conditions, or deny the Level II Application. E. When a Site Plan is Deemed Granted. For purposes of this Chapter, a site plan approved by the applicable land use authority subject to conditions is not deemed granted until the Planning Director certifies in writing that all pre -construction conditions of approval have been satisfied, all applicable fees are paid, and all ancillary documents (dedications, Development Improvements Agreement, or the like) are executed and delivered to the City. Satisfaction of all such conditions must occur before a building permit will be issued. For purposes of this subsection, pre -construction conditions means those conditions pertaining to design of the development, permitting by other agencies, corrective submittals, or the like. F. Concurrent Review. To the extent possible, where an application under this Chapter requires other City approvals, the City shall attempt to consolidate all such approvals in one proceeding to provide for efficient and timely review. However, nothing in this Chapter shall be deemed to repeal or abrogate review procedures or criteria in other ordinances. G. Certificate of Occupancy. A certificate of occupancy will be issued, provided that all fees have been paid and construction is completed in conformity with the approved Site Plan, conditions of approval, the building permit, applicable ity Code provisions, and building codes. 17.67.050 Approval Criteria. A. The following criteria govern site plan approval: 1. compliance with applicable Moab ordinances and building codes; 2. availability of necessary utilities, including culinary water, sewer, electricity, natural gas, and the like; 3. consistency of the design with Moab Advisory Documents; and 4. accuracy and truthfulness of submittals or representations in the application. B. Discretion to Grant Conditional Approval. The applicable land use authority has discretion to impose conditions during the review process that address: a) deficiencies in the application; b) performance of the design in providing efficient access, vehicle circulation, connectivity, pedestrian/non-motorized vehicle access; c) buffering of off -site impacts; d) storm water management and flood damage prevention; e) landscaping, and architectural design; f) utility design issues; and/or g) other provisions of Moab ordinances or Advisory Documents. Page 123 of 451 8-2 Old Business C. Statement of Reasons in the Event of Denial. Where an application is denied, the land use authority shall provide a statement of reasons explaining the basis for its denial. D. Code Violations. The City may properly decline to review or approve any application where the property that is the location of the application has outstanding municipal code or building code violations. Where such violations exist, the City may decline further review of the application until such time as all violations are abated and applicable fines, fees, or taxes applicable to the property are paid. 17.67.060 Improvements Agreements, Dedications, and Warranty. A. Development Improvements Agreement. The City may require the applicant to deliver a Development Improvements Agreement (DIA), which will specify in detail: the site -specific development plan for the property; the public improvements which must be constructed to serve the development; engineer's estimates for the cost of required improvements; deadlines for construction and the phasing of development; provisions for a financial assurance and warranty deposit to secure completion of public improvements; required property dedications; and such other terms as may be specifically required for the development. The amount of the financial assurance and warranty deposit shall be equal to 140% and 10%, respectively, of the approved construction costs, as verified by the City Engineer or other City designee. At the election of the City, the DIA may be recorded in the Grand County land records, and constitutes an encumbrance on the subject real property for the duration of the life of the development authorized under this Chapter. The form of any financial assurance shall be as authorized by the City Attorney. B. Dedications. The City may require an applicant to dedicate an interest in land to the City, in fee simple or an easement, where it is necessary for the siting of public infrastructure, such as public streets, sidewalks, pedestrian paths, or underground utilities made necessary by a particular site plan application. Additionally, dedications may be required incident to site plan approval to conform to Advisory Documents. Property dedications will be confirmed by a separate deed or easement, in a form acceptable to the City Attorney, which shall be executed by the property owner and recorded. All applicants are encouraged to consider access dedications and connectivity with adjacent parcels during the design process. C. Public Improvements Warranted and Delivered free of Liens. All public improvements installed and dedicated to the City (e.g. culinary water lines, sewer lines, curbing, gutters, roads, hydrants, street lights, and the like) shall be delivered free of liens and encumbrances, and shall be warranted by the applicant to be free of defects in design, materials, and workmanship for a period of one year from the date of acceptance. D. Release of DIA. If the City determines that the DIA serves no further purpose, as in the case of abandonment or termination of the development contemplated by the site plan approval, then the DIA may be released via a writing duly executed by the City and recorded in the land records. 17.67.060 Amendment Procedures; Lapse of Site Plan. Page 124 of 451 8-2 Old Business A. Binding on Successors. An approved Site Plan shall be binding upon the applicant and any of its successors in title. Amendments which change the character, building design, density, or any other requirements or conditions contained in the Site Plan shall not be permitted without prior review and approval as set forth in this Section. B. Minor Changes. A minor change in the location or placement of buildings or specific improvements may be authorized by the DRT where unforeseen circumstances, such as site constraints, engineering problems, or the like require a change. C. Major Changes. Major changes, such as alterations in the size, configuration, or change of use as defined in this Chapter; significant realignments or changes to access, utilities, or storm -water facilities; other changes which increase the density, scope, or intensity of occupancy; significant changes to project phasing; or other changes which significantly affect the overall design or intent of the project shall be treated as a major change, and shall be referred for review to the land use authority that originally authorized the Site Plan. D. Review of Amendments. A land use authority reviewing an amendment application may approve, approve with conditions, or deny the application. E. Lapse of Plan; Extension. If, within twelve months from the date of approval of a site plan, the applicant fails to satisfy approval conditions or diligently proceed with construction, then the City may declare a lapse of plan by delivering written notice to the applicant. A lapse of plan shall result in all prior approvals under this Chapter being void and of no further effect. An extension of any site plan approval may be granted by the applicable land use authority upon a showing by the applicant of good cause, and provided that an extension is sought in writing within twelve months of the date of approval. Nothing in this section shall be deemed to alter or impair a phasing plan or construction schedule approved in a valid DIA. 17.67.070 Appeals. A. Appeals. Any person adversely affected by a decision under this Chapter may file an appeal of that decision no later than 30 days from the date of the decision, permit, or action which is the subject of the appeal. Untimely appeals are subject to dismissal with prejudice. B. Staff Appeals or Planning Commission Appeals. Decisions of the staff, the DRT, or the Planning Commission shall be appealed to the Appeal Authority. Any subsequent appeal shall be to the Seventh Judicial District Court. C. Review on Record. Appeals shall be a review of the record which was submitted to the applicable Land Use Authority. Upon the filing of an appeal the staff shall assemble the record of proceeding and forward same to the appeal body or court, as applicable, and the parties. If the record is particularly voluminous, the City may require the appellant to pay the reasonable costs of assembly and copying of the record. Page 125 of 451 8-2 Old Business D. Standard of Review. In any administrative or judicial appeal the decision under review shall be reviewed on the basis of the record before the land use authority. The decision of the land use authority shall be affirmed unless it is found to be arbitrary, capricious, or illegal. The appellant has the burden of proof in any appeal, which shall clearly and concisely state reasons why the land use authority decision was erroneous. Except in the case of Level I appeals by adversely affected persons, to preserve an issue for judicial review, the appellant must first have exhausted its administrative remedies by presenting any claimed point of error to the attention of the applicable land use authority prior to seeking appellate review. In the case of a Level I appeal by an adversely affected person, that party shall be permitted to supplement the record and provide additional information to the Appeal Authority in support of its appeal. E. Time for Judicial Review. Ajudicial action seeking review of the Appeal Authority must be commenced no later than 30 days from the date of the final written decision or order of the Appeal Authority. Untimely appeals are subject to dismissal with prejudice. Additionally, Chapter 17.80 is hereby amended as follows. Chapter 17.80 SUPPLEMENTARY REGULATIONS FOR LARGE SCALE DEVELOPMENTS OVER THIRTY THOUSAND SQUARE FEET Sections: 17.80.010 Purpose and Intent. 17.80.020 Definitions. 17.80.030 Applicability. 17.80.040 Aesthetic character. 17.80.050 Site design. 17.80.060 Signage. 17.80.070 Landscaping. 17.80.080 Submittal Requirements. 17.80.090 Adaptive Reuse/renewal. 17.80.100 Abandoned Building Supplementary Regulations. 17.80.110 Financial Assurance. 17.80.120 Development Improvements Agreement Required. 17.80.010 Purpose and intent. The purpose and intent of these regulations are: Page 126 of 451 8-2 Old Business a. To break up the apparent mass and scale of large structures in order to ensure that such development is compatible with and does not detract from Moab's unique natural character, scale, and sense of place; b. To help integrate large-scale development with its visual surroundings when viewed from adjacent public rights -of -way and neighboring properties; c. To promote and facilitate a safe and comfortable pedestrian scale environment; d. To mitigate onsite and offsite impacts of large structures on public infrastructure; e. To encourage a mixture of uses and sizes of structures; f. To reduce the visual impact of large areas of parking and outdoor lighting; and g. To reduce future negative impacts of empty or abandoned large retail structures on the appearance and retail economic health of the community. (Ord. 08-10 (part), 2008) 17.80.020 Definitions. A. In the event that the definition of a term presented in this chapter conflicts with the definition of the same or similar term presented elsewhere in this code or in a model code that has been adopted by the City (e.g., International Building Code), the definition contained in this Chapter shall prevail. B. Affected Entity means a county, local district, special service district, interlocal cooperation entity, public utility, private property owner, school district, property owner's association, federal government agency, or state agency. C. Arcade means an area contiguous to a street or building that is open and unobstructed, and that is accessible to the public at all times. Arcades may include building columns, landscaping, statuary, or fountains. Arcades do not include off-street loading/unloading areas, driveways or parking areas. D. Architectural or Structural Bay means a design feature or collection of features that breaks up the flat expanse of a wall through the use of indentations, property ribs or offsets. E. Berm means an earthen mound designed to provide visual interest on a site, screen undesirable views, reduce noise or provide a buffer from adjoining uses. F. Buffer means an area provided to reduce the conflict between two different land uses. Buffers are intended to mitigate undesired views, noise and glare -- effectively providing greater privacy to neighboring land uses. Typical buffers consist of materials that serve this purpose and include, but are not limited to, plant materials, walls, fences and/or significant land area to separate the uses. Page 127 of 451 8-2 Old Business G. Breezeway means a roofed passageway, which is either open on the sides or enclosed by walls, which serves a means of access between two adjacent buildings. H. Commercial Development means the construction or expansion of business uses involving the sale of goods or services to the public. As used in this Chapter, Commercial Development includes hotels, motels, or similar lodging businesses providing short-term accommodations to the public. I. Cornice means a decorative projection at the top of a wall or building. J. Dormer means a window set vertically in a gable projecting from a sloping roof. K. Extraordinary Impact means an impact created by a proposed development that will result in the need for improvements to public facilities such as water, sewer, storm water drainage, and/or streets. Examples of extraordinary impacts include but are not limited to: 1. Installation of new water, sewer and/or storm water improvements necessary to meet the demands of the proposed development; 2. Upsizing of existing water, sewer, and/or storm drain pipelines to meet the demands of the proposed development increase capacity; 3. Installation of street and/or traffic signal improvements to maintain a level of service (LOS) of C or higher on all public streets that will be affected by the proposed development. L. Facade means the portion of any exterior elevation on the building extending from grade to the top of the parapet, wall or eaves and extending the entire length of the building. M. Floor Area, Gross (GFA). The sum of the gross horizontal areas of all enclosed floors of a building, including basements, mezzanines, corridors, breezeways, and lobbies from the exterior face of the exterior walls, or from the centerline of a common wall separating two buildings, but excluding any space with a floor to ceiling height of less than six feet six inches. The GFA also includes permanent outdoor retail display areas including, but not limited to, garden centers and seasonal displays of merchandise. N. Floor Area, Net (NFA). The total of all floor areas of a building, excluding: stairwells and elevator shafts; equipment rooms; interior vehicular parking or loading; and all floors below the first or ground floor, except where these below ground floor areas are used or intended to be used for human habitation or service to the public. O. Gable means a triangular wall section at the end of a pitched roof, bounded by the two roof slopes. Page 128 of 451 8-2 Old Business P. Ghost Signage means the visible remains or impressions left when a sign is removed from a building or sign standard. Q. Hardscape means the inanimate elements of landscaping including patios, paths, plazas, decks, fountains, rock and stone. R. Hip Roof means a roof without gables. S. Large Scale Development means new retail or commercial development exceeding thirty thousand square feet of GFA, and/or the remodeling or expansion of existing structures where the result of the remodeling and/or expansion exceeds thirty thousand square feet of GFA. Where development is to be constructed in phases, the GFA of all phases is to be utilized in determining whether this Chapter applies, rather than the area of the structures in any single phase. T. Pad Building means a building placed in or around a large scale development parking area and providing complementary goods and services to those provided by the large scale development. U. Parapet means the portion of a wall that extends above the roofline. V. Portico means a porch or walkway with a roof supported by columns, often leading to the entrance to a building. W. Public or Private Right-of-way means any road intended to provide public access to any lot/development, but excluding any service road or internal driving aisles (i.e., within parking lots). X. Public Space means an area where the public can gather and/or rest, and not part of the commercial space of a development. Y. Retail Development means businesses where goods or services are sold to the public primarily for personal consumption, rather than for resale. Retail uses include shops, restaurants, warehouse sales, and associated service businesses or offices doing business with the general public. As used in this Chapter, the term "retail" does not include hotels, motels, or similar short-term lodging businesses. Z. Screen a wall constructed of opaque materials and whose height will be effective in obstructing unwanted views. AA. Structural Best Management Practice (BMP) means any of several commonly accepted and used storm water improvements designed to prevent storm water discharges exceeding historic pre -development levels, and to prevent the discharge of pollutants into surface and groundwater. Page 129 of 451 8-2 Old Business BB. Wing Wall means a projection of a wall extending out beyond the body of the building. 17.80.030 Applicability. A. Application. In addition to compliance with all other requirements of this Code, new construction of Large Scale Commercial Development or Large Scale Retail Development exceeding thirty thousand square feet of GFA of any single structure or building, must comply with the standards established by this Chapter. Remodeling and/or expansion of existing structures where the result of the remodeling and/or expansion exceeds thirty thousand square feet of GFA of any single structure or building must comply with the standards established by this Chapter. For purposes of this Chapter buildings or structures connected by a breezeway are considered a single structure. B. Conflicts. Where the requirements of any part of this Chapter conflict with any other provision of the Code, this Chapter shall prevail. (Ord. 08-10 (part), 2008) 17.80.040 Aesthetic character. A. Facades and Exterior Walls. If a building facade exceeds sixty feet in length, it shall be broken down into smaller elements by jogging the wall in or out a minimum of four feet for at least ten feet in length, or by adding an element such as a porch, recessed entry, bay, window, projecting trellis, or similar substantial architectural feature at intervals so that no continuous wall plane is more than sixty feet in length. B. Smaller Retail Uses. The standards presented in this section are directed toward those situations where additional, smaller stores, with separate, exterior customer entrances are located in the principal buildings or on the development site. 1. Where principal buildings contain additional, separate uses, which occupy less than thirty -thousand square feet of gross floor area, with separate, exterior customer entrances: a. The street level facade of such stores shall be transparent between the height of three feet and eight feet above the walkway grade for no less than sixty percent of the horizontal length of the building facade of such additional stores; And b. Windows shall be recessed and should include visually prominent sills, shutters, or other such forms of framing. Page 130 of 451 8-2 Old Business C. Detail Features. The elements in the following standard should be integral parts of the building fabric, and not superficially applied trim or graphics, or paint: 1. Building facades shall include a repeating pattern that shall include no less than three of the elements listed below. At least one of these elements shall repeat horizontally. All elements shall repeat at intervals of no more than thirty feet, either horizontally or vertically: a. Color or hue change; b. Texture change; c. Material module change; or d. Expression of architectural or structural bay through a change in plane no less than twelve inches in width, such as an offset, reveal, or projecting rib. D. Roof Lines. Variations in roof lines should be used to add interest to, and reduce the massive scale of large buildings. The following standards shall apply: 1. Roof lines shall be varied with a change in height of not less than three feet for every one hundred linear feet in the building length. Parapets, mansard roofs, gable roofs, hip roofs, or dormers shall be used to conceal flat roofs and roof top equipment from public view. The planning commission may approve alternating lengths and designs which may be addressed during the site plan approval process. E. Materials and Colors. Exterior building materials and colors comprise a significant part of the visual impact of a building. Therefore, they should be aesthetically pleasing and compatible with materials and colors of the surrounding landscape. 1. Predominant exterior building materials shall be high quality materials and include: a. Stucco; b. Unpainted or natural colored brick; c. Wood; d. Stone; Page 131 of 451 8-2 Old Business e. Tinted and textured masonry units; or f. Other materials approved by the planning commission. 2. Facade colors shall be low reflectance, subtle, neutral, or earth tone colors. The use of high intensity colors, metallic colors, black or fluorescent colors is prohibited. 3. Exterior building materials on facades adjacent to public roads shall not include the following: a. Smooth -faced concrete or masonry block; b. Tilt -up concrete panels; or c. Pre -fabricated steel panels. F. Entryways. Entryway design elements and variations should give orientation and aesthetically pleasing character to the building. The following standards identify entryway design features: 1. Each principal building on a site shall have clearly defined and visible customer entrances featuring no less than three of the following: a. Canopies or porticos; b. Overhangs; c. Recesses/projections; d. Arcades; e. Raised corniced parapets over the door; f. Peaked roof forms; g. Arches; h. Outdoor patios; i. Display windows; Page 132 of 451 8-2 Old Business Architectural details such as tile work and moldings which are integrated into the building structure and design; or k. Integral planters or wing walls that incorporate landscaped areas and/or places for sitting. G. Public Spaces. No less than five percent of the floor area shall be dedicated to interior or exterior public spaces. (Ord. 08-10 (part), 2008) 17.80.050 Site design. Large Scale Development shall be required to conform to all applicable provisions of this Chapter 17.80, including: A. Building Size. New development shall not exceed two hundred thousand (200,000) gross square feet as a single occupant or combination of occupants in a single structure. Remodels and/or expansions of existing building shall not result in development exceeding two hundred thousand square feet as a single occupant or combination of occupants in a single structure. B. Building Height. New development and remodels and/or expansions of existing buildings shall not exceed forty feet in height. C. Parking. These regulations are intended to: 1. Reduce the "heat island effect" of the parking surface; 2. Encourage natural on -site processing of stormwater through landscape features designed to slow and filter polluted runoff; 3. Encourage groundwater recharge and/or reuse; 4. Reduce the overall scale of paved surfaces; 5. Minimize the utilitarian visual impact; And 6. Enhance pedestrian safety. 7. Lot Orientation. Parking areas shall provide safe, convenient, and efficient access for all types of vehicles, public transit, all alternative forms of travel, and pedestrians. They should be distributed around larger buildings in order to shorten distances to other buildings and Page 133 of 451 8-2 Old Business public sidewalks and to reduce the overall scale of the paved surface, and provide shared parking between businesses. Bike racks shall be located in well -lighted areas and placed in locations that are visible from store entrances and parking areas. 8. Parking areas shall be planned as an accessory to the buildings they serve to achieve a high quality design and appearance. The parking area's utilitarian appearance should be minimized by utilizing effective landscaping, street furniture and other public amenities. 9. Parking lots should be designed to avoid causing erosion damage to grading and surrounding landscaping. Whenever possible, permeable paving systems shall be evaluated and utilized especially for overflow and employee parking areas. To reduce impervious surfaces, one-way drive aisles shall be incorporated into the design to the greatest extent possible. 10. Parking lots shall incorporate methods for stormwater management utilizing low impact development (LID) techniques including, but not limited to: a. End -of -island bioretention cell(s) with underdrain(s) and landscaping; b. Bioretention cells or biofiltration swales located around the parking perimeter; c. Breached curb drainage inlets (or curb cuts) in the end -of -island bioretention cells and bioretention strips to collect runoff; or d. Bioretention cells installed between lines of parking stalls to increase the total treatment surface area of these systems. 11. Parking and Vehicular Circulation. Parking facilities shall be recognized as transitional spaces where users change modes of travel, from car, bus, or bicycle to pedestrian. The design of those spaces shall therefore safely and attractively serve all modes, and provide safe walkways for pedestrians. 12. Surface Parking. No single parking area shall exceed one hundred fifty feet in length unless divided into two or more sub -areas by a building, internal landscaped street, or landscaped pedestrian way. Page 134 of 451 8-2 Old Business 13. Parking lots shall be configured and designed to reduce the overall mass of paved surfaces. No more than seventy percent (70%) of the required or proposed off- street parking area for the entire property shall be located between the front (street adjacent) facade of the principal building(s) and the primary abutting street unless the principal building(s) and/or parking lots are screened from view by secondary development (such as smaller scale retail or commercial buildings), additional tree plantings, other landscaping, berms or screening. 14. No overnight camping shall be permitted in parking facilities authorized pursuant to Chapter 8.20 and Section 10.04.230. The property owner shall post and enforce policies to ensure compliance with this provision. D. Paving and Circulation Requirements. 1. All parking stalls and maneuvering areas shall be paved and permanently maintained with asphalt, concrete, or pavers surfacing except in employee or overflow parking areas where the use of gravel or other pervious surface material may be approved by the planning commission. The utilization of pavers or other approved pervious materials to provide for additional parking during times of high volume traffic is encouraged. 2. All areas within the parking area not used for parking stalls or maneuvering areas shall be landscaped. 3. Parking areas shall be designed to enable a car entering the parking area to move from one location to any other location within the parking area or premises without entering a street. E. Parking Sub -Areas. Unbroken rows of parking spaces shall not exceed sixteen spaces unless divided into two or more sub -areas by a building, internal landscaped street, significant planted dividers or islands or a landscaped pedestrian way. All islands shall be landscaped. Page 135 of 451 8-2 Old Business F. Number of Parking Spaces. The number of parking spaces provided shall be as required by MMC Section 17.09.220. The planning commission shall have the authority to approve an increase to the required number of parking spaces as allowed in subsection (G) of this section. G. Parking Bonuses. The City shall use the following standards when evaluating the landscape design and granting parking bonuses. 1. Additional shade coverage exceeding the fifty percent requirement by fifteen percent may allow up to ten percent parking area increases. 2. The use of solar energy panels for lighting and/or shade structures shall allow additional parking bonuses of ten percent based on a fifteen percent solar panel coverage of the parking area. 3. Other valid options for bonuses as proposed by the applicant and approved by the City may be used in lieu of the increases in shade or solar panels if the intent of the regulations is met or exceeded. Such options shall include solar panels located on the roofs of structures and green roofs used to absorb water runoff from principal uses. H. Storm Water Systems. Storm water system design shall emphasize water quality treatment and ground water recharge. The site storm water system shall capture all site runoff, provide water quality treatment through the use of appropriate structural BMPs, and discharge the storm water to the public storm water system at a rate that does not exceed the pre - developed rate for the project site for the ten-year and one -hundred -year storm events. In the event that the property cannot drain to the public storm water system, storm water may be Page 136 of 451 8-2 Old Business discharged onto or across adjacent properties provided that easements permitting such use are executed with the respective landowners. Required additional storm water conveyance systems shall be subject to approval by the City and shall be constructed at the applicant's cost. W'fleit'w RIBBON CURB 9i '.'n _Er tif STANDARD CURB AND GUTTER I. Rear and Side Facades. Side and rear facades shall adhere to the requirements outlined in Section 17.80.040(A). Architectural and landscaping features should mitigate to the maximum extent practicable the impacts of blank walls, loading areas, storage areas, HVAC units, garbage receptacles and other accessory features. J. 1. The minimum setback for any building facade shall be twenty-five feet. Where the facade faces adjacent residential zones an earthen berm shall be installed, no less than six feet in height, containing at a minimum a double row of evergreen or deciduous trees planted at intervals of twenty feet trunk to trunk. Additional landscaping may be required by the planning commission to effectively buffer adjacent land use as deemed appropriate. Outdoor Storage, Trash Collection, and Loading Areas. Loading areas and outdoor storage areas exert visual and noise impacts on surrounding neighborhoods. These areas, when visible from adjoining properties and/or public streets, shall be screened from view of adjacent public or private rights -of -way or neighboring properties. Appropriate locations for loading and outdoor storage areas include areas between buildings, where more than one building is located on a site and such buildings are not more than forty feet apart, or on those sides of buildings that do not have customer entrances. 1. Areas for outdoor storage, truck parking, trash collection or compaction, utility meters, HVAC equipment or other such equipment, similar uses, and similar service functions shall be screened from view from adjacent public or private rights -of -way or neighboring properties. Materials, colors, and designs of screening walls, fences and covers shall conform to those used as predominant materials, colors and designs of the building. Areas for outdoor storage, trash collection or compaction, loading, or other such uses shall not be located within thirty feet of any public street, public sidewalk, or internal pedestrian way. 2. Delivery and loading operations shall conform to Chapter 17.74, Noise. Page 137 of 451 8-2 Old Business 3. Delivery and loading areas shall be substantially set back from a residential use or residentially zoned property that is adjacent to the site. A landscape buffer, or other approved buffering, of at least thirty feet in width shall be provided adjacent to the delivery and loading area where it adjoins residential uses or zones. The landscape buffer shall include evergreen shrubs and/or trees plus deciduous canopy trees at regular intervals to provide noise, light, and visual screening. 4. If the delivery and loading spaces are located within an enclosed building or underground, no such setback and buffer area shall be required. 5. Outdoor storage of chemicals, fertilizers and other materials that pose a potential source of groundwater pollution shall be stored in a contained area that prevents leakage into the storm water system or into the groundwater. Environmental Protection Agency regulations or other regulations shall be followed. K. Pedestrian/Bicycle Accessibility. This subsection sets forth standards for public sidewalks and internal pedestrian circulation systems that can provide user-friendly pedestrian access as well as pedestrian safety, shelter, and convenience within the center grounds. 1. Sidewalks at least six feet in width shall be provided along all sides of the project site that abut a public or private right-of-way. The planning commission may waive this requirement as part of the development plan if a suitable alternative is proposed. 2. Continuous internal pedestrian walkways, no less than five feet in width, shall be provided from the public sidewalk or right-of-way to the principal customer entrances of all principal buildings on the site. At a minimum, walkways shall connect focal points of activity such as, but not limited to, parking areas, street crossings, building and store entry points, and shall feature landscaping as per requirements outlined in this chapter. Page 138 of 451 8-2 Old Business 3. Walkways shall be provided through parking lots. A paved walkway or sidewalk must be provided for safe walking areas through parking lots greater than one hundred fifty feet in length (measured either parallel or perpendicular to the street front). Walkways shall be provided every third parking aisle, or at a distance of not less than one hundred fifty feet between paths (whichever is the least restrictive). Such access routes through parking areas shall be separated from vehicular parking and travel lanes by use of contrasting paving materials which may be raised above the vehicular pavement. Speed tables shall not be used to satisfy this requirement. 4. Sidewalks, no less than five feet in width, shall be provided along the full length of the building along any facade featuring a customer entrance, and along any facade abutting public parking areas. Such sidewalks shall be located at least six feet from the facade of the building to provide planting beds for foundation landscaping. 5. All internal pedestrian walkways shall be distinguished from driving surfaces through the use of durable, low maintenance surface materials such as pavers, Page 139 of 451 8-2 Old Business bricks, or scored and tinted concrete to enhance pedestrian safety and comfort, as well as the attractiveness of the walkways. Bike racks shall be located in well -lighted areas and placed in locations that are visible from store entrances and/or parking areas 6. Public bicycle and pedestrian paths, trails, and lanes a minimum of ten feet in width shall be provided across the site as necessary to implement the Grand County non -motorized master trails plan as approved by the city council and in effect at the time of application. All such easement widths shall be contingent upon the type of trail proposed and may vary. Such trails shall provide connections to existing and/or future trails. 7. Bicycle lanes or paths shall be provided from an adjacent street to bicycle parking areas near a primary entrance of structures. 8. The applicant shall provide street stub outs, trails, and sidewalks as necessary to promote efficient circulation and connectivity with adjacent developed parcels or undeveloped parcels that are likely to develop. (Ord. 12-07 (part), 2012: Ord. 08-10 (part), 2008) 17.80.060 Signage. Large Scale Developments as defined by this Chapter shall be required to follow the provisions of Chapter 15.44 (Sign Code). In addition, the following provisions shall apply: Page 140 of 451 8-2 Old Business A. Sign Color. Sign colors shall be low reflectance, subtle, neutral, or earth tone colors. Use of high -contrast colors in all wall and monument signs is prohibited. B. Sign Types. Corporate or retail signage shall be limited to internally illuminated and channeled wall signs and monument signs. Applicants are encouraged to utilize light fixtures which have the International Dark Sky Association seal of approval, or an equivalent. Maximum sign square footage, height and all other requirements shall be governed by Chapter 15.44. C. All freestanding signs shall be monument style: i.e., mounted on a base (above grade) of wood, brick or stone, which is detached from any building and built with continuous background surface from the ground up. (Ord. 12-07 (part), 2012: Ord. 08-10 (part), 2008) 17.80.070 Landscaping. A. All planter beds and tree planters shall be bordered by a concrete curb not less than six inches in height adjacent to the parking surface except where areas of landscape are used for storm water detention. If used in this manner, all asphalt abutting landscaping shall terminate with a concrete ribbon curb one and one-half feet in width and ten inches in thickness. B. All plants and irrigation systems shall be installed according to the landscape installation guidelines shown on the approved landscape plan. The owner shall guarantee the quality of work, health and condition of plants, and installation of materials including, but not limited to, plant types, size, spacing, and irrigation systems. Prior to final acceptance of the project and issuance of a certificate of occupancy, the City shall inspect and certify that the installation is in compliance with the approved plans and specifications. All corrections, adjustments, and/or replacement of landscape elements and execution of a landscape maintenance agreement shall be done prior to final approval by the City. In the event corrections cannot be made or installation cannot be completed prior to issuance of a certificate of occupancy, the City shall require a cash deposit equal in value to the amount of one and one-half the cost of the landscaping project. A cash deposit is returned only when the City gives final approval of the project. C. Landscaping shall be provided and maintained in good condition by the property owner. Failure to maintain shall constitute a misdemeanor and be punishable as established in Chapters 17.75 and 17.78 and Section 12.24.160. D. Any changes to an approved landscape plan shall be reviewed and approved by the Planning Director prior to the alteration taking place. E. Landscaping Materials and Spaces. Required landscaping shall be limited to the following materials and spaces: Page 141 of 451 8-2 Old Business 1. Living ground cover; 2. Permeable, continuous non -living ground cover; 3. Living plant life other than ground cover; 4. Retained native vegetation; 5. Natural or manufactured features, including but not limited to boulders and planters; 6. Pedestrian ways; and 7. Public spaces. F. Landscaping Materials and Design Mix. Separate sections of landscaping shall be composed of the required materials in any combination as follows: 1. Living plant life other than ground cover or natural vegetation shall have a minimum coverage of five percent; 2. Living ground cover shall have a maximum coverage of eighty percent; 3. Permeable non -living ground cover shall have a maximum coverage of twenty percent; 4. Natural or manufactured features shall have a maximum coverage of fifteen percent; 5. Pedestrian ways or public spaces shall have a maximum coverage of fifty percent. 6. Plant materials shall be sized and spaced to achieve immediate effect and shall not be less than a five -gallon container for specimen shrubs, a 15-gallon container for trees, and a one gallon container for mass planting, unless otherwise approved by the land use authority. G. Plant Materials and Landscape Design Standards. 1. Plants selected for landscape areas shall consist of plants that are well suited to the micro -climate and soil conditions at the project site. Plants with similar water needs shall be grouped together as much as possible. Page 142 of 451 8-2 Old Business 2. Turf areas shall be limited to areas with suitable shade and shall not be allowed in spaces narrower than ten feet wide. Turf shall not be used in more than ten percent of total landscape area, and should be located in places where people will use it. 3. For projects located at the interface between urban areas and natural open space non -irrigated, highly drought tolerant plants shall be selected that will blend with the native vegetation and are fire resistant or retardant. Plants with low level fuel volume or high moisture content shall be emphasized. Plants which tend to accumulate excessive amount of dead wood or debris shall be avoided. 4. Areas with a slope greater than thirty-three percent shall be landscaped with deep rooting, water conserving plants for erosion control and soil stabilization. 5. Parking strips and other landscaped areas less than eight feet wide shall be landscaped with water conserving plants. H. Irrigation Systems. 1. A detailed irrigation plan shall be drawn to the same scale as the landscape plan and shall contain the following information: a. Layout of irrigation system and summary legend outlining the type and size of all components of the system, including manufacture name and model number with approved equals; b. Flow rate in gallons per minute and design operating pressure in pounds per square inch for each valve and precipitation rate in inches per hour for each valve with sprinklers; and I. Building Foundation Landscaping. A minimum of fifty percent of a facade length containing a primary customer entrance shall have a foundation landscaped area extending at least six feet out from the building. All other facades that can be viewed from existing public rights -of -way shall have foundation landscaping extending a minimum of eighty percent of the facade length. The City may waive this requirement where necessary because of geotechnical conditions. J. Parking Lot Landscaping. Page 143 of 451 8-2 Old Business 1. Large parking areas should be enhanced with additional landscaping. Creative site design, to include preservation of existing stands of trees and clustered landscaped areas, is encouraged over symmetrical rows of small landscaped islands. 2. To the greatest extent possible, landscape islands shall be designed so that plant material is not located on the first one foot of the edge of the island, where it is most likely to be trampled by individuals exiting and entering parked vehicles. Such edge shall be mulched or paved with porous paving materials such as pavers. a. Landscaping. Parking lot landscaping is an important element in reducing reflective heating, controlling water runoff and improving the aesthetics of a site. Increasing the landscape requirements may also help in the adaptive reuse of large scale retail buildings. Landscaping shall be installed and maintained as established elsewhere in this section. b. Parking lot dividers, islands, planters and planting areas shall be a minimum of six feet wide at the widest point, and six feet long except that all new or retrofitted tree planters shall be a minimum of nine feet by seven feet, measured to the outside perimeter of the planter, and shall have no less than forty-eight square feet of permeable soil planting area. c. Landscaping shall be used to define parking areas, primary vehicular drives and pedestrian areas in an aesthetically and environmentally pleasing manner. d. Landscaped areas shall be distributed throughout the entire parking area as evenly as is appropriate in the design of the park facility. 3. Where trees already exist, the parking lot shall be designed to make the best use of this existing growth and shade wherever it is reasonably possible. 4. Landscaping shall include shrubs, trees, vines, ground covers, hedges, flowers, bark, chips, decorating cinders, gravel, and similar material which will improve the appearance of parking areas. a. Tree Requirements. Off-street open parking areas shall provide fifty percent or more of shade coverage at the time of maturity of the trees. To achieve this coverage the applicant shall: Page 144 of 451 8-2 Old Business i. Design, where possible, north/south oriented parking areas to provide maximum shade; ii. Plant at least one medium or large-scale tree for every three parking stalls; iii. Utilize a diversity of tree species that have the ability to survive the climate zone. b. The minimum size tree planted shall be no less than a one -and - one -half -inch tree measured at four feet from the base of the tree and sized to specifications according to the American Standard for Nursery Stock (ANSI Z60.1) Low water use and "native" plant materials shall be used to the greatest extent possible. Problematic trees having shallow or invasive roots or having brittle or weak branching structure are prohibited. All trees shall be planted and maintained according to the landscaping plan detail sheet and in such a manner to maximize the growth, health and longevity of the plantings. b. Trees shall be maintained in accordance with Chapter 12.24, Tree Stewardship. Violations shall be punishable as established in Sections 12.24.150 and 12.24.160. c. The interior of all vehicular use areas shall be landscaped so as to define parking isles and limit unbroken rows of parking and provide for pedestrian accessibility and safety. Ends of parking rows and corner areas shall be curbed and landscaped. K. Internal Pedestrian Walkway Landscaping. All internal pedestrian walkways, as required by this Chapter, shall feature adjoining landscaped areas that include trees, shrubs, benches, flower beds, ground covers, or other such materials for no less than fifty percent of their length. L. Parking Lot Trees Required. All proposed parking areas shall have shade trees planted at spacing no greater than forty feet trunk to trunk around the entire perimeter, with exception of those areas where the placement of trees would constitute a clear visual safety hazard. All landscaped islands in the interior of parking lots shall have, at a minimum, one large shade tree every forty feet. Each separate landscaped island or area shall contain a minimum of one hundred sixty-five square feet, shall have a minimum dimension of eight feet in any direction and shall include at least one tree. Trees shall be required within the interior planting islands of any vehicular use area exceeding four thousand five hundred square feet. M. Adjacent Buffer Required. A landscaped buffer of at least fifteen feet in width shall be required along the entire edge of any parking lot or the edge of a building facade without a primary or pedestrian oriented entrance when adjacent to a public right-of-way. The Page 145 of 451 8-2 Old Business landscaped buffer shall incorporate canopy shade trees planted at a minimum of thirty feet on - center for the buffer area. N. Screening. 1. Seventy-five percent of the lot frontage adjacent to any arterial street, exclusive of vehicular and pedestrian entrances, shall provide screening of parking areas by means of on -site buildings, landscaping, decorative walls and retaining walls, or other approved methods which may include primary structures. Additional screening of on -site parking shall be reviewed and approved by the planning commission. 2. Fifty percent of the lot frontage adjacent to all other streets and adjacent properties shall provide screening of on -site parking by means of on -site buildings, decorative walls, decorative retaining walls, landscaping, or other buildings and shall be reviewed and approved by the planning commission. 3. Lot frontage adjacent to residential uses or residential zoning districts shall provide screening of on -site parking by means of walls, landscaping, or buildings. O. Installation and Maintenance. All landscape materials required by this section shall be installed in accordance with standard practices of horticultural professionals and in good and workmanlike manner and shall be maintained by the property owner in good condition. 17.80.80 Submittal requirements. A. In addition to those submittal documents specified in Chapter 17.67 (Site Plan Review), the applicant shall submit the following. B. Engineering Plans and Studies. All drawings and reports listed in this section shall be stamped by an engineer licensed in Utah. The Applicant shall submit the following without exception: 1. Traffic Impact Study. A report that presents pre- and post -development traffic estimates and level of service values for all streets and intersections that will be impacted by the proposed development. 2. Water System Study. A report that presents the proposed development's fire flow and peak use requirements, and analyzes existing system capacity. Page 146 of 451 8-2 Old Business 3. Storm Drainage Study. A report that presents pre- and post -development runoff flow estimates for the site, detention volume requirements, proposed BMPs, and all other information necessary to allow for review of the proposed drainage plan. 4. Construction Drawings and Specifications. A package that at a minimum shall show site utilities, site grading, surface improvements, internal traffic circulation, easements, and required traffic signage. 5. Affected Entities. A listing by name, address, and telephone number of all affected entities, as defined in this Chapter, with respect to the project site. C. Architectural Plans and Presentations. All drawings and reports listed in this section shall be prepared by an architect or landscape architect as appropriate licensed in Utah. The requirements for a site plan as listed in Section 17.09.660 shall be followed when preparing an application for review. Applicant shall also submit the following: 1. Conceptual Drawings. The package shall, at a minimum, include the following: a. Site plan views showing building locations, parking areas with space totals, pedestrian and vehicular circulation routes, public trails and pathways, landscaped areas, and screening; b. Elevation views of all proposed buildings showing scaled architectural details, massing, height, screening of roof top units from all adjacent properties, especially those lands with higher elevations, and other design features; and c. Illustrative drawings, examples, or mock-ups showing the materials, colors and typical views from adjacent public streets of all proposed buildings. d. Outdoor Lighting. i. Lighting shall meet the requirements of Section 17.09.660(G) and be full cutoff downward directed fixtures and no light shall be emitted beyond the project site. The applicant must provide an exterior lighting plan that quantifies light coverage upon the project site and provides information on how outdoor lighting will be accomplished to minimize impacts on adjacent properties or roadways. Page 147 of 451 8-2 Old Business ii. To minimize any indirect overflow of light on adjacent properties, the height of any proposed parking lot light standard shall not be taller than light standards in surrounding neighborhood residential zones and should stair step down to a lower height when close to neighboring residential uses or residentially zoned areas. In no case shall the height of the light standards exceed twenty-five feet. Spotlights of any kind that are mounted on building walls are not permitted. 2. Signage Plan. A plan showing the location, size, height, materials, lighting methods, colors and incorporated logos of all proposed corporate and retail signage within the development. A sign permit is required under a separate application as set forth in Chapter 15.44 and Section 17.09.470. 3. Landscape Plan. A detailed plan showing all proposed landscape treatments including planting locations and species for all planted areas; surfacing for hardscaped areas; fences, wall and/or other screening devices; and proposed irrigation systems. D. Adoptive Reuse and Renewal Plan. Applicants for Large Scale retail developments shall submit the following: 1. A building design plan that allows for and facilitates reuse of the building in the event the building is abandoned or vacated. 2. A building renewal plan that provides for maximum opportunity for rehabilitation or redevelopment of the structure in the event of abandonment, vacating of property, or relocation by the original occupants. The plan shall include a maintenance plan for normal repairs and upkeep of the main building, accessory buildings, "pad" buildings, parking lots and hard surfaces, landscaping, and signage, including the elimination of "ghost" signage. (Ord. 12-07 (part), 2012: Ord. 08-10 (part), 2008) 17.80.090 Adaptive Reuse/renewal. Large Scale Retail Developments as defined in this Chapter shall be constructed in a manner that includes specific elements for adaptation for multi -tenant re -use. Such elements may include, but are not limited to, compartmentalized construction, including plumbing, electrical service, and HVAC. A. Building design shall plan for: 1. The interior subdivision of the structure into separate tenancies; 2. Facades that readily adapt to multiple entrances and adapt to entrances on all but one side of the building; Page 148 of 451 8-2 Old Business 3. Parking lot designs that are shared by establishments or are linked by safe and functional pedestrian connections; 4. Landscaping designs that complement the multiple entrance design; and 5. Other elements of design which facilitate the multi -tenant re -use of the building and site. (Ord. 08-10 (part), 2008) 17.80.100 Abandoned building or vacancy supplementary regulations. A. The city may determine that a Large Scale Retail Development, or any part thereof, has been abandoned or vacated. For purposes of this chapter, an "abandoned" or "vacated" building shall be determined by meeting any of the following criteria: 1. A declaration by the owner of the establishment of the intent to go out of business at that location; 2. The cessation of business by the establishment at that location for a period of not less than twelve consecutive months. B. The following requirements apply to any owner of property subject to this chapter on which an abandoned establishment exists: 1. Within ninety days of the city's determination of abandonment or vacancy, the owner of such property shall submit to the city an updated reuse plan that addresses maintenance, active re -marketing, and/or reuse of the facility. The plan shall comply with existing city zoning code in effect at the time of abandonment. The plan shall be subject to approval by the City Council. 2. If the owner fails or refuses to maintain the property during the period of time when the establishment is abandoned or vacated the City, as allowed by the International Property Maintenance Code and the International Building Code, may elect to perform, or contract for the performance of, maintenance functions. The owner shall be liable to reimburse the city for all such reasonable maintenance costs. (Ord. 08-10 (part), 2008) 17.80.110 Financial Assurance. The applicant shall deliver a Development Improvements Agreement (DIA) and other financial assurances and dedications as provided by Chapter 17.67, or as otherwise required by the development approvals. Page 149 of 451 8-2 Old Business 17.80.120 Development Improvements Agreement Required. A. In addition to all other provisions applicable to DIAs under Chapter 17.67, a DIA issued under this Chapter may address: Improvements guarantees for all required public improvements and for adaptive reuse and renewal; B. All required dedications of utilities or right-of-way, utility easements, exactions, and impact fees; C. Provisions regarding compliance with abandoned building and maintenance requirements; and D. Any other terms and conditions as dictated by the attributes of the project, the Code, or this Chapter. (Ord. 08-10 (part), 2008) In addition, Chapter 17.31, governing the RC Resort Commercial Zone shall be amended with the addition of the following subsection: CHAPTER 17.31 RC RESORT COMMERCIAL ZONE Chapter 17.31 is hereby amended as follows: 17.31.020 B. Large Scale Retail Prohibited; Large Scale Commercial Uses Allowed. As defined in Chapter 17.80, Large Scale Retail Development comprising a retail use in a single building in excess of thirty thousand square feet is not permitted in the Resort Commercial (RC) zoning district. Other uses permitted in this Chapter 17.31 which would constitute Large Scale Commercial Development, e.g. lodging related uses in excess of thirty thousand square feet, are permitted in the RC zoning district, subject to the criteria in Chapter 17.80. All other uses permitted in the RC district shall be subject to the remaining criteria of this Chapter 17.31. 17.31.030 A. 6. Maximum height: shall be 40 feet for principle structures and 16 feet for accessory structures; Page 150 of 451 8-2 Old Business Approved by a majority vote of the Moab City Council. Dated this day of 2017. This ordinance shall take effect twenty days from the date of publication. SIGNED: David L. Sakrison, Mayor ATTEST: Rachel Stenta, Recorder Page 151 of 451 8-2 Old Business Moab City Council Agenda Item Meeting Date: July 11, 2017 #: 8-3 Title: General Plan Update Staff Presenter: Jeff Reinhart, Planning Director Department: Planning and Zoning Applicant(s): City Staff and Moab Planning Commission Attachment(s): Draft City of Moab General Plan Update Options: Approve, deny, or modify. Staff Recommendation: Staff recommends that Council adopt the attached resolution to update the City of Moab's General Plan. Recommended Motion: I move to adopt Resolution #28-2017, "A Resolution to Adopt the 2017 City of Moab General Plan Update". Background/Summary: The City Council finalized its revisions to the draft General Plan at its workshop on June 27. Attached is the clean version of that document for adoption, along with a strikethrough version. Page 152 of 451 8-3 Old Business CITY OF MOAB RESOLUTION #28-2017 A RESOLUTION ADOPTING THE 2017 CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN UPDATE WHEREAS, the Moab City Council (Council) adopted the General Plan (Plan) as amended, by resolution on January 8, 2002 to provide an official statement of goals and policies for the future development of Moab City (City); and, WHEREAS, the City, to keep abreast of changing attitudes and values of residents, desired to assess and update the General Plan and create new goals for the future growth of the City; and WHEREAS, with the aid of a consultant, SE Group, the City initiated a community driven update of the Plan in 2012 to provide a clear vision for the future development of Moab; and, WHEREAS, subsequent to several months of public meetings, topic forums, open house and stake holder meetings and hands-on workshops that culminated in a Planning Commission public workshop in October 2015, a document entitled The City of Moab General Plan Update was drafted by consultant and City Staff; and, WHEREAS, specific topics of concern were identified as requiring more attention in the 2017 update as described in Planning Resolution 14-2017; and WHEREAS, in accordance with USC 10-9a-302, the Moab Planning Commission, during a duly advertised public hearing held on April 13, 2017, determined that it is in the best interests of the citizens that the City of Moab General Plan Update, with amendments, be adopted by the City Council to become the guide for future development; and WHEREAS, the City Council, during a duly advertised public meeting held on April 25, 2017, reviewed the draft Update and the recommendations of the Planning Commission and City Staff and established a date for the public hearing on determined that it is in the best interests of the citizens that the City of Moab General Plan Update, with amendments, be adopted by the City Council to become the guide for future development. NOW, THEREFORE, be it Resolved by the Moab City Council, that the 2017 City of Moab General Plan Update, as attached, is adopted. PASSED AND APPROVED in open Council by a majority vote of the Governing Body of Moab City Council on , 2017. SIGNED: David L. Sakrison, Mayor ATTEST: Rachel Stenta, Recorder Page 153 of 451 8-3 Old Business DRAFT— KY Counci I versi on CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN [1} CITY OF MOAB GENERAL. PLAN Page Page 154 of 451 8-3 Old Business Ilmisill ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * 1 GENERAL PLAN City of Moab, Utah Planning and Zoning Department GENERAL PLAN PUBLIC HEARINGS PLANNING COMMISSION March 23, 2017 April 13, 2017 CITY COUNCIL May 23, 2017 CITY COUNCIL APPROVED i��:�;.;.msee-geegi ••••4 k1.EYi� EBHE�eCH��"�iiri—�-dn�s... „ "What is needed is for every person to feel at home in the place of his local government with his ideas and complaints. A person must feel that it is a forum; that it is his directly, that he can call and talk to the person in charge of such and such, and see him personally within a day or two. For this purpose, local 1 CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 3 1 Page Page 156 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * forums must be situated in highly visible and accessible places." A Pattern Language 1 CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 4 1 Page Page 157 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS City Council Kyle Bailey Heila Ershadi Rani Derasary Kalen Jones Tawny Knuteson-Boyd Planning Commission Jeanette Kopell Wayne Hoskisson Joe Downard Laura Uhle Allison Brown Mayor David Sakrison City Manager David Everitt Moab Planning & Community Services Departments Jeff Reinhart Sommar Johnson Amy Weiser Others David Olsen — Former Community Development Director Ken Davey — Former Administrative Analyst (correct/consistent title?)[2][3]/Economic Development Specialist Eric Johanson — Engineering and GIS Kelly Thornton — Former Planning Commission Chairperson Donna Metzler — Former City Manager 1 CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 5 1 Page Page 158 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 6 1 Page Page 159 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 7 1 Page Page 160 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER 1— INTRODUCTION 7 Purpose 7 Need for Long Range Planning 7 Challenges 7 CHAPTER 2 — PLANNING CONTEXT 9 History 9 Population and Growth 10 Natural Environment 11 Climate and Temperature 11 Land Use 12 Future Land Use Management 12 Annexations 13 Urban Services Area Plan 14 Governmental Structure 14 Public Buildings, Facilities, and Services 15 Infrastructure 16 Relevant Planning Documents 21 Other Context 23 CHAPTER 3 — GENERAL PLAN UPDATE AND PROCESS 2524 Background 2524 General Plan Update Process 24 Public Engagement 2524 General Plan Implementation 2928 CHAPTER 4 — COMMUNITY VISION 3-029 City of Moab Community Vision 3029 A Vision for Moab 3029 CHAPTER 5 — ELEMENTS, GOALS, POLICIES Overview Components 3430 31 31 CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 8 1 Page Page 161 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * Nine (9) Elements 30 Goals, Policies, Action Steps, and Plan Maps 30 Element 1 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT 3-231 Economic Development — General 3231 Element 2 ENVIRONMENTAL SUSTAINABILITY 3-634 Environmental Sustainability — General 36 34 Visual Resources 3635 Air Quality 37 36 Water Quality 37 Water Quantity 38Supply 37 Energy & Resource Conservation 39 38 Aural Environment 38 Element 3 LAND USE AND GROWTH 4039 Land Use — General 4039 Natural and Environmental Constraints 4039 Urban Design and Character Preservation 4 -40 Resource Protection 4 -40 Street Trees and Landscaping 4241 Historic Preservation 43-42 Commercial 43-42 Residential 4443 Industrial 4543 Agriculture 4544 Open Space 4544 Flood Channel 4644 Annexation 4645 Element 4 HOUSING 4745 Housing 4745 Affordable Housing 4746 Element 5 PARKS AND RECREATION 4846 1 CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 9 1 Page Page 162 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * Parks 4846 Recreation 48-47 Element 6 ARTS AND CULTURE 5048 Arts and Culture 5048 Element 7 TRANSPORTATION AND CIRCULATION 5448 Transportation and Circulation — General 54-48 Pedestrian 54-48 Non -motorized Vehicles 54-49 Motorized Vehicles 5249 Sidewalks and Streets 5350 Element 8 PUBLIC WORKS 5451 Public Works — General 5451 Water Services 5-451 Sewer Services 5-451 Wastewater Treatment 5552 Stormwater 5552 Solid Waste Facilities 5653 Private Utilities 5653 Element 9 CIVIC SERVICES AND FACILITIES 5854 Municipal Properties 5854 Peacekeeping and Law Enforcement 5854 Health and Emergency Services 6056 Education 64-57 MAPS 6358 Zoning 6358 Future Land Use 6459 Current Buildout 6560 Built Environment 6661 Public Lands 6762 Future Annexation Boundary 6g63 Sidewalk Improvements 6964 CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 10 Page Page 163 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * Walking and Bicycle Routes 7-965 Appendices Appendix A - Moab Area Housing Plan, Updated Fall 2016 Appendix B - Utah Noxious Weed Act CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 11 1 Page Page 164 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * CHAPTER 1 - INTRODUCTION The Moab General Plan is the City's official statement of its goals and policies. These goals and policies guide future development and reflect the long-term vision of the community. The General Plan also provides an implementation plan for these goals and policies as well as a technical foundation for political decision -making. The term "general plan" is synonymous with the terms "master" or "comprehensive" plan. Utah Code 10-9-301 - Land Use Development and Management Act directs all municipalities to prepare and adopt a comprehensive long-range land use plan. Land development takes place one parcel at a time. Changes or impacts from an individual development may be small. But over the years, the combined change resulting from all development decisions can be large. While development proposals are reviewed individually, a master plan provides the context for looking at the cumulative impacts of development. Planning not only provides a long term, big picture view of future development and the changes that can result, but also guides this development to maximize benefits and minimize conflicts and adverse effects. This big - picture framework provides a basis to evaluate individual development proposals with consistency and fairness. oti., es As a tourism -driven economy and a small desert community, the City must balance the needs of residents with those of visitors. Due to the regular seasonal visitation, the city's infrastructure and services must meet the demands of a temporary population that is two to three times the size of the residential population. This creates cost and planning challenges. There are also implications for housing, employment, infrastructure and related social issues. The land use patterns of the boom and bust economic cycles have influenced the eclectic land use pattern that is found in Moab today. For example, a quaint historic cabin can be found next to a 1980s era split level house. This lack of architectural conformity defines Moab's built character and unique styles. Many short-term decisions were based on historic economic needs and the result is piecemeal land development. Residents have expressed a desire to preserve Moab's characte44], eclecticism, and small-town charm. The challenge is to balance the irregular patterns with modern zoning and development concepts. Moab is the center for commerce and services in Grand County and the region. Locally -owned businesses are valuable to the local economy and provide goods and services to residents and visitors. The absence of large-scale chain retail stores and stores that cater to basic residential needs leads locals to shop out of town or online. This can be an inconvenience for residents and a potential loss of tax dollars for the City. Moab is faced with choices in how to balance these needs and maintain the character of the community. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN Page 165 of 451 12 Page 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * Decisions made by the city often have impacts beyond its limits. In addition, the city regularly interacts with and is affected by federal, state, county, other agencies and private groups. This creates the need for careful cross -agency planning and cooperation. Other challenges include the community's remote location, geographical constraints and arid surroundings. In addition, U.S. Highway 191 bisects the city and is a major north/south transportation thoroughfare which serves main street local business and tourism traffic as well as heavy and light commercial through traffic. This leads to congestion, safety, and noise impacts. The challenge for the city is to mitigate these impacts and maintain a vibrant Main Street district. 1 CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 13 1 Page Page 166 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * CHAPTER 2 — PLANNING CONTEXT History Millions of years of natural erosion from wind and water left behind the unique landscape that helped shape Moab's way of life. The first evidence of habitation in the Moab area dates back several thousand years. Pictographs and petroglyphs have been found in the area that date from 1,500 to 4,000 years old or older. The most recognized ancient culture to occupy the area was the Ancestral Puebloan, who did not inhabit the region until approximately 900 A.D. The Moab vicinity was the northern limit of Ancestral Puebloan habitation, but sometime between 1250 and 1300 A.D. the Ancestral Puebloans disappeared from the area. While there is some disagreement regarding the entrance of modern Native Americans into the area, the Ute people were the dominant Native American group in the 18`h century. The Colorado River crossing north of Moab provided the ancient people as well as those who traveled here over time a shallow and safe location for fording of the river. This crossing was a key component of the Old Spanish Trail, which ran from Santa Fe to Los Angeles. By 1855, the Navajo were also living in Spanish Valley, just south of Moab. Around the same time, an area near Moab was settled by a Mormon missionary group. Because of conflicts with native peoples, the missionaries did not remain long. In 1874 the next group of settlers and cattlemen arrived. Ranching was their main livelihood, but some settlers attempted to grow crops including vineyards and fruit trees. By the late 1800s peaches, apples, pears, and grapes were being cultivated and shipped throughout the region. The expense of pumping irrigation water and unpredictable freezes prevented Moab from becoming a major agricultural area. In 1890, Grand County was created by the Utah Legislature and on December 20, 1902, Moab became incorporated as a municipality. Like settlements of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints (LDS), Moab was laid out according to the "Plat of Zion." This grid pattern, inspired by LDS founder Joseph Smith, featured square blocks that were intended to concentrate homes, and create order. Elements of that design can still be seen today including a uniform grid pattern, a north -south orientation, wide streets and long narrow lots. The first known zoning code for Moab was published in 1954. During the first half of the Twentieth Century, Moab's economy was primarily agrarian; mainly farming, ranching, and fruit growing. There was limited mining during these years as well. Southeast Utah became known for uranium deposits, and later became a popular area for uranium prospecting when the United States government encouraged exploration to meet the military weapon development programs. A geologist named Charlie Steen discovered a massive high grade uranium deposit southeast of Moab and a prospecting boom began. During the 1950s Moab grew from a population of 1,275 to over 5,000 residents. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN Page 167 of 451 14 Page 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * The 1960s saw the construction of a uranium processing plant along the Colorado River and a small oil and gas production boom, further cementing extractive industries as the core of the local economy. Tourism was also growing during this time, though at a much more modest pace. Arches National Monument became a national park in 1971 and visitation between 1960 and 1970 grew from 71,600 to 178,500. Population and Growth By the mid-1970s demand for uranium declined and mines near Moab started shuttincr down- The -went into an economic taiispin. Inc population decreased from 5,333 in 1980 to 3971 in 1990. Homes were shuttered, businesses closed, and government services were reduced. At one point the local school district instituted a 4-day school week to save money. While extractive industries declined, tourism gained momentum in the Moab area. Spurred on by the growing popularity of mountain biking and increasing interest in the regional national parks, the 1990s saw the construction of new hotels and restaurants. Downtown storefronts also began reopening, most catering to the burgeoning tourist market. National park visitation mushroomed and by 2014 Arches The 2010s have seen some modest growth in oil and gas production, but for the most part Moab remains depen-rnfitiNa as an economi — - -....ti _ -- '2 - 4 */ .TQday; _1VI0.ab : , 1 s ..tt -21 n a ' •� It is- a.-11siles sohtfieast of-S. -� �� -�'au,l. hwest of Grand Jun ._� lg. le g,-$1ate_ . Highway '- .. ' - . ofgc iv`ei a-otTr- y 30 miles south of Interstate 70. Town Name Population Distance from Moab Castle Valley 332 (2013) 22 miles La Sal 395 (2012) 31 miles Monticello 1,980 (2012) 54 miles Green River 949 (2012) 52 miles A portion of Moab's workforce lives south of Moab in unincorporated Grand and San Juan counties. The uranium mining boom in the early 1950s created the most significant population growth in the history of Moab. The number of residents increased dramatically from 1950 to 1960. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN Page 168 of 451 15 Page 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * Although no other era would experience the degree of growth that Moab saw during that time, the community would continue to expand into the early 1980s. This trend then reversed, with Moab's population declining from a high of 5,333 people in 1980 to only 3,971 in 1990. This was largely the result of mine closures and the uranium mill closure. Historical Population Census Population %± 1890 333 - 1900 376 12.9 1910 586 55.9 1920 856 46.1 1930 863 0.8 1940 1,084 25.6 1950 1,275 17.6 1960 4,682 267.2 1970 4,793 2.4 1980 5,333 11.3 1990 3,971 -25.5 2000 4,779 20.4 2010 5,046 5.6 2012 5,093 .9 2015* 5,235 2.8 *US Census estimate In the early 1990s, Moab began another cycle of growth fueled by the burgeoning tourist industry. Current population growth is very modest, less than 1% per year. Today, the year- round population of Moab is approximately 5,200. Moab is strongly defined by its location and surroundings. Situated at roughly 4,000 feet in elevation and enclosed by red rock cliffs, Moab lies in a verdant valley along the Colorado River. The creeks and springs and close proximity to the Colorado River create an oasis in the desert. The towering red rock walls and mesas present a stunning contrast to the desert sky, the dramatic peaks of the La Sal Mountain range, and the lush trees and fields of the valley floor. The harsh desert that encircles the community once proved to be a major detriment to development and sustaining a population. Now this natural environment is the greatest asset supporting a thriving tourism economy. The surrounding sandstone enhances the beauty of the area but does increase the danger of sudden stormwater runoff. Whether the water comes from sudden short-lived monsoonal rain storms or from rapid snow melt, there is always a chance of local flooding. Heavily concentrated rainfall can swell Mill Creek and Pack Creek and often causes the eroded faces of the cliff slopes to act as discharge chutes for larger collection basins on top of the surrounding high ground. Recent actions taken to manage flood potential have had a positive effect in protecting public and private property. On -going flood mitigation and flood channel management practices will keep ahead of development and changing precipitation patterns. Climate and Temperature Temperatures in Moab have been reported as high as 113 degrees Fahrenheit and as low as — 20 degrees F. In spite of the intense heat each summer, Moab's climate is generally 1 CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN Page 169 of 451 16 Page 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * categorized as "temperate." The frost -free period in Moab averages 184 days per year. Rainfall averages only eight inches per year, with October being the wettest month, followed by March, July and April. During the summer, Moab is prone to sudden brief, violent thunderstorms that often result in flash floods. Average Average Daytime/Nighttim Monthly e Temperatures Precipitation (Fahrenheit) (inches) JAN 49.6/18.0 0.53 FEB 50.4/25.5 0.62 MAR 60.2/34.2 0.71 APR 72.5/41.9 0.79 MAY 82.4/50.1 0.57 JUNE 92.0/57.5 0.45 JULY 99.0/64.1 0.49 AUG 95.3/62.8 0.87 SEPT 87.1/52.8 0.83 OCT 73.8/40.8 1.16 NOV 56.0/30.6 0.6 DEC 45.1/21.4 0.64 Moab's current city limits include approximately 3,060 acres of land. The City has a variety of land use types including residential, commercial, industrial, and some mixed use. According to a GIS-based build -out analysis, about two-thirds of that area: has been built -on or developed; is conserved; is parkland; or is severely constrained from development due to topography or natural resources. Moab encompasses a variety of neighborhoods, ranging from higher density areas with a variety of lot sizes, to traditional suburban development with larger lots and lower density, to mobile home neighborhoods. The main commercial area begins (north to south) at the Colorado River Bridge on Hwy 191(Main Street) and follows Main Street to the southern city limits. Other commercial areas exist off of Main Street but are generally adjacent to the central area of town. The traditional downtown area is primarily composed of tourist -related businesses. At this time, there is no large-scale retail in Moab. Development patterns often do not fit current zoning classes. Single family residences on very large lots have been the development pattern for many years even in the multi -family zones. Significant development occurred prior to the codification of the zoning ordinances in 1954. Development and economic pressures along with fluctuations in population at different times led to development anomalies that still exist today. In addition, there are minor differences among similar zone classifications that may be too complex for the size of the community. Moab is contiguous to Spanish Valley to the south, containing most of Grand County's population, and functioning as a semi -urban to rural continuation of Moab City. On Moab's northern boundary are resort type development, and the Uranium Mill Tailings Remedial Action, a 20 year and $800 CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN Page 170 of 451 17 Page 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * million dollar federal reclamation project managed by the Department of Energy. Roughly 93% of Grand County is managed by various federal and state government agencies. To the east and west is predominantly Bureau of Land Management (BLM) property, including 140 acres within city limits-. There are also tracts of School and Institutional Trust Lands (SITLA) interspersed throughout Grand County. SITLA parcels in Moab, such as the potential future Utah State University (USU) Campus, and the Lions Back Property, are some of the largest undeveloped properties in the city. The Nature Conservancy (TNC) is another important open space land owner in the area. TNC and the Utah Division of Natural Resources jointly own and manage the 894- acre Matheson Wetlands Preserve that provides wildlife habitat. While the City is growing, there is an increasing desire to keep our small-town atmosphere. The people that live here choose to reside here because of the amenities of the area. The character of Moab is also important to people looking to relocate in the area. Preserving small- town values is of the highest priority for many Moab residents, and anything that affects local neighborhoods or Moab's atmosphere has heightened importance to those who live in the community. The land development regulations will continue to be the legal conduit through which land use decisions are made. It is important to continually modify the land use codes to reflect the changing needs of the community and promote best land use practices. With growth pressures and sprawling development in the rural areas surrounding the City, infill development of desirable land uses should be promoted with appropriate land use policies. The policies throughout the General Plan encourage desirable infill development, use of existing structures, and other land use directions for development. As needs for particular kinds of residential, commercial, or industrial development arise, or critical lands for conservation are identified, this General Plan should be amended to reflect developing trends and the Moab Municipal Code should be revised accordingly. Important aspects in guiding the City's development are ensuring that regulations not only continue to be dynamic, flexible, and contemporary but also reflect updated trends identified in the Plan. Growth trends in many communities across the nation are similar to what is occurring in Grand County. Distinct urban areas in certain regions are losing residents as they move to lower - density, more rural settings. Likewise, Moab is seeing increased development on the "urban fringe." The key to quality -of -life issues in the coming decades will be the ability of the City of Moab and Grand County to coordinate planning �r ' .1 n Future Land Use Management rural areas. Development pressures are such that the unincorporated areas near the City are being developed to near -urban levels. As this growth has occurred, it has become apparent that it would benefit the community to create a plan that ensures appropriate and desirable growth within the City and in the areas around it. Developing a growth area plan to reflect best practices and future directions desired by both the City and Grand County is an important aspect of future land use planning. The City utilizes zoning regulations to help manage land use, compatibility, and density throughout the community The City provides a menu of zoning options that provide for a variety of residential, commercial, industrial, and open space uses. The current zoning regulations are intended to maintain a healthy, safe, clean, and beautiful community where land is used efficiently, effectively, and is compatible with neighboring uses. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN Page 171 of 451 181 Page 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * Flexibility in the Land Use regulations can be an essential component for encouraging desirable projects that add community assets and opportunities. The City should consider other dynamic zoning regulations regarding density and site development standards in order to accomplish desired community goals. Urban Service Area Plan I s i reduce sprawl. Creative development can make the best use of existing buildings and land. With the increasingly rapid development of the City of Moab and the unincorporated areas of Grand County, it is necessary to include provisions for annexation of property into the corporate limits of Moab. Annexation can be an effective means of accommodating the growth of the City while implementing elements of the General Plan and development regulations. In 2015, there were just over 97.5 acres of unincorporated land completely encompassed by the City, also known as "county enclaves." These four enclaves are currently subject to county land use provisions and all other regulations including emergency services. To facilitate greater efficiency of infrastructure and services and to encourage desirable infill development, enclaves shall be avoided in the future. Existing enclaves created by past annexation, shall be incorporated as the need arises. However, plans must be created to ensure that costs to update infrastructure, utilities and stormwater structures are the responsibility of the residents living in the area and not the population at large. In addition to efficiency and compatibility obstacles between the unincorporated county and the City of Moab, water rights and distribution systems pose further obstacles to annexation and corporate limit expansion. It will be imperative in the coming decadesvears to work with the Grand Water & Sewer Service Agency (GWSSA) to facilitate the growth of the City limits. Efforts have been made for the City of Moab and Grand County to establish an "Urban Services Area" around the City to provide for Annexations from the corporate limits of the City. An Urban Services Area Plan could be established through an Interlocal Agreement (ILA) between the City and the County. The intent of this agreement would be to establish uniform standards for growth around the City, especially in areas that can be annexed in the future. As stated before, the City is seeing increased growth along the urban fringe. It would be beneficial to establish an ILA with Grand County to ensure compatible development as our community grows. A gradual transition from urban densities to rural uses is in the best interest of all parties involved; providing for the adequate provision of services, infrastructure, and facilities at a reduced cost to residents of both the City and the County. In addition to the importance of joint planning on the urban fringe between the City and County, it is also of great importance to establish policies that promote infill development within the corporate limits of the City of Moab. There are political and jurisdictional constraints to the geographic expansion of the City in many areas, so policies that favor infill will have a direct impact on growth along the periphery of the City CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN Page 172 of 451 19 Page 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * and mitigate urban sprawl. The City of Moab is governed by an elected city council and mayor. Five city council members are elected at large to 4-year terms. The city council reviews and approves resolutions, ordinances and financial activities for Moab City. The city council also hires and oversees the city manager position. The mayor, elected to a 4-year term, chairs the city council meetings and votes to break city council ties. The mayor also signs official city documents and contracts. With the advice and consent of the city council, the mayor appoints the police chief, public works director, city treasurer and city recorder as well as board members of the planning commissionto various advisory boards and the appeals authoritycommissions. The city manager is the chief executive officer of the city. All departments and employees, including appointed officials, report to the city mananar manaaar ivnrlrc nnrlar a The City of Moab rni/i r1PC um IJUUiiC, including administrative record keeping, business licensing, building inspection (via a contract with Grand County), planning and zoning, police and public safety services, a recreation depth talent that includes sports and arts programs, animal control services and an animal shelter, solid waste collection (by contract with a private company), culinary water and sewer services, a wastewater treatment plant, and community and economic development projects and programs. The City also has various agreements with other local government entities for the provision of services, including Recreation, Animal Control, Drug Law Enforcement, Dispatch Services, and a number of other services. The City's revenue is based primarily on sales tax and user fees. The City of Moab does not charge a property tax. Therefore, the City of Moab does not have any General Obligation debt. Large-scale projects are financed through long-term savings, outside grants, and revenue bonds. The City has historically maintained financial stability, with revenues exceeding expenditures on an annual basis. Moab offers a variety of services and facilities, provided by a number of agencies and organizations. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN Page 173 of 451 20 Page 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * City Services and Facilities City owned and operated buildings include: • Moab City Center, which houses the city council chambers, administrative offices, police, and animal control; • Moab Public Works Facility, which houses the city's maintenance crews and equipment; • Moab Animal Shelter, which serves Grand County as well as Moab City; • Moab Arts and Recreation Center, which provides a public venue for art, dance and movement events and performances as well as cultural and recreation classes and workshops; • Moab Recreation and Aquatic Center, which provides indoor and outdoor pools and a fitness center; • Moab Waste Water Treatment Plant, which serves Moab and Grand County; and • Center Street Gym, which provides for adult and youth basketball and volleyball as well as other indoor recreation activities. City owned and operated facilities include: • Culinary water system serving homes and businesses. • Three existing water storage tanks and one planned for the future. • Numerous culinary water wells and springs. • Water treatment plant serving Moab and Grand County residences and businesses. Parks and Recreation There are over a dozen parks as well as two recreational facilities in the City of Moab. City parks include ball fields, musical playgrounds, play equipment, hiking/biking trails, a bike park, a skate park, a dog park, duck ponds, stages, amphitheaters, water features, and other outdoor gathering spaces. The Moab Recreation and Aquatic Center, the Moab Arts and Recreation Center and the Center Street Gym also offer public recreational opportunities. Grand County also provides facilities for use by the community. They include the Grand Center, Old Spanish Trail Arena Complex, and numerous paths and trails. The City of Moab has an extensive park and trails system: • The Moab Golf Course, owned by the City but managed by the Moab Country Club. • The Mill Creek Parkway trail system, 6 miles of paved paths with trails running through town and further connecting to numerous hiking trails. • An extensive bike lane and trail system throughout town and connecting to trails outside city limits. • Swanny City Park • Old City Park • Rotary Park • Center Street Ball Park • Dixie Park • Anonymous Park CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 211 Page Page 174 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * • Bullick Cross Creek Park • Cross Trails Park • Bark Park (a dog park with separate sections for small and larger dogs) • Ute Circle Park • Lions Park • Frisbee Golf Course • Sun Court • Moonstone Gallery • A BMX course • A skate park • A slackline area Law Enforcement/Crime Rate The Moab Police Department has certified officers. The department's primary jurisdiction is within Moab city limits, but the department also works closely with the Grand County Sheriff's Office and the Utah Highway Patrol on investigations and emergency response. 11.1 2012 [6][7]the crime rate in Moab was 43.98 incidents per thousand residents. While this is higher than some rural areas in Utah, it is not unusual for a tourist area, where crime rates are often inflated from a large visitor population. Special events and visitor fluctuations create staffing challenges for the department. 7 Infrastructure The City of Moab owns, maintains and operates the full range of its municipal infrastructure. This includes water and sanitary sewer systems, a wastewater treatment plant, a stormwater drainage conveyance system, a network of streets and roads, and a trail system. The City adopts an annual Capital Improvements Plan, which includes projects for the current year as well as anticipates projects for a twenty-year time horizon. The City has ongoing efforts to upgrade streets, walkways and other structures, and must continually plan for future growth and development. The City requires developers to install infrastructure to serve their projects and to pay impact fees on new water and sewer connections to facilitate future expansion of these services. Water The History of Water in Moab As is typical with towns in the southwestern United States, obtaining a dependable water supply for the City of Moab has historically been a primary concern. Before the turn of the Twentieth Century, residents of the area were building infrastructure that would supply drinking water to the original townsite. By 1950, the City had installed storage tanks. Moab's rapid population growth due to the uranium boom in the 1950s quickly outpaced the available drinking water supply. Water rationing was a common occurrence. Forward -thinking individuals recognized that having sufficient water rights, storage and distribution infrastructure was vital to the growth and sustainability of the community As the population continued to grow; and the economic driver shifted to tourism, existing water tanks and water lines could not provide sufficient storage capacity or adequate pressures to meet increasing demands. This prompted the City to construct the Powerhouse Tank, the Mountain View Tank, and the Skakel Tank, bringing the combined storage up to three million gallons. Additional storage capacity is currently in the planning stages. Water Rights and Resources After decades of water supply projections showing abundant and pure culinary (drinking quality) water, new data suggest an over - allocation of water rights and a trend of water use that appears to be significantly depleting available resources. Until recently, population projections have not taken into account denser zoning codes or the burgeoning tourist economy and its impact on per capita water usage. More information on this topic is published in the Moab Water Conservation Plan CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 22 Page Page 175 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * Update for 2016. Over the years, the City has acquired water rights equaling 9.137 million gallons per day. Build -out projections based on 2016 zoning indicate that the City will need to serve approximately 24,000 persons. Simply put, build -out means the population projected if all available zones within the City limits are developed to the maximum allowable capacity. It is estimated that build -out demand will equal approximately 7.5 million gallons per day. However, at issue — and of extreme importance to City leaders and concerned citizens — is the deceptive notion that water rights equal water supply. In a 2016 survey of actual water production, it is estimated that, by buildout, Moab will reach a demand of more than 55% over supply. Perhaps more important than build -out is the concept of the City's "carrying capacity," meaning, at current usage rates due to increased commercial uses and growing needs, Moab will reach its carrying capacity at approximately 11,500 residents. The 2015 population of Moab was 5,235 residents. It should be noted that the water usage cited here, both current and prospective, are for Moab City residential and commercial use only, and not for the larger area of Spanish Valley, which draws from the same aquifer. [8] In addition to increased demand and evidence of depleted supply, generalized drought conditions throughout the western United States combined with the added variables of climate change have led the City to engage in extensive studies and modeling to determine the long- term viability of our underground culinary aquifers. Water System Components In addition to the three storage tanks, the existing water transmission and distribution system contains 50 miles of pipe, three pressure zones with five pressure -reducing stations, approximately 640 valves and 234 hydrants. The number of water connections in the City of Moab system as of November, 2016 is 2073. This is an approximate 8.5% increase from 2010. For 2016, there were 1575 residential connections, 414 commercial connections, and 84 institutional connections. Because many of the City's water system components date from the 1960s and earlier, they are reaching the end of their useful life. Assessment of system weak points and timely replacement will help avoid failures and costly emergency maintenance. A schedule for replacement of these mains should be developed. While the system is sized to meet current demand, new service lines are needed for new development. Each water connection is serviced by a meter. The City has nearly completed its meter replacement program, with all but 20 meters now part of a radio -read meter 1 CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN Page 176 of 451 23 1 Page 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * system. Water Quality Water quality in the Moab water system meets all state and federal standards. All drinking water supply for the City of Moab is pristine groundwater from wells and springs discharging from a sandstone aquifer. This aquifer enjoys the protections of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency designation as a Sole Source Aquifer. [Sole Source Aquifer Determination for Glen Canyon Aquifer System, Moab, Utah, published in the January 7, 2002 Federal Register, volume 67 #4, pp. 736-738.] Treatment for the City of Moab water system consists of minimal chlorination. Water sampling found the drinking water of the City of Moab, before treatment, equals or exceeds the quality of 80 percent of brands of bottled drinking water from springs sold in stores (comparison data is from the 1999 published Natural Resources Defense Council study of bottled water quality). In view of increasing demand and decreasing supply, Moab should look to other sources of water to supply the culinary needs of its population. Colorado River water, in order to be considered as a source for Moab, will need to be secured through a competitive and politically charged process. As a serious concernSerious concerns in considering the use of river water; are the infrastructure and energy costs required to process it to standards acceptable standards for culinary use. An economic and environmental feasibility study of developing Colorado River water is eempl€x and expcnsiveneeded to better understand this potential. Water Conservation The City adopted its most recent Water Conservation Plan Update in December 2016. Based on current use, and preliminary supply estimates from an incomplete USGS groundwater study, it is estimated that per capita consumption rates will need to be reduced by nearly 52% to match Moab's build -out population. Given that outdoor water makes up a large percentage of the City's water usage for both residential and commercial customers, reduction in outdoor culinary water use is a top priority. The Plan recommends that the City embrace an initial goal of 25% reduction in culinary water consumption for both indoor and outdoor use over the next five years. In February 2017, the city council approved an ordinance to create a citizens' Moab City Water Conservation and Drought Management Advisory Board to inform and advise the City Council on matters related to water conservation initiatives, capital projects, and policy. Other Water Purveyors and Agencies The City of Moab is not the only water purveyor in Moab. The Grand Water & Sewer Service Agency (GWSSA) and the Moab Irrigation Company (MIC) provide water to property owners both within and outside the City, with GWSSA predominantly providing water outside city limits. MIC is a private company which sells water shares on the open market. In addition, the Grand County Water Conservancy District and the Moab Area Watershed Partnership address water issues in Moab and Grand County. A new water system proposed in northern San Juan County should be of great concern to the City leadership. The San Juan Spanish Valley Water & Sewer Special Service District has already changed a futurewas granted permission to change a point of diversion from the San Juan River to Spanish Valley for 500 acre feet and has another right to 5000 acre feet from the Colorado River that could potentially have a change in point of diversion filed. As there are currently no significant intersystem agreements for culinary water, the Water Conservation Plan recommends that the City of Moab work to establish a regional CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN Page 177 of 451 24 Page 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * water authority that will include all water systems in the watershed including Moab City, Grand Water and Sewer Service Agency, Castle Valley, and water systems in southern Spanish Valley and Pack Creek. Sanitary Sewer/Wastewater Treatment The City's wastewater collection and conveyance system consists of over 36 miles of sewer pipelines. The City's wastewater treatment plant is a regional facility serving Moab and nearby unincorporated Grand County. Many of the collection facilities were built in the 1950s and 1960s as part of the proliferation of neighborhoods and subdivisions associated with the uranium boom. As the system continues to age, it will become prone to structural deterioration and hydraulic deficiencies. The Moab Wastewater Treatment Plant was last upgraded in 1996. Due to growth and new regulations, Moab is replacing its wastewater facilities and components to increase capacity and ensure future compliance with discharge permits. This upgrade is sized to accommodate projected growth in Moab, Spanish Valley and northern San Juan County and will serve these areas by late 2018. Storm Drainage Seasonal heavy rainfall, along with large areas of sandstone cliffs and other areas surrounding Moab can pose significant stormwater drainage issues for the City. While the City does not have a comprehensive storm drainage system, it does have a variety of stormwater drainage facilities including check dams, drains, pipes, ditches, retention and detention systems, as well as street conveyance systems. The City adopted a Master Stormwater Management Plan in 1999, and updated it in 2007. The 2007 Plan identified a number of priority projects, with the Stewart Canyon Detention and Outfall, the South Area Trunk System and 200 South Upgrades as the top three priorities. In 2008, the City adopted a stormwater fee system on residential and commercial properties in Moab to help offset the cost of these improvements. A further update to the Storm Water Management Planl is needed.[9] Street Network There are approximately 26 miles of road within city limits. The original townsite of Moab follows the Utah tradition of wide streets and long blocks laid out in a grid. However, areas of town developed during and since the uranium boom are more typical U.S. urban and suburban layouts with somewhat narrower streets and occasional cul-de-sacs. The primary roads in Moab often function as part of the stormwater drainage system, carrying stormwater to the west and into the Matheson Wetlands Preserve or the Colorado River. The City also has an extensive system of bike lanes throughout neighborhoods. There are no bike lanes on Highway 191/Main Street in the center of town, but the Utah Department of Transportation (UDOT) has installed bike lanes on the northern section of the road as it heads toward the Colorado River Bridge. Highway 191 is the primary access route in and out of Moab and travels through downtown Moab as Main Street. Highway 191 is part of the UDOT highway system, and the State is responsible for oversight and maintenance. While the highway sees a significant volume of local traffic, a good portion of the traffic is through -traffic. Traffic statistics indicate that approximately 9% of that traffic is small trucks such as UPS vehicles and 30% are large trucks and semi - tractor trailers. Maintenance of the City's street network is a substantial responsibility that includes everything from street sweeping and snow removal to pothole patching and asphalt replacement. Moab's Streets Department is responsible for all streets in City limits with the 1 CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN Page 178 of 451 25 1 Page 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * exception of UDOT-maintained Main Street (US-191) and a few cross jurisdictional roads maintained by the County. The City receives Class C State Road Funds from the State to help pay for city street maintenance, with maintenance supplemented by City general funds. Since Class C funding is based on road mileage not area, the excessive width of many of the city streets intensifies the funding shortfall. This funding is not sufficient for maintenance let alone reconstruction of roads that are failing. Though the City sets aside money from its general fund each year for road reconstruction, many streets are in fair or poor condition. The City has developed a prioritized maintenance and replacement list to address this issue[ 10], and intends to seek funding sources. Sidewalks, Paths and Trails Pedestrian and bicycle transportation infrastructure is a cornerstone of Moab's local, sustainable transportation system. The City of Moab is continuously working to develop designated bicycle lanes, improve pedestrian sidewalks and paths, and ensure the safe movement of multi -modal traffic on local roadways. Maintaining and further expanding upon these efforts is essential to meeting the community's vision for an easily navigable street system and a bicycle- and pedestrian - friendly community v1:11 Creek Parkway •,Non-raotorir Path & Tr; The Mill Creek Parkway and developing Pack Creek Parkway are non -motorized paths and trails that meander through the city tying many of the neighborhoods and open spaces together. Starting construction in 1994, Mill Creek Parkway has become a vital recreational outlet and transportation connection for walkers, joggers and bicyclists in Moab. Even in 100 degree desert heat, the parkway stays green and shady: a welcome refuge for visitors and residents alike, and important wildlife corridor. Mill Creek Parkway, as well as the floodway and riparian zone surrounding Pack Creek, are the backbone of this system, with other conserved areas scattered throughout the City. 'tirther expansion of the parkway is planned. [ 11 ] The City of Moab, Grand County Trail Mix and Moab Trail Alliance (MTA) are active in promoting trail development and interconnectivity. Trail Mix is a multi -agency organization with the mission to develop and preserve an integrated network of trails for a safe, convenient, and enjoyable recreation and transportation experience. County Services and Facilities Moab is the county seat of Grand County. Moab residents utilize many facilities and services provided by Grand County, or by special service districts established by Grand County. While many Grand County facilities serve city residents, Grand County does not have land use or law -making jurisdiction over the incorporated area of the city. Services and facilities provided by Grand County include: • Grand County Courthouse • Moab Information Center (visitors center) • Grand Center • Grand County Public Library • Star Hall • Old Spanish Trail Arena and field complex • Moab and Klondike landfills • Spanish Valley Water & Sewer Improvement District • Canyonlands Care Center • Canyonlands Field Airport • Canyonlands Community Recycle Center Ain Creek Parkway •, Non -motorized i Path & Trails CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN Page 179 of 451 26 Page 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * • Family Support Center/Children's Justice Center • Sand Flats Recreation Area (managed jointly with Bureau of Land Management) • Housing Authority of Southeastern Utah • Lions Transit Hub • Ken's Lake agricultural reservoir • Grand Valley Cemetery • Sunset Memorial Gardens Cemetery • Moab Fire Department • Grand County Emergency Medical Services • Grand County Search and Rescue Public Education Services and Facilities The Grand County School District, which is a subdivision of the State of Utah, provides elementary and secondary public education services within the community. The City of Moab cooperates extensively with the school district on a variety of issues including law enforcement, recreation programming and social issues. Public education facilities include: • Helen M. Knight Elementary School • Grand County Middle School • Grand County High School • Moab Charter School • Arches Education Center • C R Sundwall Center Preschool Additionally, Utah State University (USU) has a Moab Center and is in the planning process for a new USU-Moab campus. The City of Moab strongly supports USU's efforts. State Services and Facilities The State of Utah has a number of regional offices and services located in Moab, necessitating cooperation with a number of different agencies. These locations include: • A Utah State office building • A Moab Workforce Services building • A UDOT yard • A Public Health office • A School and Institutional Trust Lands Administration (SITLA) office • An Adult Probation and Parole office • A Rehabilitation Services office • A State Liquor Store Federal Services and Facilities The federal government has headquarters and offices in or near Moab that include the National Park Service, the US Forest Service, the Bureau of Land Management, the US Geological Survey, and the Moab Interagency Fire Center. The activities of the federal government affect the City of Moab in many ways, necessitating cooperation with a number of different agencies. Non -Profit Services and Facilities Moab and Grand County have an extensive network of local non-profit organizations that provide services to residents and visitors. Some of the major local non -profits include: • Four Corners Community Behavioral Health • Moab Regional Hospital • Moab Free Health Clinic • Youth Garden Project • Moab Valley Multicultural Center • WabiSabi • Community Rebuilds • Salvation Army • Veterans of Foreign Wars • The Humane Society of MoabValley • Canyonlands Watershed Council • The Resiliency Hub Other Services and Facilities Moab residents and businesses are served by a number of utilities and communications providers, including: • Questar Gas • Rocky Mountain Power CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN Page 180 of 451 27 1 Page 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * • Frontier Communications • Emery Telcom • DirecTV and Dish TV • River Canyon Wireless To be most effective, a municipality's general plan should be in alignment with the goals and objectives of other community regulations and plans. As part of the General Plan Update process, the documents below have been considered part of the planning context to ensure consistency and support future implementation. City of Moab -e- r= "r'^'—±y,[12][13] Utah Water Conservation Plan Update (December 2016) The Water Conservation Plan is meant to address how Moab will meet its future water demand needs through water conservation programs and practices. The Conservation Plan Update recommends that the City embrace an initial goal of 25% reduction in culinary water consumption for both indoor and outdoor use over the next five years. In February 2017, the City Council approved an ordinance to create a citizens' Moab City Water Conservation and Drought Management Advisory Board to inform and advise the City Council on matters related to water conservation initiatives, capital projects, and policy. City of Moab Storm Water Management Plan (MSWMP) (1999) The MSWMP was created to address the impacts of past and future growth on the stormwater system and establishes an action plan to address those impacts. The 1999 Plan is in the process of being updated to the City of Moab Drainage Master Plan with expected completion in 2017[14]. The updated Master Plan will evaluate existing and future deficiencies in the storm drainage system within the City, and will present a list of capital projects to address those deficiencies moving forward. City of Moab Sanitary Sewer Master Plan (expected completion date late 2017415] A sewer system analysis was conducted based on growth in the City of Moab, Grand County and San Juan County. The Sanitary Sewer Master Plan will identify existing and future capacity deficiencies in the sewer collection system, and provide a capital facilities plan to address those deficiencies. City of Moab Water Storage and Distribution Master Plan ((expected completion date late 2017)[16] A drinking water systems analysis will be performed to examine the City's existing water rights at springs and wells, and to analyze the City's water storage and distribution system. The master plan will identify existing and future deficiencies in the water system, and develop a capital facilities plan to address those deficiencies. Natural Hazards: Pre -disaster Mitigation Plan for the Southeastern Region of Utah (2013) Based on the Disaster Mitigation and Cost Reduction Act, this required plan identifies potential hazards, potential losses, and possible mitigation measures to limit losses due to natural disasters. Grand County, Utah General Plan (2012) The Grand County General Plan establishes the county's goals for the future and provides direction for decisions affecting the use and development of land, preservation of open space, transportation systems, partnerships with other organizations, economic growth and the expansion of public facilities and services. The plan is written to provide general policy direction, 1 CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN Page 181 of 451 28 1 Page 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * guide decision -making and set priorities. Grand County & City of Moab Housing Study and Affordable Housing Plan (2009) This plan was prepared with collaboration between the City of Moab, Grand County, the Housing Authority of Southeastern Utah (HASU), and the Rural Community Assistance Corporation (RCAC). The study examined the supply of and demand for affordable housing and proposed goals and objectives to address affordable housing issues. Moab Area Housing Plan (2017) This is an update to the 2009 Plan above. The update was a joint effort of the Interlocal Housing Task Force, Grand County and the City of Moab. The 2017 plan is Appendix A in the General Plan. Grand County Non -Motorized Trails Master Plan (2011) Adopted by the city and county, the Grand County Non -Motorized Trails Master Plan provides a blueprint for an integrated trail system by cataloging existing trails and identifying strategic locations for future trail development. Spanish Valley Transportation Plan (2008) The Spanish Valley Transportation Plan addresses transportation issues with short- term and long-term improvement recommendations in the southern part of the ��nnr ■ nr�rnv. road improvements, roadway realignment, and the addition of bicycle lanes to some roads are all suggestions presented in the plan to alleviate future traffic concerns. The Plan establishes policy and recommendations to ease congestion and safety concerns based on population projections, expected land use changes, and anticipated traffic increases from population growth and tourism. North Corridor Gateway Plan (2002) Originally adopted in partnership with Grand County, the plan addresses future development along the northern route 191 gateway by establishing standards that reflect the community vision of land use and development design related to streetscape appearance. The plan became the (RC) Resort Commercial Zone and was applied to the properties in the North Corridor Annexation on August 12, 2008. Utah State University: Future Moab Campus Master Plan (2012) This planning document envisions the new University campus over a 30-year period transitioning from a small downtown site to a full campus in a recently annexed area. The plan establishes that the campus will be designed and constructed with an awareness of the environment, economics, community, aesthetics, and energy efficiency, to ensure it benefits the lives of students and Moab residents. 2020 Vision: A Sustainable Moab Plan (2008) This plan encourages water conservation, sustainable construction, reduced dependence on nonrenewable energy sources, and increased energy efficiency for new and existing structures. Community awareness and educational campaigns are proposed to show the financial and social benefits of sustainable practices. Affordable Housing A major challenge in Moab is the cost and availability of housing. Vacation properties and second homes dispersed throughout the community have inflated housing costs. A large percentage of jobs in Moab are in leisure, hospitality, and retail trade industries. Identifying and securing housing that supports the Moab workforce and their families has continued to be a priority for the City. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 29 Page Page 182 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * According to the 2010 Census, the median home value of owner -occupied units was $217,900 and the median household income was $39,085; in contrast, the median home value for the State of Utah is $221,300 and the median household income is $57,783. The Census also indicated that 18.9% of Moab's population is living below the poverty line, in contrast to 11.4% statewide. In 2016 the average assessed value of all homes in Grand County was $296,000 according to the Grand County Assessor. In 2016 the Area Median Income (AMI) for Grand County was $64,300. According to data from the 2014 US Census Bureau 29.2% of the Grand County population earns less than $20,000/year and Grand County is ranked 26th of all counties in the state of Utah. This represents a slight improvement from 2010 numbers of 33% and 28th respectively. Arts & Culture Moab has a thriving arts community. The Moab Arts Council lists nearly 901oca1 artists in Moab, and there are many events and educational programs throughout the year for residents and visitors. There are numerous galleries throughout the city. The Museum of Moab on Center Street celebrates both the human and natural history of the area. The Moab to Monument Valley Film Commission is the longest running film commission in the U.S. The area's unparalleled landscape has lent itself to dozens of movies over the years, and will likely continue to be a small, yet important, facet of the City's economy and culture. Environmental Sustainability Moab has been on the forefront of renewable energy implementation, water conservation, and water quality protection -practices making them priorities for sustaining the local populace. As a leader in the movement towards clean energy, Moab has been purchasing wind energy and has encouraged residents to do the same. In 2003 this earned Moab the title of First EPA Green Power Community in the Nation. The City built on its commitment to energy and environmental sustainability in 2008, by adopting its 2020 Vision: A Sustainable Moab Plan. Among other goals, this Plan set an objective to reduce the use of non-renewable fuels by 20% and increase the City government's use of renewable energy sources by 20% by 2020. In doing this, Moab hoped to create a model for local citizens and other communities to follow. Since then, solar panels have been constructed on the roofs of most of the city buildings. In addition, in early 2017, the City committed to transition municipal operations to 100% renewable electricity by 2027, and to transition everyone else within City limits to renewable electricity by 2032. While working toward these goals, the City will also be taking steps to reduce community greenhouse gas emissions by 80% by 2040 (50% by 2032). Although few major water conservation campaigns have been undertaken, the community has found ways to reduce their consumption per household over time. Moab has noticed significantly lower usage per household than the state average despite the hot and arid climate. In the Vision 2020 Plan, Moab set a goal of reducing per -household, per -business, and City -owned facilities' water use by 20% by 2020. The 2017 appointment of a Moab City Water Conservation and Drought Management Advisory Board combined with the 2016 update of the City's Water Conservation Plan should help the City make greater strides toward meeting its 2020 goals as well as other water conservation and CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN Page 183 of 451 30 Page 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * protection commitments. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 311 Page Page 184 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * CHAPTER 3 — GENERAL PLAN UPDATE AND PROCESS Backgrounu CHAPTER 3 — GENERAL PLAN UPDATE AND PROCESS 1111. 1C111 \1,1141C11 i 1U11 CLUV,1111L11 I11-,,111I 1..41 stir= Public Engagement Creating the General Plan Update was a community -based process that focused on what Moab residents' value about their community and identified opportunities for improvement from a variety of perspectives. The economy, the environment, transportation and connectivity, neighborhoods, and arts and culture were all topics considered during the process. The General Plan, as updated, is meant to be used by decision -makers and the community The plan includes maps, illustrations, and sections that highlight certain accomplishments of the City since 2002. A Core Planning Team consisting of city _staff, county staff and the city planning commission was established to oversee the update process. The team was responsible for reviewing planning consultant applications through the RFP process. SE Group was chosen and assisted with the initial public participation phase. The Core Planning Team facilitated public noticing, provided technical support, led discussions, and drafted the document for review by the Planning Commission and the public. Based on public, Planning Commission and City Council comments collected since 2012, the Core Planning Team produced this final General Plan Update. Beginning in 2012, the City made public engagement a priority for the update. To achieve a high level of public engagement, the Core Planning Team and planning consultants utilized a variety of methods, including the following: 1. Web outreach 2. Open house 3. Stakeholder interviews (50+) 4. Sounding Board sessions (2) 5. Topic Forums (4) 6. Stakeholder Meetings and Workshop 7. Other meetings Each method is described below. Web Outreach As part of the effort to make the Moab General Plan Update a community -based process, a project website was created and provided ongoing information on public events and progress. People were also able to submit input via the website to the planning consultants. In addition to the website, the planning team used email to inform the community about events. People signed up for mail lists at public meetings or via the website. At any point in the process, members of the community were able to provide comments or ask questions through the email link available on the website as well, which were then distributed to the consultants and Core Team. Open House On Wednesday, August 1, 2012 from 5:30- CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 32 Page Page 185 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * 7:30 p.m., a community open house was held at Moab City Hall and was attended by approximately three dozen people including City staff and administrators, residents and homeowners, business owners, and Moab City and Grand County public officials. The main objectives of the open house meeting were to inform the community about the General Plan Update and to get their initial insight on how to make the General Plan document stronger, more relevant and more in tune with today's vision. Poster boards were arranged around the room and participants used stars and green dots to indicate what they thought worked well in the past and what remains pertinent today. Stakeholder Interviews Nearly 50 stakeholder interviews were conducted over a two-day period at the onset of the planning process. Interviewees came from a range of backgrounds and roles within Moab, from business owners to long-time residents and specialists from the fields of education, housing, public works, recreation and more. Some of these interviews were conducted on an individual basis while others were conducted in a group setting with two or three people at a time. This approach resulted in intriguing discussions around some of Moab's most pressing planning topics. Themes that emerged were: • Retail needs • Year-round economic sustainability • City improvements and services • Community pride • Water resources • Neighborhood/character preservation • Government and process • Land use, growth and opportunity areas • Affordable housing • Public transportation and connectivity "Sounding Board" Sessions Sounding Board sessions were held as casual community forums to meet with members of the planning team, learn about the process and provide input on the plan update. Each session was 2 hours in length and was held at a different time and location to reach different segments of the Moab community. The morning session was held at the Wake N' Bake coffee shop and the afternoon session was held at the Moab Recreation and Aquatic Center. • Wake N' Bake This session was held in the morning in order to reach the community in an informal setting. A handful of people attended, and because of the small number, conversations were in-depth and one-on-one. Mayor Dave Sakrison, Planning Director Jeff Reinhart and Economic Development Director Ken Davey were also on hand to answer questions from the public. Much of the discussion revolved around neighborhoods, character preservation, and affordable housing. Topics included the future of the Grand Oasis mobile home park, increased density in residential areas, the highly valued eclectic architecture, solar gain, and the variation of lot sizes in Moab. • Moab Recreation and Aquatic Center (MRAC) The afternoon session was aimed at reaching families, children, and residents who otherwise would be less likely to provide input on the General Plan Update. The afternoon time frame was selected because the MRAC is busy during that time of day. While adults visited with members of the planning team, children ate ice cream and drew pictures of what they loved most about Moab (see below). CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 33 Page Page 186 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * wh.+s cox-6yori+t M ( • .._,. The value of the MRAC to the community as a recreation center and central gathering place was expressed by many of those who stopped to talk. People also expressed what a fantastic place Moab is to raise a family, although some noted the high cost of living and lack of available shopping options for families. Residents noted the importance of the nearby national parks to the stability of the tourism economy. Participants advocated for more connectivity between the City and the parks, either through public transportation or biking connections. There was also general support for promoting alternative transportation throughout Moab and decreasing auto - dependency. Several business owners/tour operators would like to see more partnerships fostered across the business community to promote the area as a place with friendly, outstanding service. They would like to see the reputation of Moab grow as a place with amazing resources and attractions offering an exceptional experience. Several people voiced support for promoting solar energy usage asserting that Moab could be a model community for relying on renewable energy with its exceptional year- round solar resources. Topic Forum Discussion Series These four one -hour lunch sessions were held at the local USU Campus. Each forum began with a video presentation of background information, followed by a group discussion. Several Core Team members were present to facilitate and provide more information as questions arose. The Topic Forums were open to the public, and video recordings of the presentations were posted to the project website for additional comment and discussion. The Topic Forums were: 1. Neighborhoods, October 16, 2012 2. Economic Sustainability October 17, 2012 3. Living with the Environment October 18, 2012 4. Getting Around Moab October 25, 2012 The Topic Forums further explored these ideas and the general themes identified during the public input process. These Topic Forums helped shape the goals and policies found in chapter 3. The Neighborhoods forum focused on the character of neighborhoods and the role they play in the Moab community. Moab is home to distinct residential areas that were built at different times and community members present identified with where they live. Many felt strongly that policies should help preserve certain attributes of their neighborhoods and encourage future improvements. Another theme was the Original Moab Townsite, which is cherished for walkability, varied architectural styles and lot sizes, and mix of residents. Houses, duplexes and apartment buildings currently exist side by side with historic buildings original to the city. Gardens and old trees thrive in the area. Community members wanted to ensure that new development and redevelopment in this part of Moab should carefully consider the context and impacts to existing character in its design and site planning Other residential neighborhoods that were specifically discussed included the Nichols - Bowen neighborhood, Mountain View, and CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN Page 187 of 451 34 Page 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * Grand Oasis. Nichols -Bowen is close enough to be walkable to downtown, yet far enough away to feel separate from tourism activity. Mountain View is a Levittown style of development built for miners and their families in the 1950s and is today a thriving single-family neighborhood. Grand Oasis is a manufactured home park that provides over 300 families with affordable housing options. Residents expressed concern that the future viability of the park as a residential neighborhood is in jeopardy. It was felt that all types of housing opportunities were important for residents of various interest, ages, and walks of life. In the Economic Sustainability Topic Forum and throughout the public process, community members identified increasing employment diversification and improving the availability of retail goods and services as general goals. Participants felt the development of a Utah State University destination campus would act as a catalyst for quality jobs and more educational opportunities for residents, and would make it easier for young people to remain in the community On the question of large-scale retail operations in Moab, participants had differing views. Some felt large-scale retail would negatively impact existing retail outlets, while others felt large- scale retail would allow Moab to prevent retail "leakage" to Grand Junction and online. Support was expressed for programs to develop local businesses related to food service, the arts, and home occupations. Participants indicated they would look favorably upon environmentally "sustainable" enterprises. Living with the Environment focused on Moab's natural environment, surroundings, and environmental sustainability. Water quality and water conservation were brought up in the early public outreach events and were discussed in more detail in the topic forums. Water usage, while conservatively low according to the Water Conservation Plan, is still a priority of the City and residents. Some community members stated that they would like to see a scientific study done to quantify the amount of water available in the aquifer for future needs. Residents offered ideas on how the City could improve the retention of water during storm events. They encouraged the use of swales and storm drainage mechanisms that would allow more water to irrigate urban gardens and greenery. Similarly, people voiced interest in having a constant flow of water in Mill Creek. Participants expressed support for recycling, reuse and composting through a series of public/ private partnerships in Moab. They felt that this will be important in the future for reducing the City's output of solid waste and subsequent carbon footprint. Residents shared that they view Moab's surrounding landscape as very important to the community and believe protecting it has significant positive implications for Moab's economy and quality of life. Discussion points related to this 1 CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN Page 188 of 451 35 1 Page 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * centered on reducing light pollution, regulating ridgeline development, and the importance of integrating new construction with the natural landscape. In the Getting Around Moab Topic Forum and throughout the public process, community members supported multi -modal (vehicles, bikes, walking, transit) connectivity throughout Moab especially between outlying tourist accommodations and downtown. Another concern discussed was to provide better pedestrian crossings along Main Street within downtown. motorized and non -motorized modes of transportation. The wide streets of Moab provide an ideal setting to implement these elements. Stakeholder Meetings and Workshops Public Meeting: Exploring Moab Workshop was held at Moab City Hall on November 8, 2012. Approximately 30 community members and business owners participated in the workshop, along with several staff and public officials from the City of Moab and Grand County. During the workshop, community members participated in an exercise focused on development patterns and character at different densities. The purpose of this workshop was to invite the Moab community to flesh out key planning topics from previous public outreach efforts. Through a hands-on small group exercise using visual examples, participants explored future possibilities for Moab. They developed concept maps that detailed opportunities and challenges using the four topic areas of Economic Sustainability, Neighborhoods, Getting Around Moab, and Living with the Environment. The input from this workshop provided information for the Future Land Use Map and policies of the 2013 General Plan Update. Other Meetings Other meetings included workshops and public hearings held by the Planning Commission. The City Council also held meetings to receive comments from the public in the early part of 2015. In April of 2017 the Planning Commission held a final public workshop to unveil the updated plan to the public. The Planning Commission also held a public hearing prior to forwarding their recommendation for adoption to the City Council. The implementation stage of the City of Moab General Plan occurs as rezoning, development and annexation requests are made, as zoning and subdivision ordinances are revised, as capital improvement programs are developed, and as budgets are prepared. In order to preserve the integrity of the Moab General Plan, and to ensure that it reflects the changing needs of residents of Moab, it shall be the policy of the Moab Planning Commission and City Council that: 1. Moab General Plan policies will be used to guide the implementation of City ordinances and resolutions. 2. All ordinance changes, rezoning, or improvement programs should be in conformance with the expressed policies and maps of the General Plan. 3. The General Plan should be reviewed annually not only to ensure that the policies and programs are consistent with changing trends and conditions in the City, but also to best reflect the goals and needs of the community. 4. Requests for a plan amendment may be made by the general public, the City Planning Commission, or elected officials. The burden of establishing CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 36 Page Page 189 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * 1 that any amendment to the General Plan is in the best interests of the City shall rest on the applicant. To justify such a plan amendment, the applicant must show that the change will promote the general welfare of the community and support the community goals and policies expressed in the General Plan. 1 CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 37 1 Page Page 190 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * CHAPTER 4 — COMMUNITY VISION i The Community Vision is a group of statements that summarize the values shared by the community for the future. The Vision was originally written as part of the 2002 General Plan, and has been revised as part of this update based on public input. All elements, goals and policies relate back to the community vision for Moab. [17] A Vision for 1vloab 1 Evolving and sustaining a complete community that values a diverse and stable resident population, a healthy environment, a resilient economy, and the arts & culture. In planning for the future of Moab, the community vision encompasses the following goals: -). PrioritizeProvide housing opportunities for all residents in the community. �. Promote Downtown Moab as a center of commercialmixed use activity, employment and residential uses.. -». PromotePlan for a compact development pattern that makes efficient use of public facilities and services, encourages mixed uses, protects open spaces and minimizes urban sprawl. �. Maintain and enhance Moab's small town character, including safe and quiet neighborhoods, and commercial hubs offering a range of products and services. -. Encourage community -wide multi-modal(walking/biking/pathway) connectivity, between schools, neighborhoods, wor-k-plac-e-sworkplaces, downtown, and tourist destinationspopular amenities. -». Encourage a diverseresilient economy, with a mix of year-round employment opportunitiesjobs offering competitive salaries and meaningful work to raise re,idefit-stonflar-d-ef-li-viog-t-br-ougla, a skilled and educated workforce, and an eeener ioall viab'ec-omm nityentrepreneurial culture. �. Recognize the value of Moab's surrounding landscape, including dark skies, solar access, and other natural resources to enhance the quality of life for community residents and to ensure the longevity of Moab's tourism industry. 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * • Manage the landscape and resources on which the city depends, encouraging conservation and waste minimization, to sustain the city in perpetuity. • Promote government which is fiscally and legally sound, with engaged and informed citizenry, well -maintained assets and infrastructure, transparency, and efficient operating processes. 1 CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 39 1 Page Page 192 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * CHAPTER 5 — ELEMENTS, GOALS, POLICIES AND ACTION STEPS Nine (9) Elements I The Moab City General Plan is divided into nine elements: Element 1 - Economic Development Addresses the role of the City in promoting balanced economic development and diversified employment in the area. Element 2 - Environmental Sustainability Outlines the role of the City in addressing impacts on the environment and the quality of life for current and future residents. Element 3 - Land Use and Growth Encompasses commercial, residential, industrial, and other land use. Element 4 - Housing Addresses housing needs in terms of quality, quantity and affordability. Element 5 - Parks and Recreation Includes planning for park facilities and recreation within Moab. Element 6 - Arts and Culture Addresses City's support for arts and cultural programs and the value of community diversity. Element 7 - Transportation and Circulation Involves planning for arterial, collector, and local traffic circulation, and for bicycle and pedestrian traffic. Element 8 - Public Works Addresses the capacities and needs of community facilities and services. Element 9 - Civic Services and Facilities Addresses municipal properties, law enforcement, health and emergency services, and education in Moab. Each element includes goals, policies, and action steps. Annexation, land use, transportation and other elements have an accompanying plan map. Below is a brief description of each: 1. Goals - Goals are normally stated in broad terms because they reflect wide community values. They provide the City with direction. 2. Policies - Guidelines that should be followed in order to achieve the stated goals. 3. Action Steps - Recommended courses of action to achieve goals in accordance with stated policies. The list is not complete; items may be added or deleted depending on the circumstances. 4. Plan maps for annexation, land use, transportation and other elements show spatial relationships of CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 40 Page Page 193 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * land use and the desired direction of growth. 1 CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 41 1 Page Page 194 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * ELEMENT 1: ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT GOAL 1: GENERAL Promote a vibrant local economy that supports the unique quality of life and character of Moab. Policy 1: Continue to promote Downtown Moab as a primary commercial core of the community for residents and visitors. Action Steps: Work with the Chamber of Commerce to develop a downtown business group. Develop a Downtown Plan to define a central business district and expand and enhance pedestrian, cultural, service (eating, etc}.} and shopping opportunities, manage vehicular through traffic in balance with other downtown values, improve wayfinding, and parking plan. c. Explore mechanisms to allow existing downtown residences to remain inhabited and be renovated. d. Modify zoning code to promote a quantity and distribution of downtown street -level retail that supports the pedestrian experience, and a balance between lodging, restaurants, retail, and other business types. Policy 2: Weigh the costs and benefits of new commercial and industrial development while evaluating the required expansion of public facilities and services for those projects. Action Steps: Require or conduct project -specific feasibility analyses to determine impacts on public facilities and requirements for upgrade or expansion. b=_ Regularly update impact fee -and rate analyses, and modify fees and rates as appropriate. c., Ensure that infrastructure improvements that benefit new development be the financial responsibility of the new development. Policy 3: Encourage local businesses and industries to grow and thrive. Action Steps: a. Participate in and support Small Business Development Center activities and programs. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 42 Page Page 195 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * b=_ Investigate incentives for storefront development and enhancement. c. Support the Local First campaign. d. Encourage City departments to shop locally whenever feasible. Policy 54: Facilitate the growth of local businesses and industries in a context appropriate to Moab. (size, scale, etc.) Action Steps: a. Develop and enforce land use and design standards for commercial development. b._ Encourage business development that complements the existing economy and business offerings. c. Work with community leaders to use the findings of the 2016 Area Sector Analysis Process (ASAP) to encourage business growth and recruitment. Policy 65: Encourage development of a small-scale private convention facility in Moab. Action Steps: Review development plans and provide input on the potential effect the development may have on the community. Policy _: Promote an appealing driving, bicycling, and walking experience for residents and visitors. Action Steps: a:. Investigate incentives, including via LUC, for storefront development and enhancement. Develop a beautification program, including shade trees, and revisiting sign and lighting codes. c-, Continue implementation of the Gateway Plan. d. Study alternative street design and traffic calming measures (eg moving parking off main ;treetMain Street to allow wider sidewalks for outdoor seating, vegetation, art, pedestrians and bicycles). CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 43 Page Page 196 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * Policy 87: Support well -planned festivals and events that appeal to a wide array of residents and visitors and provide a net benefit to the community, without undue impact on residential neighborhoods. Action Steps: a:. Review and evaluate events through the special event committee. Periodically review and update the special event fee structure, and what types of events (e-ge.g. commercial events, community events, events with amplified sounds etc),) are permitted at different City facilities (ege.g. Old City Park, Swanny Park, Lions Park etc)7,1 c., Coordinate with the Moab Area Travel Council, County, Bureau of Land Management, US Forest Service, and other event permitters and organizers. d. Assess the upper limit of events the community can handle in terms of infrastructure, parking, law enforcement, and emergency medical services. e. Consider setting aside some weekends as "No Event" weekends to offer residents a break from "festival fatigue." Policy : Identify and explore new economic development opportunities with the goals of increasing community economic stability, increasing the proportion of jobs which pay a living wage (often shortened to diversification or resiliency),), Action Steps: a. Participate in State Economic Development efforts to expand statewide activities. b. Participate with the county on an economic development entity -to coordinate community -wide economic development activities. c. Seek and leverage funding for cultural, trail development and other recreational opportunities. d. Form an economic development planning group to create a community -wide economic development plan. e. Coordinate and cooperate with Grand County on the zoning for light industry, -business parks, and other desirable commercial land uses for which suitable sites may not be readily located in one or the other jurisdiction-. f. Explore opportunities to diversify Moab's economy. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 44 Page Page 197 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * Policy 4-09: Refine the- promotion of tourism and events to maximize the economic and cultural benefits to the community, and minimizing the impact on resident quality of life and infrastructure. Action Steps: a. Regularly consult with Grand County Council on tourism related issues. b. Work with citizens to form a community residential committee (CRC) for regular input. Policy _ _ _ _.: Promote and enhance retail offerings that serve the everyday needs of residents and visitors. Action Steps: a. Conduct a market study to measure how effectively Moab meets the local supply and demand for goods and services. b. Evaluate zone5areas for adequate supply of appropriately zoned space. c. Create small area plans for the different commercial zones in the City (400E, 100W 500W etc4,) clarifying what retail offerings are envisioned now and in the future. Policy 4211: Coordinate and cooperate with Grand County to ensure adequate land and appropriate zoning for light industrial or business parks. Action Steps: a. Form an economic development planning group to create a community -wide economic development plan. Policy I-'" ": Identify and explore economic development opportunities for new and existing high- tech industries. Action Steps: a. Encourage and facilitate "meet -up" opportunities for tech businesses. b. Assess and if needed seek improvements to communications infrastructure. c. Support other agencies in providing a competitive menu of medical and educational services. d. Maintain a high environmental quality. e. Provide access to renewable electricity. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 45 Page Page 198 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * 1 Policy 11b13: Provide local government support for privately funded and publicly funded employee housing alternatives. Action Steps: a. Pursue outside funding options to match and leverage private and non-profit housing resources. b. Partner with Housing Authority of Southeastern Utah to promote and pursue federal and state financing options including grants and tax credit financing. c. Work with Grand County, other rural communities, and the State of Utah to solve workforce housing issues. d. Solicit current information on Federal Housing Programs and funding from the USDA Department of Rural Development. Policy 1714: Support ongoing higher education programs in Moab and the pursuit of a local destination campus. Action Steps: a. Require concurrent development of housing affordable to the numbers and income mix of students, faculty and staff generated by the campus development -on properties adjacent to- the campus. b. Support the expansion of educational opportunities offered by Utah State University, particularly those relevant to jobs available ;,anticipated, and desir ublcdesirable in Moab. c. Continue to provide funding for the higher education campus set -aside fund. 1 CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 46 1 Page Page 199 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * ********** ELEMENT 2: ENVIRONMENTAL SUSTAINABILITY GOAL 1: GENERAL ➢ Provide an enhanced quality of life through environmental stewardship. Policy 1: Collaborate with local businesses and residents to expand opportunities for environmental sustainability. Action Steps: a. Update and expand the "2020 Vision: A Sustainable Moab Plan" to reflect the City's accomplishments and set new goals, including goals in the 2016 Water Conservation Plan Update and the 2017 commitments to 100% renewable electricity and greenhouse gas emission reductions. b. ********** GOAL 2: VISUAL RESOURCES Protect the visual resources of Moab. Policy 1: Preserve viewsheds of ridgelines, hillsides, mountains. Action Steps: a. Update hillside development regulations to reflect current development trends. b. Work with other government and land use agencies to protect viewsheds of Moab residents. c. Continue to assess visual impacts as part of the development review process. d. Continue to require visual screening of developments that affect residents' views. e. e. Revisit code to make sure there are adequate provisions to provide buffering, particularly between neighboring zones and uses. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 47 Page Page 200 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * Policy 2: Enhance Moab's rural character through protection of the natural darkness of the night sky. Target 1: Action Steps: a. Receive IDA International Dark Sky Community designation by 2019. b. Target 2: Reduce human caused sky glow as measured at one or more nearby state era federal parks by 20% by 2025. 141-etien4teps c. Inventory city owned outdoor lighting, and bring into best practices by June 30, 2018. Support local organizations and efforts to educate about and promote dark skies, and quality outdoor lighting practices. b. Ee. Update and amend the Moab Municipal Code outdoor lighting elements to ensure that new and existing lighting provides for safe and aesthetic illumination, while minimizing light trespass on neighboring properties and up lighting. Update will reflect current best practices as jointly established by the Illumination Engineering Society of North Americas and the International Dark Sky Association, equivalent professional organizations, and succesfulsuccessful and well -established Dark Sky Communities. ********** CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 48 Page Page 201 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * GOAL 3: AIR QUALITY Maintain a high standard of air quality in the region to enhance and protect the health of the community, the environment and the scenic resources. Policy 1: Work to improve local air quality particularly during temperature inversions in winter months. Action Steps: a. Promote the use of less polluting heat sources through public information efforts. b. Cooperate with the State of Utah in air quality monitoring efforts. c. Support actions that facilitate Arches and Canyonlands National Parks retaining class I air status. d. Amend burn days to reduce open burning during inversions. e. Adopt policies to reduce idling of motor vehicles. f. Explore possibility of setting up an EPA AIRNow air quality monitoring station in the City limits. Policy 2: Promote the use of alternative transportation that is non-polluting or reduces fossil fuel consumption. Action Steps: a. Continue to explore public transportation options, from shuttles to taxis to ride sharing. b. Continue to expand and maintain bike lanes and paved non -motorized routes, and their local and regional interconnectivity. c. Create incentives for City staff to walk or bicycle to work. d. Set an example by transitioning the City vehicle fleet to electric -from gasoline/diesel. Policy 3: Encourage and promote energy conservation and the use of clean alternative energy sources such as solar, wind, etc. Action Steps: a. Promote utility provider programs and non-profit organizations that encourage energy efficiency and alternative energy sources. b. Educate residents about resources available to help them conserve energy, and convert to using renewable energy. c. Hire sustainability director to implement the City's 2020 Vision goals, as well as its goals to transition to 100% renewable electricity and to reduce greenhouse gas emissions by 80%. d. Support the County in setting similar goals. e. Establish funding to help low-income residents invest in rooftop solar/energy efficiency. f. Defend net metering in Utah to keep rooftop solar accessible to local utility customers. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 49 1 Page Page 202 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * g• Consider adding solar panels to additional City locations, such as to shade existing parking lots. Policy 4: Discourage projects that would substantially decrease air quality. Action Steps: a. a. Monitor industrial and other projects within and outside City limits that may impact air quality within City limits. b. Amend city code to provide basis to deny land use permit for projects that would substantively decrease air quality. bc. Contact regional and State representatives expressing the City's opposition to such projects. GOAL 1-V4: WATER QUALITY Protect ground, spring and surface water quality. Policy 1: Ensure that development and activities within the City do not negatively impact water quality. Action Steps: a. Review, evaluate, and take action on activities and development projects and land use changes both inside and outside the City limits to protect the quality of the City's water resources. b. Discourage the use of chemicals that could adversely affect water quality or harm the aquifer, especially in drinking water source protection areas. c. Continue monitoring water quality. d. Participate in and support further ground water studies. e. Regularly update the drinking water source protection plans and related ordinances. £ Require project -specific drinking water source protection plans for projects in the City's drinking water source protection areas, and include a requirement for bonding to cover losses due to contamination or jeopardy of the aquifer. g. Maintain EPA sole source aquifer designation. h. Adopt a green infrastructure ordinance for stormwater management to protect water CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 50 Page Page 203 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * I quality, increase localized groundwater recharge and offset landscape irrigation through matching plantings with green infrastructure treatments. GOAL 5: WATER SUPPLY ➢ Preserve the community's access to pristine (or high quality) culinary water. Policy 1: Work with other government agencies to determine future culinary water availability. Action Steps: a. Participate in the United States Geological Survey and Utah Division of Water Rights regional ground water studies. b. Work to establish a regional water authority that will include all water systems in the watershed including Moab City, Grand Water and Sewer Service Agency, Castle Valley, and water systems in southern Spanish Valley and Pack Creek. Policy 2: Preserve and expand City of Moab water rights. Action Steps: a. Ensure that the City maintains its current water rights. b. Investigate the acquisition of additional water rights. GOAL 6: ENERGY AND RESOURCE CONSERVATION Reduce energy resource waste and expand the community's use of renewable energy. Policy 1: Encourage energy conservation. Action Steps: a. Adopt measures to improve the energy efficiency of existing and future City buildings and vehicles, looking into the possibility of assuring new structures are net zero. b. Work with utilities and other private businesses, residents, Grand County, regional government agencies, the State of Utah, non-profit organizations and federal agencies to 1 CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 511 Page Page 204 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * promote and adopt energy efficiency and environmentally sustainable programs and projects. c. Educate residents on the various ways in which they can conserve energy, reduce waste, and introduce the use of renewables. d. Support weatherization programs for the homes of the elderly and lower income families. e. Balance the benefits of land use efficiency (higher density) and providing- solar access on adjacent sites. Policy 2: Promote efficiency and use of renewable energy resources. Action Steps: a. Support a Green Builders program that provides information and incentives to builders to use passive solar design, above minimum insulation, efficient heating/cooling, etc. b. Promote and help expand community -wide recycling and re -use programs. 1 CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 52 1 Page Page 205 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * GOAL 7: AURAL ENVIRONMENT Re-duee Decrease peak and ambient noise levels by 2020_ Policy 1: Seek to reduce noise levels so that —residents can peacefully enjoy their property, and4a provide a pleasant environment for businesses and visitors. Action Steps: A,a. Enforce existing noise regulations, vehicle equipment laws and vehicle speed limits consistently and fairly. B. Enforce vehicle equipment laws consistently and fairly.. C. Enforce vehicle speed limits. D. Install traffic calming tools. E,b. Engage in transportation planning to, among other goals, include traffic calming devices and reduce noise for all residents. lic. Lobby state legislature to give local governments a reasonable amount of control to manage noise producing machines/vehicles/activities. Frd. Support efforts to educate en -visitors and residents about the impactsimpact of noise on neighborhoods. l4,e. Evaluate additional tools to reduce noise pollution and develop goals, policies and action steps to as „-;— concern ELEMENT : LAND USEA D GROWTH ELEMENT 3: LAND USE AND GROWTH GOAL 1: GENERAL ➢ Encourage a diverse, compact, and efficient land use pattern that promotes resident quality of life and is aligned with the city's character, economy, and vision. Policy 1: Encourage development to consider the appearance, design, financial impact, and amenities of the community. Action Steps: a. Emphasize connectivity and walkability in order to facilitate healthy lifestyles and decreased vehicle reliance. b. Promote commercial centers that meet the everyday needs of residents and visitors. c. Encourage mixed -use development where appropriate. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 53 Page Page 206 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * 1 1 d. Encourage redevelopment, infill development, aesthetics and pedestrian access in the downtown area. e. Work with Grand County to evaluate the impacts of growth and development in the south corridor area. f. Encourage compact development patterns. Policy 2: Anticipate and plan for impacts of future growth on all city utilities, services, and infrastructure as well as resident quality of life. Action Steps: a. Continue to explain code regulations to developers and residents to foster mutual understanding of expectations. ********** GOAL 2: NATURAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONSTRAINTS ➢ Protect residents and property, and prevent public costs associated with development in hazardous areas. Policy 1: Restrict development in areas that present natural hazards to human life, property, and natural resources. Action Steps: a. Enforce hillside development regulations to ensure that erosion, drainage and hazardous rock fall problems are mitigated. b. Identify geologic hazards and restrict development in these areas. c. Require properties in floodways to maintain the flood channels and keep them clear of debris. d. Ensure that stream banks and hillsides are (re)vegetated to protect against erosion. e. Require observation of -noxious weed restrictions. f. Restrict development within identified riparian zones or critical wildlife habitat areas. g. Preserve natural drainage ways for stormwater. h. Continue to ensure that development plans address stormwater concerns. (or, ...reasonbly minimize offsite stormwater flows, unless addressed in larger scale stormawater management plans?) ********** 1 CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 54 1 Page Page 207 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * GOAL 3: URBAN DESIGN AND CHARACTER PRESERVATION Promote an urban design that is compatible with the history, culture and character of Moab. Policy 1: Continue to consider visual appearance criteria in site design, architecture and landscaping of new construction to encourage and promote innovative, quality urban design and efficient land use patterns. Action Steps: a. Promote design -oriented improvement and beautification projects in downtown. b. Promote an attractive gateway entrance at Moab's two primary arrival points on Highway 191 (north and south), through signage, landscaping, and traffic calming features. c. Amend the sign regulations to balance aestheticesaesthetics, safety,_and business needs. d. Encourage the use of native and drought -resistant (xeriscape) trees, shrubs, flowers and grasses on —parks, planting strips and medians. e. Protect residential values so that Moab is a pleasant place to raise a family. f. Encourage green development and alternative engineering to minimize run off and maximize absorption of water. GOAL 4: RESOURCE PROTECTION Ensure the protection of Moab's natural and scenic resources. Policy 1: Require development to consider impacts on the natural environment and protect cultural and historical resources. Action Steps: a. Encourage the preservation of areas critical to local wildlife as habitat and corridors through open space designation or conservation easements. b. Continue to encourage the establishment of green ways, parks, trail corridors, and open space within new development. c. Promote sustainable building practices in construction projects and recognize those projects that have taken such initiatives. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 55 Page Page 208 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * d. Continue to protect scenic views and night skies by minimizing light pollution. e. Protect culturally and historically significant resources found within development areas. f. Utilize best management practices for soil conservation, including minimizing soil disturbance to avoid resulting erosion, weeds and dust. Policy 2: Encourage the establishment of open space and natural areas throughout the city. Action Steps: a. Consider greenbelts and greenways as forms of open space for area residents. b. Identify critical lands to be conserved within the city limits and the annexation areas. ********** GOAL 5: STREET TREES AND LANDSCAPING ➢ Improve the overall visual, recreational and environmental quality of the community through the use of trees and vegetation. Policy 1: Utilize climate -appropriate vegetation to beautify and provide shade in and around paved areas. Action Steps: a. Enhance and increase landscaping in parking areas and planting strips. b. Plant climate -appropriate trees in and around streets and parking areas to provide shade and more comfortable public spaces. c. Consider integrating permaculture tools such as curb cuts to help water sueh-vegetation. Policy 2: Encourage the preservation and enhancement of existing landscape resources. Action Steps: a. Continue planning and developing the Mill Creek and Pack Creek Parkway. b. Support community efforts to beautify public spaces and private properties with climate - appropriate trees, shrubs and ground covers. c. Encourage new development to preserve existing native trees and vegetation. d. Support the goals of the City Urban Forester and Public Works department to develop an effective and diverse community forestry program. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 56 1 Page Page 209 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * Policy 3: Encourage appropriate plant selection to minimize maintenance and water usage. Action Steps: a. Develop landscape design suggestions and lists of appropriate trees, shrubs and flowers that will flourish in our climate. b. Discourage practices that will result in the growth and proliferation of noxious and invasive weed species. Policy 4: Improve the highway landscapes in Moab. Action Steps: a. Utilize climate -appropriate trees, shrubs, flowers, natural landscaping and historic building materials and machinery to beautify the "gateways" at the north and south ends of town. GOAL 6: HISTORIC PRESERVATION ➢ Preserve historic elements throughout the community. Policy 1: Encourage the preservation and rehabilitation of historic and culturally significant structures. Action Steps: a. Consider the establishment of an historic preservation board. b. Explore ways to allow owners of existing homes downtown to upgrade them to modern building standards; and still live in them. c. Encourage new development to be compatible with the historic character and integrity of the community. ********** GOAL 7: COMMERCIAL ➢ Promote appropriate commercial development while maintaining quality of life for residents. Policy 1: Consider zone changes and adjustments that balance property rights and community benefits. Action Steps: a. Encourage mixed -use development that integrates retail, general commercial and CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 57 1 Page Page 210 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * residential uses in a manner that preserves Moab's sales tax revenues and promotes a self-contained neighborhood atmosphere. b. Investigate the potential of live -work units. c. Consider the establishment of neighborhood -scale commercial opportunities providing convenient goods and services to nearby residents. d. Consider establishing commercial zoning areas for uses not compatible with downtown retail and general commercial areas. Policy 2: Work with property owners and businesses to create more appealing commercial areas for residents. Action Steps: a. In collaboration with property owners and businesses, consider designs suggestions or guidelines that incorporate Moab's character and natural surroundings. Conduct RFP to develop architectural standards for commercial development. b. Solicit a Request for Proposals (RFP) to develop architectural standards for commercial development. thc. Encourage property owners and businesses to develop local improvement plans to enhance the shopping experience of the area for residents. Policy 3: Work with the business community and community -at -large to promote a positive business climate. Action Steps: a. Review commercial development regulations. b. Work with property owners to encourage planters, flower boxes, benches, shade and other outdoor enhancements. ********** GOAL 8: RESIDENTIAL ➢ Promote a variety of housing types and neighborhoods for primary residences. Policy 1: Work with developers and neighborhoods to promote different, densities and forms. Action Steps: 1 CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 58 1 Page Page 211 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * a. Promote walkable, bikeable neighborhoods through continued improvements to sidewalks, pedestrian amenities, bicycle lanes, and street crossings. b. Promote compact design and development that maximizes the efficiency of City services. c. Encourage the maintenance and improvement of residential properties. d. Increase neighborhood parks as opportunities arise. Maximise utilitzationMaximize utilization of existing parks. e. Protect existing neighborhoods and develop new family -oriented neighborhoods. £ Consider code changes that will allow a greater variety of housing development types, from temporary employee housing to tiny homes, etc. g. Amend city code to maximize utilization of housing as primary residences. ********** GOAL 9: INDUSTRIAL ➢ Provide city areas appropriate for light industrial economic activity. Policy 1: Ensure that zoning properly buffers light industrial uses from residential neighborhoods. Action Steps: a. Locate industrial uses close to main roadways and available utilities. b. Amend city code to ensure that industrial operations minimize impactimpacts on the environment, public health and safety, andsand resident concerns such as traffic, bright lights and noise-. ********** GOAL 10: AGRICULTURE ➢ Encourage the development of locally based food production. Policy 1: Allow the expansion of appropriate "urban farming" activities. Action Steps: a. Encourage individual and community gardens throughout Moab and especially in residential areas. b. Encourage responsible beekeeping and poultry ranching-, and other activities that aid pollination and nutrient cycling abundance while elimination ofeliminating noise and CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 59 1 Page Page 212 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * odor issues.. c. Investigate ways to allow small scale and appropriate livestock activities while protecting neighborhoods from health and safety problems, and noise and odor issues. d. Continue support of the local farmers' market. e. Balance water conservation goals with various envi -onmentl environmental, social, and economic benefits of local food production. f. Include local food producers in promotions of locally owned businesses. ********** GOAL 11: OPEN SPACE Promote green space within and surrounding Moab. Policy 1: Conserve sensitive undeveloped areas for riparian, wildlife, and watershed protection. Action Steps: a. Support the Scott M. Matheson Wetland Preserve as an important part of the open space and natural areas system. b. Preserve the flood channel along Mill Creek and Pack Creek as open space. c. Promote open space preservation as a way of protecting watershed recharge zones. d. Maintain water courses to protect riparian and wildlife habitat. e. Protect local wildlife corridors and add wildlife crossing signs where traffic hazards are highest_ ********** GOAL 12: FLOOD PROTECTION Facilitate the protection of life, property and natural resources from damage due to floods. Policy 1: Keep flood channels free of structures that may cause damage during flooding. Action Steps: a. Identify areas where the City could purchase lands for flood hazard reduction. b. Work with private land owners to maintain a free -flowing flood channel. c. Maintain natural channel meanders and avoid dredging or straightening channels. d. Work with Grand County and San Juan County and other agencies to develop a regional flood protection plan. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 60 Page Page 213 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * e. Protect and enhance Mill Creek and Pack Creek. Policy 2: Balance flood channel protection with wildlife and riparian habitat. Action Steps: a. Plant native cottonwoods,_willows and other riparian vegetation in riparian areas where appropriate. b. Acquire water rights for in -stream flow. Work with Moab Irrigation Company and the Bureau of Land Management to maximize in -stream flow. c. Explore eradication of non-native weeds first by -mechanical and biological controls, and only as a last resort by chemical controls. d. Consider impacts on wildlife and plant life when conducting vegetation management, removal and revegetation projects. ********* GOAL 13: ANNEXATION ➢ Consider annexations that provide a benefit to the community. Policy 1: Assess the impact on City services of each proposed annexation. Action Steps: a. Prepare an annexation impact report on each proposed annexation. Which which contains,. at a minimum:, analysis of zoning alternatives in addition to applicant request, for compatibility with existing neighborhood as built,_ b. Require annexation agreements on all proposed annexations. c. Update the annexation policy to preserve and protect the interests of the City. And and to encourage annexation to pay for itself (property tax is one way, ) or occur in efficiently large chunkaamounts. d. Assess the impacts of proposed annexations where municipal services cannot be economically provided. e. Develop a master plan for each annexation area. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 61 Page Page 214 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * ELEMENT 4: HOUSINC ********* ELEMENT 4: HOUSING GOAL 1: GENERAL ➢ Implement a housing strategy that meets the needs of current residents, anticipates growth in housing demand, promotes a cohesive small-town environment and supports a high quality of life. Policy 1: Encourage housing opportunities for a variety of needs and income levels. Action Steps a. Recognize the value and character of existing residential neighborhoods and encourage compatible development/redevelopment projects with existing neighborhoods and the underlying zoning. b. Identify residential properties that are not meeting City code requirements for health, welfare and safety, and work with the owners of those properties to remedy existing problems. c. As much as possible encourageEncourage residential homes to remain in residential use as fully occupied primary residences. *********** GOAL 2: AFFORDABLE HOUSING Promote strategies that improve the ability of all Moab residents to have access to affordable, quality housing. Policy 1: Promote programs and partnerships that focus on providing affordable and workforce housing. Action Steps a. Update and implementImplement the Grand County and City of Moab Housing Study and Affordable Housing Plan. b. Collaborate with the Housing Authority of Southeastern Utah and Moab Area CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 62 Page Page 215 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * Community Land Trust on acquisition of properties and projects for affordable housing. c. Work with private and non-profit developers to increase the affordable housing stock in Moab. d. In collaboration with Grand County, the Interlocal Housing Task Force (IHTF), and consultants, periodically assess the gaps between housing stock, housing needs and household affordability. e. Establish and participate in programs and efforts to reduce household operating, rehabilitation, and construction costs. f. Monitor for and enforce against illegal short-term rentals. 1 CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 63 1 Page Page 216 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * ELEMENT 5: PARKS AND RECREATION GOAL 1: PARKS ➢ Continue to provide parks, facilities and open space for year-round use. Policy 1: Maintain high quality standards at all City -owned parks, facilities and open spaces. Action Steps a. Explore possible participation in and certification of city parks in nationally recognized programs. (organics} b. Develop a Park Improvement Master Plan. c. Research and implement sustainable park maintenance methods in appropriate areas such as enhancement with native plant species, minimizing use of chemicals, and water conservation. d. Consider implementation of an "adopt a park" program for parks and open space maintenance and management. Policy 2: Pursue expansion of the parks and open space system. Action Steps a. Provide new and traditional park experiences by enhancing and establishing different types of park spaces throughout the community. b. Emphasize trail development for local transportation and recreation needs with connections to existing trails. c. Continue to work with Grand County, the Moab Trail Alliance, and Trail Mix to implement and update the Grand County Non -Motorized Trails Master Plan. d. Continue to develop and expand the Parkway Project to connect all neighborhoods in the City. e. Consider urban wildlife populations and corridorswhencorridors when planning for future open space and natural area designation, as well as in proposals for new development. GOAL 2: RECREATION Provide high quality and affordable recreational services, programs, and CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 64 Page Page 217 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * 1 events. Policy 1: Promote a variety of recreation experiences through Moab including multi -generational recreation programming. Action Steps a. Ensure that recreation sites are well-connected, accessible, safe and enjoyable for all ages. b. Through inter -local agreements, continue to cooperate with the County, the School District and the Grand County Recreation Special Service District to continually expand and improve recreational programs. c. Continue to promote and support the Moab Recreation and Aquatic Center as a hub for healthy activity year-round in Moab. d. Annually review the recreation program portfolio to determine deficiencies and excesses -and modify the offerings to better match demand-_ e. Co-sponsor activities with appropriate partners to efficiently broaden recreation opportunities. 1 CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 65 1 Page Page 218 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * ELEMENT 6: ARTS AND CULTURE *********** ELEMENT 6: ARTS AND CULTURE GOAL 1: GENERAL ➢ Provide and promote year-round diverse arts and cultural opportunities for all ages and abilities. Policy 1: Create opportunities for cultural arts participation for all residents and visitors. Action Steps a. Enhance the Moab Arts and Recreation Center and other arts and cultural venues. b. Encourage citizen participation in planning cultural arts activities, making citizen suggestions (ege.g. specific art classes, a community art wall, etc),) a reality when possible. c. Work with partners in the arts and culture sector and use creative strategies to achieve economic, social, environmental, and community goals. d. Encourage the performing, visual, and fine arts, as well as applied arts including architecture and graphic design; crafts; film, digital media and video; humanities and historic preservation; literature; folk life; and other creative activities. e. Encourage art to be displayed on public property and rights -of -way. f. Continue to contribute to the Moab Arts Council grants program. g. Support the City's role in planning the Red Rock Arts Festival (formerly Plein Air Moab). CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 66 Page Page 219 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * *********** ELEMENT 7: TRANSPORTATION AND CIRCULATION GOAL 1: GENERAL ➢ Promote a safe, efficient and convenient multi -modal transportation network throughout Moab. ********** GOAL 2: PEDESTRIAN ➢ Achieve a pleasant, safe, efficient and complete pedestrian transportation network that provides a viable transportation alternative for daily circulation, activities and recreation. Policy 1: Continue to encourage a more pedestrian -oriented business district in Downtown Moab. Action Steps: a. Initiate improvements and design elements such as shade trees, seating, gathering areas and public art. b. Engage a consultant in developing a cohesive downtown plan including circulation, '.'".�wayfinding, architecture, and lighting. Policy 2: Update design standards and applicable code sections to include better pedestrian access and protection from traffic. Action Steps: a. Provide well -maintained sidewalks of sufficient width, and expand the sidewalk systems in aan orderly way. b. Continue to develop the Mill Creek and Pack Creek Parkway system. c. Provide pedestrian -only routes (separate from motor traffic) to parks, schools and other destinations. d. Support school district efforts to promote and improve "Safe Routes to School". e. Paint crosswalks and curbs frequently enough that paint is visible. f. Work with the Utah DepalUnent of Transportation to promote pedestrian safety along US-191 highway corridor. ********** CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 67 Page Page 220 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * GOAL 3: NON -MOTORIZED VEHICLES Expand a safe and connected network of bike routes throughout Moab. Policy 1: Provide a pleasant, safe bicycle experience for riders of all ages and encourage bicycle - associated activities. Action Steps: a. Promote the Mill Creek and Pack Creek Parkway system as a throughway for commuting, fitness and recreation. b. Expand on -street wayfinding to trail access points. c. Encourage bicycle -user accommodations such as bike racks, shared bike use, and maintenance stations in the commercial business district to facilitate active transportation. d. Encourage trail connectivity from new development to existing trail systems. e. Encourage trail connectivity to trails outside city limits. f. Add additional bike lanes to increase cyclist safety. g. Work with parents to identify any additional hazards for young riders that can be mitigated. ********** GOAL 4: MOTORIZED VEHICLES Provide an efficient, safe and well -maintained street system designed to meet current and future needs. Policy 1: Reduce traffic congestion and conflicts. Action Steps: a. Base future collector street development upon an updated Transportation Master Plan. b. Evaluate and upgrade streets based on a prioritized maintenance plan. c. Prevent obstruction of future rights -of -way identified on the Transportation Master Plan and consolidate utility and street rights -of -way where possible. d. Plan collector streets so they provide adequate access from residential neighborhoods to major arterials and other adjoining areas of concentration. e. Encourage efforts to provide a shuttle system serving downtown Moab and key tourism destinations and accommodations. f. Reduce speeding and other moving traffic violations on Moab's streets and highways. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 68 Page Page 221 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * g• Explore traffic calming tools ke-gsuch as medians, lower speed limits, education, and increased enforcement) and work with residents to implement those solutions most responsive to their specific situation. h. Address the need for central city parking. Policy 2: Work with other agencies to improve street design and address transportation needs. Action Steps: a. Coordinate with UDOT to balance state highway requirements and community needs kegsuch as requests for additional crosswalks -and, traffic lights, and left -turn signals; b. Explore funding options for street improvement and maintenance projects. c. Continue collaborating with Grand County on mutually beneficial road projects. GOAL 5: SIDEWALKS AND STREETS Promote a creative approach to street and sidewalk design integrating various forms of travel and transportation. Policy 1: Require street design to accommodate as many forms of travel as is reasonably and safely possible. Action Steps: a. Encourage the installation of sidewalks, curbs and gutters in deficient areas to provide for safe pedestrian traffic and ADA access; to clean and beautify public streets, and to ensure proper street drainage. b. Identify key opportunities for the development of creative streetstreets and sidewalk design for pedestrians, bicycles and vehicles. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 69 Page Page 222 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * ELEMENT 8: PUBLIC WORKS ELEMENT 8: PUBLIC WORKS GOAL 1: GENERAL ➢ Provide safe, adequate, and cost-effective public works services to Moab residents, while closely monitoring growth and conserving natural resources. ********* GOAL 2: WATER SERVICES Preserve Moab's supply of high quality water for present and future generations through effective water management and conservation strategies. Policy 1: Adopt effective water management and conservation strategies. Action Steps: a. Engage in a cooperative regional effort to pursue development of a region -wide water study to assess water quantity. b. Protect water quality and avoid the contamination of ground and surface water systems by continuing to identify and manage potentially hazardous land uses. c. Preserve riparian corridors and wetlands as open space. d. Implement preventive maintenance of the existing water system to identify and address deficiencies before major failures occur. e. Maintain and prove up on existing water rights. £ Consider implementation of a secondary water system to provide irrigation to City lots. g. Promote water conservation, including the conservation of water in irrigation practiceswater, and the use of water -conserving plants and planting methods in CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 70 Page Page 223 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * 1 1 landscaping and agriculture. h. Work with County on establishing a pumpout station on the Colorado River to drastically reduce the amount of City culinary water currently used for industrial purposes. ********** GOAL 3: SEWER SERVICES ➢ Operate and maintain an efficient sewer system for conveyance of sewer flows per applicable standards. Policy 1: Encourage the most efficient use of the sewer collection system and upgrade deteriorated and inadequate sewer lines in coordination with Grand Water and Sewer Service Agency, Utah State University, School and Institutional Trust Lands Administration, Grand County and San Juan County. Action Steps: a. Consider impacts on existing and future services in agreements with the Grand Water and Sewer Service Agency. b. Plan for expansion and/or upgrade of the sewer system based on engineered estimates and the Capital Facilities Plan. ********* GOAL 4: WASTEWATER TREATMENT ➢ Maintain a high quality wastewater treatment facility that serves the needs of the community as well as meets federal and State effluent regulations. Policy 1: Analyze the condition and capacity of the current wastewater treatment facility and adopt plans to serve the future needs of the community as well as meet federal and state effluent regulations. Action StepSteps: 19,a. Continue to consider alternative wastewater treatment systems to reduce infrastructure costs and promote environmental sustainability. Eb. Operations. Maximize treatment efficiency.- to manage for odor Ehc. considerConsider wetland recharge -d. o€€erOffer public annual update on capacity etc (eg "State of Infrastructure" report)._ CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 71 1 Page Page 224 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * ********* GOAL 5: STORMWATER ➢ Provide an adequate storm drainage system through expansion and upgrading of the existing system as provided in the stormwater drainage master plan and update. Policy 1: Explore adopting new technologies and design standards to facilitate the safe conveyance of stormwater. Action Steps: a. Incorporate the use of BMPbest management practices (BMP) of new stormwater management technologies into the construction design standards for streets, curbs and gutters. b. Encourage the retention of existing permeable surfaces in new development and greater use of natural and permeable materials. c. Analyze and modify to match costs. Continue to collect, analyze and modify the stormwater drainage fee to fund expansion and upgrades to the existing system. GOAL 6: SOLID WASTE FACILITIES r Provide the most cost-effective and environmentally sustainable systems for the , 2ketio.n4FtepAA a. Protect dump sites from hazardous waste contamination. b. Determine the most appropriate land use for the Moab landfill site after it is closed. c. Educate individuals and businesses on ways in which they can minimize their solid waste as well as how and where they can safely dispose of things such as leftover medication, d. Encourage recycling efforts in the community to reduce waste and extend the life of the landfill. c. Promote partnerships with local and regional organizations to encourage programs for recycling (plastics, aluminum, cardboard, etc.), composting (organic/biodegradable waste from homes and restaurants), and reuse (household goods, electronics) in Moab. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 72 Page Page 225 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * f. Minimizesolid waste generated by the City on all levels of operations where feasible. Discourage use of disposables where reusable alternatives are viable. g. Contract waste hauler goals COAL 6: SOLID WASTE FACILITIES ➢ Provide the most cost effective and environmentally sustainable systems for the disposal, compost, reuse or recycling of solid waste. Policy 1: Work with Grand County, Solid Waste Special Service District, and private service providers for waste diversion, collection, and disposal. Action Steps: a. Reduce solid waste to maximize landfill lifespan, b. b. Support true cost pricing (full cost accounting) of all stages of waste disposal c. c. Support cost, energy, and resource efficient waste diversion strategies, which may include recycling, composting; and reuse-_ d. d. Protect land within the city from hazardous and electronic waste contamination through code enforcement, and partner collection and disposal programs. e. e. Promote partnerships with local and regional organizations and individuals to encourage fiscally sound programs for value added reuse, recycling (plastics, aluminum, cardboard, etc.), composting (organic/biodegradable waste from homes and restaurants), reuse (household goods, electronics), and cleanup in Moab. f. f. Demonstrate leadership by adopting best practices for waste management at city operations. g. g. Require solid waste management and waste diversion plan at city permitted special events ********* GOAL 7: PRIVATE UTILITIES ➢ Cooperate with private utilities to provide dependable, low cost, renewable, and efficient utilities for current and future Moab customers, while also preserving the visual integrity of the community. Policy 1: Encourage utilities to be placed underground and in existing rights -of -way where possible. Action Steps: a. Require the underground placement of utilities in new subdivisions. Policy 2: Encourage the aesthetic lighting of streets to ensure safety and reduce crime, without negatively impacting our dark skies CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 73 Page Page 226 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * 1 1 1 Action Steps: a. Consider pedestrian -scale lighting in walkable areas. b. Control the height, shielding, color temperature and intensity of lighting appropriate to neighborhoods to reduce light pollution. c. Encourage the use of LED and other energy -saving technology in City lights. Policy 3: Encourage the expanded availability of high speed internet throughout the community Action Steps: a. Continue discussing with State of Utah, regional government agencies and private providers ways to increase available bandwidth in Moab. 1 CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 74 1 Page Page 227 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * ELEMENT 9: CIVIC SERVICES AND FACILITIES GOAL 1: MUNICIPAL PROPERTIES Provide for present needs and future growth including recreation, administration, utilities, and safety. Policy 1: Encourage the continued location of government agencies and service providers in the core area surrounding Moab City Center. Action Steps: a. Reconsider zoning requirements and allowances to facilitate the placement of government agencies and service providers near Moab City Center. Policy 2: Continue the ongoing purchase of land and the expansion of the Millcreek Parkway and other areas for flood protection, recreation and connectivity. Action Steps: a. Explore donations, grants and financing options to fund the ongoing purchase of land and rights -of -way. Policy 3: Maintain and improve the existing conditions of city -owned facilities. Action Steps: a. Develop and fund a preventative maintenance plan for all city facilities. b. Continue to be a leader in the use of alternative energy sources and energy efficiency. c. Continue to regularly update the public facilities master plan. ********* GOAL 2: PEACEKEEPING AND LAW ENFORCEMENT Provide law enforcement and peacekeeping services for Moab's residents and visitors. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 75 Page Page 228 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * Policy 1: Reduce crime rate, traffic violations and other infractions by encouraging compliance with laws, statutes and ordinances through education, outreach, and enfer-c-mentenforcement. Action Steps: a. Utilize existing portable radar trailers to reduce speed. b. Promote a better understanding of laws and statutes through education, social media, marketing, and other education and communications. c. Support City efforts to install traffic calming devices such as medians and street trees. d. Enforce traffic laws as necessary to reduce violations. Policy 2: Promote and improve public understanding of the law enforcement function. Action Steps: a. Increase visibility through the use of foot patrol and bike patrol in the downtown areas. b. Participate and be visible at community events and activities on duty and off duty as possible. Policy 3: Address law enforcement services based on the fluctuations of a tourist economy. Action Steps: a. Coordinate with other local law enforcement to address the potential impacts of events and festivals. b. Monitor police and emergency medical services staffing levels for response capabilities during periods of higher visitation and specific events. Policy 4: Actively promote prevention of drug use and drug -related crimes. Action Steps: a. Continue and expand partnership with the Grand County School District and the D.A.R.E program in all levels of education, K-12. b. Continue designation and enforcement of drug -free zones in accordance with state statutes. c. Continue partnership with the Grand County Drug Task Force. Policy 5: Improve the safety of children in schools. Action Steps: a. Actively continue alliance with the Safe Schools Coalition. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 76 Page Page 229 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * b. Maintain pedestrian/vehicle visibility in and around schools. c. Continue the Bicycle Safety Program. d. Continue to support and staff School Crossing Guards. Policy 6: Improve the safety of neighborhoods. Action Steps: a. Routinely patrol Mill Creek Parkway and other high risk areas on foot and/or bicycle. b. Cooperate with Public Works to identify areas where traffic -calming devices would be appropriate. c. Improve and enhance animal control and animal shelter services. d. Provide courses in self-defense and personal safety. e. Continue to offer classes in the hazards of drunk driving. ********** GOAL 3: HEALTH AND EMERGENCY SERVICES ➢ Continue to promote necessary health and safety services for the community. Policy 1: Continue to support county and other agencies' efforts to provide accessible, affordable and quality health care and safety services to the community. Action Steps: a. Maintain a City representative on health related boards and committees. b. Encourage directors of health providers to periodically appraiseapprise the council of community trends in their field. Policy 2: Participate in county -wide emergency management efforts. Action Steps: a. Attend local emergency planning committee meetings. b. Participate in and promote emergency notification and alert programs. c. Update the Emergency Response Plan. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 77 Page Page 230 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * d. Participate in updates of the Natural Hazards Pre -Disaster Mitigation Plan for the Southeastern Region of Utah. e. Work with all departments to improve Insurance Service Office (ISO) rating to reduce the cost of insurance coverage. £ Monitor and adjust service coverage to meet future needs. g• Continue to refine flood prevention enforcement to improve Moab's level in the Community Rating System (CRS) and reduce flood insurance premiums. Policy 3: Provide for the health, safety and well-being of the community with fire protection and other emergency medical services in conjunction with other agencies. Action Steps: a. Continue to provide law enforcement services for fire and other emergency events. b. Require adequate street connectivity and circulation for all new development so that police and fire personnel may respond to calls safely and efficiently. ********* GOAL 4: EDUCATION ➢ Encourage educational opportunities for Moab residents of all ages. Policy 1: Continue to support the expansion of Utah State University Moab. Action Steps: a. Contribute annually to a set -aside fund for construction of infrastructure and other improvements for the campus. b. Cooperate with Grand County, UDOT and other entities in addressing traffic and transportation demands for the new campus (vehicular/pedestrian). c. Continue the City's involvement with the USU advisory boards and committees. d. Engage in appropriate lobbying efforts to secure grant and other funding for development of the USU campus. e. Work with Utah State University, School and Institutional Trust Lands Administration (SITLA), and private developers to facilitate the construction of student and employee housing. Policy 2: Encourage close cooperation between Moab City and Grand County School District. Action Steps: CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 78 Page Page 231 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * a. Support school district and social service intervention and prevention programs designed to reduce at risk behaviors and environments. b. Communicate and cooperate with Grand County School District in school -based health and safety programs and law enforcement issues. c. Collaborate with school district on facilities planning. d. Continue to work under the existing interlocal agreement for recreation among the City, School District and Grand County Recreation Special Services District. e. Continue to contribute resources and staff time to school district programs and activities. Policy 3: Encourage learning and well-being opportunities for children, youth and adults. Action Steps: a. Continue and expand community -based art and recreation programs through the Moab Arts and Recreation Center, Moab Recreation and Aquatic Center, and other city facilities. Policy 4: Support and encourage efforts to provide workforce education and technical training. Action Steps: a. Promote Utah State University's current technical education programs. b. Work with Utah State University to obtain funding for expanded technical education programs. c. Look into offering internships with interested GittCity departments. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 79 Page Page 232 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * 00 M. Matheson Ira nds Preserve gxrllctt Zone [ode Zone Name Total Acres ® Comm a rtlal-Re sin a nul .. ® u 1 ® = ® m I®' 4® Residen:d OW ITd0 :.® 1® Se nsi[le At eo Les rr t0 i 400 rN St walnat [Downtown City of Moab General Plan Update Zoning LEGEND CitY Lim is r .a 1[ LL•eee:9 Future Annexation G1 RC G4-F1 NO-URV-1 R.2 R-S ® A-2 R-4 S4R RA.1 A FGi CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN Page 233 of 451 80 Page 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * 1 CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 811 Page Page 234 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 82 1 Page Page 235 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * LEGEND Gny Limns Future Ann ezel6on - Paved Thad Downtown Core Future Comm Halal Future Reeidemlal — Dln Troll Mimed Use Downtown Peripheral Future Land use Zone f1R Mlle Radius) Downtown Influence Zone Sensitive Area Resort ^ Exlsling or Fotenllal Trallh ea Com plele Streets Travel Corridor Instltullonat Hub Future Retaa Open Lands Park - Public Lands Agriculture Residential Civic Commercial Indust dal Resort COMM eidaI Mobile Homo Roadway City of Moab General Plan Update Future Land Use 0 0.5 (1=1Miles CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN Page 236 of 451 83 Page 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * .5cett M. Matheson Wetlands Preserve City of Moab General Plan Update Current Buildout LEGEND ME. City Limits Parks & Open Space •Nimf II II Futore Annexation Areas of Change Public Parcels Stable Schad Parcels 1-1 vacant CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN Page 237 of 451 84 Page 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * 1 CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 85 1 Page Page 238 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * • bnV!!i IOW t1 =�7 LEGEND L=`CiLimits Chum hlCrvi� Groups Y -Build MIS Cam CO Vaal A grl GURUS �. MOIL p 01-Facility open Space an Pork School Resldenllel 1M1 Industrial CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN Page 239 of 451 86 Page 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * 1 CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 87 1 Page Page 240 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * Raft M1: M , AN•11.rnr, i�-• r 0.5 1 Miles City of Moab General Plan Update Public Lands LEGEND City Parks Grand County Nature Conservancy t lrm City Limits Arches N P State of Utah Flood Zones BLM - Utah Div. Wildlilfe City of Moab Manti-La Sat Nr CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN Page 241 of 451 88 Page 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * N Future Annexation Boundary - General Plan Page 242 of 451 Feet 1.500 3,000 6.000 1 anch = 3.000 feet Legend n R, [ 1it4 © WHAV-1 r w.., ' A.2 _ C.1 0 &2 =C.-3 � 0-A o 0-5 =Re ▪ t'Ak f� FL-1 1 1 c��a OFpturtAnnegekn!.,,.�c: n'r Qm enh p ■arceh 89 Page 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * City of Moab 1! ' Provisional Curb Ramp and c c Sidewalk Improvements G II \ \\--3 11 Williams Way N A ' ncli - 600 fort I Legend Safe Routes to School Curb Ramps ❑ Safe Routes to School Sidewalks Curb Ramp Improvements ■ Sidewalk Impovements iI 1 CETI 100 SoutIh �t T_ L� patth St I 300 South St. ge 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * 8 G e c J 6 E ,15 IP1k r. Srl Lap Cny. Drron, ormd JUR w. raO,Cnw�.w 4ret rs nP. C,rrr•on RP nlrnd n il'r5ryt Yin arn..C.nrrda RMrar Free/. Cr lee Valley Pd'atn lien's P6k,-RIMS PC aken a Likreklc'Boer a ke Palhf- .uae Wen. Rlmdike SY'Aa %far Spade . l y�5 Mo ■ City C'tT wn In api:_, �.� ,`" Fl aces RH ❑rjerltatinn alking & lc]�tl ng Roaes..AhgidLocation �d,l�de _(f 8 1 Nuke. Call A°AS rrnnar._ Juan Li n _ mrvr `�.Raralia L Mc Gil Swd _ . Avt. -- f park p `�I��Oa Hp i_SI 41f -C11a,e 'o sOr Illy Ll {j{j�lyy�drXR Lrr� LfJ - l• ilt III . g±4,2I ro Hwa skrmat• acl ;n C.o.d.:, m•.p- ye. IPh. /,•,,,• Orr 33,2 Mc 123. a Leoend with Grid Locatiop all Grand Ca. 3'wr f 6 Arum tar • 05 40 r Grand cenRem FYe eePl. - Ns 's Eli 'koala Gay tiaiYPoie -DS - a :sand Co. Caurt Xoulehfny. Prtie1-1.5 f Langan Sa Dfa-Di I. !ULM&•as ©M I: AR. a Rat Can. (MARC).-Dl -11 Grand (Seniw]Cener • B4 ® iMe[N.rnk•aa F MK EIarxrlrry SMeN -C3 FtA HWk WM4,-0e 34a141 County al RRi 5el,oal- DB ARurle DeA.e- 3:.3 v*� wewn-Ne Lke Slips A aap Lib Caviler- DS I I ..4-Fe ▪ WV, Bee d enDOBsgrcunr Cold. © Harpaal • 84 } Mirth 13:ARM •DS R A J uonIM Sh PM Vie.- SacnvaepnM,is-Cr V33.-.13 Sccq. Ef 11 Ratan. Park - ?d (- &turps LYy Plrlc•G M. ▪ srxRwn�-cl M. Bar Han-BS Nke Rd.% Nk. Linn �lwYl,erry ]rtsrr aNa Carrnttylp 4wa ® RL' FarkiCFmegr.vnd Friar -0.phrei DP: Road, Lid *wed 11.05 -YMw+ Y 5taw ••• F.w naF IR Mi. Fier Malt kn'a. Can. Rn Mn. Her Mere In'. Crn. r MI. From line nw r.a B I C . .ti amrdF•a1 f r•nt Ilk la Nor: f, vL * Laub Lire center-a5 S Y netforl Deity b Crmml .tra Bryrrl Man.nN ,a"'"`-. .SgnalY!-craeR'6mt a,/ 111I1 ' N• .� 0 . :t .,..� 0 0.125 0.25..4 ° ,..,0.5 1 " = 1 r4-,h4i6s,.. ^.f, ..� \ y�qq� �-- Oo Sod! $ -_�ridga Awe,. Rd jw. erann St. etl�ak Rc 31sa>H e Li .. nt w S Jeer lr Sal Nv w C•Rrk P 1. F13.91313 N le Cer•Cm.. Old Gay Para Y 500 Dendrr Jest' TB PDa Cnic 113191 SD - Nakralli. Danda9.1.2.1. Pnwrvx. P4934317 ourrn9c-13H1313.34un0r ' La Sal Ms. Ca lM ek rick, Lnl.. o*p.rcre 8 $ CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN Page 244 of 451 91 Page 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 92 1 Page Page 245 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * insert- ********* CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 93 1 Page Page 246 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * E 4 A-2 C-1 C-2 C-3 C-5 FC- i I.1 V. FIMV-1 R-1 RR-2 i-3 R-4 RA-1 RC SAR 00 M. Matheson nds Preserve saruxt Zone Name Total Acres 13=9:. Comm a rtlal-Re sin ena Residen:d rial [ird0 Sensl[le Alec resat0 it _ SVa10.0. [Downtown City of Moab General Plan Update Zoning LEGEND Cit Limits Future Annexation • G1 • G2 ]Gs1- RC - I R-7 C-4-1.1 HSFiIRV-1 R•2 R-S ® A-2 rfrd S4R ROA FGi CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN Page 247 of 451 94 Page 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * 1 CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 95 1 Page Page 248 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 96 1 Page Page 249 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * teyieN���Xf" M QAB LEGEND Gny Limns Future Ann ezalivn Paved Thad — Trail Future Resldemlal Miffed USe 3oner1/2 Peripheral Future Land usa Done rIV Mlle Radius) � oovmtovm Influence Zone Sensdive Area Resort ^ Ex !sling or Potenllat Trallh ea Com plele Streets Travel Corridor Instltullvnat Hub :r Future Retaa Open Lands Park - Public Lands Agriculture Residerdiel Civic Commercial Industrial Rason Com merelel Mobile Hama Roadway City of Moab General Plan Update Future Land Use 0 0.5 1 Miles CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN Page 250 of 451 97 Page 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * .5cett M. Matheson Wetlands Preserve 9 City of Moab General Plan Update Current Buildout LEGEND ME. f City Limits Parks & Open Space •Nim II II FutureAnnexation Areas of Change Public Parcels Stable Schad Parcels 1-1 Vacant CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN Page 251 of 451 98 Page 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * 1 CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 99 1 Page Page 252 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * City of Moab General Plan Update Built Environment LEGEND L z ISM, Limits - Sulldings A grl Ulnae Churo hlCivio Groups Commarclal Mural C p 01 - Facility Open Space en Park School Reslderdlal 1M1 Industrial CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN Page 253 of 451 100 Page 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * 1 CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 101 1 Page Page 254 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * City of Moab General Plan Update Public Lands LEGEND City Parks iIEr 1,..1 City Limits Flood Zones City of Moab Grand County Nature Conservancy Arches NP State of Utah BLM - Utah Div. Wildlilfe Ivlanti-La Sal NF CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN Page 255 of 451 102 Page 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * N Future Annexation Boundary - General Plan Page 256 of 451 Feet 1.500 3,000 6.000 1 anch = 3.000 feet Legend n R, [ 1it4 © WHAV-1 r w.., ' A.2 _ C.1 0 &2 =C.-3 � 0-A o 0-5 =Re ▪ t'Ak f� FL-1 1 1 c��a OFpturtAnnegekn!.,,.�c: n'r Qm enh p ■rce s 103 Page 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * City of Moab Provisional Curb Ramp and (% Sidewalk Improvements .� Legend 1 ' ttt Safe Routes to School Curb Ramps ❑ { ` Safe Routes to School Sidewalks Curb Ramp Improvements ■ Sidewalk Impovements Williams Way ' ncli - 600 fort I (F\ L=7,\ Kane Creek Blvd. \/\ g1 300 South St. �7 L ge 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * 8 G e c J M51aNte Sat lap Shy. Dea+•w,oMad Jua we TO, Ctrwa.w 4re,n MP. Carton RP Frees. Castle Yalta PWan L3ae'a Pak, Trem�.PCuryee aL�rekfc lid. B ke Paths- l rrn�5 "c Mo ■ City DtTntrown In P }'DLSrGC _1f dd a r Te lin, Edr.d, ad, n CnknAo rn.m- 4n: .fee-4, •Iane sSp.MfS Anat., Cow.. Mtoa -odd,P.radNedo. nmame.iw+el.+ar.s rCva Cl._; Am, irate Clij ,LL�- ■ rrnnar._ jean tt n L ldc Gil Snd 4.4*4llB Yap Al Cir f park Dr I IJi�%I'Dr :. PR% IX� 1i� s'- . Ji1 L utt I' nut &'NoII 6 E land a Pa 5rrrr t Mira M... Cenrade Wed Mae Wen, tt ke DMUS Pakatr Slade . i Bp .,w a pi:_, -,^ , alking & lcjtl ng Roulb�Oid Location tion'AcFiOFienn ti ,i-9mya•81 %. ''....,..'- i 1 Leoend with Grid Locatiop ▪ Sand Co. 9'nrtr B Alma ay • Its 40 r Grand cenlem Fie DePI. - Ea Moab CRg Ha6rPvie-DSF. a C.,and CD. Court Ko4aehtna.. rattail -in f Santa, St.Dpa-pa It Bat nettle • Ds © MeaaArtsa Rae Cen. (MARC).- Di �- Grand (Seniw]Cener • B4 ® NMX Mk. h ok-15d HMK Elarxrtary Seed -C3 14 alefee Rawl -Oa wr GnanJ County alai 54661-DB ArruaYe Cern,- C3 v*l Vanua-1M �3ke 9Kye k sae lah Carder- DS rFUMY - Fe e" WV, Sae 5 er1Vd•sgrcumr Cold. }© etapaY. Be i Muth :Amy • DS R A J uon SG PauO'ae•- st SW Wk. animas. Cr Vahah Seaval • ET 11 Ratan). Part-?6 (- Swam'Cr, RaA C4 M. skateeaik-cl M. Syr Han- DS Bake Ad.% Dke Lana eee�yealetag Dw•s.r BA& Co ratd%o 4eua ® RL' FaHJCam Po.vnd B Odor aa� -0.Phoi on Rdada and 4a11 halts -4P YthY Steer aes 911 Mi Floe Mast Ansa Can. ITT Ma Her Mart tee San. a Mt• From Nam into Cea C hnt 11.6 * Neae late Center-D5 bS k 6iraearon Wits , Crm.rnlOtle '3yral Melank �^ �papal Y!-cNee'amt I•es 13 .� 0 0.125 0.25,..4 �0.5 1 " = 1 /4 Sifts... �-- l10 Solar St .11 ridge Added. Rd 1a 3c f �lw�L I 81 S 21D ROuth Sl �• Sundial Drive crr r Loctel Ln e Jekaran.t St. E 3111Wde OF Slx:1Rc 51xaeH nno HYk w 9eJeer la Sal No ua C•aek Dr to MAAS Lo le Cer•Cm.. Old Gay Park Y 5nal ponder Jest' Tn POOR Cras MS 191 SN - Nvdevlli. 92.np269.1.2ee1. Pen•rva. Nokia Durrnpc.-AdWtaJri Ver la Sri c a.DiPW, ' eeka Did.. T M•tTre F 6 S CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN Page 258 of 451 105 Page 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * 1 CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 106 1 Page Page 259 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * 1 Appendix A (housing plan) APPENDIX B Utah Noxious Weed Act (R68-908] The following weeds are hereby officially designated and published as noxious for the State of Utah, as per the authority vested in the Commissioner of Agriculture and Food under Section 4-17-3: There are hereby designated five classes of noxious weeds in the state: Class lA (EDRR Watch List), Class 1 (EDRR), Class 2 (Control), Class 3 (Containment), and Class 4 (Prohibited for sale or propagation). Class 1A: Early Detection Rapid Response (EDRR) Watch List. Declared noxious and invasive weeds not native to the state of Utah and not known to exist in the State that pose a serious threat to the state and should be considered as a very high priority. Common crupina - Crupina vulgaris African rue - Peganum harmala Small bugloss - Anchusa arvensis Mediterranean sage - Salvia aethiopis Spring millet - Milium vernale Syrian beancaper - Zygophyllum fabago Ventenata (North Africa grass) - Ventenata dubia Plumeless thistle - Carduus acanthoides Malta starthistle - Centaurea melitensis Class 1B: Early Detection Rapid Response (EDRR). Declared noxious and invasive weeds not native to the State of Utah that are known to exist in the state in very limited populations and pose a serious threat to the state and should be considered as a very high priority. Camelthorn - Alhagi maurorum Garlic mustard - Alliaria petiolata Purple starthistle - Centaurea calcitrapa Goatsrue - Galega officinalis African mustard - Brassica tournefortii Giant reed - Arundo donax Japanese knotweed - Polygonum cuspidatum Blueweed (Vipers bugloss) - Echium vulgare Elongated mustard - Brassica elongata Common St. Johnswort - Hypericum perforatum Oxeye daisy - Leucanthemum vulgare Cutleaf vipergrass - Scorzonera laciniata Class 2: Control Declared noxious and invasive weeds not native to the state of Utah; that pose a threat to the state and should be considered a high priority for control. Weeds listed in the control list are known to 1 CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 107 1 Page Page 260 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * exist in varying populations throughout the state. The concentration of these weeds is at a level where control or eradication may be possible. Leafy spurge - Euphorbia esula Medusahead - Taeniatherum caput-medusae Rush skeletonweed - Chondrilla juncea Spotted knapweed - Centaurea stoebe Purple loosestrife - Lythrum salicaria Squarrose knapweed - Centaurea virgata Dyers woad - Isatis tinctoria Yellow starthistle - Centaurea solstitialis Yellow toadflax - Linaria vulgaris Diffuse knapweed - Centaurea diffusa Black henbane - Hyoscyamus niger Dalmation toadflax - Linaria dalmatica Class 3: Containment. Declared noxious and invasive weeds not native to the State of Utah that are widely spread. Weeds listed in the containment noxious weeds list are known to exist in various populations throughout the state. Weed control efforts may be directed at reducing or eliminating new or expanding weed populations. Known and established weed populations, as determined by the weed control authority, may be managed by any approved weed control methodology, as determined by the weed control authority. These weeds pose a threat to the agricultural industry and agricultural products. Russian knapweed - Acroptilon repens Houndstounge - Cynoglossum officianale Perennial pepperweed (Tall whitetop) - Lepidium latifolium Phragmites (Common reed) - Phragmites australis ssp. Tamarisk (Saltcedar) - Tamarix ramosissima Hoary cress - Cardaria spp. Canada thistle - Cirsium arvense Poison hemlock - Conium maculatum Musk thistle - Carduus nutans Quackgrass - Elymus repens Jointed goatgrass - Aegilops cylindrica Bermudagrass* - Cynodon dactylon Perennial Sorghum spp.: Johnson Grass (Sorghum halepense) and Sorghum almum (Sorghum almum). Scotch thistle (Cotton thistle) - Onopordum acanthium Field bindweed (Wild Morning-glory) - Convolvulus spp. Puncturevine (Goathead) - Tribulus terrestris *Bermudagrass (Cynodon dactylon) shall not be a noxious weed in Washington County and shall not be subject to provisions of the Utah Noxious Weed Law within the boundaries of that county. It shall be a noxious weed throughout all other areas of the State of Utah and shall be subject to the laws therein. Class 4: Prohibited. Declared noxious and invasive weeds, not native to the state of Utah, that pose a threat to the state through the retail sale or propagation in the nursery and greenhouse industry. Prohibited noxious weeds are annual, biennial, or perennial plants that the commissioner designates as having the potential or are known to be detrimental to human or animal health, the environment, public roads, crops, 1 CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 108 1 Page Page 261 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * or other property. Cogongrass (Japanese blood grass) - Imperata cylindrica Myrtle spurge - Euphorbia myrsinites Dames Rocket - Hesperis matronalis Scotch broom - Cytisus scoparius Russian olive - Elaeagnus angustifolia Each county in Utah may have different priorities regarding specific State designated Noxious Weeds and is therefore able to reprioritize these weeds for their own needs. The Weed Specialist coordinates weed control activities among the county weed organizations and the agricultural field representatives. Surveys of serious weed infestations are conducted and control programs are developed through the county supervisors, county weed boards, and various landowning agencies. The weed specialist and the inspectors work continually with extension and research personnel in encouraging the use of the most effective methods to control the more serious weeds.[19] For more information, please contact the Grand County Weed Department (Tim Higgs, County Weed Control Supervisor, 435-259-1369, twhiggs@grandcountyutah.net). 1 CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 109 1 Page Page 262 of 451 8-3 Old Business ,11MIr MA= ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * GENERAL PLAN City of Moab, Utah Planning and Zoning Department GENERAL PLAN PUBLIC HEARINGS PLANNING COMMISSION March 23, 2017 April 13, 2017 CITY COUNCIL May 23, 2017 CITY COUNCIL APPROVED "What is needed is for every person to feel at home in the place of his local government with his ideas and complaints. A person must feel that it is a forum that it is his directly, that he can call and talk to the person in charge of such and such, and see him personally within a day or two. For this purpose, local forums must be situated in highly visible and accessible places. " A Pattern Language CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 2 1 Page Page 264 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS City Council Kyle Bailey Heila Ershadi Rani Derasary Kalen Jones Tawny Knuteson-Boyd Planning Commission Jeanette Kopell Wayne Hoskisson Joe Downard Laura Uhle Allison Brown Mayor David Sakrison City Manager David Everitt Moab Planning & Community Services Departments Jeff Reinhart Sommar Johnson Amy Weiser Others David Olsen — Former Community Development Director Ken Davey — Former Administrative Analyst/Economic Development Specialist Eric Johanson — Engineering and GIS Kelly Thornton — Former Planning Commission Chairperson Donna Metzler — Former City Manager CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 3 1 Page Page 265 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER 1 — INTRODUCTION 7 Purpose 7 Need for Long Range Planning 7 Challenges 7 CHAPTER 2 — PLANNING CONTEXT 9 History 9 Population and Growth 10 Natural Environment 11 Climate and Temperature 11 Land Use 12 Future Land Use Management 12 Annexations 13 Urban Services Area Plan 14 Governmental Structure 14 Public Buildings, Facilities, and Services 15 Infrastructure 16 Relevant Planning Documents 21 Other Context 23 CHAPTER 3 — GENERAL PLAN UPDATE AND PROCESS 24 Background 24 General Plan Update Process 24 Public Engagement 24 General Plan Implementation 28 CHAPTER 4 — COMMUNITY VISION City of Moab Community Vision 29 A Vision for Moab 29 CHAPTER 5 — ELEMENTS, GOALS, POLICIES Nine (9) Elements 30 Goals, Policies, Action Steps, and Plan Maps 30 Element 1 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT Economic Development — General 31 29 30 31 CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 4 1 Page Page 266 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * Element 2 ENVIRONMENTAL SUSTAINABILITY Environmental Sustainability — General 34 Visual Resources 35 Air Quality 36 Water Quality 37 Water Supply 37 Energy & Resource Conservation 38 Aural Environment 38 Element 3 LAND USE AND GROWTH Land Use — General 39 Natural and Environmental Constraints 39 Urban Design and Character Preservation 40 Resource Protection 40 Street Trees and Landscaping 41 Historic Preservation 42 Commercial 42 Residential 43 Industrial 43 Agriculture 44 Open Space 44 Flood Channel 44 Annexation 45 Element 4 HOUSING Housing 45 Affordable Housing 46 Element 5 PARKS AND RECREATION Parks 46 Recreation 47 Element 6 ARTS AND CULTURE Arts and Culture 48 Element 7 TRANSPORTATION AND CIRCULATION Transportation and Circulation — General 48 Pedestrian 48 34 39 45 46 48 48 CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 5 1 Page Page 267 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * Non -motorized Vehicles 49 Motorized Vehicles 49 Sidewalks and Streets 50 Element 8 PUBLIC WORKS 51 Public Works — General 51 Water Services 51 Sewer Services 51 Wastewater Treatment 52 Stormwater 52 Solid Waste Facilities 53 Private Utilities 53 Element 9 CIVIC SERVICES AND FACILITIES 54 Municipal Properties 54 Peacekeeping and Law Enforcement 54 Health and Emergency Services 56 Education 57 MAPS Zoning 58 Future Land Use 59 Current Buildout 60 Built Environment 61 Public Lands 62 Future Annexation Boundary 63 Sidewalk Improvements 64 Walking and Bicycle Routes 65 Appendices Appendix A - Moab Area Housing Plan, Updated Fall 2016 Appendix B - Utah Noxious Weed Act 58 CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 6 1 Page Page 268 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * CHAPTER 1 - INTRODUCTION Purpose The Moab General Plan is the City's official statement of its goals and policies. These goals and policies guide future development and reflect the long-term vision of the community. The General Plan also provides an implementation plan for these goals and policies as well as a technical foundation for political decision -making. The term "general plan" is synonymous with the terms "master" or "comprehensive" plan. Utah Code 10-9-301 - Land Use Development and Management Act directs all municipalities to prepare and adopt a comprehensive long-range land use plan. Need for Long Range Planning Land development takes place one parcel at a time. Changes or impacts from an individual development may be small. But over the years, the combined change resulting from all development decisions can be large. While development proposals are reviewed individually, a master plan provides the context for looking at the cumulative impacts of development Planning not only provides a long term, big picture view of future development and the changes that can result, but also guides this development to maximize benefits and minimize conflicts and adverse effects. This big - picture framework provides a basis to evaluate individual development proposals with consistency and fairness. Challenges As a tourism -driven economy and a small desert community, the City must balance the needs of residents with those of visitors. Due to the regular seasonal visitation, the city's infrastructure and services must meet the demands of a temporary population that is two to three times the size of the residential population. This creates cost and planning challenges. There are also implications for housing, employment, infrastructure and related social issues. The land use patterns of the boom and bust economic cycles have influenced the eclectic land use pattern that is found in Moab today. For example, a quaint historic cabin can be found next to a 1980s era split level house. This lack of architectural conformity defines Moab's built character and unique styles. Many short-term decisions were based on historic economic needs and the result is piecemeal land development. Residents have expressed a desire to preserve Moab's character, eclecticism, and small-town charm. The challenge is to balance the irregular patterns with modern zoning and development concepts. Moab is the center for commerce and services in Grand County and the region. Locally -owned businesses are valuable to the local economy and provide goods and services to residents and visitors. The absence of large-scale chain retail stores and stores that cater to basic residential needs leads locals to shop out of town or online. This can be an inconvenience for residents and a potential loss of tax dollars for the City. Moab is faced with choices in how to balance these needs and maintain the character of the communit CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN Page 269 of 451 7 Page 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * Decisions made by the city often have impacts beyond its limits. In addition, the city regularly interacts with and is affected by federal, state, county, other agencies and private groups. This creates the need for careful cross -agency planning and cooperation. Other challenges include the community's remote location, geographical constraints and arid surroundings. In addition, U.S. Highway 191 bisects the city and is a major north/south transportation thoroughfare which serves main street local business and tourism traffic as well as heavy and light commercial through traffic. This leads to congestion, safety, and noise impacts. The challenge for the city is to mitigate these impacts and maintain a vibrant Main Street district. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN Page 270 of 451 8 1 Page 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * CHAPTER 2 — PLANNING CONTEXT History Millions of years of natural erosion from wind and water left behind the unique landscape that helped shape Moab's way of life. The first evidence of habitation in the Moab area dates back several thousand years. Pictographs and petroglyphs have been found in the area that date from 1,500 to 4,000 years old or older. The most recognized ancient culture to occupy the area was the Ancestral Puebloan, who did not inhabit the region until approximately 900 A.D. The Moab vicinity was the northern limit of Ancestral Puebloan habitation, but sometime between 1250 and 1300 A.D. the Ancestral Puebloans disappeared from the area. While there is some disagreement regarding the entrance of modern Native Americans into the area, the Ute people were the dominant Native American group in the 18`h century. The Colorado River crossing north of Moab provided the ancient people as well as those who traveled here over time a shallow and safe location for fording of the river. This crossing was a key component of the Old Spanish Trail, which ran from Santa Fe to Los Angeles. By 1855, the Navajo were also living in Spanish Valley, just south of Moab. Around the same time, an area near Moab was settled by a Mormon missionary group. Because of conflicts with native peoples, the missionaries did not remain long. In 1874 the next group of settlers and cattlemen arrived. Ranching was their main livelihood, but some settlers attempted to grow crops including vineyards and fruit trees. By the late 1800s peaches, apples, pears, and grapes were being cultivated and shipped throughout the region. The expense of pumping irrigation water and unpredictable freezes prevented Moab from becoming a major agricultural area. In 1890, Grand County was created by the Utah Legislature and on December 20, 1902, Moab became incorporated as a municipality. Like settlements of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints (LDS), Moab was laid out according to the "Plat of Zion." This grid pattern, inspired by LDS founder Joseph Smith, featured square blocks that were intended to concentrate homes, and create order. Elements of that design can still be seen today including a uniform grid pattern, a north -south orientation, wide streets and long narrow lots. The first known zoning code for Moab was published in 1954. During the first half of the Twentieth Century, Moab's economy was primarily agrarian; mainly farming, ranching, and fruit growing. There was limited mining during these years as well. Southeast Utah became known for uranium deposits, and later became a popular area for uranium prospecting when the United States government encouraged exploration to meet the military weapon development programs. A geologist named Charlie Steen discovered a massive high grade uranium deposit southeast of Moab and a prospecting boom began. During the 1950s Moab grew from a population of 1,275 to over 5,000 residents. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN Page 271 of 451 9 Page 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * The 1960s saw the construction of a uranium processing plant along the Colorado River and a small oil and gas production boom, further cementing extractive industries as the core of the local economy. Tourism was also growing during this time, though at a much more modest pace. Arches National Monument became a national park in 1971 and visitation between 1960 and 1970 grew from 71,600 to 178,500. Population and Growth By the mid-1970s demand for uranium declined and mines near Moab started shutting down. The uranium processing plant began a series of layoffs and ceased operations in 1984. Moab went into an economic tailspin. The population decreased from 5,333 in 1980 to 3971 in 1990. Homes were shuttered, businesses closed, and government services were reduced. At one point the local school district instituted a 4-day school week to save money. While extractive industries declined, tourism gained momentum in the Moab area. Spurred on by the growing popularity of mountain biking and increasing interest in the regional national parks, the 1990s saw the construction of new hotels and restaurants. Downtown storefronts also began reopening, most catering to the burgeoning tourist market. National park visitation mushroomed and by 2014 Arches National Park attracted 1,284,767 visitors. The 2010s have seen some modest growth in oil and gas production, but for the most part Moab remains dependent upon tourism as an economic driver. Today, Moab is the hub of Utah's southeastern corridor. It is 234 miles southeast of Salt Lake City and 113 miles southwest of Grand Junction, Colorado. It is located on State Highway 191 along the Colorado River about 30 miles south of Interstate 70. Town Name Population Distance from Moab Castle Valley 332 (2013) 22 miles La Sal 395 (2012) 31 miles Monticello 1,980 (2012) 54 miles Green River 949 (2012) 52 miles A portion of Moab's workforce lives south of Moab in unincorporated Grand and San Juan counties. The uranium mining boom in the early 1950s created the most significant population growth in the history of Moab. The number of residents increased dramatically from 1950 to 1960. Although no other era would experience the degree of growth that Moab saw during that time, the community would continue to expand into the early 1980s. This trend then reversed, with Moab's population declining from a high of 5,333 people in 1980 to only 3,971 in 1990. This was largely the result of mine closures and the uranium mill closure. Historical Population Census Population %± 1890 333 - 1900 376 12.9 1910 586 55.9 1920 856 46.1 1930 863 0.8 1940 1,084 25.6 1950 1,275 17.6 1960 4,682 267.2 1970 4,793 2.4 1980 5,333 11.3 1990 3,971 -25.5 2000 4,779 20.4 2010 5,046 5.6 2012 5,093 .9 2015* 5,235 2.8 *US Census estimate CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN Page 272 of 451 10 I Page 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * In the early 1990s, Moab began another cycle of growth fueled by the burgeoning tourist industry. Current population growth is very modest, less than 1% per year. Today, the year- round population of Moab is approximately 5,200. Natural Environment Moab is strongly defined by its location and surroundings. Situated at roughly 4,000 feet in elevation and enclosed by red rock cliffs, Moab lies in a verdant valley along the Colorado River. The creeks and springs and close proximity to the Colorado River create an oasis in the desert. The towering red rock walls and mesas present a stunning contrast to the desert sky, the dramatic peaks of the La Sal Mountain range, and the lush trees and fields of the valley floor. The harsh desert that encircles the community once proved to be a major detriment to development and sustaining a population. Now this natural environment is the greatest asset supporting a thriving tourism economy. The surrounding sandstone enhances the beauty of the area but does increase the danger of sudden stormwater runoff. Whether the water comes from sudden short-lived monsoonal rain storms or from rapid snow melt, there is always a chance of local flooding. Heavily concentrated rainfall can swell Mill Creek and Pack Creek and often causes the eroded faces of the cliff slopes to act as discharge chutes for larger collection basins on top of the surrounding high ground. Recent actions taken to manage flood potential have had a positive effect in protecting public and private property. On -going flood mitigation and flood channel management practices will keep ahead of development and changing precipitation patterns. Climate and Temperature Temperatures in Moab have been reported as high as 113 degrees Fahrenheit and as low as — 20 degrees F. In spite of the intense heat each summer, Moab's climate is generally categorized as "temperate." The frost -free period in Moab averages 184 days per year. Rainfall averages only eight inches per year, with October being the wettest month, followed by March, July and April. During the summer, Moab is prone to sudden brief, violent thunderstorms that often result in flash floods. Average Average Daytime/Nighttim Monthly e Temperatures Precipitation (Fahrenheit) (inches) JAN 49.6/18.0 0.53 FEB 50.4/25.5 0.62 MAR 60.2/34.2 0.71 APR 72.5/41.9 0.79 MAY 82.4/50.1 0.57 JUNE 92.0/57.5 0.45 JULY 99.0/64.1 0.49 AUG 95.3/62.8 0.87 SEPT 87.1/52.8 0.83 OCT 73.8/40.8 1.16 NOV 56.0/30.6 0.6 DEC 45.1 /21.4 0.64 CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN Page 273 of 451 11 Page 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * Land Use Moab's current city limits include approximately 3,060 acres of land. The City has a variety of land use types including residential, commercial, industrial, and some mixed use. According to a GIS-based build -out analysis, about two-thirds of that area: has been built -on or developed; is conserved; is parkland; or is severely constrained from development due to topography or natural resources. Moab encompasses a variety of neighborhoods, ranging from higher density areas with a variety of lot sizes, to traditional suburban development with larger lots and lower density, to mobile home neighborhoods. The main commercial area begins (north to south) at the Colorado River Bridge on Hwy 191(Main Street) and follows Main Street to the southern city limits. Other commercial areas exist off of Main Street but are generally adjacent to the central area of town. The traditional downtown area is primarily composed of tourist -related businesses. At this time, there is no large-scale retail in Moab. Development patterns often do not fit current zoning classes. Single family residences on very large lots have been the development pattern for many years even in the multi -family zones. Significant development occurred prior to the codification of the zoning ordinances in 1954. Development and economic pressures along with fluctuations in population at different times led to development anomalies that still exist today. In addition, there are minor differences among similar zone classifications that may be too complex for the size of the community. Moab is contiguous to Spanish Valley to the south, containing most of Grand County's population, and functioning as a semi -urban to rural continuation of Moab City. On Moab's northern boundary are resort type development, and the Uranium Mill Tailings Remedial Action, a 20 year and $800 million dollar federal reclamation project managed by the Department of Energy. Roughly 93% of Grand County is managed by various federal and state government agencies. To the east and west is predominantly Bureau of Land Management (BLM) property, including 140 acres within city limits. There are also tracts of School and Institutional Trust Lands (SITLA) interspersed throughout Grand County. SITLA parcels in Moab, such as the potential future Utah State University (USU) Campus, and the Lions Back Property, are some of the largest undeveloped properties in the city. The Nature Conservancy (TNC) is another important open space land owner in the area. TNC and the Utah Division of Natural Resources jointly own and manage the 894- acre Matheson Wetlands Preserve that provides wildlife habitat. Future Land Use Management While the City is growing, there is an increasing desire to keep our small-town atmosphere. The people that live here choose to reside here because of the amenities of the area. The character of Moab is also important to people looking to relocate in the area. Preserving small- town values is of the highest priority for many Moab residents, and anything that affects local neighborhoods or Moab's atmosphere has heightened importance to those who live in the community. The land development regulations will continue to be the legal conduit through which land use decisions are made. It is important to continually modify the land use codes to reflect the changing needs of the community and promote best land use practices. With growth pressures and sprawling development in the rural areas surrounding the City, infill development of desirable land uses should be promoted with appropriate land use policies. The policies throughout the General Plan encourage desirable inflll development, use of existing structures, and other land use directions for development. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 12 Page Page 274 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * As needs for particular kinds of residential, commercial, or industrial development arise, or critical lands for conservation are identified, this General Plan should be amended to reflect developing trends and the Moab Municipal Code should be revised accordingly. Important aspects in guiding the City's development are ensuring that regulations not only continue to be dynamic, flexible, and contemporary but also reflect updated trends identified in the Plan. Growth trends in many communities across the nation are similar to what is occurring in Grand County. Distinct urban areas in certain regions are losing residents as they move to lower - density, more rural settings. Likewise, Moab is seeing increased development on the "urban fringe." The key to quality -of -life issues in the coming decades will be the ability of the City of Moab and Grand County to coordinate planning efforts in order to manage the growth on the urban fringe, and provide a smooth transition from high -density, urban settings to low -density, rural areas. Development pressures are such that the unincorporated areas near the City are being developed to near -urban levels. As this growth has occurred, it has become apparent that it would benefit the community to create a plan that ensures appropriate and desirable growth within the City and in the areas around it. Developing a growth area plan to reflect best practices and future directions desired by both the City and Grand County is an important aspect of future land use planning The City utilizes zoning regulations to help manage land use, compatibility, and density throughout the community. The City provides a menu of zoning options that provide for a variety of residential, commercial, industrial, and open space uses. The current zoning regulations are intended to maintain a healthy, safe, clean, and beautiful community where land is used efficiently, effectively, and is compatible with neighboring uses. Flexibility in the Land Use regulations can be an essential component for encouraging desirable projects that add community assets and opportunities. The City should consider other dynamic zoning regulations regarding density and site development standards in order to accomplish desired community goals. To preserve community values, the City intends to adopt specific policies that affect growth and land use within City limits and in nearby areas subject to annexation. A realistic, planned and flexible approach to development, will help to reduce sprawl. Creative development can make the best use of existing buildings and land. Annexations With the increasingly rapid development of the City of Moab and the unincorporated areas of Grand County, it is necessary to include provisions for annexation of property into the corporate limits of Moab. Annexation can be an effective means of accommodating the growth of the City while implementing elements of the General Plan and development regulations. In 2015, there were just over 97.5 acres of unincorporated land completely encompassed by the City, also known as "county enclaves." These four enclaves are currently subject to county land use provisions and all other regulations including emergency services. To facilitate greater efficiency of infrastructure and services and to encourage desirable infill development, enclaves shall be avoided in the future. Existing enclaves created by past annexation, shall be incorporated as the need arises. However, plans must be created to ensure that costs to update infrastructure, utilities and stormwater structures are the responsibility of the residents living in the area and not the population at large. In addition to efficiency and compatibility obstacles between the unincorporated county and the City of Moab, water rights and distribution systems pose further obstacles to annexation and corporate limit expansion. It will be imperative in the coming years to work with the Grand Water & Sewer Service Agency (GWSSA) to facilitate the growth of the City limits. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN Page 275 of 451 13 Page 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * Urban Service Area Plan Efforts have been made for the City of Moab and Grand County to establish an "Urban Services Area" around the City to provide for future planning as the City grows. This Urban Services Area would include portions of unincorporated Grand County up to one mile from the corporate limits of the City. An Urban Services Area Plan could be established through an Interlocal Agreement (ILA) between the City and the County. The intent of this agreement would be to establish uniform standards for growth around the City, especially in areas that can be annexed in the future. As stated before, the City is seeing increased growth along the urban fringe. It would be beneficial to establish an ILA with Grand County to ensure compatible development as our community grows. A gradual transition from urban densities to rural uses is in the best interest of all parties involved; providing for the adequate provision of services, infrastructure, and facilities at a reduced cost to residents of both the City and the County. In addition to the importance of joint planning on the urban fringe between the City and County, it is also of great importance to establish policies that promote infill development within the corporate limits of the City of Moab. There are political and jurisdictional constraints to the geographic expansion of the City in many areas, so policies that favor infill will have a direct impact on growth along the periphery of the City and mitigate urban sprawl. Governmental Structure The City of Moab is governed by an elected city council and mayor. Five city council members are elected at large to 4-year terms. The city council reviews and approves resolutions, ordinances and financial activities for Moab City. The city council also hires and oversees the city manager position. The mayor, elected to a 4-year term, chairs the city council meetings and votes to break city council ties. The mayor also signs official city documents and contracts. With the advice and consent of the city council, the mayor appoints the police chief, public works director, city treasurer and city recorder as well as members to various advisory boards and commissions. The city manager is the chief executive officer of the city. All depai tments and employees, including appointed officials, report to the city manager. The city manager works under a contract approved by the city council. The City of Moab provides standard city services to the public, including administrative record keeping, business licensing, building inspection (via a contract with Grand County), planning and zoning, police and public safety services, a recreation department that includes sports and arts programs, animal control services and an animal shelter, solid waste collection (by contract with a private company), culinary water and sewer services, a wastewater treatment plant, and community and economic development projects and programs. The City also has various agreements with other local government entities for the provision of services, including Recreation, Animal Control, Drug Law Enforcement, Dispatch Services, and a number of other services. The City's revenue is based primarily on sales tax and user fees. The City of Moab does not charge a property tax. Therefore, the City of Moab does not have any General Obligation debt. Large-scale projects are financed through long-term savings, outside grants, and revenue bonds. The City has historically maintained financial stability, with revenues exceeding expenditures on an annual basis. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN Page 276 of 451 14 Page 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * Public Buildings, Facilities and Services Moab offers a variety of services and facilities, provided by a number of agencies and organizations. City Services and Facilities City owned and operated buildings include: • Moab City Center, which houses the city council chambers, administrative offices, police, and animal control; • Moab Public Works Facility, which houses the city's maintenance crews and equipment; • Moab Animal Shelter, which serves Grand County as well as Moab City; • Moab Arts and Recreation Center, which provides a public venue for art, dance and movement events and performances as well as cultural and recreation classes and workshops; • Moab Recreation and Aquatic Center, which provides indoor and outdoor pools and a fitness center; • Moab Waste Water Treatment Plant, which serves Moab and Grand County; and • Center Street Gym, which provides for adult and youth basketball and volleyball as well as other indoor recreation activities. City owned and operated facilities include: • Culinary water system serving homes and businesses. • Three existing water storage tanks and one planned for the future. • Numerous culinary water wells and springs. • Water treatment plant serving Moab and Grand County residences and businesses. Parks and Recreation There are over a dozen parks as well as two recreational facilities in the City of Moab. City parks include ball fields, musical playgrounds, play equipment, hiking/biking trails, a bike park, a skate park, a dog park, duck ponds, stages, amphitheaters, water features, and other outdoor gathering spaces. The Moab Recreation and Aquatic Center, the Moab Arts and Recreation Center and the Center Street Gym also offer public recreational opportunities. Grand County also provides facilities for use by the community. They include the Grand Center, Old Spanish Trail Arena Complex, and numerous paths and trails. The City of Moab has an extensive park and trails system: • The Moab Golf Course, owned by the City but managed by the Moab Country Club. • The Mill Creek Parkway trail system, 6 miles of paved paths with trails running through town and further connecting to numerous hiking trails. • An extensive bike lane and trail system throughout town and connecting to trails outside city limits. • Swanny City Park • Old City Park • Rotary Park CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 15 Page Page 277 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * • Center Street Ball Park • Dixie Park • Anonymous Park • Bullick Cross Creek Park • Cross Trails Park • Bark Park (a dog park with separate sections for small and larger dogs) • Ute Circle Park • Lions Park • Frisbee Golf Course • Sun Court • Moonstone Gallery • A BMX course • A skate park • A slackline area Law Enforcement/Crime Rate The Moab Police Department has 17 certified officers. The deparftnent's primary jurisdiction is within Moab city limits, but the depai tinent also works closely with the Grand County Sheriff's Office and the Utah Highway Patrol on investigations and emergency response. In 2012 the crime rate in Moab was 43.98 incidents per thousand residents. While this is higher than some rural areas in Utah, it is not unusual for a tourist area, where crime rates are often inflated from a large visitor population. Special events and visitor fluctuations create staffing challenges for the department. Infrastructure J The City of Moab owns, maintains and operates the full range of its municipal infrastructure. This includes water and sanitary sewer systems, a wastewater treatment plant, a stormwater drainage conveyance system, a network of streets and roads, and a trail system. The City adopts an annual Capital Improvements Plan, which includes projects for the current year as well as anticipates projects for a twenty-year time horizon. The City has ongoing efforts to upgrade streets, walkways and other structures, and must continually plan for future growth and development. The City requires developers to install infrastructure to serve their projects and to pay impact fees on new water and sewer connections to facilitate future expansion of these services. Water The History of Water in Moab As is typical with towns in the southwestern United States, obtaining a dependable water supply for the City of Moab has historically been a primary concern. Before the turn of the Twentieth Century, residents of the area were building infrastructure that would supply drinking water to the original townsite. By 1950, the City had installed storage tanks. Moab's rapid population growth due to the uranium boom in the 1950s quickly outpaced the available drinking water supply. Water rationing was a common occurrence. Forward -thinking individuals recognized that having sufficient water rights, storage and distribution infrastructure was vital to the growth and sustainability of the community As the population continued to grow and the economic driver shifted to tourism, existing water tanks and water lines could not provide sufficient storage capacity or adequate pressures to meet increasing demands. This prompted the City to construct the Powerhouse Tank, the Mountain View Tank, and the Skakel Tank, bringing the combined storage up to three million gallons. Additional storage capacity is currently in the planning stages. Water Rights and Resources After decades of water supply projections showing abundant and pure culinary (drinking quality) water, new data suggest an over - allocation of water rights and a trend of water use that appears to be significantly depleting available resources. Until recently, population projections have not taken into account denser zoning codes or the burgeoning tourist economy and its impact on per capita water usage. More information on this topic is published in the Moab Water Conservation Plan Update for 2016. Over the years, the City has acquired water rights equaling 9.137 million gallons per day. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 16 Page Page 278 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * Build -out projections based on 2016 zoning indicate that the City will need to serve approximately 24,000 persons. Simply put, build -out means the population projected if all available zones within the City limits are developed to the maximum allowable capacity. It is estimated that build -out demand will equal approximately 7.5 million gallons per day. However, at issue — and of extreme importance to City leaders and concerned citizens — is the deceptive notion that water rights equal water supply. In a 2016 survey of actual water production, it is estimated that, by buildout, Moab will reach a demand of more than 55% over supply. Perhaps more important than build -out is the concept of the City's "carrying capacity," meaning, at current usage rates due to increased commercial uses and growing needs, Moab will reach its carrying capacity at approximately 11,500 residents. The 2015 population of Moab was 5,235 residents. It should be noted that the water usage cited here, both current and prospective, are for Moab City residential and commercial use only, and not for the larger area of Spanish Valley, which draws from the same aquifer. In addition to increased demand and evidence of depleted supply, generalized drought conditions throughout the western United States combined with the added variables of climate change have led the City to engage in extensive studies and modeling to determine the long- term viability of our underground culinary aquifers. Water System Components In addition to the three storage tanks, the existing water transmission and distribution system contains 50 miles of pipe, three pressure zones with five pressure -reducing stations, approximately 640 valves and 234 hydrants. The number of water connections in the City of Moab system as of November, 2016 is 2073. This is an approximate 8.5% increase from 2010. For 2016, there were 1575 residential connections, 414 commercial connections, and 84 institutional connections. Because many of the City's water system components date from the 1960s and earlier, they are reaching the end of their useful life. Assessment of system weak points and timely replacement will help avoid failures and costly emergency maintenance. A schedule for replacement of these mains should be developed. While the system is sized to meet current demand, new service lines are needed for new development. Each water connection is serviced by a meter. The City has nearly completed its meter replacement program, with all but 20 meters now part of a radio -read meter system. Water Quality Water quality in the Moab water system meets all state and federal standards. All drinking water supply for the City of Moab is pristine groundwater from wells and springs discharging from a sandstone aquifer. This aquifer enjoys the protections of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency designation as a Sole Source Aquifer. [Sole Source Aquifer Determination for Glen Canyon Aquifer System, Moab, Utah, published in the January 7, 2002 Federal Register, volume 67 #4, pp. 736-738.] Treatment for the City of Moab water system consists of minimal chlorination. Water sampling found the drinking water of the City of Moab, before treatment, equals or exceeds the quality of 80 percent of brands of bottled drinking water from springs sold in stores (comparison data is from the 1999 published Natural Resources Defense Council study of bottled water quality). CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 17 1 Page Page 279 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * In view of increasing demand and decreasing supply, Moab should look to other sources of water to supply the culinary needs of its population. Colorado River water, in order to be considered as a source for Moab, will need to be secured through a competitive and politically charged process. Serious concerns in considering the use of river water are the infrastructure and energy costs required to process it to standards acceptable for culinary use. An economic and environmental feasibility study of developing Colorado River water is needed to better understand this potential. Water Conservation The City adopted its most recent Water Conservation Plan Update in December 2016. Based on current use, and preliminary supply estimates from an incomplete USGS groundwater study, it is estimated that per capita consumption rates will need to be reduced by nearly 52% to match Moab's build -out population. Given that outdoor water makes up a large percentage of the City's water usage for both residential and commercial customers, reduction in outdoor culinary water use is a top priority. The Plan recommends that the City embrace an initial goal of 25% reduction in culinary water consumption for both indoor and outdoor use over the next five years. In February 2017, the city council approved an ordinance to create a citizens' Moab City Water Conservation and Drought Management Advisory Board to inform and advise the City Council on matters related to water conservation initiatives, capital projects, and policy. Other Water Purveyors and Agencies The City of Moab is not the only water purveyor in Moab. The Grand Water & Sewer Service Agency (GWSSA) and the Moab Irrigation Company (MIC) provide water to property owners both within and outside the City, with GWSSA predominantly providing water outside city limits. MIC is a private company which sells water shares on the open market. In addition, the Grand County Water Conservancy District and the Moab Area Watershed Partnership address water issues in Moab and Grand County. A new water system proposed in northern San Juan County should be of great concern to the City leadership. The San Juan Spanish Valley Water & Sewer Special Service District was granted permission to change a point of diversion from the San Juan River to Spanish Valley. As there are currently no significant intersystem agreements for culinary water, the Water Conservation Plan recommends that the City of Moab work to establish a regional water authority that will include all water systems in the watershed including Moab City, Grand Water and Sewer Service Agency, Castle Valley, and water systems in southern Spanish Valley and Pack Creek. Sanitary Sewer/Wastewater Treatment The City's wastewater collection and conveyance system consists of over 36 miles of sewer pipelines. The City's wastewater treatment plant is a regional facility serving Moab and nearby unincorporated Grand County. Many of the collection facilities were built in the 1950s and 1960s as part of the proliferation of neighborhoods and subdivisions associated with the uranium boom. As the system continues to age, it will become prone to structural deterioration and hydraulic deficiencies. The Moab Wastewater Treatment Plant was last upgraded in 1996. Due to growth and new regulations, Moab is replacing its wastewater facilities and components to increase capacity and ensure future compliance with discharge permits. This upgrade is sized to accommodate projected growth in Moab, Spanish Valley and northern San Juan County and will serve these areas by late 2018. Storm Drainage Seasonal heavy rainfall, along with large areas of sandstone cliffs and other areas surrounding Moab can pose significant stormwater drainage issues for the City. While the City does not have a comprehensive storm drainage system, it does CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 18 1 Page Page 280 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * have a variety of stormwater drainage facilities including check dams, drains, pipes, ditches, retention and detention systems, as well as street conveyance systems. The City adopted a Master Stormwater Management Plan in 1999, and updated it in 2007. The 2007 Plan identified a number of priority projects, with the Stewart Canyon Detention and Outfall, the South Area Trunk System and 200 South Upgrades as the top three priorities. In 2008, the City adopted a stormwater fee system on residential and commercial properties in Moab to help offset the cost of these improvements. A further update to the Storm Water Management Plan is needed. Street Network There are approximately 26 miles of road within city limits. The original townsite of Moab follows the Utah tradition of wide streets and long blocks laid out in a grid. However, areas of town developed during and since the uranium boom are more typical U.S. urban and suburban layouts with somewhat narrower streets and occasional cul-de-sacs. The primary roads in Moab often function as part of the stormwater drainage system, carrying stormwater to the west and into the Matheson Wetlands Preserve or the Colorado River. The City also has an extensive system of bike lanes throughout neighborhoods. There are no bike lanes on Highway 191/Main Street in the center of town, but the Utah Department of Transportation (UDOT) has installed bike lanes on the northern section of the road as it heads toward the Colorado River Bridge. Highway 191 is the primary access route in and out of Moab and travels through downtown Moab as Main Street. Highway 191 is part of the UDOT highway system, and the State is responsible for oversight and maintenance. While the highway sees a significant volume of local traffic, a good portion of the traffic is through -traffic. Traffic statistics indicate that approximately 9% of that traffic is small trucks such as UPS vehicles and 30% are large trucks and semi - tractor trailers. Maintenance of the City's street network is a substantial responsibility that includes everything from street sweeping and snow removal to pothole patching and asphalt replacement. Moab's Streets Department is responsible for all streets in City limits with the exception of UDOT-maintained Main Street (US-191) and a few cross jurisdictional roads maintained by the County. The City receives Class C State Road Funds from the State to help pay for city street maintenance, with maintenance supplemented by City general funds. Since Class C funding is based on road mileage not area, the excessive width of many of the city streets intensifies the funding shortfall. This funding is not sufficient for maintenance let alone reconstruction of roads that are failing. Though the City sets aside money from its general fund each year for road reconstruction, many streets are in fair or poor condition. The City has developed a prioritized maintenance and replacement list to address this issue, and intends to seek funding sources. Sidewalks, Paths and Trails Pedestrian and bicycle transportation infrastructure is a cornerstone of Moab's local, sustainable transportation system. The City of Moab is continuously working to develop designated bicycle lanes, improve pedestrian sidewalks and paths, and ensure the safe movement of multi -modal traffic on local roadways. Maintaining and further expanding upon these efforts is essential to meeting the community's vision for an easily navigable street system and a bicycle- and pedestrian - friendly community. Parkwa. 7. Non-motori, i Path 8. Tra. The Mill Creek Parkway and developing Pack Creek Parkway are non -motorized paths and trails that meander through the city tying many of the neighborhoods and open spaces together. Starting construction in 1994, Mill Creek Parkway has become a vital recreational outlet and transportation connection for walkers, joggers and bicyclists in Moab. Even in 100 degree desert heat, the parkway stays green and shady: a welcome refuge for visitors and residents alike, and important wildlife CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 19 Page Page 281 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * corridor. Mill Creek Parkway, as well as the floodway and riparian zone surrounding Pack Creek, are the backbone of this system, with other conserved areas scattered throughout the City. Further expansion of the parkway is planned. The City of Moab, Grand County Trail Mix and Moab Trail Alliance (MTA) are active in promoting trail development and interconnectivity. Trail Mix is a multi -agency organization with the mission to develop and preserve an integrated network of trails for a safe, convenient, and enjoyable recreation and transportation experience. County Services and Facilities Moab is the county seat of Grand County. Moab residents utilize many facilities and services provided by Grand County, or by special service districts established by Grand County. While many Grand County facilities serve city residents, Grand County does not have land use or law -making jurisdiction over the incorporated area of the city. Services and facilities provided by Grand County include: • Grand County Courthouse • Moab Information Center (visitors center) • Grand Center • Grand County Public Library • Star Hall • Old Spanish Trail Arena and field complex • Moab and Klondike landfills • Spanish Valley Water & Sewer Improvement District • Canyonlands Care Center • Canyonlands Field Airport • Canyonlands Community Recycle Center • Family Support Center/Children's Justice Center • Sand Flats Recreation Area (managed jointly with Bureau of Land Management) • Housing Authority of Southeastern Utah • Lions Transit Hub • Ken's Lake agricultural reservoir • Grand Valley Cemetery • Sunset Memorial Gardens Cemetery • Moab Fire Department • Grand County Emergency Medical Services • Grand County Search and Rescue Public Education Services and Facilities The Grand County School District, which is a subdivision of the State of Utah, provides elementary and secondary public education services within the community. The City of Moab cooperates extensively with the school district on a variety of issues including law enforcement, recreation programming and social issues. Public education facilities include: • Helen M. Knight Elementary School • Grand County Middle School • Grand County High School • Moab Charter School • Arches Education Center • C R Sundwall Center Preschool Additionally, Utah State University (USU) has a Moab Center and is in the planning process for a new USU-Moab campus. The City of Moab strongly supports USU's efforts. State Services and Facilities The State of Utah has a number of regional offices and services located in Moab, necessitating cooperation with a number of different agencies. These locations include: • A Utah State office building • A Moab Workforce Services building • A UDOT yard • A Public Health office • A School and Institutional Trust Lands Administration (SITLA) office • An Adult Probation and Parole office • A Rehabilitation Services office • A State Liquor Store CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN Page 282 of 451 20 1 Page 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * Federal Services and Facilities The federal government has headquarters and offices in or near Moab that include the National Park Service, the US Forest Service, the Bureau of Land Management, the US Geological Survey, and the Moab Interagency Fire Center. The activities of the federal government affect the City of Moab in many ways, necessitating cooperation with a number of different agencies. Non -Profit Services and Facilities Moab and Grand County have an extensive network of local non-profit organizations that provide services to residents and visitors. Some of the major local non -profits include: • Four Corners Community Behavioral Health • Moab Regional Hospital • Moab Free Health Clinic • Youth Garden Project • Moab Valley Multicultural Center • WabiSabi • Community Rebuilds • Salvation Army • Veterans of Foreign Wars • The Humane Society of MoabValley • Canyonlands Watershed Council • The Resiliency Hub Other Services and Facilities Moab residents and businesses are served by a number of utilities and communications providers, including: • Questar Gas • Rocky Mountain Power • Frontier Communications • Emery Telcom • DirecTV and Dish TV • River Canyon Wireless Relevant Planning Documents To be most effective, a municipality's general plan should be in alignment with the goals and objectives of other community regulations and plans. As part of the General Plan Update process, the documents below have been considered part of the planning context to ensure consistency and support future implementation. City of Moab Water Conservation Plan Update (December 2016) The Water Conservation Plan is meant to address how Moab will meet its future water demand needs through water conservation programs and practices. The Conservation Plan Update recommends that the City embrace an initial goal of 25% reduction in culinary water consumption for both indoor and outdoor use over the next five years. In February 2017, the City Council approved an ordinance to create a citizens' Moab City Water Conservation and Drought Management Advisory Board to inform and advise the City Council on matters related to water conservation initiatives, capital projects, and policy. City of Moab Storm Water Management Plan (MSWMP) (1999) The MSWMP was created to address the impacts of past and future growth on the stormwater system and establishes an action plan to address those impacts. The 1999 Plan is in the process of being updated to the City of Moab Drainage Master Plan with expected completion in 2017. The updated Master Plan will evaluate existing and future deficiencies in the storm drainage system within the City, and will present a list of capital projects to address those deficiencies moving forward. City of Moab Sanitary Sewer Master Plan (expected completion date late 2017) A sewer system analysis was conducted based on growth in the City of Moab, Grand County and San Juan County. The Sanitary Sewer Master Plan will identify existing and future capacity deficiencies in the sewer collection system, and provide a capital facilities plan to address those deficiencies. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN Page 283 of 451 21 Page 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * City of Moab Water Storage and Distribution Master Plan (expected completion date late 2017) A drinking water systems analysis will be performed to examine the City's existing water rights at springs and wells, and to analyze the City's water storage and distribution system. The master plan will identify existing and future deficiencies in the water system, and develop a capital facilities plan to address those deficiencies. Natural Hazards: Pre -disaster Mitigation Plan for the Southeastern Region of Utah (2013) Based on the Disaster Mitigation and Cost Reduction Act, this required plan identifies potential hazards, potential losses, and possible mitigation measures to limit losses due to natural disasters. Grand County, Utah General Plan (2012) The Grand County General Plan establishes the county's goals for the future and provides direction for decisions affecting the use and development of land, preservation of open space, transportation systems, partnerships with other organizations, economic growth and the expansion of public facilities and services. The plan is written to provide general policy direction, guide decision -making and set priorities. Grand County & City of Moab Housing Study and Affordable Housing Plan (2009) This plan was prepared with collaboration between the City of Moab, Grand County, the Housing Authority of Southeastern Utah (HASU), and the Rural Community Assistance Corporation (RCAC). The study examined the supply of and demand for affordable housing and proposed goals and objectives to address affordable housing issues. Moab Area Housing Plan (2017) This is an update to the 2009 Plan above. The update was a joint effort of the Interlocal Housing Task Force, Grand County and the City of Moab. The 2017 plan is Appendix A in the General Plan. Grand County Non -Motorized Trails Master Plan (2011) Adopted by the city and county, the Grand County Non -Motorized Trails Master Plan provides a blueprint for an integrated trail system by cataloging existing trails and identifying strategic locations for future trail development. Spanish Valley Transportation Plan (2008) The Spanish Valley Transportation Plan addresses transportation issues with short- term and long-term improvement recommendations in the southern part of the city and south through the Grand County portion of Spanish Valley. Intersection enhancement, new road connectors, general road improvements, roadway realignment, and the addition of bicycle lanes to some roads are all suggestions presented in the plan to alleviate future traffic concerns. The Plan establishes policy and recommendations to ease congestion and safety concerns based on population projections, expected land use changes, and anticipated traffic increases from population growth and tourism. North Corridor Gateway Plan (2002) Originally adopted in partnership with Grand County, the plan addresses future development along the northern route 191 gateway by establishing standards that reflect the community vision of land use and development design related to streetscape appearance. The plan became the (RC) Resort Commercial Zone and was applied to the properties in the North Corridor Annexation on August 12, 2008. Utah State University: Future Moab Campus Master Plan (2012) This planning document envisions the new University campus over a 30-year period transitioning from a small downtown site to a full campus in a recently annexed area. The plan establishes that the campus will be designed and constructed with an awareness of the environment, economics, community, aesthetics, and energy efficiency, to ensure it benefits the lives of students and Moab residents. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN Page 284 of 451 22 Page 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * 2020 Vision: A Sustainable Moab Plan (2008) This plan encourages water conservation, sustainable construction, reduced dependence on nonrenewable energy sources, and increased energy efficiency for new and existing structures. Community awareness and educational campaigns are proposed to show the financial and social benefits of sustainable practices. Other Context Affordable Housing A major challenge in Moab is the cost and availability of housing. Vacation properties and second homes dispersed throughout the community have inflated housing costs. A large percentage of jobs in Moab are in leisure, hospitality, and retail trade industries. Identifying and securing housing that supports the Moab workforce and their families has continued to be a priority for the City. According to the 2010 Census, the median home value of owner -occupied units was $217,900 and the median household income was $39,085; in contrast, the median home value for the State of Utah is $221,300 and the median household income is $57,783. The Census also indicated that 18.9% of Moab's population is living below the poverty line, in contrast to 11.4% statewide. In 2016 the average assessed value of all homes in Grand County was $296,000 according to the Grand County Assessor. In 2016 the Area Median Income (AMI) for Grand County was $64,300. According to data from the 2014 US Census Bureau 29.2% of the Grand County population earns less than $20,000/year and Grand County is ranked 26th of all counties in the state of Utah. This represents a slight improvement from 2010 numbers of 33% and 28th respectively. Arts & Culture Moab has a thriving arts community. The Moab Arts Council lists nearly 901oca1 artists in Moab, and there are many events and educational programs throughout the year for residents and visitors. There are numerous galleries throughout the city. The Museum of Moab on Center Street celebrates both the human and natural history of the area. The Moab to Monument Valley Film Commission is the longest running film commission in the U.S. The area's unparalleled landscape has lent itself to dozens of movies over the years, and will likely continue to be a small, yet important, facet of the City's economy and culture. Environmental Sustainability Moab has been on the forefront of renewable energy implementation, water conservation, and water quality protection practices making them priorities for sustaining the local populace. As a leader in the movement towards clean energy, Moab has been purchasing wind energy and has encouraged residents to do the same. In 2003 this earned Moab the title of First EPA Green Power Community in the Nation. The City built on its commitment to energy and environmental sustainability in 2008, by adopting its 2020 Vision: A Sustainable Moab Plan. Among other goals, this Plan set an objective to reduce the use of non-renewable fuels by 20% and increase the City government's use of renewable energy sources by 20% by 2020. In doing this, Moab hoped to create a model for local citizens and other communities to follow. Since then, solar panels have been constructed on the roofs of most of the city buildings. In addition, in early 2017, the City committed to transition municipal operations to 100% renewable electricity by 2027, and to transition everyone else within City limits to renewable electricity by 2032. While working toward these goals, the City will also be taking steps to reduce community greenhouse gas emissions by 80% by 2040 (50% by 2032). CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN Page 285 of 451 23 Page 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * Although few major water conservation campaigns have been undertaken, the community has found ways to reduce their consumption per household over time. Moab has noticed significantly lower usage per household than the state average despite the hot and arid climate. In the Vision 2020 Plan, Moab set a goal of reducing per -household, per -business, and City -owned facilities' water use by 20% by 2020. The 2017 appointment of a Moab City Water Conservation and Drought Management Advisory Board combined with the 2016 update of the City's Water Conservation Plan should help the City make greater strides toward meeting its 2020 goals as well as other water conservation and protection commitments. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 24 1 Page Page 286 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * CHAPTER 3 — GENERAL PLAN UPDATE AND PROCESS Background I The last General Plan adoption occurred in 2002. This update builds on the 2002 Plan and reflects current circumstances and priorities. Creating the General Plan Update was a community -based process that focused on what Moab residents' value about their community and identified opportunities for improvement from a variety of perspectives. The economy, the environment, transportation and connectivity, neighborhoods, and arts and culture were all topics considered during the process. General Plan Update Process The General Plan, as updated, is meant to be used by decision -makers and the community The plan includes maps, illustrations, and sections that highlight certain accomplishments of the City since 2002. A Core Planning Team consisting of city staff, county staff and the city planning commission was established to oversee the update process. The team was responsible for reviewing planning consultant applications through the RFP process. SE Group was chosen and assisted with the initial public participation phase. The Core Planning Team facilitated public noticing, provided technical support, led discussions, and drafted the document for review by the Planning Commission and the public. Based on public, Planning Commission and City Council comments collected since 2012, the Core Planning Team produced this final General Plan Update. Public Engagement Beginning in 2012, the City made public engagement a priority for the update. To achieve a high level of public engagement, the Core Planning Team and planning consultants utilized a variety of methods, including the 1 following: 1. Web outreach 2. Open house 3. Stakeholder interviews (50+) 4. Sounding Board sessions (2) 5. Topic Forums (4) 6. Stakeholder Meetings and Workshop 7. Other meetings Each method is described below. Web Outreach As part of the effort to make the Moab General Plan Update a community -based process, a project website was created and provided ongoing information on public events and progress. People were also able to submit input via the website to the planning consultants. In addition to the website, the planning team used email to inform the community about events. People signed up for mail lists at public meetings or via the website. At any point in the process, members of the community were able to provide comments or ask questions through the email link available on the website as well, which were then distributed to the consultants and Core Team. Open House On Wednesday, August 1, 2012 from 5:30- 7:30 p.m., a community open house was held at Moab City Hall and was attended by approximately three dozen people including City staff and administrators, residents and homeowners, business owners, and Moab City and Grand County public officials. The main objectives of the open house meeting were to inform the community about the General Plan Update and to get their initial insight on how to make the General Plan document stronger, more relevant and more in tune with today's vision. Poster boards were arranged around the room and participants used stars and green dots to indicate what they thought worked well in the past and what remains pertinent today. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN Page 287 of 451 25 Page 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * Stakeholder Interviews Nearly 50 stakeholder interviews were conducted over a two-day period at the onset of the planning process. Interviewees came from a range of backgrounds and roles within Moab, from business owners to long-time residents and specialists from the fields of education, housing, public works, recreation and more. Some of these interviews were conducted on an individual basis while others were conducted in a group setting with two or three people at a time. This approach resulted in intriguing discussions around some of Moab's most pressing planning topics. Themes that emerged were: • Retail needs • Year-round economic sustainability • City improvements and services • Community pride • Water resources • Neighborhood/character preservation • Government and process • Land use, growth and opportunity areas • Affordable housing • Public transportation and connectivity "Sounding Board" Sessions Sounding Board sessions were held as casual community forums to meet with members of the planning team, learn about the process and provide input on the plan update. Each session was 2 hours in length and was held at a different time and location to reach different segments of the Moab community. The morning session was held at the Wake N' Bake coffee shop and the afternoon session was held at the Moab Recreation and Aquatic Center. • Wake N' Bake This session was held in the morning in order to reach the community in an informal setting. A handful of people attended, and because of the small number, conversations were in-depth and one-on-one. Mayor Dave Sakrison, Planning Director Jeff Reinhart and Economic Development Director Ken Davey were also on hand to answer questions from the public. Much of the discussion revolved around neighborhoods, character preservation, and affordable housing. Topics included the future of the Grand Oasis mobile home park, increased density in residential areas, the highly valued eclectic architecture, solar gain, and the variation of lot sizes in Moab. • Moab Recreation and Aquatic Center (MRAC) The afternoon session was aimed at reaching families, children, and residents who otherwise would be less likely to provide input on the General Plan Update. The afternoon time frame was selected because the MRAC is busy during that time of day. While adults visited with members of the planning team, children ate ice cream and drew pictures of what they loved most about Moab (see below). Whi+S Ter-640ri{g vlora Honh� • t.°444. • • N• J Gnirr w do —y 1143 ;WtniYniPg i'ns�.f�f The value of the MRAC to the community as a recreation center and central gathering place was expressed by many of those who stopped to talk. People also expressed what a fantastic place Moab is to raise a family, although some noted the high cost of living and lack of available shopping options for families. Residents noted the importance of the nearby national parks to the stability of the tourism economy. Participants advocated for more connectivity between the City and the parks, either through public transportation or biking connections. There was also general support for promoting alternative transportation throughout Moab and decreasing auto - dependency. Several business owners/tour CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN Page 288 of 451 26 Page 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * operators would like to see more partnerships fostered across the business community to promote the area as a place with friendly, outstanding service. They would like to see the reputation of Moab grow as a place with amazing resources and attractions offering an exceptional experience. Several people voiced support for promoting solar energy usage asserting that Moab could be a model community for relying on renewable energy with its exceptional year- round solar resources. Topic Forum Discussion Series These four one -hour lunch sessions were held at the local USU Campus. Each forum began with a video presentation of background information, followed by a group discussion. Several Core Team members were present to facilitate and provide more information as questions arose. The Topic Forums were open to the public, and video recordings of the presentations were posted to the project website for additional comment and discussion. The Topic Forums were: 1. Neighborhoods, October 16, 2012 2. Economic Sustainability October 17, 2012 3. Living with the Environment October 18, 2012 4. Getting Around Moab October 25, 2012 The Topic Forums further explored these ideas and the general themes identified during the public input process. These Topic Forums helped shape the goals and policies found in chapter 3. The Neighborhoods forum focused on the character of neighborhoods and the role they play in the Moab community Moab is home to distinct residential areas that were built at different times and community members present identified with where they live. Many felt strongly that policies should help preserve certain attributes of their neighborhoods and encourage future improvements. Another theme was the Original Moab Townsite, which is cherished for walkability, varied architectural styles and lot sizes, and mix of residents. Houses, duplexes and apartment buildings currently exist side by side with historic buildings original to the city. Gardens and old trees thrive in the area. Community members wanted to ensure that new development and redevelopment in this part of Moab should carefully consider the context and impacts to existing character in its design and site planning. Other residential neighborhoods that were specifically discussed included the Nichols - Bowen neighborhood, Mountain View, and Grand Oasis. Nichols -Bowen is close enough to be walkable to downtown, yet far enough away to feel separate from tourism activity. Mountain View is a Levittown style of development built for miners and their families in the 1950s and is today a thriving single-family neighborhood. Grand Oasis is a manufactured home park that provides over 300 families with affordable housing options. Residents expressed concern that the future viability of the park as a residential neighborhood is in jeopardy. It was felt that all types of housing opportunities were important for residents of various interest, ages, and walks of life. In the Economic Sustainability Topic Forum and throughout the public process, community members identified increasing employment diversification and improving the availability of retail goods and services as general goals. Participants felt the development of a Utah State University destination campus would act as a catalyst for quality jobs and more educational opportunities for residents, and would make it easier for young people to remain in the community. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN Page 289 of 451 27 1 Page 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * On the question of large-scale retail operations in Moab, participants had differing views. Some felt large-scale retail would negatively impact existing retail outlets, while others felt large- scale retail would allow Moab to prevent retail "leakage" to Grand Junction and online. Support was expressed for programs to develop local businesses related to food service, the arts, and home occupations. Participants indicated they would look favorably upon environmentally "sustainable" enterprises. Living with the Environment focused on Moab's natural environment, surroundings, and environmental sustainability. Water quality and water conservation were brought up in the early public outreach events and were discussed in more detail in the topic forums. Water usage, while conservatively low according to the Water Conservation Plan, is still a priority of the City and residents. Some community members stated that they would like to see a scientific study done to quantify the amount of water available in the aquifer for future needs. Residents offered ideas on how the City could improve the retention of water during storm events. They encouraged the use of swales and storm drainage mechanisms that would allow more water to irrigate urban gardens and greenery. Similarly, people voiced interest in having a constant flow of water in Mill Creek. Participants expressed support for recycling, reuse and composting through a series of public/ private partnerships in Moab. They felt that this will be important in the future for reducing the City's output of solid waste and subsequent carbon footprint. Residents shared that they view Moab's surrounding landscape as very important to the community and believe protecting it has significant positive implications for Moab's economy and quality of life. Discussion points related to this centered on reducing light pollution, regulating ridgeline development, and the importance of integrating new construction with the natural landscape. In the Getting Around Moab Topic Forum and throughout the public process, community members supported multi -modal (vehicles, bikes, walking, transit) connectivity throughout Moab especially between outlying tourist accommodations and downtown. Another concern discussed was to provide better pedestrian crossings along Main Street within downtown. During the forum, the participants discussed implementing the concept of "Complete Streets" and improving streets for all users by integrating motorized and non -motorized modes of transportation. The wide streets of Moab provide an ideal setting to implement these elements. Stakeholder Meetings and Workshops Public Meeting: Exploring Moab Workshop was held at Moab City Hall on November 8, 2012. Approximately 30 community members and business owners participated in the workshop, along with several staff and public officials from the City of Moab and Grand County. During the workshop, community members participated in an exercise focused on development patterns and character at different densities. The purpose of this workshop was to invite the Moab community to flesh out key planning topics from previous public outreach efforts. Through a hands-on small group exercise using visual examples, participants explored future possibilities for Moab. They developed CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN Page 290 of 451 28 1 Page 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * concept maps that detailed opportunities and challenges using the four topic areas of Economic Sustainability, Neighborhoods, Getting Around Moab, and Living with the Environment. The input from this workshop provided information for the Future Land Use Map and policies of the 2013 General Plan Update. Other Meetings Other meetings included workshops and public hearings held by the Planning Commission. The City Council also held meetings to receive comments from the public in the early part of 2015. In April of 2017 the Planning Commission held a final public workshop to unveil the updated plan to the public. The Planning Commission also held a public hearing prior to forwarding their recommendation for adoption to the City Council. General Plan Implementation The implementation stage of the City of Moab General Plan occurs as rezoning, development and annexation requests are made, as zoning and subdivision ordinances are revised, as capital improvement programs are developed, and as budgets are prepared. In order to preserve the integrity of the Moab General Plan, and to ensure that it reflects the changing needs of residents of Moab, it shall be the policy of the Moab Planning Commission and City Council that: 1. Moab General Plan policies will be used to guide the implementation of City ordinances and resolutions. 2. All ordinance changes, rezoning, or improvement programs should be in conformance with the expressed policies and maps of the General Plan. 3. The General Plan should be reviewed annually not only to ensure that the policies and programs are consistent with changing trends and conditions in the City, but also to best reflect the goals and needs of the community. 4. Requests for a plan amendment may be made by the general public, the City Planning Commission, or elected officials. The burden of establishing that any amendment to the General Plan is in the best interests of the City shall rest on the applicant. To justify such a plan amendment, the applicant must show that the change will promote the general welfare of the community and support the community goals and policies expressed in the General Plan. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN Page 291 of 451 29 Page 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * CHAPTER 4 — COMMUNITY VISION City of Moab Community Vision The Community Vision is a group of statements that summarize the values shared by the community for the future. The Vision was originally written as part of the 2002 General Plan, and has been revised as part of this update based on public input. All elements, goals and policies relate back to the community vision for Moab. A Vision for Moab Evolving and sustaining a complete community that values a diverse and stable resident population, a healthy environment, a resilient economy, and the arts & culture. In planning for the future of Moab, the community vision encompasses the following goals: • Provide housing opportunities for all residents in the community. • Promote Downtown Moab as a center of mixed use activity. • Plan for a compact development pattern that makes efficient use of public facilities and services, encourages mixed uses, protects open spaces and minimizes urban sprawl. • Maintain and enhance Moab's small town character, including safe and quiet neighborhoods, and commercial hubs offering a range of products and services. • Encourage community -wide multi-modal(walking/biking/pathway) connectivity, between schools, neighborhoods, workplaces, downtown, and popular amenities. • Encourage a resilient economy, with a mix of year-round jobs offering competitive salaries, a skilled and educated workforce, and an entrepreneurial culture. • Recognize the value of Moab's surrounding landscape, including dark skies, solar access, and other natural resources to enhance the quality of life for community residents and to ensure the longevity of Moab's tourism industry. • Manage the landscape and resources on which the city depends, encouraging conservation and waste minimization, to sustain the city in perpetuity. • Promote government which is fiscally and legally sound, with engaged and informed citizenry, well -maintained assets and infrastructure, transparency, and efficient operating processes. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN Page 292 of 451 30 Page 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * CHAPTER 5 — ELEMENTS, GOALS, POLICIES AND ACTION STEPS Nine (9) Elements The Moab City General Plan is divided into nine elements: Element 1 - Economic Development Addresses the role of the City in promoting balanced economic development and diversified employment in the area. Element 2 - Environmental Sustainability Outlines the role of the City in addressing impacts on the environment and the quality of life for current and future residents. Element 3 - Land Use and Growth Encompasses commercial, residential, industrial, and other land use. Element 4 - Housing Addresses housing needs in terms of quality, quantity and affordability. Element 5 - Parks and Recreation Includes planning for park facilities and recreation within Moab. Element 6 - Arts and Culture Addresses City's support for arts and cultural programs and the value of community diversity. Element 7 - Transportation and Circulation Involves planning for arterial, collector, and local traffic circulation, and for bicycle and pedestrian traffic. Element 8 - Public Works Addresses the capacities and needs of community facilities and services. Element 9 - Civic Services and Facilities Addresses municipal properties, law enforcement, health and emergency services, and education in Moab. Goals, Policies, Action Steps, and Plan Maps Each element includes goals, policies, and action steps. Annexation, land use, transportation and other elements have an accompanying plan map. Below is a brief description of each: 1. Goals - Goals are normally stated in broad terms because they reflect wide community values. They provide the City with direction. 2. Policies - Guidelines that should be followed in order to achieve the stated goals. 3. Action Steps - Recommended courses of action to achieve goals in accordance with stated policies. The list is not complete; items may be added or deleted depending on the circumstances. 4. Plan maps for annexation, land use, transportation and other elements show spatial relationships of land use and the desired direction of growth. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 311 Page Page 293 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * ELEMENT 1: ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT GOAL 1: GENERAL Promote a vibrant local economy that supports the unique quality of life and character of Moab. Policy 1: Continue to promote Downtown Moab as a primary commercial core of the community for residents and visitors. Action Steps: a. Work with the Chamber of Commerce to develop a downtown business group. b. Develop a Downtown Plan to define a central business district and expand and enhance pedestrian, cultural, service (eating, etc.) and shopping opportunities, manage vehicular through traffic in balance with other downtown values, improve wayfinding, and parking plan. c. Explore mechanisms to allow existing downtown residences to remain inhabited and be renovated. d. Modify zoning code to promote a quantity and distribution of downtown street -level retail that supports the pedestrian experience, and a balance between lodging, restaurants, retail, and other business types. Policy 2: Weigh the costs and benefits of new commercial and industrial development while evaluating the required expansion of public facilities and services for those projects. Action Steps: a. Require or conduct project -specific feasibility analyses to determine impacts on public facilities and requirements for upgrade or expansion. b. Regularly update impact fee and rate analyses, and modify fees and rates as appropriate. c. Ensure that infrastructure improvements that benefit new development be the financial responsibility of the new development. Policy 3: Encourage local businesses and industries to grow and thrive. Action Steps: a. Participate in and support Small Business Development Center activities and programs. b. Investigate incentives for storefront development and enhancement. c. Support the Local First campaign. d. Encourage City departments to shop locally whenever feasible. Policy 4: Facilitate the growth of local businesses and industries in a context appropriate to Moab. (size, scale, etc.) Action Steps: a. Develop and enforce land use and design standards for commercial development. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 32 Page Page 294 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * b. Encourage business development that complements the existing economy and business offerings. c. Work with community leaders to use the findings of the 2016 Area Sector Analysis Process (ASAP) to encourage business growth and recruitment. Policy 5: Encourage development of a small-scale private convention facility in Moab. Action Steps: a. Review development plans and provide input on the potential effect the development may have on the community Policy 6: Promote an appealing driving, bicycling, and walking experience for residents and visitors. Action Steps: a. Investigate incentives, including via LUC, for storefront development and enhancement. b. Develop a beautification program, including shade trees, and revisiting sign and lighting codes. c. Continue implementation of the Gateway Plan. d. Study alternative street design and traffic calming measures (eg moving parking off Main Street to allow wider sidewalks for outdoor seating, vegetation, art, pedestrians and bicycles). Policy 7: Support well -planned festivals and events that appeal to a wide array of residents and visitors and provide a net benefit to the community, without undue impact on residential neighborhoods. Action Steps: a. Review and evaluate events through the special event committee. b. Periodically review and update the special event fee structure, and what types of events (e.g. commercial events, community events, events with amplified sounds etc.) are permitted at different City facilities (e.g. Old City Park, Swanny Park, Lions Park etc.). c. Coordinate with the Moab Area Travel Council, County, Bureau of Land Management, US Forest Service, and other event permitters and organizers. d. Assess the upper limit of events the community can handle in terms of infrastructure, parking, law enforcement, and emergency medical services. e. Consider setting aside some weekends as "No Event" weekends to offer residents a break from "festival fatigue." Policy 8: Identify and explore new economic development opportunities with the goals of increasing community economic stability, increasing the proportion of jobs which pay a living wage (often shortened to diversification or resiliency). Action Steps: a. Participate in State Economic Development efforts to expand statewide activities. b. Participate with the county on an economic development entity to coordinate community - CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 33 1 Page Page 295 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * wide economic development activities. c. Seek and leverage funding for cultural, trail development and other recreational opportunities. d. Form an economic development planning group to create a community -wide economic development plan. e. Coordinate and cooperate with Grand County on the zoning for light industry, business parks, and other desirable commercial land uses for which suitable sites may not be readily located in one or the other jurisdiction. f. Explore opportunities to diversify Moab's economy. Policy 9: Refine the promotion of tourism and events to maximize the economic and cultural benefits to the community, and minimizing the impact on resident quality of life and infrastructure. Action Steps: a. Regularly consult with Grand County Council on tourism related issues. b. Work with citizens to form a community residential committee (CRC) for regular input. Policy 10: Promote and enhance retail offerings that serve the everyday needs of residents and visitors. Action Steps: a. Conduct a market study to measure how effectively Moab meets the local supply and demand for goods and services. b. Evaluate areas for adequate supply of appropriately zoned space. c. Create small area plans for the different commercial zones in the City (400E, 100W 500W etc.) clarifying what retail offerings are envisioned now and in the future. Policy 11: Coordinate and cooperate with Grand County to ensure adequate land and appropriate zoning for light industrial or business parks. Action Steps: a. Form an economic development planning group to create a community -wide economic development plan. Policy 12: Identify and explore economic development opportunities for new and existing high-tech industries. Action Steps: a. Encourage and facilitate "meet -up" opportunities for tech businesses. b. Assess and if needed seek improvements to communications infrastructure. c. Support other agencies in providing a competitive menu of medical and educational services. d. Maintain a high environmental quality. e. Provide access to renewable electricity. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 34 1 Page Page 296 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * Policy 13: Provide local government support for privately funded and publicly funded employee housing alternatives. Action Steps: a. Pursue outside funding options to match and leverage private and non-profit housing resources. b. Partner with Housing Authority of Southeastern Utah to promote and pursue federal and state financing options including grants and tax credit financing. c. Work with Grand County, other rural communities, and the State of Utah to solve workforce housing issues. d. Solicit current information on Federal Housing Programs and funding from the USDA Department of Rural Development. Policy 14: Support ongoing higher education programs in Moab and the pursuit of a local destination campus. Action Steps: a. Require concurrent development of housing affordable to the numbers and income mix of students, faculty and staff generated by the campus development on properties adjacent to the campus. b. Support the expansion of educational opportunities offered by Utah State University, particularly those relevant to jobs available, anticipated, and desirable in Moab. c. Continue to provide funding for the higher education campus set -aside fund. ********** ELEMENT 2: ENVIRONMENTAL SUSTAINABILITY GOAL 1: GENERAL Provide an enhanced quality of life through environmental stewardship. Policy 1: Collaborate with local businesses and residents to expand opportunities for environmental sustainability. Action Steps: a. Update and expand the "2020 Vision: A Sustainable Moab Plan" to reflect the City's accomplishments and set new goals, including goals in the 2016 Water Conservation Plan Update and the 2017 commitments to 100% renewable electricity and greenhouse gas emission reductions. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 35 Page Page 297 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * GOAL 2: VISUAL RESOURCES Protect the visual resources of Moab. Policy 1: Preserve viewsheds of ridgelines, hillsides, mountains. Action Steps: a. Update hillside development regulations to reflect current development trends. b. Work with other government and land use agencies to protect viewsheds of Moab residents. c. Continue to assess visual impacts as part of the development review process. d. Continue to require visual screening of developments that affect residents' views. e. Revisit code to make sure there are adequate provisions to provide buffering, particularly between neighboring zones and uses. Policy 2: Enhance Moab's rural character through protection of the natural darkness of the night sky. Action Steps: a. Receive IDA International Dark Sky Community designation by 2019. b. Reduce human caused sky glow as measured at one or more nearby state of federal parks by 20% by 2025. c. Inventory city owned outdoor lighting, and bring into best practices by June 30, 2018. d. Support local organizations and efforts to educate about and promote dark skies, and quality outdoor lighting practices. e. Update and amend the Moab Municipal Code outdoor lighting elements to ensure that new and existing lighting provides for safe and aesthetic illumination, while minimizing light trespass on neighboring properties and up lighting. Update will reflect current best practices as jointly established by the Illumination Engineering Society of North Americas and the International Dark Sky Association, equivalent professional organizations, and successful and well -established Dark Sky Communities. ********** GOAL 3: AIR QUALITY Maintain a high standard of air quality in the region to enhance and protect the health of the community, the environment and the scenic resources. Policy 1: Work to improve local air quality particularly during temperature inversions in winter months. Action Steps: a. Promote the use of less polluting heat sources through public information efforts. b. Cooperate with the State of Utah in air quality monitoring efforts. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 36 Page Page 298 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * c. Support actions that facilitate Arches and Canyonlands National Parks retaining class I air status. d. Amend burn days to reduce open burning during inversions. e. Adopt policies to reduce idling of motor vehicles. f. Explore possibility of setting up an EPA AIRNow air quality monitoring station in the City limits. Policy 2: Promote the use of alternative transportation that is non-polluting or reduces fossil fuel consumption. Action Steps: a. Continue to explore public transportation options, from shuttles to taxis to ride sharing. b. Continue to expand and maintain bike lanes and paved non -motorized routes, and their local and regional interconnectivity. c. Create incentives for City staff to walk or bicycle to work. d. Set an example by transitioning the City vehicle fleet to electric from gasoline/diesel. Policy 3: Encourage and promote energy conservation and the use of clean alternative energy sources such as solar, wind, etc. Action Steps: a. Promote utility provider programs and non-profit organizations that encourage energy efficiency and alternative energy sources. b. Educate residents about resources available to help them conserve energy, and convert to using renewable energy. c. Hire sustainability director to implement the City's 2020 Vision goals, as well as its goals to transition to 100% renewable electricity and to reduce greenhouse gas emissions by 80%. d. Support the County in setting similar goals. e. Establish funding to help low-income residents invest in rooftop solar/energy efficiency. f. Defend net metering in Utah to keep rooftop solar accessible to local utility customers. g. Consider adding solar panels to additional City locations, such as to shade existing parking lots. Policy 4: Discourage projects that would substantially decrease air quality. Action Steps: a. Monitor industrial and other projects within and outside City limits that may impact air quality within City limits. b. Amend city code to provide basis to deny land use permit for projects that would substantively decrease air quality. c. Contact regional and State representatives expressing the City's opposition to such projects. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 37 1 Page Page 299 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * GOAL 4: WATER QUALITY ➢ Protect ground, spring and surface water quality. Policy 1: Ensure that development and activities within the City do not negatively impact water quality. Action Steps: a. Review, evaluate, and take action on activities and development projects and land use changes both inside and outside the City limits to protect the quality of the City's water resources. b. Discourage the use of chemicals that could adversely affect water quality or harm the aquifer, especially in drinking water source protection areas. c. Continue monitoring water quality. d. Participate in and support further ground water studies. e. Regularly update the drinking water source protection plans and related ordinances. f. Require project -specific drinking water source protection plans for projects in the City's drinking water source protection areas, and include a requirement for bonding to cover losses due to contamination or jeopardy of the aquifer. g. Maintain EPA sole source aquifer designation. h. Adopt a green infrastructure ordinance for stormwater management to protect water quality, increase localized groundwater recharge and offset landscape irrigation through matching plantings with green infrastructure treatments. GOAL 5: WATER SUPPLY Preserve the community's access to pristine (or high quality) culinary water. Policy 1: Work with other government agencies to determine future culinary water availability. Action Steps: a. Participate in the United States Geological Survey and Utah Division of Water Rights regional ground water studies. b. Work to establish a regional water authority that will include all water systems in the watershed including Moab City, Grand Water and Sewer Service Agency, Castle Valley, and water systems in southern Spanish Valley and Pack Creek. Policy 2: Preserve and expand City of Moab water rights. Action Steps: a. Ensure that the City maintains its current water rights. b. Investigate the acquisition of additional water rights. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 38 1 Page Page 300 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * GOAL 6: ENERGY AND RESOURCE CONSERVATION ➢ Reduce energy resource waste and expand the community's use of renewable energy. Policy 1: Encourage energy conservation. Action Steps: a. Adopt measures to improve the energy efficiency of existing and future City buildings and vehicles, looking into the possibility of assuring new structures are net zero. b. Work with utilities and other private businesses, residents, Grand County, regional government agencies, the State of Utah, non-profit organizations and federal agencies to promote and adopt energy efficiency and environmentally sustainable programs and projects. c. Educate residents on the various ways in which they can conserve energy, reduce waste, and introduce the use of renewables. d. Support weatherization programs for the homes of the elderly and lower income families. e. Balance the benefits of land use efficiency (higher density) and providing solar access on adjacent sites. Policy 2: Promote efficiency and use of renewable energy resources. Action Steps: a. Support a Green Builders program that provides information and incentives to builders to use passive solar design, above minimum insulation, efficient heating/cooling, etc. b. Promote and help expand community -wide recycling and re -use programs. GOAL 7: AURAL ENVIRONMENT Decrease peak and ambient noise levels by 2020. Policy 1: Seek to reduce noise levels so residents can peacefully enjoy their property and provide a pleasant environment for businesses and visitors. Action Steps: a. Enforce existing noise regulations, vehicle equipment laws and vehicle speed limits consistently and fairly. b. Engage in transportation planning to include traffic calming devices and reduce noise for all residents. c. Lobby state legislature to give local governments a reasonable control to manage noise producing vehicles. d. Support efforts to educate visitors and residents about the impact of noise on neighborhoods. e. Evaluate additional tools to reduce noise pollution. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 39 1 Page Page 301 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * ELEMENT 3: LAND USE AND GROWTH GOAL 1: GENERAL ➢ Encourage a diverse, compact, and efficient land use pattern that promotes resident quality of life and is aligned with the city's character, economy, and vision. Policy 1: Encourage development to consider the appearance, design, financial impact, and amenities of the community. Action Steps: a. Emphasize connectivity and walkability in order to facilitate healthy lifestyles and decreased vehicle reliance. b. Promote commercial centers that meet the everyday needs of residents and visitors. c. Encourage mixed -use development where appropriate. d. Encourage redevelopment, infill development, aesthetics and pedestrian access in the downtown area. e. Work with Grand County to evaluate the impacts of growth and development in the south corridor area. f. Encourage compact development patterns. Policy 2: Anticipate and plan for impacts of future growth on all city utilities, services, and infrastructure as well as resident quality of life. Action Steps: a. Continue to explain code regulations to developers and residents to foster mutual understanding of expectations. * * * *:'; k k k GOAL 2: NATURAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONSTRAINTS Protect residents and property, and prevent public costs associated with development in hazardous areas. Policy 1: Restrict development in areas that present natural hazards to human life, property, and natural resources. Action Steps: a. Enforce hillside development regulations to ensure that erosion, drainage and hazardous rock fall problems are mitigated. b. Identify geologic hazards and restrict development in these areas. c. Require properties in floodways to maintain the flood channels and keep them clear of debris. d. Ensure that stream banks and hillsides are (re)vegetated to protect against erosion. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 40 Page Page 302 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * e. Require observation of noxious weed restrictions. £ Restrict development within identified riparian zones or critical wildlife habitat areas. g. Preserve natural drainage ways for stormwater. h. Continue to ensure that development plans address stormwater concerns. ********** GOAL 3: URBAN DESIGN AND CHARACTER PRESERVATION Promote an urban design that is compatible with the history, culture and character of Moab. Policy 1: Continue to consider visual appearance criteria in site design, architecture and landscaping of new construction to encourage and promote innovative, quality urban design and efficient land use patterns. Action Steps: a. Promote design -oriented improvement and beautification projects in downtown. b. Promote an attractive gateway entrance at Moab's two primary arrival points on Highway 191 (north and south), through signage, landscaping, and traffic calming features. c. Amend the sign regulations to balance aesthetics, safety, and business needs. d. Encourage the use of native and drought -resistant (xeriscape) trees, shrubs, flowers and grasses on parks, planting strips and medians. e. Protect residential values so that Moab is a pleasant place to raise a family. f. Encourage green development and alternative engineering to minimize run off and maximize absorption of water. GOAL 4: RESOURCE PROTECTION ➢ Ensure the protection of Moab's natural and scenic resources. Policy 1: Require development to consider impacts on the natural environment and protect cultural and historical resources. Action Steps: a. Encourage the preservation of areas critical to local wildlife as habitat and corridors through open space designation or conservation easements. b. Continue to encourage the establishment of green ways, parks, trail corridors, and open space within new development. c. Promote sustainable building practices in construction projects and recognize those projects that have taken such initiatives. d. Continue to protect scenic views and night skies by minimizing light pollution. e. Protect culturally and historically significant resources found within development areas. f. Utilize best management practices for soil conservation, including minimizing soil disturbance to avoid resulting erosion, weeds and dust. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 41 1 Page Page 303 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * Policy 2: Encourage the establishment of open space and natural areas throughout the city. Action Steps: a. Consider greenbelts and greenways as forms of open space for area residents. b. Identify critical lands to be conserved within the city limits and the annexation areas. ********** GOAL 5: STREET TREES AND LANDSCAPING ➢ Improve the overall visual, recreational and environmental quality of the community through the use of trees and vegetation. Policy 1: Utilize climate -appropriate vegetation to beautify and provide shade in and around paved areas. Action Steps: a. Enhance and increase landscaping in parking areas and planting strips. b. Plant climate -appropriate trees in and around streets and parking areas to provide shade and more comfortable public spaces. c. Consider integrating permaculture tools such as curb cuts to help water vegetation. Policy 2: Encourage the preservation and enhancement of existing landscape resources. Action Steps: a. Continue planning and developing the Mill Creek and Pack Creek Parkway. b. Support community efforts to beautify public spaces and private properties with climate - appropriate trees, shrubs and ground covers. c. Encourage new development to preserve existing native trees and vegetation. d. Support the goals of the City Urban Forester and Public Works department to develop an effective and diverse community forestry program. Policy 3: Encourage appropriate plant selection to minimize maintenance and water usage. Action Steps: a. Develop landscape design suggestions and lists of appropriate trees, shrubs and flowers that will flourish in our climate. b. Discourage practices that will result in the growth and proliferation of noxious and invasive weed species. Policy 4: Improve the highway landscapes in Moab. Action Steps: a. Utilize climate -appropriate trees, shrubs, flowers, natural landscaping and historic building materials and machinery to beautify the "gateways" at the north and south ends of town. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 42 1 Page Page 304 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * GOAL 6: HISTORIC PRESERVATION ➢ Preserve historic elements throughout the community. Policy 1: Encourage the preservation and rehabilitation of historic and culturally significant structures. Action Steps: a. Consider the establishment of an historic preservation board. b. Explore ways to allow owners of existing homes downtown to upgrade them to modern building standards and still live in them. c. Encourage new development to be compatible with the historic character and integrity of the community. ********** GOAL 7: COMMERCIAL Promote appropriate commercial development while maintaining quality of life for residents. Policy 1: Consider zone changes and adjustments that balance property rights and community benefits. Action Steps: a. Encourage mixed -use development that integrates retail, general commercial and residential uses in a manner that preserves Moab's sales tax revenues and promotes a self-contained neighborhood atmosphere. b. Investigate the potential of live -work units. c. Consider the establishment of neighborhood -scale commercial opportunities providing convenient goods and services to nearby residents. d. Consider establishing commercial zoning areas for uses not compatible with downtown retail and general commercial areas. Policy 2: Work with property owners and businesses to create more appealing commercial areas for residents. Action Steps: a. In collaboration with property owners and businesses, consider designs suggestions or guidelines that incorporate Moab's character and natural surroundings. b. Solicit a Request for Proposals (RFP) to develop architectural standards for commercial development. c. Encourage property owners and businesses to develop local improvement plans to enhance the shopping experience of the area for residents. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 43 Page Page 305 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * Policy 3: Work with the business community and community -at -large to promote a positive business climate. Action Steps: a. Review commercial development regulations. b. Work with property owners to encourage planters, flower boxes, benches, shade and other outdoor enhancements. ********** GOAL 8: RESIDENTIAL ➢ Promote a variety of housing types and neighborhoods for primary residences. Policy 1: Work with developers and neighborhoods to promote different, densities and forms. Action Steps: a. Promote walkable, bikeable neighborhoods through continued improvements to sidewalks, pedestrian amenities, bicycle lanes, and street crossings. b. Promote compact design and development that maximizes the efficiency of City services. c. Encourage the maintenance and improvement of residential properties. d. Increase neighborhood parks as opportunities arise. Maximize utilization of existing parks. e. Protect existing neighborhoods and develop new family -oriented neighborhoods. f. Consider code changes that will allow a greater variety of housing development types, from temporary employee housing to tiny homes, etc. g. Amend city code to maximize utilization of housing as primary residences. ********** GOAL 9: INDUSTRIAL ➢ Provide city areas appropriate for light industrial economic activity. Policy 1: Ensure that zoning properly buffers light industrial uses from residential neighborhoods. Action Steps: a. Locate industrial uses close to main roadways and available utilities. b. Amend city code to ensure that industrial operations minimize impacts on the environment, public health and safety, and resident concerns such as traffic, bright lights and noise. ********** CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 44 1 Page Page 306 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * GOAL 10: AGRICULTURE ➢ Encourage the development of locally based food production. Policy 1: Allow the expansion of appropriate "urban farming" activities. Action Steps: a. Encourage individual and community gardens throughout Moab and especially in residential areas. b. Encourage responsible beekeeping and poultry ranching, and other activities that aid pollination and nutrient cycling while eliminating noise and odor issues.. c. Investigate ways to allow small scale and appropriate livestock activities while protecting neighborhoods from health and safety problems, and noise and odor issues. d. Continue support of the local farmers' market. e. Balance water conservation goals with various environmental, social, and economic benefits of local food production. f. Include local food producers in promotions of locally owned businesses. ********** GOAL 11: OPEN SPACE Promote green space within and surrounding Moab. Policy 1: Conserve sensitive undeveloped areas for riparian, wildlife, and watershed protection. Action Steps: a. Support the Scott M. Matheson Wetland Preserve as an important part of the open space and natural areas system. b. Preserve the flood channel along Mill Creek and Pack Creek as open space. c. Promote open space preservation as a way of protecting watershed recharge zones. d. Maintain water courses to protect riparian and wildlife habitat. e. Protect local wildlife corridors and add wildlife crossing signs where traffic hazards are highest. ********** GOAL 12: FLOOD PROTECTION Facilitate the protection of life, property and natural resources from damage due to floods. Policy 1: Keep flood channels free of structures that may cause damage during flooding. Action Steps: a. Identify areas where the City could purchase lands for flood hazard reduction. b. Work with private land owners to maintain a free -flowing flood channel. c. Maintain natural channel meanders and avoid dredging or straightening channels. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 45 1 Page Page 307 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * d. Work with Grand County and San Juan County and other agencies to develop a regional flood protection plan. e. Protect and enhance Mill Creek and Pack Creek. Policy 2: Balance flood channel protection with wildlife and riparian habitat. Action Steps: a. Plant native cottonwoods, willows and other riparian vegetation in riparian areas where appropriate. b. Acquire water rights for in -stream flow. Work with Moab Irrigation Company and the Bureau of Land Management to maximize in -stream flow. c. Explore eradication of non-native weeds first by mechanical and biological controls, and only as a last resort by chemical controls. d. Consider impacts on wildlife and plant life when conducting vegetation management, removal and revegetation projects. ********* GOAL 13: ANNEXATION ➢ Consider annexations that provide a benefit to the community. Policy 1: Assess the impact on City services of each proposed annexation. Action Steps: a. Prepare an annexation impact report on each proposed annexation which contains, at a minimum, analysis of zoning alternatives in addition to applicant request for compatibility with existing neighborhood as built. b. Require annexation agreements on all proposed annexations. c. Update the annexation policy to preserve and protect the interests of the City and to encourage annexation to pay for itself or occur in efficiently large amounts. d. Assess the impacts of proposed annexations where municipal services cannot be economically provided. e. Develop a master plan for each annexation area. ********* ELEMENT 4: HOUSING GOAL 1: GENERAL ➢ Implement a housing strategy that meets the needs of current residents, anticipates growth in housing demand, promotes a cohesive small-town environment and supports a high quality of life. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN Page 308 of 451 46 Page 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * Policy 1: Encourage housing opportunities for a variety of needs and income levels. Action Steps a. Recognize the value and character of existing residential neighborhoods and encourage compatible development/redevelopment projects with existing neighborhoods and the underlying zoning. b. Identify residential properties that are not meeting City code requirements for health, welfare and safety, and work with the owners of those properties to remedy existing problems. c. Encourage residential homes to remain as fully occupied primary residences. *********** GOAL 2: AFFORDABLE HOUSING ➢ Promote strategies that improve the ability of all Moab residents to have access to affordable, quality housing. Policy 1: Promote programs and partnerships that focus on providing affordable and workforce housing. Action Steps a. Implement the Grand County and City of Moab Housing Study and Affordable Housing Plan. b. Collaborate with the Housing Authority of Southeastern Utah and Moab Area Community Land Trust on acquisition of properties and projects for affordable housing. c. Work with private and non-profit developers to increase the affordable housing stock in Moab. d. In collaboration with Grand County, the Interlocal Housing Task Force (IHTF), and consultants, periodically assess the gaps between housing stock, housing needs and household affordability. e. Establish and participate in programs and efforts to reduce household operating, rehabilitation, and construction costs. f. Monitor for and enforce against illegal short-term rentals. *********** ELEMENT 5: PARKS AND RECREATION GOAL 1: PARKS Continue to provide parks, facilities and open space for year-round use. Policy 1: Maintain high quality standards at all City -owned parks, facilities and open spaces. Action Steps a. Explore possible participation in and certification of city parks in nationally recognized programs. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 47 Page Page 309 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * b. Develop a Park Improvement Master Plan. c. Research and implement sustainable park maintenance methods in appropriate areas such as enhancement with native plant species, minimizing use of chemicals, and water conservation. d. Consider implementation of an "adopt a park" program for parks and open space maintenance and management. Policy 2: Pursue expansion of the parks and open space system. Action Steps a. Provide new and traditional park experiences by enhancing and establishing different types of park spaces throughout the community b. Emphasize trail development for local transportation and recreation needs with connections to existing trails. c. Continue to work with Grand County, the Moab Trail Alliance, and Trail Mix to implement and update the Grand County Non -Motorized Trails Master Plan. d. Continue to develop and expand the Parkway Project to connect all neighborhoods in the City. e. Consider urban wildlife populations and corridors when planning for future open space and natural area designation, as well as in proposals for new development. GOAL 2: RECREATION ➢ Provide high quality and affordable recreational services, programs, and events. Policy 1: Promote a variety of recreation experiences through Moab including multi -generational recreation programming. Action Steps a. Ensure that recreation sites are well-connected, accessible, safe and enjoyable for all ages. b. Through inter -local agreements, continue to cooperate with the County, the School District and the Grand County Recreation Special Service District to continually expand and improve recreational programs. c. Continue to promote and support the Moab Recreation and Aquatic Center as a hub for healthy activity year-round in Moab. d. Annually review the recreation program portfolio to determine deficiencies and excesses and modify the offerings to better match demand. e. Co-sponsor activities with appropriate partners to efficiently broaden recreation opportunities. *********** CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 48 1 Page Page 310 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * ELEMENT 6: ARTS AND CULTURE GOAL 1: GENERAL Provide and promote year-round diverse arts and cultural opportunities for all ages and abilities. Policy 1: Create opportunities for cultural arts participation for all residents and visitors. Action Steps a. Enhance the Moab Arts and Recreation Center and other arts and cultural venues. b. Encourage citizen participation in planning cultural arts activities, making citizen suggestions (e.g. specific art classes, a community art wall, etc.) a reality when possible. c. Work with partners in the arts and culture sector and use creative strategies to achieve economic, social, environmental, and community goals. d. Encourage the performing, visual, and fine arts, as well as applied arts including architecture and graphic design; crafts; film, digital media and video; humanities and historic preservation; literature; folk life; and other creative activities. e. Encourage art to be displayed on public property and rights -of -way. f. Continue to contribute to the Moab Arts Council grants program. g. Support the City's role in planning the Red Rock Arts Festival (formerly Plein Air Moab). *********** ELEMENT 7: TRANSPORTATION AND CIRCULATION GOAL 1: GENERAL Promote a safe, efficient and convenient multi -modal transportation network throughout Moab. ********** GOAL 2: PEDESTRIAN ➢ Achieve a pleasant, safe, efficient and complete pedestrian transportation network that provides a viable transportation alternative for daily circulation, activities and recreation. Policy 1: Continue to encourage a more pedestrian -oriented business district in Downtown Moab. Action Steps: a. Initiate improvements and design elements such as shade trees, seating, gathering areas and public art. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 49 Page Page 311 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * b. Engage a consultant in developing a cohesive downtown plan including circulation, wayfinding, architecture, and lighting. Policy 2: Update design standards and applicable code sections to include better pedestrian access and protection from traffic. Action Steps: a. Provide well -maintained sidewalks of sufficient width, and expand the sidewalk systems in an orderly way. b. Continue to develop the Mill Creek and Pack Creek Parkway system. c. Provide pedestrian -only routes (separate from motor traffic) to parks, schools and other destinations. d. Support school district efforts to promote and improve "Safe Routes to School". e. Paint crosswalks and curbs frequently enough that paint is visible. f. Work with the Utah Department of Transportation to promote pedestrian safety along US-191 highway corridor. GOAL 3: NON -MOTORIZED VEHICLES ➢ Expand a safe and connected network of bike routes throughout Moab. Policy 1: Provide a pleasant, safe bicycle experience for riders of all ages and encourage bicycle - associated activities. Action Steps: a. Promote the Mill Creek and Pack Creek Parkway system as a throughway for commuting, fitness and recreation. b. Expand on -street wayfinding to trail access points. c. Encourage bicycle -user accommodations such as bike racks, shared bike use, and maintenance stations in the commercial business district to facilitate active transportation. d. Encourage trail connectivity from new development to existing trail systems. e. Encourage trail connectivity to trails outside city limits. f. Add additional bike lanes to increase cyclist safety. g. Work with parents to identify any additional hazards for young riders that can be mitigated. k** :P :F :Pkkk GOAL 4: MOTORIZED VEHICLES ➢ Provide an efficient, safe and well -maintained street system designed to meet current and future needs. Policy 1: Reduce traffic congestion and conflicts. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 50 Page Page 312 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * Action Steps: a. Base future collector street development upon an updated Transportation Master Plan. b. Evaluate and upgrade streets based on a prioritized maintenance plan. c. Prevent obstruction of future rights -of -way identified on the Transportation Master Plan and consolidate utility and street rights -of -way where possible. d. Plan collector streets so they provide adequate access from residential neighborhoods to major arterials and other adjoining areas of concentration. e. Encourage efforts to provide a shuttle system serving downtown Moab and key tourism destinations and accommodations. f. Reduce speeding and other moving traffic violations on Moab's streets and highways. g. Explore traffic calming tools such as medians, lower speed limits, education, and increased enforcement and work with residents to implement those solutions most responsive to their specific situation. h. Address the need for central city parking. Policy 2: Work with other agencies to improve street design and address transportation needs. Action Steps: a. Coordinate with UDOT to balance state highway requirements and community needs such as requests for additional crosswalks, traffic lights, and left -turn signals. b. Explore funding options for street improvement and maintenance projects. c. Continue collaborating with Grand County on mutually beneficial road projects. GOAL 5: SIDEWALKS AND STREETS Promote a creative approach to street and sidewalk design integrating various forms of travel and transportation. Policy 1: Require street design to accommodate as many forms of travel as is reasonably and safely possible. Action Steps: a. Encourage the installation of sidewalks, curbs and gutters in deficient areas to provide for safe pedestrian traffic and ADA access to clean and beautify public streets, and to ensure proper street drainage. b. Identify key opportunities for the development of creative streets and sidewalk design for pedestrians, bicycles and vehicles. ********* CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 51 1 Page Page 313 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * ELEMENT 8: PUBLIC WORKS GOAL 1: GENERAL ➢ Provide safe, adequate, and cost-effective public works services to Moab residents, while closely monitoring growth and conserving natural resources. ********* GOAL 2: WATER SERVICES ➢ Preserve Moab's supply of high quality water for present and future generations through effective water management and conservation strategies. Policy 1: Adopt effective water management and conservation strategies. Action Steps: a. Engage in a cooperative regional effort to pursue development of a region -wide water study to assess water quantity. b. Protect water quality and avoid the contamination of ground and surface water systems by continuing to identify and manage potentially hazardous land uses. c. Preserve riparian corridors and wetlands as open space. d. Implement preventive maintenance of the existing water system to identify and address deficiencies before major failures occur. e. Maintain and prove up on existing water rights. f. Consider implementation of a secondary water system to provide irrigation to City lots. g. Promote water conservation, including irrigation water, and the use of water - conserving plants and planting methods in landscaping and agriculture. h. Work with County on establishing a pumpout station on the Colorado River to drastically reduce the amount of City culinary water currently used for industrial purposes. ********** GOAL 3: SEWER SERVICES ➢ Operate and maintain an efficient sewer system for conveyance of sewer flows per applicable standards. Policy 1: Encourage the most efficient use of the sewer collection system and upgrade deteriorated and inadequate sewer lines in coordination with Grand Water and Sewer Service Agency, Utah State University, School and Institutional Trust Lands Administration, Grand County and San Juan County. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 52 Page Page 314 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * Action Steps: a. Consider impacts on existing and future services in agreements with the Grand Water and Sewer Service Agency. b. Plan for expansion and/or upgrade of the sewer system based on engineered estimates and the Capital Facilities Plan. GOAL 4: WASTEWATER TREATMENT ➢ Maintain a high quality wastewater treatment facility that serves the needs of the community as well as meets federal and State effluent regulations. Policy 1: Analyze the condition and capacity of the current wastewater treatment facility and adopt plans to serve the future needs of the community as well as meet federal and state effluent regulations. Action Steps: a. Continue to consider alternative wastewater treatment systems to reduce infrastructure costs and promote environmental sustainability. b. Maximize treatment efficiency to manage for odor c. Consider wetland recharge d. Offer public annual update on capacity. GOAL 5: STORMWATER ➢ Provide an adequate storm drainage system through expansion and upgrading of the existing system as provided in the stormwater drainage master plan and update. Policy 1: Explore adopting new technologies and design standards to facilitate the safe conveyance of stormwater. Action Steps: a. Incorporate the use of best management practices (BMP) of new stormwater management technologies into the construction design standards for streets, curbs and gutters. b. Encourage the retention of existing permeable surfaces in new development and greater use of natural and permeable materials. c. Continue to collect, analyze and modify the stormwater drainage fee to fund expansion and upgrades to the existing system. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 53 1 Page Page 315 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * GOAL 6: SOLID WASTE FACILITIES ➢ Provide the most cost-effective and environmentally sustainable systems for the disposal, compost, reuse or recycling of solid waste. Policy 1: Work with Grand County, Solid Waste Special Service District, and private service providers for waste diversion, collection, and disposal. Action Steps: a. Reduce solid waste to maximize landfill lifespan. b. Support true cost pricing of all stages of waste disposal c. Support cost, energy, and resource efficient waste diversion strategies, which may include recycling, composting and reuse. d. Protect land within the city from hazardous and electronic waste contamination through code enforcement and partner collection and disposal programs. e. Promote partnerships with local and regional organizations and individuals to encourage fiscally sound programs for value added reuse, recycling (plastics, aluminum, cardboard, etc.), composting (organic/biodegradable waste from homes and restaurants), reuse (household goods, electronics), and cleanup in Moab. f. Demonstrate leadership by adopting best practices for waste management at city operations. g. Require solid waste management and waste diversion plan at city permitted special events GOAL 7: PRIVATE UTILITIES ➢ Cooperate with private utilities to provide dependable, low cost, renewable, and efficient utilities for current and future Moab customers, while also preserving the visual integrity of the community. Policy 1: Encourage utilities to be placed underground and in existing rights -of -way where possible. Action Steps: a. Require the underground placement of utilities in new subdivisions. Policy 2: Encourage the aesthetic lighting of streets to ensure safety and reduce crime, without negatively impacting our dark skies. Action Steps: a. Consider pedestrian -scale lighting in walkable areas. b. Control the height, shielding, color temperature and intensity of lighting appropriate to neighborhoods to reduce light pollution. c. Encourage the use of LED and other energy -saving technology in City lights. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 54 Page Page 316 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * Policy 3: Encourage the expanded availability of high speed internet throughout the community. Action Steps: a. Continue discussing with State of Utah, regional government agencies and private providers ways to increase available bandwidth in Moab. ********* ELEMENT 9: CIVIC SERVICES AND FACILITIES GOAL 1: MUNICIPAL PROPERTIES ➢ Provide for present needs and future growth including recreation, administration, utilities, and safety. Policy 1: Encourage the continued location of government agencies and service providers in the core area surrounding Moab City Center. Action Steps: a. Reconsider zoning requirements and allowances to facilitate the placement of government agencies and service providers near Moab City Center. Policy 2: Continue the ongoing purchase of land and the expansion of the Millcreek Parkway and other areas for flood protection, recreation and connectivity. Action Steps: a. Explore donations, grants and financing options to fund the ongoing purchase of land and rights -of -way. Policy 3: Maintain and improve the existing conditions of city -owned facilities. Action Steps: a. Develop and fund a preventative maintenance plan for all city facilities. b. Continue to be a leader in the use of alternative energy sources and energy efficiency. c. Continue to regularly update the public facilities master plan. ********* GOAL 2: PEACEKEEPING AND LAW ENFORCEMENT ➢ Provide law enforcement and peacekeeping services for Moab's residents and visitors. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 55 Page Page 317 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * Policy 1: Reduce crime rate, traffic violations and other infractions by encouraging compliance with laws, statutes and ordinances through education, outreach, and enforcement. Action Steps: a. Utilize existing portable radar trailers to reduce speed. b. Promote a better understanding of laws and statutes through education, social media, marketing, and other communications. c. Support City efforts to install traffic calming devices such as medians and street trees. d. Enforce traffic laws as necessary to reduce violations. Policy 2: Promote and improve public understanding of the law enforcement function. Action Steps: a. Increase visibility through the use of foot patrol and bike patrol in the downtown areas. b. Participate and be visible at community events and activities on duty and off duty as possible. Policy 3: Address law enforcement services based on the fluctuations of a tourist economy. Action Steps: a. Coordinate with other local law enforcement to address the potential impacts of events and festivals. b. Monitor police and emergency medical services staffing levels for response capabilities during periods of higher visitation and specific events. Policy 4: Actively promote prevention of drug use and drug -related crimes. Action Steps: a. Continue and expand partnership with the Grand County School District and the D.A.R.E program in all levels of education, K-12. b. Continue designation and enforcement of drug -free zones in accordance with state statutes. c. Continue partnership with the Grand County Drug Task Force. Policy 5: Improve the safety of children in schools. Action Steps: a. Actively continue alliance with the Safe Schools Coalition. b. Maintain pedestrian/vehicle visibility in and around schools. c. Continue the Bicycle Safety Program. d. Continue to support and staff School Crossing Guards. CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 56 1 Page Page 318 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * Policy 6: Improve the safety of neighborhoods. Action Steps: a. Routinely patrol Mill Creek Parkway and other high risk areas on foot and/or bicycle. b. Cooperate with Public Works to identify areas where traffic -calming devices would be appropriate. c. Improve and enhance animal control and animal shelter services. d. Provide courses in self-defense and personal safety. e. Continue to offer classes in the hazards of drunk driving. ********** GOAL 3: HEALTH AND EMERGENCY SERVICES ➢ Continue to promote necessary health and safety services for the community. Policy 1: Continue to support county and other agencies' efforts to provide accessible, affordable and quality health care and safety services to the community. Action Steps: a. Maintain a City representative on health related boards and committees. b. Encourage directors of health providers to periodically apprise the council of trends in their field. Policy 2: Participate in county -wide emergency management efforts. Action Steps: a. Attend local emergency planning committee meetings. b. Participate in and promote emergency notification and alert programs. c. Update the Emergency Response Plan. d. Participate in updates of the Natural Hazards Pre -Disaster Mitigation Plan for the Southeastern Region of Utah. e. Work with all departments to improve Insurance Service Office (ISO) rating to reduce the cost of insurance coverage. f. Monitor and adjust service coverage to meet future needs. g. Continue to refine flood prevention enforcement to improve Moab's level in the Community Rating System (CRS) and reduce flood insurance premiums. Policy 3: Provide for the health, safety and well-being of the community with fire protection and other emergency medical services in conjunction with other agencies. Action Steps: a. Continue to provide law enforcement services for fire and other emergency events. b. Require adequate street connectivity and circulation for all new development so that police and fire personnel may respond to calls safely and efficiently. ********* CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 57 1 Page Page 319 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * GOAL 4: EDUCATION Encourage educational opportunities for Moab residents of all ages. Policy 1: Continue to support the expansion of Utah State University Moab. Action Steps: a. Contribute annually to a set -aside fund for construction of infrastructure and other improvements for the campus. b. Cooperate with Grand County, UDOT and other entities in addressing traffic and transportation demands for the new campus (vehicular/pedestrian). c. Continue the City's involvement with the USU advisory boards and committees. d. Engage in appropriate lobbying efforts to secure grant and other funding for development of the USU campus. e. Work with Utah State University, School and Institutional Trust Lands Administration (SITLA), and private developers to facilitate the construction of student and employee housing. Policy 2: Encourage close cooperation between Moab City and Grand County School District. Action Steps: a. Support school district and social service intervention and prevention programs designed to reduce at risk behaviors and environments. b. Communicate and cooperate with Grand County School District in school -based health and safety programs and law enforcement issues. c. Collaborate with school district on facilities planning. d. Continue to work under the existing interlocal agreement for recreation among the City, School District and Grand County Recreation Special Services District. e. Continue to contribute resources and staff time to school district programs and activities. Policy 3: Encourage learning and well-being opportunities for children, youth and adults. Action Steps: a. Continue and expand community -based art and recreation programs through the Moab Arts and Recreation Center, Moab Recreation and Aquatic Center, and other city facilities. Policy 4: Support and encourage efforts to provide workforce education and technical training. Action Steps: a. Promote Utah State University's current technical education programs. b. Work with Utah State University to obtain funding for expanded technical education programs. c. Look into offering internships with interested City departments. ********* CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 58 1 Page Page 320 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * M. Matheson Sands Preserve Zone Code 2see Name Tokd Acres IEMBTEMM EITIMMZEIng 1=9: 0 9 relM EIMM��. I A-2 C-E C-2 t-3 t-R C-5 FC-1 I.1 MN/RV-1 R-1 R-7 R-3 R-4 RA-1 RC SAR Comm eerr el -Re sidenrd 1' Residentd rlel nrdl0 • YQL•] N h 5 .-t9 Nor51 ." Z., St'' ion 30aci st 7 South S JJC� So Vt St City of Moab General Plan Update Zoning LEGEND Rh..r5 City Lirrdts IE � II Future Annexation Gi C-5 f MHIRV-1 RC R-1 C-4 1.1 IA2 R-3 MI A 2 ffrd SAR RA-1 FC-1 CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN Page 321 of 451 59 Page 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * e-„Or yX� he LEGEND 9rai� cny Limns ;7 1 Future Ann exell on — Paved Trail — Din Trad Downtown Peripheral ,,„ Zone I1R Mlle Radius) Downtown Influence Zone „ ••,,• Existing or Potential. 1-railhead Complete Streets cEnorrihanced Travel dor Institullonal Hub ♦=uiur9 Retail i1• Flowrdown Core ,. _. Fulure Commercial Fulure Residential MIYFd LISP Future Land Use Sensdive Area Resort Open Lands Park - Public Lands Agricullure Reside rdlal Civic Commercial industrial Rascal Commercial Mo4Xo Home %F�• Floe&ray City of Moab General Plan Update Future Land Use I` a r..n�.. USU toms.. rolmi 0 0.5 1 Miles CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN Page 322 of 451 60 Page 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * Scott M. Matheson Wetlands Preserve City of Moab General Plan Update Current Buildout LEGEND JE« Rum City Limits R II Future Annexation Areas of Change r I Public Parcels School Parcels Parks & Open Space Stable Vacant CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN Page 323 of 451 61 Page 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * t[II-E Annxe,xa tioonn Ordinance` Wclow '-1),2 City of Moab General Plan Update Built Environment LEGEND 1.,1CiY Limits Chu!, hiCivic Groups -Bullding5 Cam menial A gll Cllltu[e Munlcpal- Facility Open Spate of Park School Resid enl IaI Industrial CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN Page 324 of 451 62 Page 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * City of Moak General Plan Update Public Lands LEGEND City Parks Grand County JE1� 1ri.1City Limits Arches htP Flood Zones BLM City of Moab MantFLa Sal NF Nature Conservancy State of Utah Utah Div, Wildlilfe CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN Page 325 of 451 63 Page 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * Future Annexation Boundary - General Plan Feet 0 1,500 3,000 6,000 1 inch = 3.000 feet Legend n n-1 o� ® RA WW1 r R-a _ A.2 _ Cr1 © &2 _ W o 0-5 - 1.1 � Re _ SAH jy FP1 f ICawa R>1� FArp Annppfien •rr �rY lini[s rMn ugh p Par. s CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN Page 326 of 451 64 Page 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * C G C N a oq � OI 400 Northit. f City of Moab Provisional Curb Ramp and Sidewalk Improvements Williams WaY t inch = 600 feet Legend Safe Routes to School Curb Ramps O Safe Routes to School Sidewalks Curb Ramp Improvements • Sidewalk Impovements 300 South St. {� J broc L CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN Page 327 of 451 65 Page 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE *** 3 6 2 US IS1)3 le Sm t Lap Div, Demme, Orend 7upsek.reetne 70. Umk9„2S, Acmes Hp Cmrceelim e Pt-S.4,S Pm Cec..Cdermda WARS. CRPle Paler PeAatA. 1.1.1. PM Perot N. . Ilemtk,prism Selkeztle ;Domelike Pine Hex Mae. Alegiw el.% d 'Hier ER „ \ He,. xv, Moab City Downtown Info„Marf:, ‹,, , -,... -.-i„ 'Places For Orientation .„ . alking & Bicycling Routes..h grid Loo6tion . \ i Juan Cr 4LLIc GB! Dyd, "_2\_°°11e troerrleelA4... 'Wag:6er- L-716.66.7.4 Ut 666y. C_A ,1! 1 ,n 1-111 Tri e 1, F.., v• 3erin3m*e. <Crbraoa Rerme, NeN .,meme RiateemS PAxhen Celnyere. Arr skna En.c6. Wotanan. with Grid Location Greld De. 5.61-416 Meaty • P.5 40, Grand CeMemb Fie Deo!. - DS '01.15 GByt14,4735.6 - DS a 0.. 0...,Heuevl-McM. OPP-TS t G.. Si. - Bel. • 05 14666Ar66 8 Mt. Can. (MARC) - Grand CSeniol)Cenler • 64 a VAX IS1 FMK ElsinieWyStReel -C3 Pi mople 50.o, - An, •7: Gelid C.516 /SA 54.1- DB 1E/ C.V.- C5 IT] Yuman - US 3ike Deeps = Ve-teel, Ssecal • E7 RIRearm Plrk - 76 Swaey Cry Piet - CI Sketmack -C3 01 Dar 16 D5 ern an,u11. 140 Udi• 1/61.11.g CeremiPeq Rex* 1:1 FarkiCinIn6mind ;, a D' -4: ; FNR p.C.N711 St .. 11 a 111 I - NI 6 l461,66-.., ZS••••••,..."""7 Mr canted - 111.66 hla Car.6 • DS 76644 Mir 360 6 6,66,4,61Yrn46.,C*16. -14..put - 6. CSIMCI1 13 ,11,24). • OS 617M6animas.cr .06 . nd Fricrp -0 WI. Reeds eHleeel 1•11-4eirey •=.• •'• 4. 7. 1.11 Mr• Herr Meet lee Ctn. In lb* Fier Nest Ice Gen. 0.• Fein, Mime Doe C., A ) Nob 1•111 0..1 • 51 linib tyre Center- *Medi. Weer N e Sipa! Man ;46 '''A Di/ SigcalYABC6.6.66 la4 13 arary-�yl�,.,y, I I I •• I 0 0.125 ,,"-V, 0.5 1" = 1/4 10116.... •--=Z•.' = 6 11-11....-.?,!' St IL- 1 1 : go Ames,: FM-.• '-:-..+•,- -:, L'',--- a-6'. t 5;:t El Z7.' -7 - ••= '11 0 1 A d ,6950galt 1,c 20D south St Sundial Drive n Locira Ln Maker tr.-- aricarire Incr Cl Hillside Or es Re SIHRecli OTC KYR event* Je•H . llSlttve, 6. P...k or to 666666y LI La Cc1105.66. (555 CRy Peck 2. 56.1 6.6. Jeep 74 pew_ Ill\ s ..;-1:---'le Cram EfflttMet--..=.7 irsr) liete4t, ' im, kem L'pniTat grante.MIHM.HWe .i. Lm 5. Ms. Ca LIP116.661. DMOVii S, iri ...rein., -,yN• ij I 6 7 a CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN Page 328 of 451 66 Page 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * Appendix A (housing plan) APPENDIX B Utah Noxious Weed Act (R68-9) The following weeds are hereby officially designated and published as noxious for the State of Utah, as per the authority vested in the Commissioner of Agriculture and Food under Section 4-17-3: There are hereby designated five classes of noxious weeds in the state: Class lA (EDRR Watch List), Class 1 (EDRR), Class 2 (Control), Class 3 (Containment), and Class 4 (Prohibited for sale or propagation). Class 1A: Early Detection Rapid Response (EDRR) Watch List. Declared noxious and invasive weeds not native to the state of Utah and not known to exist in the State that pose a serious threat to the state and should be considered as a very high priority. Common crupina - Crupina vulgaris African rue - Peganum harmala Small bugloss - Anchusa arvensis Mediterranean sage - Salvia aethiopis Spring millet - Milium vernale Syrian beancaper - Zygophyllum fabago Ventenata (North Africa grass) - Ventenata dubia Plumeless thistle - Carduus acanthoides Malta starthistle - Centaurea melitensis Class 1B: Early Detection Rapid Response (EDRR). Declared noxious and invasive weeds not native to the State of Utah that are known to exist in the state in very limited populations and pose a serious threat to the state and should be considered as a very high priority. Camelthorn - Alhagi maurorum Garlic mustard - Alliaria petiolata Purple starthistle - Centaurea calcitrapa Goatsrue - Galega officinalis African mustard - Brassica tournefortii Giant reed - Arundo donax Japanese knotweed - Polygonum cuspidatum Blueweed (Vipers bugloss) - Echium vulgare Elongated mustard - Brassica elongata Common St. Johnswort - Hypericum perforatum Oxeye daisy - Leucanthemum vulgare Cutleaf vipergrass - Scorzonera laciniata Class 2: Control Declared noxious and invasive weeds not native to the state of Utah that pose a threat to the state and should be considered a high priority for control. Weeds listed in the control list are known to exist in varying populations throughout the state. The concentration of these weeds is at a level where control or eradication may be possible. Leafy spurge - Euphorbia esula CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 67 1 Page Page 329 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * Medusahead - Taeniatherum caput-medusae Rush skeletonweed - Chondrilla juncea Spotted knapweed - Centaurea stoebe Purple loosestrife - Lythrum salicaria Squarrose knapweed - Centaurea virgata Dyers woad - Isatis tinctoria Yellow starthistle - Centaurea solstitialis Yellow toadflax - Linaria vulgaris Diffuse knapweed - Centaurea diffusa Black henbane - Hyoscyamus niger Dalmation toadflax - Linaria dalmatica Class 3: Containment. Declared noxious and invasive weeds not native to the State of Utah that are widely spread. Weeds listed in the containment noxious weeds list are known to exist in various populations throughout the state. Weed control efforts may be directed at reducing or eliminating new or expanding weed populations. Known and established weed populations, as determined by the weed control authority, may be managed by any approved weed control methodology, as determined by the weed control authority. These weeds pose a threat to the agricultural industry and agricultural products. Russian knapweed - Acroptilon repens Houndstounge - Cynoglossum officianale Perennial pepperweed (Tall whitetop) - Lepidium latifolium Phragmites (Common reed) - Phragmites australis ssp. Tamarisk (Saltcedar) - Tamarix ramosissima Hoary cress - Cardaria spp. Canada thistle - Cirsium arvense Poison hemlock - Conium maculatum Musk thistle - Carduus nutans Quackgrass - Elymus repens Jointed goatgrass - Aegilops cylindrica Bermudagrass* - Cynodon dactylon Perennial Sorghum spp.: Johnson Grass (Sorghum halepense) and Sorghum almum (Sorghum almum). Scotch thistle (Cotton thistle) - Onopordum acanthium Field bindweed (Wild Morning-glory) - Convolvulus spp. Puncturevine (Goathead) - Tribulus terrestris *Bermudagrass (Cynodon dactylon) shall not be a noxious weed in Washington County and shall not be subject to provisions of the Utah Noxious Weed Law within the boundaries of that county. It shall be a noxious weed throughout all other areas of the State of Utah and shall be subject to the laws therein. Class 4: Prohibited. Declared noxious and invasive weeds, not native to the state of Utah, that pose a threat to the state through the retail sale or propagation in the nursery and greenhouse industry. Prohibited noxious weeds are annual, biennial, or perennial plants that the commissioner designates as having the potential or are known to be detrimental to human or animal health, the environment, public roads, crops, or other property. Cogongrass (Japanese blood grass) - Imperata cylindrica Myrtle spurge - Euphorbia myrsinites Dames Rocket - Hesperis matronalis Scotch broom - Cytisus scoparius Russian olive - Elaeagnus angustifolia CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 68 1 Page Page 330 of 451 8-3 Old Business ***DRAFT GENERAL PLAN UPDATE * * * Each county in Utah may have different priorities regarding specific State designated Noxious Weeds and is therefore able to reprioritize these weeds for their own needs. The Weed Specialist coordinates weed control activities among the county weed organizations and the agricultural field representatives. Surveys of serious weed infestations are conducted and control programs are developed through the county supervisors, county weed boards, and various landowning agencies. The weed specialist and the inspectors work continually with extension and research personnel in encouraging the use of the most effective methods to control the more serious weeds. For more information, please contact the Grand County Weed Department (Tim Higgs, County Weed Control Supervisor, 435-259-1369, twhiggs@grandcountyutah.net). CITY OF MOAB GENERAL PLAN 69 Page Page 331 of 451 8-3 Old Business Agenda Summary Moab City Council Meeting July 11, 2017 PL-17-93 Agendaltem #: 9-1 Title: Consideration of Ordinance #2o17-26 for Approval of an Application to Rezone a Portion of Property Located at 354 Williams Way and Zoned R-2, Single- and Two- family Residential Zone, to R-4 Manufactured Housing Residential Zone and to Amend the Official Zoning Map Staff Presenter(s): Jeff Reinhart, Planning Director Department: Planning and Zoning Applicant: Housing Authority of Southeast Utah (HASU) acting on behalf of the Canyonlands Healthcare Special Service District (CHSSD) Background/Summary: The Planning Commission reviewed this application to rezone property from R-2 to R-4 on June 8, 2017. Subsequent to the public hearing, the Commission in a 3-0 vote, adopted Planning Resolution #29-2017, and recommended that Council approve the request. Acting as agent for the Canyonlands Health Care Special Service District (District), Ben Riley of the Housing Authority of Southeastern Utah (HASU), submitted the application to rezone a portion of property that is zoned R-2, Single-family and Two-family Residential Zone to R-4, Manufactured Housing Residential Zone. The total property size is 9.75 acres and approximately five acres are affected by the request to rezone. The adjacent zoning to the south is C-2, Commercial -Residential, and to the north, east and west is R-2, Single-family and Two-family Residential zone. The uses to the south include the Moab Regional Hospital, Canyonlands Care Center, and the Grand Center in the C-2 Zone. To the east and west in the Kerby and Emerald Subdivisions, respectively, are single family residences. To the north is a LDS Church and a larger undeveloped parcel. All of this area is zoned R-2. As shown on the provided survey, the right-of-way for Park Drive terminates at the east and west boundary lines of the property, and a dedication of street right-of-way will be required for access to the property at the time of a development application. The M.A.P.S. Plan anticipates construction of assisted living and independent living units for seniors 55 and older on the balance of the District's property. 1 Page 332 of 451 9-1 New Business As per MMC Section, 17.04.010, Initiation of zoning change, "Any person having a proprietary interest in any real property may submit an application for a zoning map amendment or a zoning text amendment, or the planning commission can, on its own motion or on request from the city council, propose, study, and recommend changes to the official zoning map or the text of the Land Use Code." The review requirements for applications to rezone properties are in Moab Municipal Code (MMC) section 17.04.020, Zoning text amendments (attached). A review of the criteria for an application to rezone is also contained in the attached narrative from Ben Riley (HASU). A full review by Council can be held at the meeting on July 11, 2017. Please contact the Planning Department if there any comments, concerns, or questions prior to the meeting. Attachment(s): Narrative w/ M.A.P.S. documents Draft Ordinance #2017-26 Aerials R-2/R-4 Zone Comparison Page 333 of 451 9-1 New Business ORDINANCE #2017-26 AN ORDINANCE AMENDING THE ZONING FOR APPROXIMATELY FIVE ACRES WITH AN ADDRESS OF 354 WILLIAMS WAY IN THE R-2, SINGLE- AND TWO- FAMILY RESIDENTIAL ZONE, TO R-4 MANUFACTURED HOUSING RESIDENTIAL ZONE AND AMENDING THE OFFICIAL ZONING MAP WHEREAS, the Canyonlands Healthcare Special Services District (CHSSD) at 245 Williams Way, Moab, Utah 84532, through its agent, Ben Riley, of the Housing Authority of Southeastern Utah (HASU) at 321 East Center Street, Moab, Utah 84532, has applied to rezone a portion of a 9.75 acre property with an address of approximately 354 Williams Way, Moab, Utah, and more particularly described as follows: A parcel of land located within the Northwest quarter of Section 1, T26S, R21E, SLB&M being more particularly described as: Beginning at the Southeast corner of Emerald Subdivision which bears South 26°30'39" East 994.62 feet and North 89°50 East 216.78 from the Northwest corner of Section 1, Township 26 South, Range 21 East, Salt Lake Base and Meridian, and proceeding thence along the East line of Emerald Subdivision North 442.6 feet along a fence line to a corner; thence North 89°55' East 508.0 feet to a corner on the West line of Kerby Subdivision; thence with the West line of Kerby South 0°34' West 457.7 feet to the Southwest corner of Kerby Subdivision; thence North 88°12'02" West 503.7 feet to the point of beginning. WHEREAS, CHSSD wishes to amend the zoning of an approximate 5-acre parcel of undeveloped property from the R-2, Single- and two-family Residential Zone, to R-4, Manufactured Home Residential Zone•, and WHEREAS, CHSSD has requested the change in zoning to develop residential uses as allowed in the proposed R-4 Zone in Moab Municipal Code 17.51.020; and WHEREAS, the Planning Commission ("Commission") held a duly advertised public hearing on June 8, 2017, to receive comment and determine the appropriateness of the proposed Map Amendment; and WHEREAS, the Commission reviewed the Use Regulations of the R-2 and R-4 zones and discussed the suitability of the application of the R-4 Zone to the subject property to allow residential development in accordance with Code Section 17.04.060, Map amendment approval criteria, and in a _-_ vote favorably recommended the application to Council for approval; and WHEREAS, the City Council ("Council") reviewed the application in a public meeting on _, 2017, to review the Planning Commission and staff recommendations and determine the appropriateness of the proposed Map Amendment; and WHEREAS, the City Council found that the review standards in Moab Municipal Code chapter 17.04.060, Map amendment approval criteria, have been met as follows: A. The proposed zoning classification for residential use is compatible with the majority of surrounding uses and impacts to existing development can be mitigated, B. Adequate facilities are available to serve the type and scope of the development suggested by the proposed zoning classification, C. The surrounding residential uses will be buffered from other residential development on the subject property and Page 334 of 451 9-1 New Business D. The application conforms to the provisions of the Moab General Plan. WHEREAS, the requested zone change is supported by the General Plan to: A. Meet the housing element of the General Plan in terms of quality, and quantity and the goal of meeting "the needs of current residents", B. "Encourage a mixed variety of housing types" that includes affordable senior housing as anticipated by the M.A.P.S. Plan of which the City of Moab is a participant, C. "Encourage in -fill development..." WHEREAS, Council, in a public meeting held on, 2017 agreed with the Commission, and in a _- vote found that the request complies with the criteria in Chapter 17.04 and determined that the change in zoning was in agreement with the Moab Municipal Code and the General Plan. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT ORDINAINED by the City of Moab, that effective upon the signing of this Ordinance, the rezoning request for 354 Williams Way as submitted by Mr. Ben Riley of HASU, is hereby approved and Council directs staff to amend the Official Zoning Map for the City of Moab. Passed and adopted by action of the Governing Body of the City of Moab in open session this day of , 2017. Attest: Rachel Stenta City Recorder City of Moab Mayor David L. Sakrison Page 335 of 451 9-1 New Business rT2 NORTHWEST CORNER SECTION 1, 6S, R21E, +S_I!3&M BASIS OF BEARING N 89°50' E 2630.50' NORTH QUARTER CORNER SECTION 1, T26S, R21E, SLB&M Surveyor's Certificate TO: Canyonlands Healthcare Special Service District, South Eastern Utah Title Company, AS FOLLOWS: 1-517 10 9£E aged 1 —S s —TOPAZ CIRCLE LOT 11 LOT 12 LOT 13 LOT 14 s S LOT 5 LOT 10 s s -S PARK D RI LOT 15 �r L1C EMERALD SUBDIVISION LOT 8 LOT 9 R-2 ZONE LOT 16 sC U-R-B-AN B-6-UsTT • LOT 6 �SMH 8" RIM = INV OUT= 91. TER • • I GA LOT 7 As LOT 8 R-2 ZONE N 89°5OE00"-E 216.78' THE CORPORATION OF THE PRESIDING BISHOP OF THE CHURCH OF JESUS CHRIST OF LATTER-DAY SAINTS 01-001-0112 R-2 ZONE TAY LO R 01-001-0109 R-2 ZONE I POINT OF BEGINNING MOAB VALLEY HEALTHCARE SUBDIVISION 0 co I` ti co O O 0 O O Z (NORTH 402 (N 89°43' E 213.2') C-2 ZONE X X X X X X X N 89°50'00" E 506.39 (N 89°55' E 508.0') Ak R-2 ZONE .. CANYONLANDS HEALTHCAR SPECIAL SERVICE DI RICT 01-00 -0113 REMAINDR BOUNDARY 42 ,842 sq. ft. .75 acres R-2 ZONE X X X C-2 ZONE N 00 CO >— ti O 0 0 0 Z LOT 3 X X X X ZO E BOUNDARY N 89° �4'43i'-E 65-0.43' I LOT 4 MOAB VALLEY HEALTHCARE SUBDIVISION N 89°54'43" E 217.11' CARE CAMPUS DRIVE WEST 579.52') LEGEND Power Pole Light Pole Telephone Pedestal Electric Meter Cable Box Water Valve Fire Hydrant Water Meter Sanitary Sewer Manhole Property Corner Fence Line Section Corner Monument (BRG. DIST.) Record Bearing and Distance LOT 1 N 00°58' E 73.8 X X LOT 3 FOUND REBAR AND CAP LOT 4 N X 0 ti 0 m m LOT 5 oC w Y R-2 ZONE 0 Xd") N 0 O .?•<o \CI) LOT 6 CU ° B AND GUTTER CURB AND GUTTER 4 chC 1 V LOT 11 LOT 10 x R-2 ZONE N 89°50'00" E 147.43 (N 89°53' E 147.6') C-2 ZONE FOUND REBAR AND CAP ORCHARD PARK LANE LOT 5 J En o ° r, Q� (S 89°47' W (N 89°34' W 254.40' LOT 9 cr) 0.) ti R-2 ZO O (S 0°12' W 423.7') R-3 ZONE 29.70' ) THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THIS MAP OR PLAT AND THE SURVEY ON WHICH IT IS BASED WERE MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE 2016 MINIMUM STANDARD DETAIL REQUIREMENTS FOR ALTA/NSPS LAND TITLE SURVEYS, JOINTLY ESTABLISHED AND ADOPTED BY ALTA AND NSPS, AND INCLUDES ITEMS 1,2,4,5,8,11,13 OF TABLE A THEREOF. THE LOCATION OF EACH EASEMENT, RIGHT OF WAY, SERVITUDE, AND OTHER MATTER AFFECTING THE SUBJECT PROPERTY AND LISTED IN THE TITLE INSURANCE COMMITMENT DATED MARCH 27, 2017, ISSUED BY SOUTH EASTERN UTAH TITLE COMPANY WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT PROPERTY, HAS BEEN SHOWN ON THE SURVEY, TOGETHER WITH APPROPRIATE RECORDING REFERENCES, TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH MATTERS CAN BE LOCATED. THE PROPERTY SHOWN ON THE SURVEY IS THE PROPERTY DESCRIBED IN THAT TITLE COMMITMENT. EXCEPT AS SHOWN, THE LOCATION OF ALL IMPROVEMENTS IS IN ACCORD WITH MINIMUM SETBACK PROVISIONS AND RESTRICTIONS OF RECORD REFERENCED IN SUCH TITLE COMMITMENT. Boundary Description Beginning at a corner which bears South 26°30'39" East 994.62 feet from the Northwest corner of Section 1, Township 26 South, Range 21 East, Salt Lake Base and Meridian, and proceeding thence with the South line of Emerald Subdivision North 89°43' East 213.2 feet along the South boundary of Emerald Subdivision; thence along the East line of Emerald Subdivision North 442.6 feet along a fence line to a corner; thence North 89°55' East 508.0 feet to a corner on the West line of Kerby Subdivision; thence with the West line of Kerby South 0°34' West 457.7 feet to the Southwest corner of Kerby Subdivision; thence with the South line of Kerby Subdivision North 89°53' East 147.6 feet; thence South 0°12' West 423.7 feet; thence North 89°34' West 254.4 feet; thence South 2°15' West 40.7 feet; thence South 89°47' West 29.7 feet; thence North 0°58' East 73.8 feet, more or less; thence West 579.52 feet; thence North 402.1 feet to the point of beginning. Less and Excepting therefrom any portion within the Moab Valley Healthcare Subdivision, according to the official plat thereof, recorded November 4, 2011 in Book 777 at page 436 as entry no. 499356. Lucas Blake, PLS License No. 7540504 Schedule BII Exceptions, South Eastern Utah Title Company File No. 59,442-G Dated March 27, 2017 @ 8:00 A.M. An Easement by Moab Irrigation Company recorded April 27, 1964 in Book 121 at Page 537 as Entry No. 303161. Also recorded December 19, 1994 in Book 471 at Page 129 as Entry No. 432947. Also recorded June 24, 2014 in Book 808 at Page 621 as Entry No. 506521. * This 20' wide easement is shown and plotted hereon. Prescriptive Easement by Moab Irrigation Company concerning Ditch 2 recorded June 3, 2015 in Book 819 at Page 661 as Entry No. 508949. Also recorded February 2, 2016 in Book 826 at Page 970 as Entry No. 510904. * This 20' wide easement is shown and plotted hereon. A Right -of -Way and Easement by Questar Gas Company recorded May 12, 2010 in Book 759 at Page 895 as Entry No. 494831. * This easement is outside the boundary of the subject parcel and is not plotted hereon. Narrative The Basis of Bearing for this survey is North 89°50'00" East between the Northwest corner and the North Quarter corner of Section 1, Township 26 South, Range 21 East, Salt Lake Base and Meridian. The purpose of this survey is to provide the location of pertinent existing improvements and the location of the boundary on the ground. The locations of underground utilities as shown hereon are based on above -ground structures. Locations of underground utilities/structures may vary from locations shown hereon. Additional buried utilities/structures may be encountered. No excavations were made during the progress of this survey to locate buried utilities/structures. Before excavations are begun, please contact Blue Stakes and appropriate agencies. GRAPHIC SCALE 50 0 25 50 I I I 1" (INCH) = 50 ' (FEET) LOCATED IN THE NORTHWEST QUARTER OF SECTION 1, TOWNSHIP 26 SOUTH, RANGE 21 EAST SALT LAKE BASE AND MERIDIAN ALTA BOUNDARYAND TOPOGRAPHY CANYONLANDS HEALTHCARE SERVICE MOAB, UT 84532 KIRSTIN PETERSON RE DESE ]Land Surveying 30 South 100 East Moab, UT 84532 435.259.8171 Project 051-17 Date Sheet 4/9/17 1 OF 1 9-1 New Business lee; 00Z = you! 1. 188d 00t 000 00Z 001.09 0 NI ppi.sm aoyues IelaadS aaaau1laaH spual uoAua3 1994 001. = you! 1. 188d 00Z 091. 001. 09 9Z 0 NI ppi.sm aoyues IelaadS aaaau1laaH spual uoAua3 17.04.020 Zoning text amendments. A. Purpose. The zoning text amendment process allows for amendment to the use requirements within zoning districts to allow particular uses which are not otherwise permitted within a specified zone, provided that proposed uses are substantially similar to, and compatible with, the objectives and characteristics of the zone. B. Uses Not Specified. Uses not specified as authorized within any particular zoning district are prohibited, unless authorized pursuant to the other provisions of this Land Use Code. C. Similar Use Determination Repealed. Text amendments pursuant to this chapter encompass and shall supersede similar use determinations as previously allowed by various sections of this Land Use Code, all of which are hereby repealed. (Ord. 08-03 (part), 2008) 17.04.060 Map amendment approval criteria. The planning commission and city council shall consider the following criteria in reviewing a proposed map amendment: A. Was the existing zone for the property adopted in error? B. Has there been a change of character in the area including, but not limited to: the installation of public facilities or new utilities; other approved zone changes; new growth trends; deterioration of existing development; or the need for development transitions? C. Is there a need for the proposed zoning within the area or community? D. Is the proposed zoning classification compatible with the surrounding area or uses; will there be adverse impacts; and/or can any adverse impacts be mitigated? E. Will benefits be derived by the community or area by granting the proposed zoning? F. Are adequate facilities available to serve development for the type and scope of development suggested by the proposed zoning classification? If utilities are not available, can they be reasonably extended? G. Does the application conform with the provisions of the Moab general plan, the Land Use Code, and applicable agreements with affected governmental entities? (Ord. 08-03 (part), 2008) Page 339 of 451 9-1 New Business CITY OF MOAB PLANNING RESOLUTION 29-2017 A RESOLUTION RECOMMENDING TO CITY COUNCIL APPROVAL OF ORDINANCE #2017-26 TO AMEND THE ZONING FOR APPROXIMATELY FIVE ACRES OWNED BY CANYONLANDS HEALTHCARE SPECIAL SERVICES DISTRICT WITH AN ADDRESS OF 354 WILLIAMS WAY IN THE R- 2, SINGLE- AND TWO- FAMILY RESIDENTIAL ZONE, TO R-4, MANUFACTURED HOUSING RESIDENTIAL ZONE, AND AMENDING THE OFFICIAL ZONING MAP WHEREAS, the Canyonlands Healthcare Special Services District (CHSSD) at 245 Williams Way, Moab, Utah 84532, through its agent, Ben Riley, of the Housing Authority of Southeastern Utah (HASU) at 321 East Center Street, Moab, Utah 84532, has applied to rezone An approximate 5 acre portion of a 9.75 acre property with an address of approximately 354 Williams Way, Moab, Utah, and more particularly described as follows: A parcel of land located within the Northwest quarter of Section 1, T26S, R21E, SLB&M being more particularly described as: Beginning at the Southeast corner of Emerald Subdivision which bears South 26°30'39" East 994.62 feet and North 89°50 East 216.78 from the Northwest corner of Section 1, Township 26 South, Range 21 East, Salt Lake Base and Meridian, and proceeding thence along the East line of Emerald Subdivision North 442.6 feet along a fence line to a corner; thence North 89°55' East 508.0 feet to a corner on the West line of Kerby Subdivision; thence with the West line of Kerby South 0°34' West 457.7 feet to the Southwest corner of Kerby Subdivision; thence North 88° 12'02" West 503.7 feet to the point of beginning. WHEREAS, CHSSD wishes to amend the zoning of an approximate 5-acre parcel of undeveloped property from the R-2, Single- and two-family Residential Zone, to R-4, Manufactured Home Residential Zone•, and WHEREAS, CHSSD has requested the change in zoning to develop residential uses as allowed in the proposed R-4 Zone in Moab Municipal Code 17.51.020; and WHEREAS, the Planning Commission ("Commission") held a duly advertised public hearing on June 8, 2017, to receive comment and determine the appropriateness of the proposed Map Amendment; and WHEREAS, the Commission reviewed the Use Regulations of the R-2 and R-4 zones and discussed the suitability of the application of the R-4 Zone to the subject property to allow residential development in accordance with Code Section 17.04.060, Map amendment approval criteria, and in a _-_ vote favorably recommended the application to Council for approval; and WHEREAS, the Planning Commission found that the review standards in Moab Municipal Code chapter 17.04.060, Map amendment approval criteria, have been met as follows: A. The proposed zoning classification for residential use is compatible with the majority of surrounding uses and impacts to existing development can be mitigated, B. Adequate facilities are available to serve the type and scope of the development suggested by the proposed zoning classification, C. The surrounding residential uses will be buffered from other residential development on the subject property and D. The application conforms to the provisions of the Moab General Plan, and Page 340 of 451 9-1 New Business CITY OF MOAB Planning Resolution #29-2017 2 WHEREAS, the requested zone change is supported by the General Plan to: A. Meet the housing element of the General Plan in terms of quality, and quantity and the goal of meeting "the needs of current residents", B. "Encourage a mixed variety of housing types" that includes affordable senior housing as anticipated by the M.A.P. S. Plan of which the City of Moab is a participant, C. "Encourage in -fill development..." WHEREAS, the Commission has found that Applicant has met elements of Code section 17.04.050, Map amendment policy declaration, in that the community is in need of additional parcels for multi -family housing especially on underdeveloped properties and that the need for housing has increased and changed to such a degree that it is in the public interest to encourage redevelopment of these areas. With special consideration given to existing conditions on and around the area in question, including nightly rentals, land uses, densities, and the height and scale of existing structures, the zone amendment is consistent with the policies and goals of the General Plan and Title 17.0, Zoning; and WHEREAS, having evaluated the staff recommendation, statements from the Applicant and the public, the Commission concluded that the proposed change in the zoning for this property was an acceptable amendment to the Official Zoning Map. NOW, THEREFORE, THE PLANNING COMMISSION OF THE CITY OF MOAB, UTAH, having considered public comment, Staff recommendations, and discussion of the pertinent aspects of the proposed application to rezone, by adoption of Planning Resolution #29-2017, does hereby favorably recommend that Council approve the application to rezone the CHSSD Property in the R-2, Single - Family and Two -Family Residential Zone to R-4, Manufactured Housing Residential Zone. Laura Uhle Chair Date Page 341 of 451 9-1 New Business HOUSING AUTHORITY OF SOUTHEASTERN UTAH SERVING GRAND AND SAN JUAN COUNTY Main Administrative Office 321 East Center Street Moab, UT 84532 Phone (435) 259-5891 Fax (435) 259-4938 TTY (800) 346-4128 Email: hasu@frontiernet.net Re: Zone Change Narrative Statement for Property Owned by the Canyonlands Health Care Special Service District R2 to R4 Northern Portion Parcel #01-001- 0113 Applicant: Canyonlands Health Care Special Service District - Kirstin Peterson, Chair Appointee: Housing Authority of Southeastern Utah 321 E Center St. Moab, UT (435)259-5891; Ben Riley, Executive Director Introduction; This application for zone change is being made by the Canyonlands Health Care Special Service District (CHCSSD) and the Housing Authority of Southeastern Utah (HASU). HASU has been designated the appointee to develop the northern portion (residential zoned portion) for Independent Senior Living in accordance with the Moab Area Partnership for Seniors (MAPS) restrictive covenants and master plan vision created prior to the construction of the Moab Area Hospital and Care Center. HASU approached the CHCSSD for development of an affordable, independent senior living apartment complex to continue the vision of the MAPS plan and to provide housing for low income seniors in Grand County. It is the intent of HASU to submit an application for Low Income Housing Tax Credits (LIHTC) this fall to provide deed restricted, affordable housing for seniors that will be income restricted primarily for seniors 55 and older making less than 50% of the Area Median Income (AMI). The following introduction will lay out the MAPS vision, partnership between the CHCSSD and HASU, a short project description, and restrictive convents held to the land restricting use to seniors in Grand County. The MAPS vision started in the late 90's and formalized with an Interlocal Agreement between the CHCSSD, County, and City in 2001 as a response to an aging hospital located on 400 North and the need for extended senior services to the Grand County population (Attachment 1). The intent was a five -phase development to include a new regional hospital; care center facility; senior services facility; independent living facility; and assisted living facility (Attachment 2). To date three of the five phases have been completed including an award winning Moab Regional Hospital, Canyonlands Care Center, and Grand Center. The CHCSSD owns 9.75 acres north of the hospital and intends to fulfill the MAPS vision in developing the final two pieces of the master plan - an assisted living facility and an independent living facility. HASU approached the district in 2016 seeking to partner and develop the independent living portion of the MAPS vision. HASU's vision of providing permanently affordable housing to Grand County residents using its expertise in developing low income housing through the use of LIHTCs aligns perfectly with the CHCSSD's vision for affordable, independent senior living on the MAPS campus. This relationship was memorialized under an MOU between the CHCSSD and HASU in April of 2017 (Attachment 3). The MOU details the relationship between the CHCSSD and HASU necessary to develop an affordable Housing Authority of Southeastern Utah is an Equal Opportunity Provider and Equal Housing Opportunityla Page 342 of 451 9-1 New Business independent living facility on a portion of the remaining MAPS site according to the restrictive covenants held to the land. In 2016, HASU was awarded CDBG funds to assist in architectural and engineering design and infrastructure improvements for multi -family development through the City of Moab. In the spring of 2017, the Moab City Council approved a change in the scope of work needed to use these funds to help develop the Independent Senior Living project located on the CHCSSD property. In HASU's preparation for an eventual LIHTC application for deed restricted affordable housing, we have created an estimated Proforma for the project. While these numbers are subject to change, the Proforma will provide a detailed view of the proposed project. HASU has contracted a market study to determine the appropriate number of units to satisfy the requirements of the Housing Finance Agency. The proposed development will be roughly 36 units with 29 units restricted to AMI's 50% and below while 7 units will be restricted to AMI's 80% and below. At the time of writing, HASU is soliciting proposals from architectural and engineering firms to create schematic designs and site plan layouts for the project. We expect the project to be one or two buildings that will not exceed two stories in height. The facilities will include a clubhouse/management office. The design of the buildings will use the development guidelines outlined in the restrictive covenants attached to the property (Attachment 1). The location of this project with its proximity to the Grand Center (senior center) and nearby parks provides an ideal location for senior independent living. Additionally, as the CHCSSD looks toward constructing the assisted and independent living portions of the vision, it decided on the most northern portion of the property as the location for the independent living center, because it will require less care than the assisted living facility, which will eventually be closer to the hospital. This will keep the more intensive care facilities closer to emergency services. The restrictive covenants that are attached to the land ensure that the property will be developed for use by seniors. With the final two pieces in the MAPS plan yet to be completed, an R4 zoning designation will allow for either an independent living project or assisted living project. With HASU's expertise in developing affordable housing, it is a natural fit for the CHCSSD and HASU to partner in developing this phase of the master plan. HASU looks forward to the opportunity to turn this part of the MAPS vision into a reality. Support from General Plan and Justification for Zone Change: The zone change is consistent with the Moab General Plan, as well as the new Affordable Housing Plan amendment. Since this project is deed restricted for use by seniors and the mission of both the CHCSSD and HASU is to provide services to seniors and provide affordable housing respectively, the rezone will provide for many articles outlined in the General Plan as well as the Affordable Housing Plan amendment. Indeed the vision of the General Plan outlines many goals this zoning variance and Project hope to achieve — from page 5: 2. Utilize compact development patterns that make the most efficient use of public facilities and services... - The MAPS vision was intended to provide necessary health services in a compact development. Constructing housing for seniors near vital health services, amenities, and recreation fulfills this vision precisely. 4. Utilize walk -able neighborhoods, free of high-speed traffic hazards - Constructing senior housing next to services, such as those provided at the Grand Center, Moab Regional Hospital, and Swanny Park was the intent of the MAPS vision and is in line with creating community facilities in proximity to essential services without the need for excess vehicular traffic. 10. Develop a community and resort destination that is designed for people where walking and biking are a cornerstone. Housing Authority of Southeastern Utah is an Equal Opportunity Provider and Equal Housing Opportunityla Page 343 of 451 9-1 New Business - Again, locating a senior living in the downtown area near many amenities encourages a walking and bike -able community. Additionally, the restrictive covenants (Attachment I) that are attached to the land expressly outline pedestrian and non - motorized circulation. 13. Improve quality of living through support of affordable housing. - This is the cornerstone of the project as will be explained later in relation to the Affordable Housing Plan amendment. Whereas it is the mission of HASU to develop affordable housing and the mission of the CHCSSD to provide services to seniors there can be no illusion that a project built by our partnership will be affordable senior housing which is a desperate need in our community. Furthermore, in the event this project is not funded through LIHTCs, the restrictive covenants beholden to the land restrict the land to use by seniors. If the land is rezoned to become an R4 zone, no other project would be built on the land outside of aforementioned scope. Section 1 - Economic Development - A new affordable senior housing development will create many economic benefits. Seniors provide a solid and consistent tax base to increase the city's income through taxes. Many communities target senior populations because of this consistent tax base. Policy 1 states: Consider growth projections, assigned and use categories and cost and benefits to the community in evaluating the need for expansion of public facilities and services - With the baby boomer generation approaching retirement, additional affordable senior housing options will be necessary in our community. It is no secret that many residents face the choice of moving their parents to other locations because of the lack of services and options in our community. Additional senior housing will provide more options to families who'd like to keep their aging loved ones close. Policy 6 states: Work with organizations to promote diverse year-round community activities - Seniors are typically retirees who are not subject to the on/off season of our economy. Providing housing for this group will incorporate more year-round residents who will provide a consistent tax base as well as citizens that are engaged in our community year-round. Section 2 - Growth and Urbanization - Encouraging orderly growth in the Moab community is outlined as a goal. The Interlocal agreement between the District, City, and County in developing the MAPS master plan did just that. Encouraging development of senior services around a unified campus allows for a safe atmosphere close to services seniors need and use. Policy 2 states: Encourage new development to be an asset to the community in terms of appearance, quality of life, impact on City services, and the natural environment - This development will benefit the quality of life of those living in this community. With regards to City services and the natural environment, multi -family housing has less of an impact on utilities and is more efficient than single family detached dwellings. Multi -family housing also creates less sprawl. The project will utilize environmentally conscience building techniques catered to Enterprise Green Community standards, only one step down from LEED standards. Building to these standards increases the competitiveness of the tax -credit application and is the standard for building affordable housing using LIHTCs. Policy 7 states: Minimize impacts between transitions in types of land use, especially between commercial and residential land uses - As the City zoning map stands, there is a considerable stretch of R2 residential zoning adjacent to commercial zoning. A new R4 designation on this parcel would create a better transition from the commercial properties to the south and the residential properties to the north while maintaining the residential zoning district. Policy 8 states: Ensure that new development pays for the costs of and impacts that are caused by the development - It is understood that infrastructure upgrades will be required and paid for the by the developer. Two infrastructure improvements will definitely Housing Authority of Southeastern Utah is an Equal Opportunity Provider and Equal Housing Opportunityla Page 344 of 451 9-1 New Business need to be undertaken before constructing this project: First, the connection of Park Drive. Enhanced road connectivity is without a doubt an important part of city services. Second, continuation of Moab's storm drain system. As the City works to finish the storm drain system, taking storm water from Main Street to 500 West and further west, this project will work with the City to further connect Moab's storm water system. Section 3 - Land Use - The land use section of the General Plan encourages walk -able neighborhoods that meet the needs of residents and promote livability and economic health. This rezone would achieve both of the aforementioned goals. Additionally, to implement this, it states to develop binding, mutually beneficial intergovernmental agreements between the City and Grand County. The Interlocal agreement attached (Attachment 1) does just that. It was intended as a community -wide effort to create senior services for the residents of Grand County. This rezone would allow for the continuation of the MAPS vision as directed by the City of Moab, Grand County, and the CHCSSD. Residential Zones: Policy 1: Encourage the establishment and vitality of 'walk -able' neighborhoods - Much has been discussed around establishing senior housing next to services these residents will want and need. Additionally, this project will improve sidewalks and roads (particularly on Park Dr.), address the community participation that was involved in the MAPS vision, and provide a buffer between the commercial zoning surrounding the Hospital and Williams Way and the Park' streets in the R2 residential zone to the north. Section 4 - Urban Design - The development standards (Attachment 1) outlined the design of the MAPS campus to complement the surrounding landscape, as is exemplified in the architecture associated with the Moab Regional Hospital and Grand Center. This rezone will allow a Project that will complement and enhance these buildings with a structure that will follow the same guidelines for design. Policy 1 Consider visual appearance criteria in site design... - The development standards (Attachment I) and original master plan (Attachment 2) depict an efficient use of land that is sustainable and livable. We intend to use the vision of this master plan in our design to create a walk -able and welcoming design. Policy 4: Encourage cluster development and the setting aside of open space in new site design - The MAPS vision created a cluster development that promotes open space and residential and commercial services for seniors. Section 5 - Housing (Taken from Affordable Housing Plan Amendment) - The Interlocal Housing Task Force has delineated goals in the Moab Area Housing Plan that will help solve the housing crisis that currently envelopes Moab and Grand County, UT. The pursuit of achieving these goals justifies a need for a zoning variance on the parcel #01-001-0113 from R2 to R4 in order to develop affordable, independent senior living rental units. Goal 2- Create and protect enough affordable housing in the Moab Area so that is not a limiting factor for the community's evolution. - The economy of Moab and Grand County cannot succeed without an adequate amount of housing options. The rising divide between low wages and high housing costs presents a clear and present threat to the economic well being of Grand County. This threat, combined with an enormous amount of available land being purchased strictly for overnight rental and seasonal vacation usage, means a deficit of available housing for locals living and working in Moab and Grand County. Granting a zoning variance would ease the housing shortage for a large chunk of Grand County's population; the baby boomer generation and beyond. Housing Authority of Southeastern Utah is an Equal Opportunity Provider and Equal Housing Opportunityla Page 345 of 451 9-1 New Business Goal 4- Construct a wider range of housing and development types, especially attached dwellings and apartments. - The American Community Survey of 2013 reveals that 69% of all Grand County housing units were single family detached dwellings. Population growth dictates that the available land in Grand County will need to rely more heavily in the coming years on high - density development in order to meet the increasing demand and limited supply of rental units. Goal 6- Become a model community in the way of implementing successful housing solutions. - Granting HASU a zoning variance to allow multifamily residential apartments on this parcel would serve to continue the trajectory that the City of Moab is already on -to remove barriers to affordable housing. The City of Moab and Grand County have been exemplary models of how small rural communities can solve housing problems associated with growth only by acknowledging these issues and finding innovative solutions. This zoning variance from R2 to R4, creating an opportunity for HASU to construct an apartment complex for low-income seniors, would be one such innovation. Goal 7- Create senior housing and housing for individuals with special needs and mental or behavioral health issues. - The "baby boomer" generation is aging, which means more housing opportunities for this generation are required. This Project will only house individuals 55 years old and over and will meet the growing needs of this population. Also, there will be set -aside rental units contained in this Project for individuals with special needs and mental or behavioral health issues. Goal 8- Expand the housing stock through the development of compact, walk -able neighborhoods served by reliable infrastructure. - The City of Moab can benefit from a zoning variance from R2 to R4, which will shift focus from creating sprawling single family detached dwellings to more compact, multifamily apartment -style rental units. Smaller, higher -density apartment complexes are cheaper to build and maintain that detached dwellings. This shift to more compact developments will also reduce infrastructure costs to local governments and to developers and reduce transportation costs to residents. More high -density development in downtown Moab will mean that a higher number of seniors will have direct access to amenities, entertainment, and services within a walk -able distance from their residences. Goal 10- Promote housing that is energy efficient and minimizes environmental impact. - The MAPS Project will be constructed using Energy Star and Enterprise Green Communities initiatives. High density housing will also mean less infrastructure is needed to provide utilities to these attached rental units. Section 6-Parks, Recreation and the Arts - Not applicable. Section 7-Transportation and Circulation Pedestrian Policy 1: To achieve a pleasant, safe, efficient, and complete pedestrian transportation network that addresses the need for all levels of circulation. - The MAPS master plan (Attachment I) envisions a walk -able campus throughout the senior services campus. The project intends to follow this vision through the development of independent living. Motorized Vehicle Goal: To develop an efficient and adequate street system for Moab's future growth. Housing Authority of Southeastern Utah is an Equal Opportunity Provider and Equal Housing Opportunityla Page 346 of 451 9-1 New Business - The connection of Park Dr., which would need to happen with this potential project, is an obvious benefit to the City and will provide adequate thoroughfare from the 'Parks' to 500 West. Section 8-Public Works - Not applicable Section 9-Peacekeeping, Safety, Municipal Buildings, Education - Not applicable. 17.04.050 Map amendment policy declaration A. The land to be zoned was zoned in error and, as presently zoned, is inconsistent with the policies and goals of the city's general plan. - It is unknown if the northern portion of the property was zoned in error. However, allowing the rezone to R4 would provide more consistency with the General Plan, as stated above, as well as consistency with the original intent of the property to be used for senior services. With the current R2 designation, neither an Independent Living project nor Assisted Living facility can be built. R4 would allow either of these two developments and align with the vision that the County, City and CHCSSD had in its MAPS master plan. B. The area for which a map amendment is requested has changed or is changing to such a degree that it is in the public interest to encourage a redevelopment of the area. - It is clear that public interest encourages the development of more affordable housing. Since this land is deed restricted for use by seniors and the development partner is HASU, it can be assured that affordable senior living will be built according to the MAPS vision. C. The proposed map amendment is necessary in order to provide land for a use which was not anticipated at the time of the adoption of the city's General Plan, and that such change will be consistent with the policies and goals of the plan. Special consideration shall be given to existing conditions on and around the area in question, including the changing nature of the area, land uses, densities, and the height and scale of both existing and proposed structures. - As the Interlocal agreement and planning process began before the adoption of the General Plan, it is possible that zoning of the northern R2 portion was not made in concurrence with the vision of the MAPS master plan as none of the commercial and/or residential facilities envisioned are allowed in the R2 zone district. As need for affordable housing increases the City, it makes sense to increase housing density in some zone districts to allow for growth. This parcel is a perfect candidate for a zoning variance because of the restrictions that are attached to the land as well as the commercial to residential buffer this zoning would bring. With its proximity to the hospital and helicopter landing zone, the building height will be restricted to one or two stories which is in line with the surrounding commercial and residential development. 17.04.060 Map amendment approval criteria A. Was the existing zone for the property adopted in error. - The land necessary for the Hospital, Care Center, and Grand Center may not have been taken into account in the original zoning of this parcel. B. Has there been a change of character in the area including, but not limited to: the installation of public facilities or new utilities; other approved zone changes; new growth trends; deterioration of existing development; or the need for development transitions? Housing Authority of Southeastern Utah is an Equal Opportunity Provider and Equal Housing Opportunityla Page 347 of 451 9-1 New Business - Yes, with the development of the Grand Center, Hospital, and Care Center in the last 15 years, the vision of the MAPS campus is coming to fruition. This zone amendment will help facilitate the remaining components of the master plan. Also, as commented above, an aging baby boomer generation will require additional senior services in the near future. C. Is there a need for the proposed within the area or community? - Yes, as described in both the General Plan and Affordable Housing Plan amendment the City needs to consider higher density development close to city services. This zone amendment places higher density housing next to essential services, parks, and the downtown area. D. Is the proposed zoning classification compatible with the surrounding area or uses; will there be adverse impacts; and/or can any adverse impacts be mitigated? - Yes, this will remain as a residential zone district with a higher density than some of the surrounding zoning areas. There is adjacent R4 zoning nearby. The restricted height of the project will reduce adverse impacts. Other adverse impacts will be mitigated as they arise. E. Will benefits be derived by the community or area by granting the proposed zoning? - Absolutely. Much has been said in the above narrative in regards to affordable housing and increasing density in the city near essential services. Increased affordable housing and housing for seniors is a community priority and this project will help to alleviate Moab's housing crisis. F. Are adequate facilities available to serve development for the type and scope of development suggested by the proposed zoning classification? If utilities are not available, can they be reasonably extended? - It is reasonable that all facilities and infrastructure improvements can be made to make the project successful. HASU will work with the City to determine facility and infrastructure upgrades as needed. G. Does the application conform with the provisions of the Moab General Plan, the Land Use Code, and applicable agreements with affected governmental entities? - The above narrative is in congruence with the General Plan, Land Use Code and MAPS vision. The support of CHCSSD as a subdivision of the County is also essential in providing senior services to County residents. Housing Authority of Southeastern Utah is an Equal Opportunity Provider and Equal Housing Opportunitylia Page 348 of 451 9-1 New Business M.A.P.S. Masterplan lawn xeric meadow meadow lawn perennial cover fire truck access • - bike- path 41a se iim pede5trian path cormunity garden wigaia + midland scopes,. lic [1111r18.16 Alt 10:1191t1E future. addition deten Lion sera io(icommuinpty cerrer hosTta I williarns way dePention extended care facility dettniliorl park drive independent livi g Page 349 of 451 9-1 New Business ORDINANCE #2017-26 AN ORDINANCE AMENDING THE ZONING FOR APPROXIMATELY FIVE ACRES WITH AN ADDRESS OF 354 WILLIAMS WAY IN THE R-2, SINGLE- AND TWO- FAMILY RESIDENTIAL ZONE, TO R-4 MANUFACTURED HOUSING RESIDENTIAL ZONE AND AMENDING THE OFFICIAL ZONING MAP WHEREAS, the Canyonlands Healthcare Special Services District (CHSSD) at 245 Williams Way, Moab, Utah 84532, through its agent, Ben Riley, of the Housing Authority of Southeastern Utah (HASU) at 321 East Center Street, Moab, Utah 84532, has applied to rezone a portion of a 9.75 acre property with an address of approximately 354 Williams Way, Moab, Utah, and more particularly described as follows: A parcel of land located within the Northwest quarter of Section 1, T26S, R21E, SLB&M being more particularly described as: Beginning at the Southeast corner of Emerald Subdivision which bears South 26°30'39" East 994.62 feet and North 89°50 East 216.78 from the Northwest corner of Section 1, Township 26 South, Range 21 East, Salt Lake Base and Meridian, and proceeding thence along the East line of Emerald Subdivision North 442.6 feet along a fence line to a corner; thence North 89°55' East 508.0 feet to a corner on the West line of Kerby Subdivision; thence with the West line of Kerby South 0°34' West 457.7 feet to the Southwest corner of Kerby Subdivision; thence North 88°12'02" West 503.7 feet to the point of beginning. WHEREAS, CHSSD wishes to amend the zoning of an approximate 5-acre parcel of undeveloped property from the R-2, Single- and two-family Residential Zone, to R-4, Manufactured Home Residential Zone; and WHEREAS, CHSSD has requested the change in zoning to develop residential uses as allowed in the proposed R-4 Zone in Moab Municipal Code 17.51.020; and WHEREAS, the Planning Commission ("Commission") held a duly advertised public hearing on June 8, 2017, to receive comment and determine the appropriateness of the proposed Map Amendment; and WHEREAS, the Commission reviewed the Use Regulations of the R-2 and R-4 zones and discussed the suitability of the application of the R-4 Zone to the subject property to allow residential development in accordance with Code Section 17.04.060, Map amendment approval criteria, and in a _-_ vote favorably recommended the application to Council for approval; and WHEREAS, the City Council ("Council") reviewed the application in a public meeting on _, 2017, to review the Planning Commission and staff recommendations and determine the appropriateness of the proposed Map Amendment; and WHEREAS, the City Council found that the review standards in Moab Municipal Code chapter 17.04.060, Map amendment approval criteria, have been met as follows: A. The proposed zoning classification for residential use is compatible with the majority of surrounding uses and impacts to existing development can be mitigated, B. Adequate facilities are available to serve the type and scope of the development suggested by the proposed zoning classification, C. The surrounding residential uses will be buffered from other residential development on the subject property and Page 350 of 451 9-1 New Business D. The application conforms to the provisions of the Moab General Plan. WHEREAS, the requested zone change is supported by the General Plan to: A. Meet the housing element of the General Plan in terms of quality, and quantity and the goal of meeting "the needs of current residents", B. "Encourage a mixed variety of housing types" that includes affordable senior housing as anticipated by the M.A.P.S. Plan of which the City of Moab is a participant, C. "Encourage in -fill development..." WHEREAS, Council, in a public meeting held on, 2017 agreed with the Commission, and in a _- vote found that the request complies with the criteria in Chapter 17.04 and determined that the change in zoning was in agreement with the Moab Municipal Code and the General Plan. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT ORDINAINED by the City of Moab, that effective upon the signing of this Ordinance, the rezoning request for 354 Williams Way as submitted by Mr. Ben Riley of HASU, is hereby approved and Council directs staff to amend the Official Zoning Map for the City of Moab. Passed and adopted by action of the Governing Body of the City of Moab in open session this day of , 2017. Attest: Rachel Stenta City Recorder City of Moab Mayor David L. Sakrison Page 351 of 451 9-1 New Business rT2 NORTHWEST CORNER SECTION 1, 6S, R21E, +S_I!3&M BASIS OF BEARING N 89°50' E 2630.50' NORTH QUARTER CORNER SECTION 1, T26S, R21E, SLB&M Surveyor's Certificate TO: Canyonlands Healthcare Special Service District, South Eastern Utah Title Company, AS FOLLOWS: 1.517 10 Z5£ abed 1 —S s —TOPAZ CIRCLE LOT 11 LOT 12 LOT 13 LOT 14 s S LOT 10 s s -S PARK D RI LOT 15 �r L1C EMERALD SUBDIVISION LOT 8 LOT 9 R-2 ZONE LOT 16 sC U-R-B-AN B-6-UsTT • LOT 5 LOT 6 �SMH 8" RIM = INV OUT= 91. TER • • I GA LOT 7 As LOT 8 R-2 ZONE N 89°5OE00"-E 216.78' THE CORPORATION OF THE PRESIDING BISHOP OF THE CHURCH OF JESUS CHRIST OF LATTER-DAY SAINTS 01-001-0112 R-2 ZONE TAY LO R 01-001-0109 R-2 ZONE I POINT OF BEGINNING MOAB VALLEY HEALTHCARE SUBDIVISION 0 co I` ti Cr) O O 0 O O Z (NORTH 402 (N 89°43' E 213.2') C-2 ZONE X X X X X X X N 89°50'00" E 506.39 (N 89°55' E 508.0') .. R-2 ZONE CANYONLANDS HEALTHCAR SPECIAL SERVICE DI RICT 01-00 -0113 REMAINDR BOUNDARY 42 ,842 sq. ft. .75 acres R-2 ZONE X X X C-2 ZONE N 00 CO >— ti O 0 0 0 Z LOT 3 X X X X ZO E BOUNDARY N 89° �4'43i'-E 65-0.43' I LOT 4 MOAB VALLEY HEALTHCARE SUBDIVISION N 89°54'43" E 217.11' CARE CAMPUS DRIVE WEST 579.52') LEGEND Power Pole Light Pole Telephone Pedestal Electric Meter Cable Box Water Valve Fire Hydrant Water Meter Sanitary Sewer Manhole Property Corner Fence Line Section Corner Monument (BRG. DIST.) Record Bearing and Distance LOT 1 N 00°58' E 73.8 X X LOT 3 FOUND REBAR AND CAP LOT 4 N X 0 ti 0 m m LOT 5 oC w Y R-2 ZONE 0 X6) N 0 O .?•<o \(I) LOT 6 CU ° B AND GUTTER CURB AND GUTTER 4 chC 1 V LOT 11 LOT 10 x R-2 ZONE N 89°50'00" E 147.43 (N 89°53' E 147.6') C-2 ZONE FOUND REBAR AND CAP ORCHARD PARK LANE LOT 5 J En o ° Qc> (S 89°47' W (N 89°34' W 254.40' LOT 9 cr) 0.) ti R-2 ZO O (S 0°12' W 423.7') R-3 ZONE 29.70' ) THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THIS MAP OR PLAT AND THE SURVEY ON WHICH IT IS BASED WERE MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE 2016 MINIMUM STANDARD DETAIL REQUIREMENTS FOR ALTA/NSPS LAND TITLE SURVEYS, JOINTLY ESTABLISHED AND ADOPTED BY ALTA AND NSPS, AND INCLUDES ITEMS 1,2,4,5,8,11,13 OF TABLE A THEREOF. THE LOCATION OF EACH EASEMENT, RIGHT OF WAY, SERVITUDE, AND OTHER MATTER AFFECTING THE SUBJECT PROPERTY AND LISTED IN THE TITLE INSURANCE COMMITMENT DATED MARCH 27, 2017, ISSUED BY SOUTH EASTERN UTAH TITLE COMPANY WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT PROPERTY, HAS BEEN SHOWN ON THE SURVEY, TOGETHER WITH APPROPRIATE RECORDING REFERENCES, TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH MATTERS CAN BE LOCATED. THE PROPERTY SHOWN ON THE SURVEY IS THE PROPERTY DESCRIBED IN THAT TITLE COMMITMENT. EXCEPT AS SHOWN, THE LOCATION OF ALL IMPROVEMENTS IS IN ACCORD WITH MINIMUM SETBACK PROVISIONS AND RESTRICTIONS OF RECORD REFERENCED IN SUCH TITLE COMMITMENT. Boundary Description Beginning at a corner which bears South 26°30'39" East 994.62 feet from the Northwest corner of Section 1, Township 26 South, Range 21 East, Salt Lake Base and Meridian, and proceeding thence with the South line of Emerald Subdivision North 89°43' East 213.2 feet along the South boundary of Emerald Subdivision; thence along the East line of Emerald Subdivision North 442.6 feet along a fence line to a corner; thence North 89°55' East 508.0 feet to a corner on the West line of Kerby Subdivision; thence with the West line of Kerby South 0°34' West 457.7 feet to the Southwest corner of Kerby Subdivision; thence with the South line of Kerby Subdivision North 89°53' East 147.6 feet; thence South 0°12' West 423.7 feet; thence North 89°34' West 254.4 feet; thence South 2°15' West 40.7 feet; thence South 89°47' West 29.7 feet; thence North 0°58' East 73.8 feet, more or less; thence West 579.52 feet; thence North 402.1 feet to the point of beginning. Less and Excepting therefrom any portion within the Moab Valley Healthcare Subdivision, according to the official plat thereof, recorded November 4, 2011 in Book 777 at page 436 as entry no. 499356. Lucas Blake, PLS License No. 7540504 Schedule BII Exceptions, South Eastern Utah Title Company File No. 59,442-G Dated March 27, 2017 @ 8:00 A.M. An Easement by Moab Irrigation Company recorded April 27, 1964 in Book 121 at Page 537 as Entry No. 303161. Also recorded December 19, 1994 in Book 471 at Page 129 as Entry No. 432947. Also recorded June 24, 2014 in Book 808 at Page 621 as Entry No. 506521. * This 20' wide easement is shown and plotted hereon. Prescriptive Easement by Moab Irrigation Company concerning Ditch 2 recorded June 3, 2015 in Book 819 at Page 661 as Entry No. 508949. Also recorded February 2, 2016 in Book 826 at Page 970 as Entry No. 510904. * This 20' wide easement is shown and plotted hereon. A Right -of -Way and Easement by Questar Gas Company recorded May 12, 2010 in Book 759 at Page 895 as Entry No. 494831. * This easement is outside the boundary of the subject parcel and is not plotted hereon. Narrative The Basis of Bearing for this survey is North 89°50'00" East between the Northwest corner and the North Quarter corner of Section 1, Township 26 South, Range 21 East, Salt Lake Base and Meridian. The purpose of this survey is to provide the location of pertinent existing improvements and the location of the boundary on the ground. The locations of underground utilities as shown hereon are based on above -ground structures. Locations of underground utilities/structures may vary from locations shown hereon. Additional buried utilities/structures may be encountered. No excavations were made during the progress of this survey to locate buried utilities/structures. Before excavations are begun, please contact Blue Stakes and appropriate agencies. GRAPHIC SCALE 50 0 25 50 I I I 1" (INCH) = 50 ' (FEET) LOCATED IN THE NORTHWEST QUARTER OF SECTION 1, TOWNSHIP 26 SOUTH, RANGE 21 EAST SALT LAKE BASE AND MERIDIAN ALTA BOUNDARYAND TOPOGRAPHY CANYONLANDS HEALTHCARE SERVICE MOAB, UT 84532 KIRSTIN PETERSON RE DESE ]Land Surveying 30 South 100 East Moab, UT 84532 435.259.8171 Project 051-17 Date Sheet 4/9/17 1 OF 1 9-1 New Business USE REQUIREMENTS R-2 17.45.020 R-4 17.51.020 One and two-family dwellings One and two-family dwellings Planned unit developments (large scale) Planned unit developments (large/small scale) Fences, walls, and hedges (seven feet max) Fences, walls, and hedges (seven feet max) Customary household pets Customary household pets Public buildings Public buildings Playgrounds Playgrounds Churches Churches Agriculture Agriculture Temporary buildings and yards Temporary buildings and yards Home occupations Home occupations Child day care centers and foster family homes Child day care centers and foster family homes Secondary dwelling units Secondary dwelling units Other public facilities Apartment houses/other multiple dwellings Court apartments Boarding and rooming houses Clubs and lodges (nonprofit) Mobile home parks/subdivisions (10 ac min.) Publicly owned athletic fields and schools Boys' schools and correctional institutions Pasturing of animals Plant nurseries Radio and television towers DIMENSIONAL AND SETBACK REQUIREMENTS R-2 R-4 17.45.030 Area Regs (Lot size) 17.51.030 Area Regs (Lot size) One Family Res Lot Area 5,000 sq ft 5,000 sq ft Two-family 3,000 sq ft/unit 2,500 sq ft/unit Three or more N/A 1,800 sq ft/unit child day care centers and foster family care homes 10,000 sq ft 10,000 sq ft PUD 5 acres 3 acres Churches Area of the building is equal to or less than twenty percent of the total parcel size Area of the building is equal to or less than twenty percent of the total parcel size 17.45.040 Width requirements 17.51.040 Width requirements Lot width 50 ft 50 ft 17.45.050 Location reqs. 17.51.050 Location reqs. Front Setback 15 ft 15 ft Side setback 7ft; Corner lot- 15 ft or 75% of front yard 7ft; Corner lot- 12 ft Rear Setback 12 ft 10 ft Page 353 of 451 9-1 New Business AGENDA SUMMARY MOAB CITY COUNCIL MEETrNG July 111 2017 / Agenda 1tem #: III ri Title: Resolution Adopting the Water System Design Criteria Manual, Wastewater System Design Criteria Manual, and APWA Manual of Standard Specifications (Utah Chapter) M Fiscal Impact: None Staff Presenter(s): Mark Jolissaint Department: Engineering/Planning Applicant: N/A Background/Summary: Criteria and standards were planned for development and subsequent adoption by end of the site plan moratorium enacted in January 2017. Options: Approve, deny, or postpone Staff Recommendation: Approve Recommended Motion: I move to approve {insert agenda item number} Attachment(s): Water System Design Criteria Manual, Wastewater System Design Criteria Manual Page 354 of 451 9-2 New Business CITY OF MOAB RESOLUTION #46-2017 A RESOLUTION ADOPTING THE WATER SYSTEM DESIGN CRITERIA MANUAL, WASTEWATER SYSTEM DESIGN CRITERIA MANUAL, AND APWA MANUAL OF STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (UTAH CHAPTER) WHEREAS, the City, to maintain the quality of new infrastructure improvements, desired to assess and update its minimum criteria and standards for said improvements; and, WHEREAS, the Moab City Council (Council) approved Ordinance No. 2017-02, a temporary moratorium on new commercial site plan applications pending the revision of city ordinances relating to said criteria and standards; and, WHEREAS, with the aid of a consultant, Hansen, Allen & Luce, Inc., appropriate criteria and standards were developed or selected from extant material. NOW, THEREFORE, be it Resolved by the Moab City Council, that the Water System Design Criteria Manual, Wastewater System Design Criteria Manual, and APWA Manual of Standard Specifications (Utah Chapter) are adopted. PASSED AND APPROVED in open Council by a majority vote of the Governing Body of Moab City Council on , 2017. SIGNED: David L. Sakrison, Mayor ATTEST: Rachel Stenta, Recorder Page 355 of 451 9-2 New Business WATER SYSTEM DESIGN CRITERIA MANUAL Effective Date: June 30, 2017 Page 356 of 451 9-2 New Business Page 357 of 451 9-2 New Business Contents 1.1 Introduction 1 1.2 Jurisdiction 1 1.3 Purpose 1 1.4 Amendments and Revisions 1 1.5 Enforcement Responsibility 2 1.6 Review and Acceptance 2 1.7 Interpretation 2 1.8 Relationship to Other Standards 3 1.8.1 State Public Water System Code and Rules 3 1.8.2 State Construction Code 3 1.8.3 NSF International Standards 3 1.9 Variances from these Criteria 3 1.10 Adoption of the Utah American Public Works Association (APWA) Standard Plans and Specifications 3 1.11 Acronyms 3 1.12 Definitions of Terms 4 2.1 Introduction 7 2.2 Planning Policy 7 2.3 Design Policy 7 2.4 Construction of Public Improvements Policy 7 2.5 Ownership of Public Improvements Policy 8 2.6 Operations and Maintenance Policy 8 2.7 Hazard Minimization and Public Safety Policy 8 2.8 Duty of the Professional Engineer Preparing Development Documents 9 3.1 Introduction 10 3.2 Review Process 10 3.2.1 Pre -Application Consultation 10 3.2.2 Water Utility Report Requirements 10 3.2.2.1 Format 10 3.2.2.2 Stand -Alone Document 10 Page 358 of 451 9-2 New Business 3.2.2.3 Submittal Adequacy 11 3.2.3 Review by Referral Agencies 11 3.3 Acceptance 11 3.3.1 Final Utility Report Required for Construction 11 3.3.2 Approval Limitation for Final Utility Report 11 3.4 Preliminary Water Utility Report 11 3.4.1 Water System Modeling 14 3.5. Engineering Department Responsibility 14 3.6 Final Water Utility Report 14 3.6.1 Disclaimer 17 3.7 Construction Drawings 17 3.7.1 Water System Improvements 17 3.7.2 Indemnification Statement 18 3.7.3 Construction Drawing Requirements 18 3.7.3.1 Water Utility Construction Drawings 18 3.8 Record Drawings 20 4.1 Reference Design Documents 21 4.2 Prohibited Installations 21 4.3 Unlawful Connections 21 4.4 Minimum Water System Design Criteria 22 4.4.1. Design Demands 22 4.4.1.1 Fire Flows 22 4.4.2 Storage Requirements 22 4.4.3 Minimum Hydraulic Performance Criteria 22 4.4.3.1 Operating Pressures and Pressure Zone Characteristics 23 4.4.3.2 Location of Pressure Reducing Valves 23 4.4.4 Minimum Distribution Main Sizing and Valve Spacing 23 4.4.5 General Water System Layout Criteria 23 4.4.5.1 Location 23 4.4.5.2 Horizontal Layout 23 4.4.5.3 Vertical Layout 24 4.4.6 Pipe Joint Deflection 24 Page 359 of 451 9-2 New Business 4.4.7 Distribution Main Looping 24 4.4.8 Transmission Mains 25 4.4.9 Bored Crossings 25 4.4.10 Appurtenances 26 4.4.10.1 Valves 26 4.4.10.2 Pressure Reducing Valves 27 4.4.10.3 Fire Hydrants 27 4.4.10.4 Thrust Restraint 28 4.4.10.5 Meters and Service Connections 28 4.4.10.6 Fire Protection Service Lines 29 4.4.10.7 Manholes 29 4.4.10.8 Backflow Prevention Assemblies 29 4.4.10.9 Combination Air Release and Vacuum Valves 30 4.4.10.10 Blow -off Pumping Manholes 30 4.4.10.11 Tracer Wire and Warning Tape 30 4.4.11 Fill Areas 30 4.4.12 Trail Access 30 4.4.13 Main -Break Swale Design 30 4.4.14 Future Connections 31 4.4.15 Water Service Lines 31 4.4.15.1 Layout 31 4.5 Easements 31 4.6 Testing and Disinfection 32 5.1 General 33 5.1.1 Scope 33 Page 360 of 451 9-2 New Business 1.1 Introduction These criteria and design standards together with all future amendments shall be known as the City of Moab Water System Design Criteria Manual (hereafter called "Criteria"). All utility reports and plans, analyses, and designs, submitted as a requirement of the City of Moab (hereafter called "City") ordinances and resolutions (hereafter called "Regulations"), shall comply with these Criteria. 1.2 Jurisdiction These Criteria shall apply to all land within the incorporated area of the City of Moab, or served by the City, including any public lands. These Criteria shall apply to all systems and facilities constructed in or on City Rights -of -Way, easements dedicated for utilities across public or private property, easements for public use, and to all privately owned and maintained system facilities. 1.3 Purpose Presented in these Criteria are the policies and minimum technical criteria for the planning, design and construction of drinking water systems within the boundaries of the City of Moab and areas served by the City. All subdivisions, site plans, or any other proposed development submitted for acceptance by the City shall include adequate and appropriate water system planning, analysis, and design. Such planning, analysis, and design shall conform to or exceed the Criteria set forth herein. Water system planning, analysis, and design that require policies and technical expertise not specifically addressed in these Criteria shall follow the requirements outlined in the Utah Code Annotated, Utah Administrative Code (see {R309 U.A.C.}), industry standards and manufacturer's recommendations. In the event of a conflict, the State of Utah Codes and Administrative Rules will prevail. Interpretation will be provided by the City of Moab and/or the Utah Department of Environmental Quality, Division of Drinking Water. 1.4 Amendments and Revisions Policies and criteria may be amended as new technology is developed or if experience gained in the use of these Criteria indicates a need for revision. All technical criteria and policy changes must be reviewed by the City Engineer and Public Works Director or their assignees. All major revisions will require adoption, by resolution or ordinance of the City Council. The City shall monitor the performance and effectiveness of these Criteria and will recommend amendments and revisions as needed. Page 361 of 451 9-2 New Business TABLE 1-1 EXAMPLES OF MINOR AND MAJOR REVISIONS MINOR MAJOR Grammar Policy Changes Submittal Requirements Clarifications Construction Detail Revisions for clarification, minor modification Technical Criteria Changes 1.5 Enforcement Responsibility The Engineering Department and Public Works Department shall review all water system reports, plans, analyses, and designs submitted as a requirement of the Regulations for compliance with these Criteria. The Regulations are enforced by the City of Moab and authorized representatives. 1.6 Review and Acceptance The City shall review all submittals for general compliance with these Criteria. An acceptance by the City does not relieve the Owner, Engineer, or Designer from the responsibility of ensuring that the design, calculations, plans, specifications, construction, and record drawings are in compliance with these Criteria and in compliance with other applicable State and Federal requirements. The City may refer submittals to other agencies that have an interest or responsibility for water system issues. 1.7 Interpretation In the interpretation and application of these Criteria by the City, the provisions herein shall be regarded as the minimum requirements for the protection of the public health, safety and welfare of the residents of the City of Moab. Whenever a provision of these Criteria and any other provision of the Regulations or any provision in any law, ordinance, resolution, rule or regulation of any kind, contains any requirement(s) covering any of the same subject matter, the requirements that are more restrictive or impose higher standards shall govern, as determined by the City. These Criteria shall not abrogate or annul any binding agreements, Development Improvement Agreements, easements, permits, utility reports or construction drawings accepted by the City prior to the effective date of these Criteria. Page 362 of 451 9-2 New Business 1.8 Relationship to Other Standards 1.8.1 State Public Water System Code and Rules Public water systems in the State of Utah are governed by the State of Utah Code Annotated and the Utah Administrative Code. These codes and rules apply to policy, planning, criteria and construction of public water system and prevail if a conflict exists with the Criteria. Most water projects require a submittal to the Utah Divison of Drinking Water for its review. For land development projects, the Developer/Owner shall provide all information needed to complete the review and pay all review and relataed fees. 1.8.2 State Construction Code The State of Utah Construction codes and rules, with amendments, are incorporated by reference. These codes and rules apply to policy, planning, criteria and construction of public water system and prevail if a conflict exists with the Criteria. 1.8.3 NSF International Standards All pipe, valves, fittings, and other water system components that contact water within the public water system shall comply with the applicable standards of NSF International. These include NSF 60 (Water Treatment Chemicals), NSF 61 Annex G, and NSF 372 (Drinking Water System Components). 1.9 Variances from these Criteria Modifications to these Criteria shall require a formal variance request. Variances from the provisions of these Criteria may be considered on a case -by -case basis for specific applications only, and shall not establish a precedent for any other project or future development. 1.10 Adoption of the Utah American Public Works Association (APWA) Standard Plans and Specifications The latest Utah APWA Manual of Standard Plans and Manual of Standard Specifications are hereby adopted as the City of Moab Standard Details and Standard Specifications for water system improvements. Variance from these standards must be approved by the City. In the event that multiple standards apply, the City will determine the applicable standard. 1.11 Acronyms As used in the City's Water Criteria Manual, the following acronyms shall apply: ANSI American National Standards Institute APWA American Public Works Association ARV Combination Air Release/Vacuum Valve ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials Page 363 of 451 9-2 New Business AWWA CD and CDs CFS DIA DIP DIPRA ERC HP Max Min NAVD OSHA PE PRV PSI PVC RCP ROW American Water Works Association Construction Drawing(s) Cubic Feet per Second Development Improvements Agreement Ductile Iron Pipe Ductile Iron Pipe Research Association Equivalent Residential Connections High Point Maximum Minimum North American Vertical Datum Occupational Safety and Health Administration Professional Engineer Pressure Reducing Valve Pounds per Square Inch Polyvinyl Chloride Reinforced Concrete Pipe Right -of -Way 1.12 Definitions of Terms CODE or MUNICIPAL CODE shall mean the City of Moab Municipal Code, as amended. CONSTRUCTION DRAWING(S) (CD or CDs) shall mean construction drawings prepared by a Professional Engineer licensed in the State of Utah for the Developer and approved by the City depicting public and/or private improvements to be constructed for the Project. ENGINEER shall mean the Professional Engineer retained by the Developer responsible for the creation and submission of utility reports and construction drawings to the City for approval for the purpose of one-time construction of facilities. CRITERIA or DESIGN CRITERIA shall mean the design criteria and requirements contained herein for water facilities to be constructed in the City. DETAILS or STANDARD DETAILS shall mean details issued by the City to be used in Construction Drawings DEVELOPER shall mean the party or parties desiring to construct public and/or private improvements within City rights -of -way or easements, securing all required approvals and permits from the City and other applicable entities, and assuming full and complete responsibility for the Project. DEVELOPMENT IMPROVEMENT AGREEMENT (DIA) shall mean a formal agreement between an annexation applicant or Developer and the City that comprehensively addresses development conditions and obligations. Page 364 of 451 9-2 New Business EASEMENT shall mean the right of the City to use lands owned by another party for the purposes of maintenance, access, utilities, drainage or other use, as specified in an agreement. MUNICIPAL CODE — See CODE. OWNER shall mean the person(s) in title to any portion of the Property, according to the records of the Grand County Recorder. The use of the singular "Owner" shall refer to all Owners of the property. PRIVATE IMPROVEMENTS shall mean those improvements not identified as public improvements, and which are not generally installed within the City rights -of -way, easements, or other City -owned lands. PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER shall mean an individual currently registered with the Utah Division of Professional and Occupational Licensing as a professional engineer. PROJECT shall mean the public or private improvements as designated in the approved construction drawings to be constructed in conformance with these Design Criteria and the City standard specification and details. The project is inclusive of any and all public or private improvement projects for or within the City, whether development projects, private utility projects or capital improvement projects. PROPERTY shall mean the real property located in the City of Moab. PUBLIC IMPROVEMENTS shall mean those public facilities including, but not limited to, pavement, curb and gutter, sidewalk, pedestrian/bike/equestrian paths, storm drain facilities with related appurtenances, culverts, channels, bridges, water distribution, transmission and storage facilities with related appurtenances, wastewater collection facilities with related appurtenances, water purification facilities, pavement markings/ signage/striping, traffic signals and related appurtenances, and those processes integral to construction of other Public Improvements listed herein, which upon their completion are to be dedicated to the City for operation and maintenance by the City and which are installed within the City rights -of -way, easements, or other City -owned lands. REGULATIONS shall mean ordinances, resolutions, rules and regulations of the City, including the Code, and other provisions of all zoning, subdivision and building codes or any other applicable design criteria adopted by the City, as the same may be amended periodically and applied uniformly throughout the City. SHALL mean a mandatory requirement or condition, as approved by the City. STANDARD DETAILS — See DETAILS. CITY shall mean the City of Moab, Utah Page 365 of 451 9-2 New Business CITY COUNCIL shall mean the Moab City Council. ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT shall mean the City Engineering Department. CITY ENGINEER shall mean the City of Moab Engineer or other authorized representative of the Engineering Department. VARIANCE REQUEST shall mean a formal request with adequate documentation and justification for a variance from the standards, provisions, policies or submittal requirements set forth in these Design Criteria. WATER MASTER PLAN shall mean the City of Moab Water Distribution and Storage Master Plan Page 366 of 451 9-2 New Business 2.1 Introduction Provisions for adequate service, water supply, purification, storage, transmission and distribution are necessary to preserve and promote the general health, welfare, and economic well-being of the residents of the City of Moab. The City of Moab must provide coordination, review, and master planning of the system in order that the integration of each component of the system meets the intent and purpose of the system as a whole. The development of the City's water system is governed by the policies provided below, as facilitated through the implementation of the Criteria contained herein. 2.2 Planning Policy All land developed within the City that is served by the City's public water system shall provide planning and design for indoor and outdoor water demands. Reports and plans shall be submitted for all new development and redevelopment within the City jurisdiction. These reports shall conform to the requirements set forth herein and the provisions otherwise stipulated by the City during the development process. Redevelopment shall be defined as any land disturbance or reconstruction that results in a reconfiguration of existing water system facilities or an increase in demands. During the initial planning stages of the development, a pre -application meeting shall be coordinated with the City of Moab Planning Department. One purpose of this meeting is to assist the City and the developer to determine the level of water service that is available and needed by the developer. 2.3 Design Policy Water system planning and design within the City shall adhere to the Criteria contained herein, the administrative rules promulgated by the Utah Division of Drinking Water, the Utah Division of Water Rights (for wells and water rights), and acceptance procedures of the City of Moab, any applicable watershed protections ordinances, drinking water source protections zones and the applicable water related master plans prepared for the City. Prohibited facilities and connections shall be as described in these criteria. 2.4 Construction of Public Improvements Policy The construction of improvements for and within the City shall conform to the City's construction permit, standard specifications, standard details and approved plans, and shall adhere to all City, County, State, and Federal regulations applicable to the work. This shall include the acquisition of all necessary permits, which may include but not be limited to, stream alteration permits, discharge permits, road cut permits, flood plain related permits and letters (including FEMA review and Page 367 of 451 9-2 New Business approval when applicable), Utah Division of Drinking Water approvals, traffic control permits and all other required permits and approvals. At the completion of construction, all permits and service agreements with power companies and any other private utilities shall be transferred into the Customer's name, and shall under no circumstances be transferred to, or held in the name of the City, unless the City is the customer. Any work proposed to take place within existing City of Moab streets must be reviewed and approved by the City. The type of crossing allowed, traffic control, street repair specifications, etc. shall be as determined by the City. Prior to placing the facilities into service and initial acceptance by the City, all construction related provisions required by the City shall be satisfied, including startup procedures, inspections and testing of the facilities, and receipt of O&M Manuals and Record Drawings. Additionally, all requirements and responsibilities of the warranty period will be met. 2.5 Ownership of Public Improvements Policy The delineation between City -owned and privately owned portions of the system and the associated maintenance responsibilities for each, shall be as set forth in the latest editions of the Municipal Code, standard details and previous agreements and policies in effect with the City. Upon execution of final acceptance, the water mains and all appurtenant City -owned facilities, shall become the sole property of the City, and full legal and equitable title thereto shall be vested in the City free and clear of any liens, claims, or rights of any third party in or to the public improvements. 2.6 Operations and Maintenance Policy The design of all water system facilities within the City must provide for access and long-term operation and maintenance of the facilities by the City. Operation and Maintenance manuals associated with all components to be installed as part of the water system shall be provided to the City with the Record Drawings required in these Criteria, unless otherwise specifically waived by the City. Utility easements, dedicated tracts and access easements shall be provided for all water system facilities outside of public right-of-way as set forth in these Criteria, or as otherwise required by the City, and shall be adequate for the operation, maintenance and replacement of the facilities. 2.7 Hazard Minimization and Public Safety Policy Public safety and the protection of City staff shall be an essential objective when planning, designing, constructing, operating and maintaining the City's water system facilities. All such facilities shall be designed with careful consideration of the potential hazards associated with the use and long-term operation and maintenance of the facility. The design phase of all projects shall evaluate the health and safety risks associated with the facilities, and shall include appropriate Page 368 of 451 9-2 New Business design features to minimize these risks and to adequately protect the general public and City personnel from the hazards. Equipment for confined space entry in accordance with OSHA and other applicable regulatory agency requirements shall be provided at all City of Moab facilities, as required. Hatches with fall prevention covers, intermediate platforms, handrails, safety lighting, etc. shall be as required by the City, or any applicable code. 2.8 Duty of the Professional Engineer Preparing Development Documents These standards establish criteria and policies for the design and subsequent construction of the City's public water system. These standards are not intended to substitute for engineering knowledge, judgement or experience. It is the responsibility of the design professional engineer to understand and apply sound engineering principals related to public water systems to the planning, design and construction of water system improvements. It is also the responsibility of the design engineer to understand all federal, state and local regulations related to the public water system. These criteria should be reviewed by the developer's engineer, who shall evaluate their applicability. If the design engineer identifies criteria that are inapplicable or inappropriate in a specific location or specific situation, the development engineer shall bring the issue to the attention of the City. Page 369 of 451 9-2 New Business 3.1 Introduction The requirements presented in this chapter shall be used to aid the Engineer or Applicant in the preparation of utility reports, modeling evaluations, and construction drawings for water system facilities. This chapter applies primarily to submittal requirements for water distribution systems and the associated Criteria provided in Chapter 4. The requirements presented herein are the minimum necessary, and will be used to evaluate the adequacy of all submittals made to the City. 3.2 Review Process 3.2.1 Pre -Application Consultation A pre -application consultation with the City of Moab is required for any type of development or redevelopment. The purpose of this meeting is to discuss general information about the project, pertinent aspects of the Criteria, the required scope of the utility reports, and any special procedures, analyses, and submittal requirements that may be applicable. 3.2.2 Water Utility Report Requirements Preliminary and final water utility reports shall be provided to the City of Moab. The purpose of the preliminary water utility report is identify existing water infrastructure, provide preliminary estimates of water demand needs, provide an initial plan for water infrastructure and determine the feasibility of providing water service to the development via the public water system. The purpose of the final water utility report, which is to be submitted with the final construction plans, is to identify the final water infrastructure plan. 3.2.2.1 Format All required reports shall be prepared on 81/2" x 11" paper (maps and figures may be on larger paper) and be bound. Supporting drawings, figures, and tables shall be bound into the reports or included in an attached pocket. Reports shall include a narrative presenting the project for review in accordance with the information presented in these Criteria, and the requirements established by the City for the appropriate submittal. Paper and electronic (PDF) copies of the report shall be provided. Electronic files of computer models and GIS files shall be provided if requested by the City. 3.2.2.2 Stand -Alone Document The water utility reports shall be stand-alone documents. When references are made or assumptions are based on previously submitted reports, the reports must include the appropriate excerpts, pages, tables, and maps containing the referenced information. Assumptions made in previous reports must be verified and substantiated in subsequent reports. Reports shall be legible, or a resubmittal will be required. Page 370 of 451 9-2 New Business 3.2.2.3 Submittal Adequacy Any report with incomplete or missing information shall result in the report being returned without review. The City reserves the right to require additional information beyond that specifically required in these Criteria. 3.2.3 Review by Referral Agencies The review and approval of the project by Federal, State and local agencies other than the City, shall be the responsibility of the Developer. The Developer shall be required to address all referral agency comments, and to have such comments incorporated into the applicable utility report and plans submitted to the City. 3.3 Acceptance 3.3.1 Final Utility Report Required for Construction The final water utility report shall conform to the construction documents to be used to bid the project, and shall be approved by the City prior to the construction of any water system improvements. 3.3.2 Approval Limitation for Final Utility Report The approval of the final water utility report shall expire simultaneously with the expiration of the approval of the project approval unless extended in conformance with the provisions of the Municipal Code. At the time the approval of the final utility report expires, the report shall be deemed invalid and a resubmittal will be required. In order to be re -approved, it must be demonstrated that the concepts, designs, and calculations presented in the report are consistent with the City's current Criteria. 3.4 Preliminary Water Utility Report The Preliminary Water Utility Report shall review and discuss the existing water system infrastructure and the water needs of the development. The report shall also identify the existing infrastructure needed to support the development. The City Engineering Department and Public Works Department will coordinate with the developer to provide needed water system data. The following outline sets forth the required minimum content to be provided in the Preliminary Water Utility Report that shall be submitted: I. TITLE SHEET A. Name of Project, including legal name of development. B. Address. C. Owner. Page 371 of 451 9-2 New Business D. Developer. E. Engineer. D. Submittal date and revision dates as applicable. II. TABLE OF CONTENTS III. PROJECT LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION A. Site Location. 1. Site Vicinity Map. 2. Township, Range, Section, and 1/4 Section. 3. Streets, Roadways, and Highways adjacent to the proposed development. 4. Names of surrounding or adjacent developments. B. Description of Property and Land Use. 1. Total area in acres. 2. Discussion of project phasing, if applicable. 3. Total number of ERCs proposed for the development at build -out with a breakdown of units by type projected by phase (if applicable) calculated by utilizing the Utah Administrative Code Minimum Sizing Requirements {R309-510 U.A.C.{. 4. Area (acres) and land use for all parcels to be served within the development boundaries (initial and future phases, if applicable) and number of lots if available. 5. Easements/tracts may not be known at this time; however, provide a statement that easements or tracts necessary for utilities will be provided at time of either platting or at time of preliminary site plan, in accordance with City standards regarding location and size of easements and tracts. 6. Major and minor drainage ways and floodplains. 7. Existing irrigation canals or ditches. 8. Significant geologic features and topography. 9. Existing On -Site Wastewater Treatment System (OWTS). 10. Existing Drinking Water Source Projection Zones within the project boundary. IV. ESTIMATED DEMANDS A. Average Daily Demands. Page 372 of 451 9-2 New Business Tabulate the Average Daily Demand for the initial and future phases, if applicable. Average Daily Demand shall be provided in both gallons/minute and gallons/day. Indoor and outdoor demands should be included. B. Peak Day Demands 1. Tabulate the Peak Day Demands for the initial and future phases, if applicable. Peak Day Demands shall be provided in gallons/minute. 2. Fixture count estimates shall be prepared in accordance with the International Plumbing Code with amendments as adopted. 3. The developer shall evaluate the type of building construction, and building size and shall recommend a fire flow rate to the City. Final determination will be made by the City Fire Official. The developer shall indicate whether fire sprinklers are included in the building plan. C. Peak Instantaneous Demands 1. Tabulated peak instantaneous demands for the initial and future phases, if applicable, shall be provided. V. EXISTING WATER SYSTEM A. Existing Distribution System. 1. Discuss the existing transmission and distribution lines in the vicinity of the development, including sizes and locations, which will need to be extended to serve the proposed development. 2. Discuss any known shortcomings or bottlenecks associated with the existing distribution system that may impact the City's ability to adequately deliver fire flows and meet the required demand conditions. 3. Discuss existing pressures at the proposed connection points to the existing water system. 4. The City will provide information about the existing water system to the developer in order to discuss the indicated issues. VI. PROPOSED WATER SYSTEM A. Proposed Distribution System. 1. Provide a general overview of the anticipated distribution system for the development, including the proposed line sizes. Describe the tie-ins to the existing water system and the sizes and lengths of any extensions necessary to serve the development. Page 373 of 451 9-2 New Business 2. Discuss looping as required by the City, particularly as it pertains to each successive phase of development anticipated for the project. B. Proposed Supply Facilities 1. Discuss any pump stations, wells, PRVs, storage reservoirs, purification facilities, etc., that will likely be required to adequately serve the development. This shall be done in coordination with the City. VII. POTENTIAL PERMITTING REQUIREMENTS General discussion of all foreseeable Federal, State, County, and Local permitting requirements associated with the project. VIII. REFERENCES Reference all criteria, master plans, reports, or other technical information utilized in the report. 3.4.1 Water System Modeling The City maintains a water system model. Once the preliminary water system report is received and found to be adequate, the City will determine whether water system modeling is required. If the modeling is required, the City will determine the level of modeling needed for the development and the cost of the modeling. The developer will be responsible for the cost of water system modeling. 3.5. Engineering Department Responsibility If the Engineering Department determines that the Preliminary Water Utility Report meets the requirements set forth in these Criteria and adequate water rights are conveyed to the City, the City will provide water at the designated tie-in points at available pressures. The City is not responsible or liable for assumptions made by the Developer regarding utility information associated with the proposed development. 3.6 Final Water Utility Report The Final Water Utility Report shall describe all final water infrastructure, including finalized modeling and calculations. The following outline sets forth the required minimum content to be provided in the Final Water Utility Report that shall be submitted with the Construction Documents: I. TITLE SHEET Page 374 of 451 9-2 New Business A. Name of Project, including legal name of Development. B. Address. C. Owner. D. Developer. E. Engineer. F. Submittal date and revision dates as applicable. II. TABLE OF CONTENTS III. PROJECT LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION A. Site Location. 1. Site Vicinity Map. 2. Township, Range, Section, and 1/4 Section. 3. Streets, Roadways, and Highways adjacent to the proposed development. 4. Names of surrounding or adjacent developments. B. Description of Property and Land Use. 1. Total area in acres. 2. Discussion of project phasing, if applicable. 3. Total number of ERCs proposed for the development at build -out with a breakdown of units by type projected by phase (if applicable) calculated by utilizing the Utah Administrative Code Minimum Sizing Requirements {R309-510 U.A.C.}. 4. Area (acres), land use for all parcels to be served within the development boundaries (initial and future phases, if applicable) and number of lots. 5. Summary of irrigated area, including open space and park areas (initial and future phases, if applicable). 6. Sizes of schools, commercial and industrial buildings (initial and future phases, if applicable). 7. Major and minor drainage ways and floodplains. 8. Existing irrigation canals or ditches. 9. Significant geologic features and topography. 10. Existing On -Site Wastewater Treatment Systems. 11. Existing Drinking Water Source Projection Zones within the project boundary. IV. CALCULATED DEMANDS A. Average Daily Demands. Page 375 of 451 9-2 New Business 1. Tabulate the Average Daily Demand for the initial and future phases, if applicable. Average Daily Demand shall be provided in both gallons/minute and gallons/day. Indoor and outdoor demands should be included. B. Peak Day Demands. 1. Tabulate the Peak Day Demands for the initial and future phases, if applicable. Peak Day Demands shall be provided in gallons/minute. 2. Fixture count estimates shall be prepared in accordance with the adopted plumbing code. 3. The developer shall evaluate the type of building construction, and building size and shall recommend a fire flow rate to the City. Final determination will be made by the City Fire Official. The developer shall indicate whether fire sprinklers are included in the building plan. C. Peak Instantaneous Demands 1. Tabulated peak instantaneous demands for the initial and future phases, if applicable, shall be provided. V. EXISTING WATER SYSTEM A. Existing Distribution System. 1. Discuss the existing transmission and distribution lines in the vicinity of the development, including sizes and locations, which will need to be extended to serve the proposed development. 2. Discuss any known shortcomings or bottlenecks associated with the existing distribution system that may impact the City's ability to adequately deliver fire flows and meet the required demand conditions. 3. Discuss existing pressures at the proposed connection points to the existing water system. 4. The City will provide information about the existing water system to the developer in order to discuss the indicated issues. VI. PROPOSED WATER SYSTEM A. Proposed Distribution System. 1. Provide a general overview of the anticipated distribution system for the development, including the proposed line sizes. Describe the tie-ins to the existing water system and the sizes and lengths of any extensions necessary to serve the development. Page 376 of 451 9-2 New Business 2. Discuss looping as required by the Engineering Department, particularly as it pertains to each successive phase of development anticipated for the project. B. Proposed Supply Facilities 1. Discuss any pump stations, wells, PRVs, storage reservoirs, purification facilities, etc., that will likely be required to adequately serve the development. This shall be done in coordination with the City. VIII. PROPOSED WATER SYSTEM ANALYSIS AND MODELING A. Hydraulic Models. 1. The results of the final hydraulic modeling shall be described. The results of the hydraulic modeling shall be attached to the final water utility report. IX. POTENTIAL DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT ITEMS Discuss any potential development agreement items such as needed off -site improvements, improvements necessary for a project or project phase to be independently sustainable, water facilities land dedication requirements, etc. X. POTENTIAL PERMITTING REQUIREMENTS General discussion of all foreseeable Federal, State, County, and Local permitting requirements associated with the project. XI. REFERENCES Reference all criteria, master plans, reports, or other technical information utilized in the report. 3.6.1 Disclaimer The City is not responsible or liable for assumptions made by the Developer regarding utility information associated with the proposed development. 3.7 Construction Drawings 3.7.1 Water System Improvements Water system Improvements within public rights -of -way or utility easements are required to be designed, approved, and constructed in accordance with the City's criteria, subdivision Page 377 of 451 9-2 New Business requirements of the Municipal Code, the City's standard specifications and details, sound engineering principles, and the conditions of any variances obtained from the City. 3.7.2 Indemnification Statement Construction drawings are reviewed by the City for concept only. The review does not imply responsibility by the City of Moab for accuracy and correctness of calculations. Furthermore, the review does not imply that quantities of items on the plans are the final quantities required. The review shall not be construed for any reason as acceptance of financial responsibility by the City for additional quantities of items shown that may be required during the construction phase. 3.7.3 Construction Drawing Requirements In general, construction drawings shall include plan and profile drawings that convey the horizontal and vertical alignment of the improvements, and all other pertinent plans, sections and detailing necessary to construct the proposed facilities. All construction drawings submitted to the City for review, comment, and approval of water system improvements shall be prepared by, or under the direct supervision of a Professional Engineer licensed in the State of Utah. Said Professional Engineer shall be responsible for the information contained on the construction drawings, which shall bear the Professional Engineer's seal prior to final approval for construction. The Developer, Contractor, and Professional Engineer associated with the construction drawings shall be responsible for the adequacy and satisfactory performance of the designs and the installation of all items therein, and any failure or unsatisfactory performance of the system, so constructed, shall not be a cause for action against the City. Approval of the construction drawings by the City signifies only that the construction drawings meet the minimum stipulations of these design criteria and City requirements based upon the information provided to the City by the Professional Engineer and/or Developer, and makes no finding, representation, or warranty that the system and associated components will perform satisfactorily. 3.7.3.1 Water Utility Construction Drawings In addition to the general formatting and information to be included on all sheets of a construction drawing set (e.g., north arrow, scale, project boundaries, lot lines, rights -of -way, tracts, approval blocks, etc.), the following information shall be included on the final Water Utility Plans. 1. Legend: Each sheet shall show the symbols pertaining to the sheet. 2. Vertical Datum: All elevations used for the planning, design and construction of facilities shall be on the NAVD88 Datum. 3. Horizontal Benchmark and Coordinates: The horizontal benchmark shall be specified. In order to facilitate the Engineering Department's GIS mapping efforts, all basemapping providd to the City shall be placed in the State Plane NAD83, Utah Central Zone Coordinate System and include the coordinates of a known property corner on or adjacent to the site. Page 378 of 451 9-2 New Business 4. Plan views shall be oriented so that north is up on the sheet or to the right. 5. Water utility construction notes shall be provided for City review. 6. Overall Water System: In plan view, provide all information and dimensions for horizontal layout of proposed water mains including but not limited to valves, thrust blocks, reducers, tees, bends, crosses, fire hydrants, domestic water service taps, lines and meters, irrigation taps, pressure reducing valves (PRVs), combination air release/vacuum valves (ARVs) and vents, blow -off assemblies, and any other appurtenances that are part of the potable water system. 7. Plan views shall show the locations and sizes of all existing and proposed utility lines and appurtenances (water, sanitary sewer, stormwater, gas, electric, telephone, cable, fiber optic, etc.) on and adjacent to the site. Plan views shall show the location of all existing water wells and On -Site Wastewater Treatment System (OWTS) on and adjacent to the site. 8. Plan views shall show existing water mains with sizes; valves; domestic and irrigation water service taps, lines and meters; fire hydrants; pressure reducing valves (PRVs); combination air release/vacuum valves (ARVs); and blow -off assemblies on and adjacent to the site. 9. Plan views shall show existing and proposed curb, gutter, and sidewalks; and all existing and proposed strucutures, such as vaults, catch basins, traffic islands, street lights, walls or other permanent structures on and adjacent to the site. 10. Plan views and profiles shall show the tie-ins to the existing water distribution system, including sizes of existing mains In addition, the nearest water main valves on existing mains shall be shown or, at a minimum, the distance to these valves shall be included on the construction drawings. 11. Plan views and profiles shall show all needed off -site improvements, extensions of service or upgrades to the City's water distribution system. 12. Plan views shall show and label the type and width of all existing and proposed easements that are on and adjacent to the site. 13. Profile drawings are required for off -site construction and all water mains outside of streets. All profile drawings shall include existing and final grade lines. In certain instances, water main profiles may be waived if approved by the City. If a water main profile is waived, then the following information shall be included: a. All high points (HP) and low points (LP) along the water mains shall be identified; b. Where required by these Criteria, ARVs, vents and blow -offs shall be shown throughout the water system, with the TOP and BOP elevations provided; and c. All utility crossings shall be identified. Page 379 of 451 9-2 New Business 14. Profile views or plan views: Adequate pipe elevation information is required for all utility crossings of water, sanitary sewer, stormwater, gas, electric lines, etc. The following information shall be included: a. Types and sizes of the utility lines at the crossing and the stationing of the crossing; and b. If any pipes at crossing are encased, the coordinates at each end of the encasement, and the type and thickness of the encasements shall be specified. In addition, all utility crossing shall include either: (1) A reference to the sheet where the crossing information is shown; or (2) Top of pipe and bottom of pipe elevations and vertical clearance at the crossing with a callout of "(Min.=1.5')" wherever the clearance is 2 feet or less. 15. Water System Details: All pertinent details related to water system improvements, such as pipe and fitting restraints, hydrant installations, PRVs, ARVs, blow -off assemblies, utility crossings, trenching, etc., shall be shown on detail sheets on the construction drawings. Where applicable, references to the City standard details may be provided rather than reproducting the City standards in the construction drawings. Specific detail numbers number be referenced with options indicated if applicable. 16. Plan views shall show the boundaries of the City's pressure zones or a note shall be added stating the pressure zone if the entire site is in only one pressure zone. 17. The construction drawings shall contain the following note: "Contractor shall notify the City of Moab Public Works Department of any work that requires shutdown or interruption of service of existing water mains two weeks prior to the proposed shutdown or interruption unless otherwise approved by the City." 3.8 Record Drawings All water system improvements constructed within public rights -of -way and dedicated easements must be formally accepted by the City. The City's acceptance process will confirm that the improvements have been constructed in accordance with the City's current Criteria. Page 380 of 451 9-2 New Business 4.1 Reference Design Documents Primary standards and reference publications pertinent to the design of drinking water facilities within the City of Moab are listed below. Unless otherwise specified, the latest editions shall apply. . . . . Utah State Code Annotated Utah Administrative Code {R309} American National Standards Institute (ANSI) Utah Chapter of the American Public Works Association (Utah APWA) American Water Works Association (AWWA) American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Ductile Iron Pipe Research Association (DIPRA) City of Moab Municipal Code Cross Connection Control Program of Utah (April 2016) 4.2 Prohibited Installations The following installations are prohibited unless otherwise approved by the City. Certain items listed below reference Sections contained in these Criteria that provide the minimum design requirements to be addressed, should a variance be pursued. Private Water Booster Pumps (requires an exception from the Utah Division of Drinking Water) Unmetered Service Connections 4.3 Unlawful Connections No installation of potable water supply piping or part thereof shall be made in such a manner that it will be possible for used, unclean, polluted, or contaminated water, mixtures, or substances to enter any portion of such piping from any tank, receptacle, equipment, or plumbing fixture by reason of back siphonage, suction, back pressure, or any other cause, either during normal use and operation, or when any such tank receptacle, equipment, or plumbing fixture is flooded, or subject to pressure in excess of the main line operating pressure. No person shall make a connection or allow one to exist between pipes or conduits carrying domestic water supplied by the City and any pipes, conduits, or fixtures containing or carrying water, chemicals, liquids, gases, or any other non -potable substance from any other source except as allowed by the Utah Cross Connection Control Program. All connections must be approved by the City. Page 381 of 451 9-2 New Business 4.4 Minimum Water System Design Criteria This section presents the minimum technical criteria for the analysis and design of water systems within the boundaries of the City of Moab, including distribution and transmission mains, water service lines, and the applicable appurtenances associated with these installations. Any special criteria beyond those contained herein, and as determined necessary by the City, shall be discussed at the pre -application consultation. 4.4.1. Design Demands Average daily demands, peak day demands and average annual demands shall be based on the criteria included in the current Utah Administrative Code. This information is currently located at {R309-510-7 U.A.C.{. The City Engineer may adjust the demand values based on the evaluation of actual use data, a current master plan or other conditions determined to affect the safety and welfare of the public. 4.4.1.1 Fire Flows The developer shall develop recommended fire flows based on the currently adopted fire code, the type of construction and the size of construction. This information is currently located in Appendix E of the 2012 International Fire Code. Based on this information, the City Fire Official will determine the fire flow required for each development. 4.4.2 Storage Requirements Storage requirements shall be based on the criteria included in the current Utah Administrative Code. This information is currently located at {R309-510-8 U.A.C.{. The City Engineer may adjust the storage values based on the evaluation of actual use data, a current master plan or other conditions determined to affect the safety and welfare of the public. 4.4.3 Minimum Hydraulic Performance Criteria All mains shall be sized to provide for municipal, irrigation and fire protection demands to all points in the City without violating the pressure criteria set forth herein. The maximum average velocity must be a maximum of 6 feet/second, unless otherwise approved by the City. The minimum and maximum pressures shall be as provided in the following table: Hydraulic Condition Pressure* Peak Day Demand Plus Fire Flow 20 psi min. Peak Instantaneous Demand 30 psi min. Peak Day Demand 40 psi min. No Demand (static) 120 psi max. Exception: Areas of the water system approved before January 1, 2007 must maintain water pressures at the point of connection of 20 psi min. Page 382 of 451 9-2 New Business 4.4.3.1 Operating Pressures and Pressure Zone Characteristics The City of Moab water system included several pressure zones. The developer should consult with the City to determine the range of pressures expected under normal operating conditions. 4.4.3.2 Location of Pressure Reducing Valves If the water pressures within the development are expected to exceed the maximum pressure or if it is anticipated that the development will cause pressures to increase in other areas of the water system, the developer shall install a pressure reducing valve station to reduce pressures. Pressure reducting valves are also required at pressure zone boundaries. The cost of the pressure reducing valve stations for areas of new development will be borne by the developer. 4.4.4 Minimum Distribution Main Sizing and Valve Spacing Water distribution mains shall have a minimum diameter of 8 inches. Isolation valves at locations other than intersections shall be located with a distance between valves of not more than 500 feet, except in residential zones spacing between valves may be 800 feet. The City may approve exceptions in areas of widely scattered customers with no future anticipated development. Isolation valves are required in all directions at junctions, except for branches to fire hydrants. For example, all tees shall have three valves. All crosses shall have four valves. Valves for fire hydrants shall be in accordance with the City standard details. 4.4.5 General Water System Layout Criteria 4.4.5.1 Location All water mains and appurtenances shall be installed in public right-of-way or dedicated utility easements. Water mains shall not be installed parallel to and directly below, any concrete such as sidewalks, trails, curbs, or gutters, and no water manholes or appurtenances shall be located in multi -use trails and sidewalks. Mains shall be located in accordance with the City's standard details, unless otherwise approved by variance from the City. In public streets, water mains shall be located near the shoulder of the road when possible. Otherwise the location should be coordinated with the Cith Water Department. Under no circumstances shall the edge of a main be closer than 5 feet from a gutter pan. Water system layouts in cul-de-sacs shall be in accordance with the City's Standard Details. 4.4.5.2 Horizontal Layout Horizontal separation from potable water mains to storm sewers and sanitary sewers shall be ten feet, edge -to -edge. Horizontal separation from raw (untreated) water lines to storm sewers and sanitary sewers shall be five feet, edge -to -edge. The City must specifically approve any variance from this requirement in the event that it has been determined that it is impossible to maintain the specified horizontal separation distance. Water mains adjacent to developments shall be designed to extend along the entire frontage of the property to be served, from property line to property line, in order that service will thereupon be Page 383 of 451 9-2 New Business available to adjacent Developers or Builders to subsequently extend from in the future. Any off - site water mains necessary to serve the development property shall be extended at the sole expense and obligation of the Developer. Water main alignments in utility easements or tracts between structures (residences, businesses, etc.) shall only be allowed for the purpose of looping a water main at the end of a cul-de-sac, and shall include provisions for a Main -Break Swale as set forth in these Criteria. Under no circumstances shall water mains be installed directly below any concrete such as sidewalks, curbs, or gutters, except at 90-degree angles where crossings beneath the concrete features are required. 4.4.5.3 Vertical Layout The minimum depth of cover for water mains from final grade to the top of the water main shall be 4 feet. The maximum depth of cover for water mains shall be 6 feet from top of pipe to final grade unless associated with a water main lowering in accordance with the City's Standard Details, or as otherwise approved by the City. Under circumstances where a deeper main would eliminate the need for an air valve, mains may be constructed with a cover up to 7.5 feet, and the plans shall note that high points are to be avoided over such a reach. In the event that the water line crosses a sewer line or storm drain line, the water line must be above the sewer line and have a minimum separation of 18 inches. 4.4.6 Pipe Joint Deflection Design of DIP deflections shall be in accordance with the latest edition of AWWA C600 entitled "Installation of Ductile Iron Water Main and their Appurtenances". Design of PVC pipe deflections shall be in accordance with the latest edition of AWWA Manual M23 entitled "PVC Pipe — Design and Installation". Water main joint deflection for DIP and PVC shall not exceed one half of the manufacturer's maximum allowable deflection for the specified pipe diameter and lay length, or one half of the maximum deflection allowed by AWWA, whichever is less. Fittings, bends, or couplings that allow additional angular offset shall be used to achieve gradual alignment changes that exceed the axial joint deflection limits stated herein. 4.4.7 Distribution Main Looping All water systems shall be effectively looped. No dead-end lines will be permitted except lines extending into cul-de-sacs serving no more than 12 single-family residential units or equivalent residential connections (ERCs) and with a length of no more than 400 feet. A fire hydrant shall be placed at the deepest point of any cul-de-sac. Water quality is a design consideration for any system, and an aging analysis and/or model may be required at the discretion of the City to insure that water quality concerns will not be created as a result of any proposed distribution system layout. Water quality sampling stations may be Page 384 of 451 9-2 New Business required by the City at specific locations within new developments to continue to adequately monitor the overall quality of the City's expanding system. Distribution mains shall be PVC pipe in accordance with AWWA C-900 DR 18 or Ductile Iron Pipe Class 350 in accordance with applicable AWWA standards. Other types of pipe material may be approved by the City. 4.4.8 Transmission Mains All water mains 16 inches and larger in diameter shall be classified as "transmission mains", and shall correspond to the sizes established in the latest edition of the City's water distribution and storage master plan. Raw water lines that run between wells and points of disinfection or purification, regardless of size, shall also be considered transmission mains. Air and vacuum release valves shall be installed along transmission mains at all high points and pumping manholes may be required at low points. Temporary blow -off assemblies shall be installed in accordance with the City's Standard Details at all temporary dead -ends along transmission mains. No service connections, including irrigation taps, shall be permitted on a transmission main. Transmission main valves shall be butterfly valves, and shall be required on every branch where two transmission mains connect. Valves shall be installed in accordance with the City's Standard Details and shall be located 10 feet from the connection wherever possible, but shall in no case be less than 5 feet. Maximum valve spacing along transmission mains shall be no more than 1,200 feet, provided there are no intersecting distribution mains. Where distribution mains connect to transmission mains, a gate valve is required on the distribution main, and the goal shall be to locate butterfly valves along the transmission main so that no more than 16 residential units and one fire hydrant will be out of service at any given time, whether for maintenance, or in the event of a water main break. It is the responsibility of the developer to verify compliance with this requirement by considering effective looping, as well as other applicable requirements. Transmission mains shall be PVC pipe in accordance with AWWA C-900 DR 18 or C-905 DR 18 or Ductile Iron Pipe (Cement Morter Lined) Class 350 or Class 250 in accordance with applicable AWWA standards. Other types of pipe material may be approved by the City. 4.4.9 Bored Crossings When a water main passes under a State roadway, an arterial or collector roadway as defined by the City, railroad, drainage way or irrigation ditch, the main shall be located within bored steel casing pipe, unless otherwise allowed to be open cut by the jurisdictional entity being crossed. The carrier pipe shall be sleeved and sealed within the casing pipe and shall have a minimum of 4 feet of cover to top of casing. The casing pipe shall extend the entire width of the right-of-way or easement of the crossing structure, or as directed by the City or other jurisdictional entity. Valves with appropriate restrained lengths shall be located near each right-of-way or easement line, just Page 385 of 451 9-2 New Business beyond the ends of the casing pipe, to provide for the isolation of the main during maintenance or inspection. Crossings at ditches shall include cutoff walls at each side of the crossing, either as required by the jurisdictional entity, or as analyzed and designed by the Engineer at the direction of the City and shall comply with {R309-550-8(8) U.A.C.{. Casing pipe shall be smooth -walled, non -coated pipe of welded steel construction conforming to ANSI/AWWA C200, and shall be seamless or straight seam steel pipe with minimum yield strength of 35,000 psi. The casing pipe shall be constructed of new material and have a minimum wall thickness as follows unless specified otherwise. Carrier Pipe Nominal Diameter Min. Casing Pipe O.D. Min. Wall Thickness* 4" 12" 0.250" 6" 14" 0.250" 8" 16" 0.322" 12" 20" 0.375" *The boring contractor shall determine the necessary casing wall thickness and provided a wall thickness that is greater than included in the above table if needed. Other diameter pipes sizes shall be designed by a professional engineer and submitted to the City of Moab for review. Casing pipe shall be cathodically protected by burying a pair of sacrificial anodes 10 feet from each end of the casing. Anode wires shall pass from the casing pipe to terminal boards inside surface -mounted cast iron lids at each casing end, and then on to the anodes themselves. All anodes shall be buried vertically or horizontally with the top of the anodes set at a depth equal to the casing spring line. Anode pairs shall be offset perpendicularly 5 feet away from the casing pipe, and shall be placed in native soils, not imported backfills. The cathodic protection system shall be designed by competent technical personnel experienced with these types of systems, and shall be submitted to the City for review and approval. Long-term maintenance of the system, including anode assessment and replacement, shall be addressed in the submittal. 4.4.10 Appurtenances 4.4.10.1 Valves All water distribution systems shall have valves to ensure that no more than 500 feet of main will be out of service in the event of a single water main break, except for residential area where 800 feet of main may be out of service. Valve placement at water main intersections shall be such that three valves are required at every tee and four valves at every cross. Existing valves may be utilized to satisfy these requirements. Valves shall be the same nominal size as the adjacent pipe. Page 386 of 451 9-2 New Business Post indicator valves shall be placed on private fire lines, unless this requirement is waived by the fire official. Valves shall be placed on the branch serving a fire hydrant. Valves shall be located to provide for the extension, pressure testing, and chlorination of new water mains without the disruption of the existing system. Additional valves shall be considered by the developer to minimize inconveniences and safety hazards during repairs at critical locations within the system, and to provide for the ability to conduct water quality monitoring and alleviate water quality concerns that may be reasonably anticipated. Valves up to 12 inches shall be resilient seated gate valves which meet requirements of AWWA C-509. Valves 14 inches and larger shall be butterfly valves, with valve operators located on the north and east sides of the mains. Under no circumstances shall a valve be located in concrete, such as sidewalks, cross pans, aprons, curbs, or gutters. Valves shall meet requirements of AWWA C- 504. Valve boxes shall be in accordance with City Standard Details and shall be brought up to grade at the time of pavement placement or overlay. Any valve located in an unpaved area shall have a reinforced concrete collar around the valve box and the accompanying marker. Temporary dead -ends on any water main shall include a temporary blow -off. Dead -ends on lines that will not be extended shall be provided with permanent hydrants at the terminus of the dead end. 4.4.10.2 Pressure Reducing Valves Pressure -reducing valve (PRV) installations are used to control and maintain pressure between distribution pressure zones, and shall be installed at locations determined by the City. Downsizing of the main shall not be allowed at the valve, unless approved by the City. The City shall determine the PRV pressure settings necessary to maintain the City's pressure zones, shall be present when PRVs are put into service, and shall inspect these facilities. 4.4.10.3 Fire Hydrants Fire hydrant spacing and proximity to structures shall be as required by the latest version of the State of Utah adopted fire code, however spacing between hydrants at and adjacent to the project shall not exceed 500-feet. The distance between fire hydrants shall be measured along an unobstructed path. All hydrants shall be installed to conform to the grade and alignment shown on the plans. All fire hydrant locations will ultimately be subject to the approval of the City Fire Chief. Hydrants shall be placed as shown in the City's Standard Details within the right-of-way or in a utility easement. Wherever possible, hydrants shall be located on the same side of the street as the water main, unless otherwise directed by the City. Preference shall be given to locating hydrants near Page 387 of 451 9-2 New Business street corners, rather than to locations near streetlights. Hydrants shall be located at the end of every cul-de-sac. When hydrants are to be installed at locations other than street intersections, they shall be located at the extension of property side lot lines. In no case shall a hydrant be located closer than 5 feet to obstructions, driveways, etc., and no closer than 10 feet from a curb inlet. Fences, landscaping, etc., shall in no way hinder the operation of the fire hydrant. Fire hydrant lateral lines shall be set at 90 degrees to mains and shall be no more than 70 feet in length between the hydrant and the main. Tap shall not be made on a hydrant lateral. The make and model of the installed fire hydrants must be approved by the Public Works Department. 4.4.10.4 Thrust Restraint All bends, tees, crosses, wyes, plugs, dead -ends, wet taps (in certain cases), hydrants, blow -offs and other fittings with unbalanced thrust forces shall be designed and constructed with concrete thrust blocks in accordance with the City's Standard Details. If the soil -bearing capacity is unknown, it shall be assumed to be 2,000-pounds/square foot in determining the appropriate size of the thrust block. In addition to thrust blocks, joints shall be mechanically restrained for the required distances from valves and fittings. The entire length of fire hydrant lines and fire service lines, as well as pipe in fill areas, shall be restrained. 4.4.10.5 Meters and Service Connections All service connections shall be metered. In general, residential and commercial meters shall be installed within the public right of way and shall conform to the City Standard Drawings. Fire lines are not considered service connections for this requirement and don't require a meter. All meters connected to the City's water distribution system shall be the property of the City. Under no circumstances shall anyone other than City personnel remove a water meter once the pit, vault, or authorized inside installation has been inspected and approved. No connections shall be made in the meter pit other than those directly related to the meter and bypass. Single-family residential irrigation system connections shall be made downstream from the meter and double check backflow prevention assembly. All other uses require irrigation service connections separate from the domestic service connection. Maximum design flows through meter shall be limited to 80% of the maximum rate flow. The continuous flow shall be limited to 50% of the maximum rated flow. In all cases, the maximum and minimum flows shall be within the flow range and performance requirements of the meter manufacturer. For all water meter installations, detailed drawings of the proposed installation, indoor and outdoor water use volumes and flowrates and water fixture unit counts shall be included as an integral part of the plans submitted to the City for review. There shall be no electrical wiring allowed in any Page 388 of 451 9-2 New Business water meter pit or vault unless authorized in writing by the City. Fixture unit counts for residential, commercial or industrial use shall be determined by a Professional Engineer in accordance with the procedures set forth in plumbing code, and as approved by the City. 4.4.10.6 Fire Protection Service Lines Fire service lines shall be ductile iron (3-inch diameter and larger) or type K copper (2 inch diameter and smaller) from the main to the backflow prevention assembly unless approved by the City Fire Department. All fire service lines shall be fully restrained in their entirety. The customer/owner shall own and maintain all private fire service lines from the tap on the main to the building. All fire sprinkler taps shall be installed with a backflow prevention assembly approved by the City and as required by the latest edition of the Utah Cross -Connection Control Manual. A flow switch shall be provided on the riser that indicates whether or not water has flowed through the line. Tapping these lines for fire hydrants, domestic water, and/or any other purpose shall not be permitted. Commercial properties requiring a domestic service line and a fire protection service line shall have separate taps for each. Fire protection service lines and fire department connection (FDC) locations shall be included on the Construction Drawings. FDCs are to be freestanding in a location approved by the Fire Official and shall be constructed as required by the Fire Official. 4.4.10.7 Manholes Manholes shall be installed in conjunction with all air release vaults in accordance with the City's Standard Details. Manhole lids shall not be aligned with vehicle wheel paths, or within 2 feet either direction of the street crown. 4.4.10.8 Backflow Prevention Assemblies To prevent backflow contamination of the City's potable water mains, a backflow prevention assembly shall be installed where pressures downstream of the water meter could exceed those in the main, and where any unsafe water or contaminated materials could be discharged, or drawn into the potable water system under a condition of back-siphonage. The assembly shall be placed downstream of the water meter and shall be installed and tested in accordance with City's Cross Connection Control Program. The assemblies shall meet the most restrictive requirements set forth in the latest editions of the City of Moab and State of Utah Cross -Connection Control Programs, and shall further meet the requirements of the adopted plumbing codes. Backflow prevention assemblies shall be installed and located to provide for proper operation of the device, and easy access for annual testing and maintenance. Determination of the particular device shall be at the discretion of the Public Works Department. All service connections, including irrigation and fire line connections, shall require backflow prevention. Page 389 of 451 9-2 New Business 4.4.10.9 Combination Air Release and Vacuum Valves Combination air relief valves and vaults shall be located at all high points in the transmission and distribution system in accordance with the City's Standard Details. 4.4.10.10 Blow -off Pumping Manholes In accordance with the City's Standard Details, a pumping manhole shall be installed at all low points on transmission mains. 4.4.10.11 Tracer Wire and Warning Tape Tracer wire shall be affixed to the top of all water mains regardless of pipe material and terminated in test stations located behind each fire hydrant or in valve boxes. The maximum distance between test stations or tracer wire boxes shall be 500 feet. Warning tape shall be installed one foot above the top of pipe on all water mains, regardless of pipe material. 4.4.11 Fill Areas Where water mains will be constructed in fill areas, all fill materials shall be placed and compacted to final grade prior to the installation of the water main and appurtenances. All fill material shall meet the City's standards and be approved by the City. Water mains within fill areas shall have restrained joints in accordance with these Criteria. 4.4.12 Trail Access Where water mains cannot be located in public right-of-way, the facilities shall be located in areas that allow direct access by maintenance vehicles. Proposed trails to be used to access water mains and appurtenances must meet the following requirements, and shall be submitted for review and approval by the City: 1. The longitudinal slope must not exceed 10% and the cross slope must not exceed 4% unless approved by the City. 2. The Parks Department must approve this use. 3. The width of the drivable surface shall be a minimum of 10 feet for a straight portion of trail and at least 12 feet wide for curved portions, depending on the curve radii. A shoulder may be required. 4. The trail shall be designed to support an AASHTO HS-201oad. 5. The trail must be in a utility, public access or trail easement a minimum of 20 feet wide. Information regarding the width, type and depth of material specified for trails to be used to access water system facilities shall be submitted for review by the City, and shall include acknowledgement from the Parks Department that utility access is approved for the particular trail. 4.4.13 Main -Break Swale Design All water mains to be constructed between structures (residences, businesses, etc.) must have a "main -break" swale or channel that provides adequate capacity in the event of a water main break. The swale must be located in a dedicated open space or utility tract maintained by the Owner. Page 390 of 451 9-2 New Business 4.4.14 Future Connections A temporary blow -off assembly, is required at the terminal end of any water main that is to be extended in the future. Such discontinued mains shall have valves located such that only a single valve will need to be closed when the main is extended. Joints shall be restrained an adequate distance from the valve per the City's Standard Details to ensure that the valve will not blow off when the line is exposed for extension. No service taps shall be allowed between the isolation valve and the dead end on any main that may be extended in the future. 4.4.15 Water Service Lines All single family residential dwellings, each individual unit in multi -family complexes, including duplexes, and each commercial business, industrial, and irrigation customer shall be served by a separate, independent water service line and meter. 4.4.15.1 Layout The Developer shall install a service line stub -out from the water main to each individual lot, including the corporation stop valve and meter box. Where sidewalks are proposed, the stub -out shall be constructed to five feet beyond the back of the sidewalk. Where sidewalks will not be constructed, the stub -out shall be constructed a minimum of one foot beyond the property line. The stub -outs shall be plugged and the end marked with a blue painted T-post installed in the ground directly above the location of the plugged end. All service line sizes and locations shall be shown on the water system Construction Drawings to be approved by the City. The services shall be constructed as shown on the construction drawings unless otherwise approved in writing by the City. The stationing, length, size and direction of the service line shall be shown in plan view on the construction drawings. 4.5 Easements Where mains cannot be installed in right-of-way, they shall be located within utility easements approved by the City and shall be centered in the easement. The minimum easement width shall be 20 feet for one utility. The width of easements which include more than one utility will be determined by the City. Site -specific circumstances may dictate the need for wider easements. Utility easements and dedicated utility tracts shall be defined by bearings and distances around the perimeter of the easement. Centerline legal descriptions are not acceptable. The main shall be located a minimum of 10 feet from and parallel to the edge of the utility easement. All meters and fire hydrants not installed within the right-of-way will require an easement dedication 10 feet wide and extending 3 feet behind the meter or hydrant. If the meter or hydrant easement is longer than 10 feet, the width of the easement shall be a minimum of 20 feet. Fire hydrants and meters shall be centered in all such easements. Page 391 of 451 9-2 New Business All utility easements shall be for the exclusive use of the City. No permanent structures, (e.g., retaining walls, trees, light pedestals, sign foundations, power poles, mailboxes, sheds, buildings, etc.), shall be placed in the easement. Where it is necessary to locate a water main along back lot lines, the main shall be offset a minimum of 10 feet from the lot line, and the alignment shall be specifically approved by the City to provide reasonable access for maintenance crews. 4.6 Testing and Disinfection All distribution and transmission lines, and all other piping and fittings shall be flushed, pressure and leak tested and disinfected. After disinfection, bacteriological samples shall be taken from the lines. Pressure testing shall be in accordance with AWWA Standard C600-10. Disinfection and bacteriological testing of facilities shall be in accordance with AWWA Standard C651-05. Water lines and facilities shall not be connected to the public water system until the bacteriological tests indicate that the water is free from contamination. Page 392 of 451 9-2 New Business 5.1 General 5.1.1 Scope It is not anticipated that developers will be involved in the design or construction of wells, pump stations, storage tanks or water treatment systems. The City will assume the lead design role for these facilities unless otherwise negotiated with a developer. Design of these facilities will be in accordance with the State of Utah Administrative Rules {R309 U.A.C{ and the applicable building codes. Page 393 of 451 9-2 New Business V O _T U s 0 0 0 co m U N O d_ 2 Na HansEn N nuin S LUCEmc 121 Q ENGINEERS City of Moab Storm Water Master Plan Page :i 4 of 451 Identified Deficiencies FIGURE 4-1 9-2 New Business 0 v # 0 _T - U s' m . o- o 0 M Y U N O � d_ 2 n HansEn N ALLEn & LUCEinc 9,3 121 Q ENGINEERS City of Moab Storm Water Master Plan Page :i 5 of 451 Capital Improvement Plan FIGURE 5-1 9-2 New Business HansEn man & LUCEinc ENGINEERS Mr. Eric Johanson Assistant City Engineer City of Moab 217 East Center Street Moab, Utah 84532 SALT LAKE AREA OFFICE 859 W. SOUTH JORDAN PARKWAY, STE. 20C SOUTH JORDAN, UTAH 84095 PHONE: (801) 566-5599 FAX: (801) 566-5581 www.hansenallenluce.com July 3, 2017 Subject: Task Order 380.08.100 - Wastewater Collection System Design Criteria Manual Dear Eric: Attached, please find the Wastewater Collection System Design Criteria Manual that we have prepared for the City of Moab. This manual provides policy and technical criteria for design and expansion of the City's wastewater collection system. This manual is intended to provide guidance to the designers of land development projects, but may also provide guidance to designers of City wastewater collection projects and to operators. We appreciate the opportunity to work with you. Please contact us with any questions. Sincerely, HANSEN, ALLEN & LUCE, INC. Benja Pri► opal ENGINEER IN G E X r'ag; 366 cif 4g9 N C E SINCE 9 9-2 New Business liit Y Q MOAB WASTEWATER COLLECTION SYSTEM DESIGN CRITERIA MANUAL Effective Date: July 3, 2017 Page 397 of 451 9-2 New Business Table of Contents Contents 1.1 Introduction 1 1.2 Jurisdiction 1 1.3 Purpose 1 1.4 Amendments and Revisions 1 1.5 Enforcement Responsibility 2 1.6 Review and Acceptance 2 1.7 Interpretation 2 1.8 Relationship to Other Standards 3 1.8.1 State Public Wastewater System Code and Rules 3 1.8.2 State Construction Code 3 1.9 Variances from these Criteria 3 1.10 Adoption of the Utah Chapter of the American Public Works Association (APWA) Standard Plans and Specifications 3 1.11 Special Wastes and Industrial Pre -Treatment 3 1.12 Acronyms 4 1.13 Definitions of Terms 4 2.1 Introduction 8 2.2 Planning Policy 8 2.3 Design Policy 8 2.4 Construction of Public Improvements Policy 8 2.5 Ownership of Public Improvements Policy 9 2.6 Operations and Maintenance Policy 9 2.7 Hazard Minimization and Public Safety Policy 9 2.8 Duty of the Engineer Preparing Development Documents 10 3.1 Introduction 11 3.2 Review Process 11 3.2.1 Pre -Application Consultation 11 3.2.2 Wastewater Utility Report Requirements 11 3.2.2.1 Format 11 3.2.2.2 Stand -Alone Document 11 ii Page 398 of 451 9-2 New Business Table of Contents 3.2.2.3 Submittal Adequacy 12 3.2.3 Review by Referral Agencies 12 3.3 Acceptance 12 3.3.1 Final Utility Report Required for Construction 12 3.3.2 Approval Limitation for Final Utility Report 12 3.4 Preliminary Wastewater Utility Report 12 3.4.1 Wastewater System Modeling 15 3.5. City Designation of Connection Points 15 3.6 Final Wastewater Utility Report 15 3.6.1 Wastewater System Modeling 18 3.6.2 Disclaimer 18 3.7 Construction Drawings 18 3.7.1 Wastewater System Improvements 18 3.7.2 Indemnification Statement 18 3.7.3 Construction Drawing Requirements 18 3.7.3.1 Wastewater Utility Construction Drawings 19 3.8 Record Drawings 21 4.1 Design Criteria - Reference Design Documents 22 4.2 Prohibited Installations 22 4.3 Unlawful Connections 22 4.4 Minimum Wastewater System Design Criteria 23 4.4.1 Design Flows 23 4.4.2 Hydraulic Design 23 4.4.3 Pipe Sizes and Grades 24 4.4.4 Selection of Pipe Material 24 4.4.5 General Wastewater System Layout Criteria 24 4.4.5.1 Location 24 4.4.5.2 Horizontal Layout 24 4.4.5.3 Vertical Layout 25 4.4.5.4 Sanitary Sewer Main Crossing a Water Main 25 4.4.5.5 Sanitary Sewer Main Crossing of a Storm Sewer 25 4.4.5.6 Limits on Minimum Vertical Clearance 25 iii Page 399 of 451 9-2 New Business Table of Contents 4.4.6 Bored Crossings 25 4.4.7 Manholes 26 4.4.7.1 Layout 26 4.4.7.2 Manhole Sizing 27 4.4.7.3 Drop Manholes 27 4.4.7.4 Main Connections to Existing Manholes 27 4.4.7.5 Sanitary Sewers and Manholes Greater than 20 Feet 28 4.4.8 Inverted Wastewater Siphons 28 4.4.9 Fill Areas 28 4.4.10 Future Connections 28 4.4.11 Sanitary Sewer Service Lines 28 4.4.12.1 Ownership 28 4.4.12.2 Layout 29 4.4.12.3 Cleanouts 29 4.4.12.4 Structural Requirements 29 4.5 Easements 29 4.6 Sand/Oil and Grease Interceptors 29 5.1 Sewage Pump Stations (Lift Stations) and Force Mains 30 5.1.1 Scope 30 5.1.2 Compliance with State of Utah Standards 30 5.1.3 City Review and Approval 30 5.1.4 Flood Protection 30 5.1.5 Accessibility and Security 30 5.1.6 Grit 30 5.1.7 Station Ventilation 30 5.1.8 Odor Control 31 5.2 Minimum Lift Station Design Criteria 31 5.3 Pump Equipment and Protection 32 5.3.1 Pump Characteristics 32 5.3.2 Pump Protection 33 5.4 Overflow Basins 33 5.5 Force Main Design Criteria 33 iv Page 400 of 451 9-2 New Business Table of Contents 5.5.1 Pipe Materials 33 5.5.2 Velocity and Pipe Diameter 33 5.5.3 Pipe and Design Pressure 33 5.5.4 Shutoff and Check Valves 33 5.5.5 Isolation Valves 34 5.5.6 Combination Air Release and Air/Vacuum Valves 34 5.5.7 Drain Valves 34 5.5.8 Cleanouts 34 5.5.9 Termination 34 5.5.10 Identification 34 v Page 401 of 451 9-2 New Business Chapter 1. General Provisions 1.1 Introduction These criteria and design standards together with all future amendments shall be known as the The City of Moab Wastewater Collection System Design Criteria Manual (hereafter called "Criteria"). All utility reports and plans, analyses, and designs, submitted as a requirement of the City of Moab Regulations (hereafter called "Regulations"), shall comply with these Criteria. 1.2 Jurisdiction These Criteria shall apply to all land within the incorporated area of the City of Moab, or served by the City, including any public lands. These Criteria shall apply to all systems and facilities constructed in or on City Rights -of -Way, easements dedicated for utilities across public or private property, easements for public use, and to all privately owned and maintained system facilities. 1.3 Purpose Presented in these Criteria are the policies and minimum technical criteria for the planning, analysis and design of wastewater collection systems within the boundaries of the City of Moab and areas served by the City. All subdivisions, site plans or any other proposed construction submitted for acceptance under the provisions of the Regulations shall include adequate and appropriate wastewater system planning, analysis, and design. Such planning, analysis, and design shall conform with or exceed the Criteria set forth herein. Wastewater collection system planning, analysis, and design that require policies and technical expertise not specifically addressed in these Criteria shall follow the provisions of the Utah State Code and Utah Code Annotated (see {R17 U.A.C.D. In the event of a conflict, the State of Utah Codes and Rules will prevail. Interpretation will be provided by the City of Moab and/or the Utah Department of Environmental Quality, Division of Water Quality. 1.4 Amendments and Revisions Policies and criteria may be amended as new technology is developed or if experience gained in the use of these Criteria indicates a need for revision. All technical criteria and policy changes must be recommended by the City Engineer or Public Works Director. Minor revisions will require the approval of the City. All major revisions will require adoption, by resolution or ordinance of the City Council. The City Engineer and Public Works Director shall monitor the performance and effectiveness of these Criteria and will recommend amendments and revisions as needed. 1 Page 402 of 451 9-2 New Business Chapter 1. General Provisions TABLE 1-1 EXAMPLES OF MINOR AND MAJOR REVISIONS MINOR MAJOR Grammar Policy Changes Submittal Requirements Clarifications Construction Detail Revisions for clarification, minor modification Technical Criteria Changes 1.5 Enforcement Responsibility The City shall review all wastewater system reports, plans, analyses, and designs, submitted as a requirement of the Regulations, for compliance with these Criteria. The Regulations are enforced by the City of Moab and authorized representatives. 1.6 Review and Acceptance The City shall review all submittals for general compliance with these Criteria. An acceptance by the City does not relieve the Owner, Engineer, or Designer from the responsibility of ensuring that the design, calculations, plans, specifications, construction, and record drawings are in compliance with these Criteria, and in compliance with other applicable State and Federal regulations. The City may, but is not required to, refer submittals to other agencies that have an interest or responsibility for wastewater system issues. Other review agencies may include regional, State, or Federal agencies responsible for wastewater collection, industrial pretreatment, treatment and other wastewater related issues. 1.7 Interpretation In the interpretation and application of these Criteria, the provisions shall be regarded as the minimum requirements for the protection of the public health, safety and welfare of the residents of the City. These Criteria shall therefore be regarded as remedial and shall be liberally construed to further its underlying purposes. Whenever a provision of these Criteria and any other provision of the Regulations or any provision in any law, ordinance, resolution, rule or regulation of any kind, contains any requirement(s) covering any of the same subject matter, the requirements that are more restrictive or impose higher standards shall govern, as determined by the City. 2 Page 403 of 451 9-2 New Business Chapter 1. General Provisions These Criteria shall not abrogate or annul any binding agreements, Development Improvement Agreements, easements, permits, utility reports or construction drawings accepted by the City prior to the effective date of these Criteria. 1.8 Relationship to Other Standards 1.8.1 State Public Wastewater System Code and Rules Public wastewater systems in the State of Utah are governed by the State of Utah Code, Annotated and the Utah Administrative Code. These codes and rules apply to policy, planning, criteria and construction of public water facilities and prevail if a conflict exists within the Criteria. 1.8.2 State Construction Code The State of Utah Construction codes and rules, with amendments, are incorporated by reference. These codes and rules apply to policy, planning, criteria and construction of public wastewater facilities and prevail if a conflict exists within the Criteria. 1.9 Variances from these Criteria Modifications to these Criteria shall require a formal variance request. Variances from the provisions of these Criteria may be considered on a case -by -case basis for specific applications only, and shall not establish a precedent for any other project or future development. 1.10 Adoption of the Utah Chapter of the American Public Works Association (APWA) Standard Plans and Specifications The latest Utah APWA Manual of Standard Plans and Manual of Standard Specifications and drawings are hereby adopted as the City of Moab Standard Details and Standard Specifications for wastewater system improvements. Variance from these standards must be approved by the City. In the event that multiple standards or sections of the standard apply, the City will determine the applicable standard. 1.11 Special Wastes and Industrial Pre -Treatment The City shall be notified of any potential waste streams that are different than typical residential wastes in quantity or characteristics. These special wastes may require pre-treatment, which includes providing any necessary treatment technology, equipment, disposal, and expert operators necessary for proper treatment. This proper treatment includes all resources necessary such that the waste stream delivered to the City of Moab wastewater collection and treatment facilities is acceptable to the City. The waste stream may not cause or facilitate violation of the 3 Page 404 of 451 9-2 New Business Chapter 1. General Provisions facility's Utah Division of Water Quality discharge permit, volume and flowrate capacities and processing limitations. The developer/owner must meet with the City prior to connection to determine the specific requirements for special wastes. 1.12 Acronyms As used in this Manual, the following acronyms shall apply: ANSI APWA ASTM BOP CD and CDs DIA HP IPC IRC LP Max Min MDD MG MGD NAVD O&M OSHA PDF PE PSI PVC SCADA TOP OWTS American National Standards Institute American Public Works Association American Society for Testing and Materials Bottom of Pipe Construction Drawing(s) Development Improvement Agreement High Point International Plumbing Code International Residential Code Low Point Maximum Minimum Maximum Day Demand Million Gallons Million Gallons per Day North American Vertical Datum Operation and Maintenance Occupational Safety and Health Administration Peak Design Flow or Portable Document Format Professional Engineer Pounds per Square Inch Polyvinyl Chloride Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition Top of Pipe On -Site Wastewater Treatment System 1.13 Definitions of Terms CITY shall mean the City of Moab, Utah. CITY COUNCIL means the Moab City Council. 4 Page 405 of 451 9-2 New Business Chapter 1. General Provisions CITY ENGINEER shall mean the City of Moab Engineer or other authorized representative of the Engineering Department. CODE or MUNICIPAL CODE shall mean the City of Moab Municipal Code, as amended. CONSTRUCTION DRAWING(S) (CD or CDs) shall mean Construction Drawings prepared by a Professional Engineer licensed in the State of Utah for the Developer and approved by the City depicting Public and/or Private Improvements to be constructed for the Project. CRITERIA or DESIGN CRITERIA shall mean the design criteria and requirements contained herein for wastewater facilities to be constructed in the City. DETAILS or STANDARD DETAILS shall mean details issued by City to be used or referenced in the Construction Drawings. DEVELOPER shall mean the party or parties desiring to construct Public and/or Private Improvements within City rights -of -way or easements, securing all required approvals and permits from the City and other applicable entities, and assuming full and complete responsibility for the Project. DEVELOPMENT IMPROVEMENT AGREEMENT (DIA) shall mean a formal agreement between a Developer and the City that addresses development conditions and obligations. EASEMENT shall mean the right of the City to use lands owned by a another party for the purposes of maintenance, access, utilities, drainage or other use, as specified in an agreement between the City and the other party. ENGINEER shall mean the Professional Engineer retained by the Developer responsible for the creation and submission of utility reports and construction drawings to the City for approval for the purpose of one-time construction of facilities. ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT shall mean the City of Moab Engineering Dep.' ment. LIFT STATION shall mean a sewage pumping station. MUNICIPAL CODE — See CODE. OWNER shall mean the person(s) in title to any portion of the Property, according to the records of the Grand County Clerk and Recorder. The use of the singular "Owner" shall refer to all Owners of the Property. 5 Page 406 of 451 9-2 New Business Chapter 1. General Provisions PRIVATE IMPROVEMENTS shall mean those improvements not identified as Public Improvements, and which are not generally installed within the City rights -of -way, easements, or other City -owned lands. PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER shall mean an individual currently registered with the Utah Division of Professional and Occupational Licensing as a professional engineer. PROJECT shall mean the Public or Private Improvements as designated in the approved Construction Drawings to be constructed in conformance with these Design Criteria. The Project is inclusive of any and all Public or Private Improvement Projects for or within the City, whether Development Projects, Private Utility Projects, Capital Improvement Projects or other types of proj ects. PROPERTY shall mean the real property located in the City of Moab. PUBLIC IMPROVEMENTS shall mean those public facilities including, but not limited to, pavement, curb and gutter, sidewalk, pedestrian/bike/equestrian paths, storm drain facilities with related appurtenances, culverts, channels, bridges, water distribution, transmission and storage facilities with related appurtenances, wastewater collection facilities with related appurtenances, water purification facilities, pavement markings/signage/striping, traffic signals and related appurtenances, and those processes integral to construction of other Public Improvements listed herein, which upon their completion are to be dedicated to the City for operation and maintenance by the City and which are installed within the City rights -of -way, easements, or other City -owned lands. PUBLIC WORKS DIRECTOR shall mean the City of Moab Public Works Director REGULATIONS shall mean the Charter, ordinances, resolutions, rules and regulations of the City, including the Code, and other provisions of all zoning, subdivision and building codes or any other applicable design criteria adopted by the City, as the same may be amended periodically and applied uniformly throughout the City. SHALL shall mean a mandatory requirement or condition, as approved by the City. STANDARD DETAILS — See DETAILS. VARIANCE REQUEST shall mean a formal request with adequate documentation and justification for a variance from the standards, provisions, policies or submittal requirements set forth in these Design Criteria that meets the requirements in Section 1.9 of these Design Criteria. 6 Page 407 of 451 9-2 New Business Chapter 1. General Provisions WASTEWATER MASTER PLAN shall mean the City of Moab Wastewater Master Plan. 7 Page 408 of 451 9-2 New Business Chapter 2. Wastewater Collection System Policies 2.1 Introduction Provisions for adequate service, wastewater collection and treatment are necessary to preserve and promote the general health, welfare, and economic well-being of the residents of the City of Moab. The City of Moab must provide coordination, review, and master planning of the system in order that the integration of each component of the system meets the intent and purpose of the system as a whole. The development of the City's wastewater system is governed by the policies provided below, as facilitated through the implementation of the Criteria contained herein. 2.2 Planning Policy All developments on land within the City that are served by the City's public wastewater system shall provide planning and design for wastewater loadings, including peaking factors. Reports and plans shall be submitted for all new development and redevelopment within the City jurisdiction. These reports shall conform to the requirements set forth herein and the provisions otherwise stipulated by the City during the development process. Redevelopment shall be defined as any land disturbance or reconstruction that results in a reconfiguration of existing wastewater system facilities or an increase in demands. During the initial planning stages of the development, a pre -application meeting shall be coordinated with the City. One purpose of this meeting is to assist the City and the developer to determine the level of wastewater service that is available and needed by the developer. 2.3 Design Policy Wastewater system planning and design within the City shall adhere to the Criteria contained herein, the administrative rules promulgated by the Utah Division of Water Quality, the Utah Division of Water Rights (as related to return flows) and acceptance procedures of the City. Prohibited facilities and connections shall be as described in these Criteria. 2.4 Construction of Public Improvements Policy The construction of improvements for and within the City shall conform to the City's construction permit, standard details and approved plans, and shall adhere to all City, County, State, and Federal regulations applicable to the work. This shall include the acquisition of all necessary permits, which may include, but not be limited to, stream alteration permits, discharge permits, road cut permits, flood plain related permits and letters (including FEMA review and approval when applicable), Utah Division of Water Quality approvals, traffic control permits and all other required permits and approvals. At the completion of construction, all permits and service agreements with power companies and any other private utilities shall be transferred into the Developer's name, and shall under no circumstances be transferred to, or held in the name of 8 Page 409 of 451 9-2 New Business Chapter 2. Wastewater Collection System Policies the City, unless the City is the customer. Any work proposed to take place within existing City of Moab streets must be reviewed and approved by the City. The type of crossing allowed, traffic control, street repair specifications, etc. shall be as determined by the City. Prior to placing the facilities into service and initial acceptance by the City, all construction related provisions required by the City shall be satisfied, including startup procedures, inspections and testing of the facilities, and receipt of O&M Manuals and Record Drawings. Additionally, all requirements and responsibilities shall be complied with in association with the warranty period as set forth in the City's Regulations (not to be less than 1 year). 2.5 Ownership of Public Improvements Policy The delineation between City -owned and privately owned portions of the system and the associated maintenance responsibilities for each, shall be as set forth in the latest editions of the Municipal Code and Standard Details. Upon execution of Final Acceptance, sanitary sewer mains, force mains, lift stations, and all appurtenant City -owned facilities, shall become the sole property of the City, and full legal and equitable title thereto shall be vested in the City free and clear of any liens, claims or rights of any third party in or to the Public Improvements. 2.6 Operations and Maintenance Policy The design of all wastewater system facilities within the City must provide for access and long- term operation and maintenance of the facilities by the City. Operation and Maintenance manuals associated with all components to be installed as part of the wastewater system shall be provided to the City with the Record Drawings, unless otherwise specifically waived by the City. Utility easements or tracts and access easements shall be provided for all wastewater system facilities outside of public right-of-way as set forth in these Criteria, or as otherwise required by the City, and shall be adequate for the operation, maintenance and replacement of the facilities. 2.7 Hazard Minimization and Public Safety Policy Public safety and the protection of City staff shall be an essential objective when planning, designing, constructing, operating and maintaining the City's wastewater collection system facilities. All such facilities shall be designed with careful consideration of the potential hazards associated with the use and long-term operation and maintenance of the facility. The design phase of all projects shall evaluate the health and safety risks associated with the facilities, and shall include appropriate design features to minimize these risks and to adequately protect the general public and City personnel from the hazards. Equipment for confined space entry in accordance with OSHA and other applicable regulatory agency requirements shall be provided at all City of Moab facilities, as required. Hatches with fall prevention covers, intermediate 9 Page 410 of 451 9-2 New Business Chapter 2. Wastewater Collection System Policies platforms, handrails, safety lighting, ventilation etc. shall be as required by the City, or any applicable code. 2.8 Duty of the Engineer Preparing Development Documents These standards establish criteria and policies for the design and subsequent construction of the City's public wastewater system. These standards are not intended to substitute for engineering knowledge, judgement or experience. It is the responsibility of the design (development) Engineer to understand and apply sound engineering principals related to public wastewater systems to the planning, design and construction of wastewater system improvements. It is also the responsibility of the Engineer to understand all federal, state and local regulations related to the public wastewater system. These criteria should be reviewed by the Engineer, who shall evaluate their applicability. If the Engineer identifies criteria that are inapplicable or inappropriate in a specific location or specific situation, the engineer shall bring the issue to the attention of the City. 10 Page 411 of 451 9-2 New Business Chapter 3. Wastewater Collection System Submittal Requirements 3.1 Introduction The requirements presented in this chapter shall be used to aid the Engineer or Applicant in the preparation of utility reports, modeling evaluations, and Construction Drawings for wastewater system facilities. This Chapter applies primarily to submittal requirements for wastewater collection systems and the associated Criteria provided in Chapter 4. The requirements presented herein are the minimum necessary, and will be used to evaluate the adequacy of all submittals made to the City. 3.2 Review Process 3.2.1 Pre -Application Consultation A pre -application consultation with the City of Moab Planning Department is strongly encouraged for any type of development or redevelopment. The purpose of this meeting is to discuss general information about the project, pertinent aspects of the Criteria, the required scope of the utility reports, and any special procedures, analyses, and submittal requirements that may be applicable. 3.2.2 Wastewater Utility Report Requirements Preliminary and final wastewater utility reports shall be provided to the City of Moab. The purpose of the preliminary wastewater utility report is to identify existing wastewater infrastructure, provide preliminary estimates of wastewater loading, provide an initial plan for wastewater infrastructure and determine the feasibility of providing wastewater service to the development via the public wastewater collection system. The purpose of the final wastewater utility report, which is to be submitted with the final construction plans, is to identify the final wastewater infrastructure plan. 3.2.2.1 Format All required reports shall be prepared on 81/2" x 11" paper (except that maps and figures shall generally be 11" x 17" or larger) and be bound, and shall follow the format contained in the report checklists. Supporting drawings, figures, and tables shall be bound into the reports or included in an attached pocket. Reports shall include a narrative presenting the project for review in accordance with the information presented in these Criteria, and the requirements established by the City for the appropriate submittal. Paper and electronic (PDF) copies of the report shall be provided. Electronic files of computer models and GIS files shall be provided if requested by the City. 3.2.2.2 Stand -Alone Document The wastewater utility reports shall be stand-alone documents. When references are made or assumptions are based on previously submitted reports, the reports must include the appropriate 11 Page 412 of 451 9-2 New Business Chapter 3. Wastewater Collection System Submittal Requirements excerpts, pages, tables, and maps containing the referenced information. Assumptions made in previous reports must be verified and substantiated in subsequent reports. Reports shall be legible. 3.2.2.3 Submittal Adequacy Any report with incomplete or missing information shall result in the report being returned without review. The City reserves the right to require additional information beyond that specifically required in these Criteria. 3.2.3 Review by Referral Agencies The review and approval of the project by State, Federal, and local agencies other than the City, shall be the responsibility of the Developer. The Developer shall be required to address all referral agency comments, and to have such comments incorporated into the applicable utility report and plans submitted to the City. 3.3 Acceptance 3.3.1 Final Utility Report Required for Construction The final wastewater utility report shall conform to the construction documents used to bid the project, and shall be approved by the City prior to the construction of any wastewater system improvements. 3.3.2 Approval Limitation for Final Utility Report The approval of the final wastewater utility report shall expire simultaneously with the expiration of the approval of the project unless extended in conformance with the provisions of the Municipal Code. At the time the approval of the final utility report expires, the report shall be deemed invalid and a resubmittal will be required. In order to be re -approved, it must be demonstrated that the concepts, designs, and calculations presented in the report are consistent with the City's current Criteria. 3.4 Preliminary Wastewater Utility Report The Preliminary Wastewater Utility Report shall review and discuss the existing wastewater system infrastructure and the wastewater needs of the development. The report shall also identify the existing infrastructure needed to support the development. The City Engineering Department and Public Works Department will coordinate with the developer to provide the wastewater system data needed as an input to the Engineer's design. 12 Page 413 of 451 9-2 New Business Chapter 3. Wastewater Collection System Submittal Requirements The following outline sets forth the required minimum content to be provided in the Preliminary Wastewater Utility Report that shall be submitted: I. PROJECT INFORMATION A. Name of Project, including legal name of development. B. Address. C. Owner. D. Developer. E. Engineer. F. Submittal date and revision dates as applicable. II. PROJECT LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION A. Site Location. 1. Site Vicinity Map. 2. Township, Range, Section, and % Section. 3. Streets, Roadways, and Highways adjacent to the proposed development. 4. Names of surrounding or adjacent developments. B. Description of Property and Land Use. 1. Total area in acres. 2. Total number of equivalent residential units (ERUs) proposed for the development at build -out with a breakdown of units by type projected by phase (if applicable) calculated by utilizing the Utah Administrative Code Minimum Sizing Requirements {R317 U.A.C.}. 3. Area (acres) and land use for all parcels to be served within the development boundaries. 4. Major and minor drainages and floodplains, including FEMA desigations. 5. Existing irrigation canals or ditches. 6. Significant geologic features and topography. 7. Existing On -Site Wastewater Treatment Systems (OWTS). 8. Existing water wells. 9. Easements/tracts may not be known initially; however, provide a statement that easements or tracts necessary for utilities will be provided at time of preliminary site plan, in accordance with City standards regarding location and size of easements and tracts. 13 Page 414 of 451 9-2 New Business Chapter 3. Wastewater Collection System Submittal Requirements III. EXISTING WASTEWATER SYSTEM A. Existing Collection System. Discuss the existing sanitary sewer mains, interceptors, lift stations, and force mains in the vicinity of the development, including sizes and locations that will serve the proposed development. IV. ESTIMATED PROPOSED LOADINGS A. Average Day Loadings. Estimated hydraulic and BOD5 loadings must be provided for all phases of development. If wastewater is expected to be typical for residential wastewater, BOD5 may be assumed to be typical. If typical, this assumption shall be stated in the report. B. Peak Loadings. Estimated peaking factors for hydraulic loadings shall be provided. C. Special Waste Characteristics (if different from typical residential wastewater). A detailed listing of special wastewater constituents shall be provided, along with a detailed description of needed treatment processes. A listing of pre-treatment processes provided by the project Owner shall be discussed in detail. V. PROPOSED WASTEWATER COLLECTION SYSTEM A. Proposed Collection System. Provide a general overview of the anticipated collection system layout, and discuss any extensions from the site to the existing wastewater system that are necessary to serve the development. The locations and types of pipes, manholes, clean -outs, and other facilities shall be provided. B. Proposed Wastewater Facilities. Discuss any anticipated lift stations, force mains, pretreatment facilities, etc., that will likely be required to adequately serve the development. 14 Page 415 of 451 9-2 New Business Chapter 3. Wastewater Collection System Submittal Requirements VI. REFERENCES Reference all criteria, master plans, reports, or other technical information utilized in the report. 3.4.1 Wastewater System Modeling The City maintains a wastewater system model. Once the preliminary wastewater system report is received and found to be adequate, the City will determine whether wastewater system modeling is required. If the modeling is required, the City will determine the level of modeling needed for the development and will estimate the cost of modeling. The developer will be responsible for the cost of wastewater system modeling. 3.5. City Designation of Connection Points If the City of Moab determines that the Preliminary Wastewater Utility Report meets the requirements set forth in these Criteria, the City will provide wastewater service at designated tie-in points. 3.6 Final Wastewater Utility Report The Final Wastewater Utility Report shall describe final wastewater infrastructure, including final modeling and calculations. The Final Wastewater Utility Report shall be consistent with final construction drawings. The following outline sets forth the required minimum content to be provided in the Final Wastewater Utility Report that shall be submitted with the Construction Documents: I. TITLE SHEET A. Name of Project, including legal name of Development. B. Address. C. Owner. D. Developer. E. Engineer. F. Submittal date and revision dates as applicable. II. PROJECT LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION A. Site Location. 1. Site Vicinity Map 15 Page 416 of 451 9-2 New Business Chapter 3. Wastewater Collection System Submittal Requirements 2. Township, Range, Section, and 1/4 Section. 3. Streets, Roadways, and Highways adjacent to the proposed development. 4. Names of surrounding or adjacent developments. B. Description of Property and Land Use. 1. Total area in acres. 2. Discussion of project phasing, if applicable. 3. Total number of ERUs proposed for the development at build -out with a breakdown of units by type projected by phase (if applicable). 4. Area (acres), land use for all parcels to be served within the development boundaries (initial and future phases, if applicable) and number of lots. 5. Sizes of schools, commercial and industrial buildings (initial and future phases, if applicable). 6. Major and minor drainages and floodplains, including FEMA designations. 7. Existing irrigation canals or ditches. 8. Significant geologic features and topography. 9. Existing On -Site Wastewater Treatment Systems (OWTS). 10. Existing water wells. III. CALCULATED FLOWS A. Average Day Loadings. Estimated hydraulic and BOD5 loadings must be provided for all phases of development. If wastewater is expected to be typical for residential wastewater, BOD5 may be assumed to be typical. This shall be stated in the report. B. Peak Loadings. Estimated peaking factors for hydraulic loadings shall be provided. C. Special Waste Characteristics (if different from typical residential wastewater). A detailed listing of special wastewater constituents shall be provided, along with a detailed description of needed treatment processes. A listing of pre-treatment processes provided by the project Owner shall be discussed in detail. 16 Page 417 of 451 9-2 New Business Chapter 3. Wastewater Collection System Submittal Requirements IV. EXISTING WASTEWATER SYSTEM A. Existing Collection System. Discuss the existing sanitary sewer mains, interceptors, lift stations, and force mains in the vicinity of the development, including sizes and locations that will need to be extended to serve the proposed development. V. PROPOSED WASTEWATER SYSTEM A. Proposed Collection System. Provide a description of all proposed wastewater facilities and a general overview of the anticipated collection system layout, including the proposed line sizes. Describe the tie-ins to the existing wastewater system and the sizes and lengths of any extensions necessary to serve the development. B. Proposed Wastewater Facilities. Discuss any lift stations, force mains, pretreatment facilities, etc., that will likely be required to adequately serve the development. C. Land Dedication Requirements. Generally describe any portions of the proposed wastewater system that are not planned to be located in public right-of-way, and will therefore require the dedication of tracts or utility easements to the City. VI. POTENTIAL DEVELOPMENT IMPROVEMENTS AGREEMENT (DIA) ITEMS Discuss any potential DIA items such as needed off -site improvements, improvements necessary for a project or project phase to be independently sustainable, etc. VII. POTENTIAL PERMITTING REQUIREMENTS Generally discuss all foreseeable Federal, State, County, and Local permitting requirements associated with the project. 17 Page 418 of 451 9-2 New Business Chapter 3. Wastewater Collection System Submittal Requirements XI. REFERENCES Reference all criteria, master plans, reports, or other technical information utilized in the report. 3.6.1 Wastewater System Modeling The City maintains a wastewater system model. It is anticipated that wastewater system modeling will be performed once the Preliminary Wastewater Utility Report is submitted. The results of the City's wastewater modeling should be included in the Final Wastewater Utility Report. The City of Moab should be notified of any changes. The modeling will be used by the City as needed. The developer will be responsible for the cost of wastewater system modeling. 3.6.2 Disclaimer The City is not responsible or liable for assumptions made by the Developer regarding utility information associated with the proposed development. 3.7 Construction Drawings 3.7.1 Wastewater System Improvements Wastewater system improvements within public rights -of -way or utility easements are required to be designed, approved, and constructed in accordance with the City's Regulations, subdivision requirements of the Municipal Code, the City's Design Criteria and Standard Details, sound engineering principles, and the conditions of any variances obtained from the City. 3.7.2 Indemnification Statement Construction Drawings are reviewed by the City of Moab for concept only. The review does not imply responsibility by the City of Moab for accuracy and correctness of calculations. Furthermore, the review does not imply that quantities of items on the plans are the final quantities required. The review shall not be construed for any reason as acceptance of financial responsibility by the City for additional quantities of items shown that may be required during the construction phase. 3.7.3 Construction Drawing Requirements In general, construction drawings shall include plan and profile drawings that convey the horizontal and vertical alignment of the improvements, and all other pertinent plans, sections and detailing necessary to construct the proposed facilities. All construction drawings submitted to the City for review, comment, and approval of wastewater system improvements shall be prepared by, or under the direct supervision of a Professional Engineer licensed in the State of Utah. Said Professional Engineer shall be 18 Page 419 of 451 9-2 New Business Chapter 3. Wastewater Collection System Submittal Requirements responsible for the information contained on the construction drawings, which shall bear the Professional Engineer's seal prior to final approval for construction. The Developer, Contractor and Engineer associated with the construction drawings shall be responsible for the adequacy and satisfactory performance of the designs and the installation of all items therein, and any failure or unsatisfactory performance of the system, so constructed, shall not be a cause for action against the City. Approval of the construction drawings by the City signifies only that the construction drawings meet the minimum stipulations of these design criteria and City requirements based upon the information provided to the City by the Engineer and/or Developer, and makes no finding, representation, or warranty that the system and associated components will perform satisfactorily. 3.7.3.1 Wastewater Utility Construction Drawings In addition to the general formatting and information to be included on all sheets of a construction drawing (e.g., north arrow, scale, project boundaries, lot lines, rights -of -way, tracts, approval blocks, etc.), the following information shall be included on the final Wastewater Utility Plans. 1. Legend: Each sheet shall show the symbols pertaining to the sheet. 2. Vertical Datum: All elevations used for the planning, design and construction of facilities shall be on the NAVD88 Datum. No conversion equation is allowed. 3. Horizontal Benchmark and Coordinates: The horizontal benchmark shall be specified. In order to facilitate the City's GIS mapping efforts, all construction drawings shall be placed in the State Plane NAD83, Utah Central Zone Coordinate System and include the coordinates of a known property corner on or adjacent to the site. 4. Plan views shall be oriented so that north is up on the sheet or to the right. 5. Overall Wastewater System Plan: In plan view, provide all information and dimensions for horizontal layout of proposed sanitary sewer and force mains including but not limited to manholes, wye connections, sanitary sewer service lines, cleanouts, lift stations, and any other appurtenances that are part of the wastewater collection system. Coordinates shall be provided for the locations of manholes, lift stations and other key components. 6. Plan views shall show the locations and sizes of all existing and proposed utility lines and appurtenances (water, sanitary sewer, stormwater, gas, electric, telephone, cable, fiber optic, etc.) on and adjacent to the site. Plan views shall show the location of all existing water wells and On -Site Wastewater Treatment Systems (OWTS) on and adjacent to the site. 7. Plan views shall show existing sanitary sewer and force mains with sizes; manholes; sanitary sewer service taps and lines; clean -outs; lift stations; and any other appurtenances that are part of the wastewater collection system on and adjacent to the site. 19 Page 420 of 451 9-2 New Business Chapter 3. Wastewater Collection System Submittal Requirements 8. Plan views shall show existing and proposed curb, gutter, and sidewalks; and all existing and proposed obstructions, such as vaults, catch basins, traffic islands, street lights, walls or other permanent structures on and adjacent to the site. 9. Plan views and profiles shall show the tie-ins to the existing wastewater collection system, including sizes of existing mains. In addition, the nearest manholes on existing mains shall be shown or, at a minimum, the distance to these manholes shall be included on the CDs. 10. Plan views and profiles shall show all needed off -site improvements, extensions of service or upgrades to the City's wastewater collection system. 11. Plan views shall show and label as to type and width, all existing and proposed easements that are on and adjacent to the site. Recordation information shall be included for all existing easements. 12. Profile views are required for all sanitary sewer and force mains and must show proposed streets profiles and existing ground surface profiles. The following information shall be included: a. All high points (HP) and low points (LP) along the sanitary sewer and force mains shall be identified; b. Where required by these Criteria, combination air release and air/vacuum valves and drain valves shall be shown on force mains, with the TOP elevations provided. c. All utility crossings shall be identified. 13. Profile views or plan views: Adequate pipe elevation information is required for all utility crossings of water, sanitary sewer, force main, stormwater, gas, electric lines, etc. The following information shall be included: a. Types and sizes of the utility lines at the crossing and the location of the crossing. b. If any pipes at a crossing are to be encased, the coordinates at each end of the encasement, and the type and thickness of the encasements shall be specified. In addition, all utility crossing shall include either: (1) A reference to the sheet where the crossing information is shown; or (2) TOP and BOP elevations and vertical clearance at the crossing with a callout of "(Min. = 1.5')" wherever the clearance is 2 feet or less. 14. Wastewater System Details: All pertinent details related to wastewater system improvements, such as manholes, outside drop manholes, sanitary sewer service line connections, sanitary sewer clean -outs, proposed utility crossings, including concrete blankets, trenching, etc., shall be shown on detail sheets on the construction drawings. References to the Utah APWA plans may be provided. In this case, the detail drawings don't need to be provided in the plan set. 20 Page 421 of 451 9-2 New Business Chapter 3. Wastewater Collection System Submittal Requirements 3.8 Record Drawings All wastewater system improvements constructed within public rights -of -way and dedicated easements must be formally accepted by the City. 21 Page 422 of 451 9-2 New Business Chapter 4. Wastewater Collection System Design Criteria 4.1 Design Criteria - Reference Design Documents Standards and reference publications pertinent to the design of wastewater facilities within the City are listed below. Unless otherwise specified, the latest editions shall apply. • Utah State Code, Annotated • Utah Administrative Code • Utah American Public Works Association (Utah APWA) • All applicable International Codes recognized by the City including, but not limited to, the International Building Code (IBC), the International Plumbing Code (IPC), the International Fire Code (IFC), the International Residential Code (IRC), and the International Mechanical Code (IMC) • American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) • American National Standards Institute (ANSI) • Utah Depar tment of Environmental Quality (UDEQ) • City of Moab Municipal Code • City of Moab Wastewater Master Plan • Gravity Sanitary Sewer Design and Construction (Current Version). Manuals and Reports on Engineering Practice No. 60. American Society of Civil Engineers/Water Pollution Control Federation. 4.2 Prohibited Installations The following installations are prohibited unless otherwise approved by the City. Items listed below reference sections contained in these Criteria that provide the minimum design requirements to be addressed should a variance be pursued. • On -Site Wastewater Treatment Systems (OWTS) • Gray -water systems • Private Ejector Pumps and Private Lift stations, unless approved by the City • Inverted Wastewater Siphons • Manholes and sewer lines over 20 feet deep • Elevated Wastewater Pipelines 4.3 Unlawful Connections It shall be unlawful to discharge roof drainage, foundation drainage, sump pumps, surface drainage, storm water, solid wastes, or any other illicit discharges to the wastewater collection system.. 22 Page 423 of 451 9-2 New Business Chapter 4. Wastewater Collection System Design Criteria 4.4 Minimum Wastewater System Design Criteria This section presents the minimum technical criteria for the analysis and design of wastewater systems within the boundaries of the City of Moab and other areas served by the City, including collection mains, sanitary sewer service lines, and the applicable appurtenances associated with these installations. Any special criteria beyond those contained herein, and as determined necessary by the City, shall be discussed at the pre -application consultation (or as the issue arises). 4.4.1 Design Flows Average daily loadings, peaking factors and average annual loadings shall be based on the criteria included in the current Utah Administrative Code and based upon information included in the Wastewater Master Plan. This information is currently located at {R317-3 U.A.C.}. The City may adjust the loading values based on the evaluation of actual use data, a current master plan or other conditions determined to affect the safety and welfare of the public. 4.4.2 Hydraulic Design Wastewater systems shall be designed to provide a minimum velocity of 2.0 feet per second at the peak design flow. In situations where the minimum velocity of 2.0 feet per second cannot be met, an explanation and justification shall be included in the Final Wastewater Utility Report. The maximum velocity shall not exceed 10 feet per second. Drop manholes shall be provided to break steep slopes to limit the velocities in conformance with this criterion. Where drop manholes are impractical for velocity reduction, the sewer must be approved by variance and shall be of PVC or other abrasion resistant material approved by the City. Where actual flow will be much below normal for several years, the minimum velocity shall be achieved by suitable grades at the initial design flow rate. Care shall be taken to design invert elevations at manholes in such a manner that the energy gradient is consistently falling in the direction of the flow. Sanitary sewers shall be sized to convey the peak design flow in accordance with the following table: Pipe Diameter (inches) Maximum Depth of Flow/Pipe Diameter < 15 0.5 >15 0.75 Computation of velocity of flow shall be based on a coefficient of roughness "n" in the Manning formula as follows: n = 0.013 (min). 23 Page 424 of 451 9-2 New Business Chapter 4. Wastewater Collection System Design Criteria At all junctions where a smaller diameter main discharges in to a larger one, the crowns (obverts) of the two pipes shall have matching elevations. No surcharging of sanitary sewer lines is allowed. 4.4.3 Pipe Sizes and Grades Sanitary sewer mains shall be a minimum of 8 inches in diameter. Service lines shall be a minimum of 4 inches in diameter. The minimum sewer slopes shall comply with the slopes included in Table R317-3-2.3(D)(4) of the Utah Administrative Code. 4.4.4 Selection of Pipe Material Sewer lines in the City shall be constructed of PVC, fiber -glass reinforced polymer mortar or concrete, unless special conditions require another material. Other pipe materials must be approved by the City prior to use. If concrete is to be used, the collection system must be evaluated for sulfide corrosion risk and corrosion mitigation measures must be implemented as needed. Sewers at stream crossings or crossings with water lines shall be ductile iron in accordance with {R317 U.A.C.}. 4.4.5 General Wastewater System Layout Criteria 4.4.5.1 Location All sanitary sewers and appurtenances shall be installed in dedicated rights -of -way or dedicated utility easements. Sewers or manholes shall not be installed parallel to, and directly below, any concrete such as sidewalks, trails, curbs, or gutters. In general, sanitary sewer mains shall be located in public streets near the center of the south or west lane. Sanitary sewers and manholes shall not be located in vehicle wheel paths. A sewer shall not be closer than 5 feet to a gutter. Sanitary sewer lines and manholes shall not be located within detention pond areas. Where it is necessary to locate a sanitary sewer main along back lot lines, the alignment shall be specifically approved by the City. Manholes installed along lot lines shall be provided locking - type covers. 4.4.5.2 Horizontal Layout Sewers shall be laid with a minimum separation of 10 feet horizontally, edge -to -edge, from all water lines. Sewers shall have a minimum separation of 10 feet horizontally, centerline -to - centerline, from all other existing or proposed utilities wherever possible. The City of Moab must specifically approve any variance from these requirements in the event that it has been determined that it is impossible to maintain the specified horizontal separation distances. Sewers adjacent to developments shall be designed to extend along the entire frontage of the property to be served, from property line to property line, with termination in a manhole. This provides for wastewater service for adjacent Developers or Builders in the future. Within 24 Page 425 of 451 9-2 New Business Chapter 4. Wastewater Collection System Design Criteria developments, sanitary sewer mains shall be extended at least ten feet horizontally uphill from the lowest lot corner of the uppermost lot, and shall terminate in a manhole. 4.4.5.3 Vertical Layout Sanitary sewer mains shall have a minimum cover of 5 feet to finished ground surface, and a maximum cover of 20 feet unless otherwise approved by variance. Sanitary sewer mains shall be deep enough to collect wastewater from all basements by gravity flow. When less than 9 feet of elevation difference exists between the finished lot grade at the building line and the top of the sanitary sewer main, such conditions shall be clearly addressed in the required Utility Reports, with notes provided on the record drawings indicating which lots are served by a "shallow sanitary sewer." Appropriate elevation information shall be provided on the record drawings for all such mains. For sewers that receive or will receive flow from offsite, the minimum depth to the sewer is 9 feet, unless otherwise approved by the City. 4.4.5.4 Sanitary Sewer Main Crossing a Water Main When it is necessary for sewers to cross public water system pipes, the crossings shall be in accordance with the State of Utah requirements. These requirements are located at {R309-550-7 U.A.C.{ and {R317-3-2.9(B)(1) U.A.C{. 4.4.5.5 Sanitary Sewer Main Crossing of a Storm Sewer When sanitary sewer mains or force mains cross a storm sewer, regardless of vertical clearance and which pipe crosses over the other, each joint of the storm sewer within the trench width of the crossing shall be encased in a concrete collar at least 6 inches thick and extending at least 6 inches each side of each joint. 4.4.5.6 Limits on Minimum Vertical Clearance Under no circumstances shall the minimum vertical clearance between any two crossing utilities be less than 12 inches unless approved by the City. 4.4.6 Bored Crossings When a sewer passes under a State roadway, an arterial or collector roadway as defined by the City, railroad, drainage or irrigation ditch, the sewer shall be located within bored steel casing pipe, unless otherwise allowed to be open cut by the jurisdictional entity being crossed. The carrier pipe shall be supported by casing spacers. The casing shall be sealed around the sewer at the casing ends. The casing shall have a minimum of 5 feet of cover. The casing pipe shall extend the entire width of the right-of-way or easement of the crossing structure, or as directed by the City or other jurisdictional entity. Crossing at ditches shall include cutoff walls at each side of the crossing, either as required by the jurisdictional entity, or as analyzed and designed by the Engineer at the direction of the Engineering Department. 25 Page 426 of 451 9-2 New Business Chapter 4. Wastewater Collection System Design Criteria Casing pipe shall be smooth -walled, non -coated pipe of welded steel construction conforming to ANSI/AWWA C200, and shall be seamless or straight seam steel pipe with minimum yield strength of 35,000 psi. The casing pipe shall be new material and have a minimum wall thickness as follows unless specified otherwise. Carrier Pipe Nominal Diameter Min. Casing Pipe O.D. Min. Wall Thickness* 4" 12" 0.250" 6" 14" 0.3125" 8" 16" 0.3125" 12" 20" 0.3750" *The boring contractor shall needed. Other pipe sizes submitted to the City of Moab determine and provide a greater wall thickness if by a professional engineer and shall be designed for review. Casing pipe shall be cathodically protected by burying a pair of sacrificial anodes at least 5 feet from each end of the casing. All anodes shall be buried with the top of the anodes set at a depth equal to the casing springline. Test stations shall be provided on treated wooden posts so that the condition of the sacrificial anode can be determined. Anode pairs shall be offset perpendicularly 5 feet away from the casing pipe, and shall be placed in native soils, not imported backfills. The cathodic protection system shall be designed by personnel experienced with cathodic protections systems. The design shall be submitted to the City for review. Long-term maintenance of the system, including anode assessment and replacement, shall be addressed in the submittal. 4.4.7 Manholes 4.4.7.1 Layout 1. Location: Manholes for access to sewers shall be provided at the following locations: a. All junctions of sanitary sewers. b. All points of change in alignment, grade or pipe size. c. All points of industrial and commercial discharge to facilitate observation and sampling. d. The upstream terminus of the main. e. Cleanouts shall not be allowed to replace manholes on sanitary sewer lines 8 inch and larger. 2. Alignment and Spacing: Sewer manholes shall be aligned and spaced as follows: a. Sewer mains shall be installed in a straight alignment, both in line and grade, and not curved between manholes. b. Maximum spacing between manholes shall be 400 feet for lines 15 inches or smaller and 500 feet for lines 18 inches and larger. 26 Page 427 of 451 9-2 New Business Chapter 4. Wastewater Collection System Design Criteria c. Maximum change in alignment shall not exceed 90 degrees. d. Manhole lids shall not be aligned with vehicle wheel paths, or within 2 feet either direction of the street crown. e. No drop -in style riser or paver rings are allowed. Grade rings beneath the ring and cover are allowable for final grade adjustment with a maximum of 12 inches. 3. Access: Provisions for manhole access shall be as follows: a. Manholes shall not be located in areas that are subject to flooding from surface runoff. If the possibility of surface runoff flooding cannot be avoided, a watertight lid as approved by the City shall be installed to prevent inflow. b. Manholes shall be located in areas that allow direct access by maintenance vehicles when it is not feasible to locate the manhole in a public street. c. Manholes shall not be located in open space access roads, wherever possible. If it is impossible to locate a manhole outside an access road, then the cover shall be at the grade of the access road and a 10' x 10' concrete collar shall be installed around the manhole. All manholes located outside dedicated street right-of-way shall be designed and constructed with a locking -type cover and the manhole ring shall be bolted to the manhole cone and the manhole lid shall be raised in accordance with the City's Standard Detail. Marker shall be installed to mark the location of manholes outside of pavement. d. All manhole lids shall be depressed'/4" to 1/2" below any adjacent finished street surface. 4.4.7.2 Manhole Sizing Manholes for sanitary sewers up to 18 inches in diameter shall have an inside diameter not less than 4-feet. Manholes for sanitary sewers 18 inches to 36 inches shall have an inside diameter of not less than 5-feet. Manholes for sanitary sewers 36 inches to 54 inches shall have an inside diameter of 6 feet. Manholes for sanitary sewers over 54 inches shall be of special design. If the angle of deflection does not permit use of a 6 foot inside diameter manhole, then a special manhole detail must be submitted for review and approval by the City. There shall be a bench located below the bottom manhole ladder rung. 4.4.7.3 Drop Manholes 1. Drop manholes shall be in accordance with the City's standard details. 4.4.7.4 Main Connections to Existing Manholes No new connection shall be made with existing manholes. When connections are required at the location of an existing manhole, the manhole shall be replaced unless otherwise approved by the City. 27 Page 428 of 451 9-2 New Business Chapter 4. Wastewater Collection System Design Criteria 4.4.7.5 Sanitary Sewers and Manholes Greater than 20 Feet Where sanitary sewer mains or manholes cannot be designed at depths less than 20 feet, a variance shall be obtained. 4.4.8 Inverted Wastewater Siphons The design of inverted wastewater siphons, or sag pipes, shall be avoided, unless approved by the City. When inverted siphon construction is deemed necessary and approved by the City, the facility shall have at least two separate barrels with a minimum pipe size of 8 inches, and shall include appurtenances for convenient flushing and maintenance. Inlet and outlet structures shall have adequate clearance for access and maintenance operations, and sufficient head shall be provided and pipes sized to ensure velocities of at least 3.0 feet per second under average flow for both initial and future build -out conditions. The inlet and outlet shall be arranged so that normal flows can be diverted to one barrel, and that either barrel may be removed from service for cleaning or repair. 4.4.9 Fill Areas Where sanitary sewer lines will be constructed in fill areas, all fill materials shall be placed and compacted to final grade prior to the installation of the sanitary sewer line and appurtenances. 4.4.10 Future Connections Manholes shall have pipes stubbed out that are sized to accommodate flows from the upstream basin whenever a future extension of the sanitary sewer main is anticipated. The main line stub - out shall be capped and sealed. 4.4.11 Sanitary Sewer Service Lines All single family residential dwellings, each individual unit in multi -family complexes, and each commercial business and industrial customer shall be served by a separate, independent sanitary sewer service line. 4.4.12.1 Ownership After a building is connected through a service line to the sanitary sewer, the service shall become a part of the building, and the Owner of the premises shall be responsible for the operation and maintenance of the entire service line (building sewer) between the building and the City sewer, excluding the wye at the connection. Although the service line up to the wye is the responsibility of the Owner, the service lines and associated connections to the main shall be inspected and tested by the City prior to backfill. The inspection of service line stub -outs will take place at the same time inspections are conducted for the installation of the sanitary sewer main. Inspection of the entire service line will be made when the service line is extended to the building. 28 Page 429 of 451 9-2 New Business Chapter 4. Wastewater Collection System Design Criteria 4.4.12.2 Layout The Owner shall install a service line stub -out from the sanitary sewer main to each individual lot. Where sidewalks are proposed to be constructed, the stub -out shall be constructed to 15 feet beyond the back of the sidewalk. Where sidewalks will not be constructed, the stub -out shall be constructed a minimum of one foot beyond the property line. The stub -outs shall be plugged and the end marked with a green painted T-post installed in the ground directly above the location of the plugged end. 4.4.12.3 Cleanouts Cleanouts shall be required on sanitary sewer service lines in accordance with the City standard details and in accordance with plumbing code. 4.4.12.4 Structural Requirements A. Under Roads - All structures and pipe placed under public roads shall be of sufficient strength to support, with an adequate factor of safety, the backfill, road surfacing and H- 20 traffic load per AASHTO Standard Specifications. B. Steep Grades - Concrete anchors will be required in special instances as specified by the City, where such anchorage is deemed necessary to prevent pipe movement. 4.5 Easements Where sewers cannot be installed in right-of-way, they shall be located within utility easements approved by the City and shall be centered in the easement. All utility easements shall have a minimum width of at least two times the depth to the pipe invert. The minimum easement width shall be 20 feet for one utility, 30 feet for two utilities, and 40 feet in width for three utilities. Site -specific circumstances may dictate the need for wider easements. Utility easements and dedicated utility tracts shall be defined by bearings and distances around the perimeter of the easement. Centerline legal descriptions are not acceptable. All utility easements shall be for the exclusive use of the City. No permanent structures, (e.g., retaining walls, trees, light pedestals, sign foundations, power poles, mailboxes, sheds, buildings, etc.), shall be placed in the easement. 4.6 Sand/Oil and Grease Interceptors Sand/oil and grease interceptors shall be installed on service lines from commercial and industrial properties discharging oil and grease. 29 Page 430 of 451 9-2 New Business Chapter 5. Sewage Pump Station (Lift Station) and Force Main Criteria 5.1 Sewage Pump Stations (Lift Stations) and Force Mains 5.1.1 Scope New lift stations are discouraged and shall only be allowed in those locations where there is no feasible way the development can be served by gravity extension of the City's existing wastewater collection system. 5.1.2 Compliance with State of Utah Standards Lift stations shall be designed in accordance with the State of Utah standards, currently located at 1R317-3-3 U.A.C}. Lift stations shall also be design in accordance within the applicable building codes. 5.1.3 City Review and Approval New lift stations must be approved by the City. If approved, the Developer shall submit a utility report with a complete set of design calculations and drawings for review and acceptance by the City. 5.1.4 Flood Protection Lift station structures and the associated electrical and mechanical equipment shall be protected from damage by the 100-year flood, and shall remain fully operational and accessible during such an event. Local, State and Federal regulations pertaining to floodplain shall be satisfactorily accounted for in the design. Grading shall be provided to protect the site by directing surface flows away from the facilities. 5.1.5 Accessibility and Security Lift stations shall be readily accessible by maintenance vehicles during all weather conditions. The facility should be located off the traffic way of streets and alleys. Depending on the nature and location of the facility, security fencing with controlled entry keypads, card -reader access to buildings, security cameras, lockable access hatches, and motion -detection safety lighting may be required. 5.1.6 Grit Where it is necessary to pump wastewater prior to grit removal, the design of the wet well and lift station piping shall receive special consideration to avoid operational problems from the accumulation of grit. 5.1.7 Station Ventilation Adequate ventilation at lift stations shall be provided to mechanically ventilate the dry well, and if screens or mechanical equipment requiring maintenance or inspection are located in the wet well, it shall also be mechanically ventilated. There shall be no inter -connection between the wet well and dry well ventilating systems. In pits over 15 feet deep, multiple inlets and outlets are 30 Page 431 of 451 9-2 New Business Chapter 5. Sewage Pump Station (Lift Station) and Force Main Criteria required. Switches for the operation of ventilation equipment should be clearly marked and conveniently located. Consideration should be given to automatic controls where operations may be intermittent. Where excessive moisture or low temperatures are a concern, consideration shall be given to installation of heating and/or dehumidification equipment. 5.1.8 Odor Control Unacceptable levels of odors may be produced at lift stations and within force mains due to excessive hydrogen sulfide generation. Odor control systems are required. 5.2 Minimum Lift Station Design Criteria The following design criteria shall be applicable to lift stations: 1. Lift stations must be equipped with instrumentation and SCADA equipment to collect and transmit all relevant data. 2. Backup electrical power provided by a diesel or natural gas generator with an automatic transfer switch in an all-weather enclosure shall be provided to insure that all lift station components function properly for a period of at least one week in the event that the primary power is lost. Electrical power to the lift station site shall be underground. In addition, an emergency overflow basin shall be provided that will accommodate a minimum 12 hours of storage at the peak daily loading rates. The basin shall be designed and configured to allow for complete draining after an overflow event, either by gravity or submersible sump pumps permanently installed in the basin. 3. Lift stations shall include a wet well sized to reduce the cycling of the pumps and the settling of solids from the flows. 4. A corrosion protection system shall be applied to, and shall completely cover all interior surfaces of wet wells, and any in -line vaults or manholes that precede the wet well. The system shall be specifically designed to protect concrete from hydrogen sulfide corrosion. 5. All lift station wet wells shall be considered an explosion hazard. All electrical equipment and wiring installed therein shall be designed for this hazard. 6. Installation of suitable devices for measuring, recording and totalizing sewage influent and effluent flow and power consumption shall be included. 31 Page 432 of 451 9-2 New Business Chapter 5. Sewage Pump Station (Lift Station) and Force Main Criteria 7. The lift station design shall consider changes in flows over the life of the station and allow for proper operation of the station and force main throughout the intended design life. 8. Where high groundwater conditions are possible, buoyancy of the lift station structures shall be evaluated and protected against flotation. 9. The lift station shall include a wet well bypass -to -overflow basin to allow the wet well to be temporarily removed from service for maintenance. 5.3 Pump Equipment and Protection Pumping equipment shall be specifically designed and rated for wastewater service. For wastewater lift stations with an ultimate rated capacity of 1 MGD or less, the City will consider the use of either self -priming pumps in a wet well, or self -priming pumps in a wet well / dry well configuration. For stations with an ultimate capacity in excess of 1 MGD, only a wet well self - priming configuration with the pump located above the wet well and above ground will be accepted. 5.3.1 Pump Characteristics 1. Pumps shall be specifically designed and rated for wastewater service. 2. The design Engineer shall consider pump efficiency in the design with the intent to maximize pumping efficiency and minimize electrical power demand. 3. Wastewater level measurement equipment shall be provided and shall be connected with the City SCADA system. 3. The lift station shall be provided with multiple pump units programmed to alternate sequentially. Should only two units be provided, equal capacity is required, and each pump train shall be capable of handling the peak flow. Pump redundancy is required so that pumps may be taken out of service for maintenance. 4. The station shall be designed such that the number of motor starts per hour shall not exceed 10, or the number of starts recommended by the motor manufacturer, whichever is less. Duplex pump operation and controllers shall be provided such that the lead and lag pump positions are alternated with each successive motor start. 5. Provisions acceptable to the City shall be made to facilitate the removal of pumps, motors, and other mechanical and electrical equipment. Typically, in wet well / dry well stations, a bridge crane shall be provided for removing pumps. In suction lift stations, slide or overhead rails with hoists for removing pumps shall be provided. In wet well stations, rails shall be provided. 32 Page 433 of 451 9-2 New Business Chapter 5. Sewage Pump Station (Lift Station) and Force Main Criteria 5.3.2 Pump Protection Pumps handling raw wastewater shall be preceded by approved grinders that are installed to protect the pumps from clogging damage by reducing the particle size of wastewater solids in the flow stream. The grinder shall be located in a lined vault or manhole that precedes the wet well. Grinder pumps may be used in wet well settings for flows less than 1 MGD. 5.4 Overflow Basins Overflow basins for lift stations shall be sized to contain the volume of 12 hours the Average Daily Flow at build -out. The basin shall be designed and configured to allow for complete draining after an overflow event, either by gravity or submersible sump pumps permanently installed in the basin. Basins shall be designed to include a vault or manhole outside the overflow basin to facilitate the complete removal of any liquid that accumulates in the basin, and shall require the installation of a pipe between the basin and vault, with positive slope to the vault. A pump -back or gravity system shall be included in the lift station design to return wastewater to the wet well. 5.5 Force Main Design Criteria 5.5.1 Pipe Materials Force main pipe materials, including restraint devices and fittings, shall be PVC or HDPE. Use of other materials must be approved by the City. 5.5.2 Velocity and Pipe Diameter Sanitary sewer force mains shall be a minimum of 3 inches in diameter. At the design pumping rate (initial and ultimate), the velocity shall be at least 3 feet/second, but not more than 7 feet/second. 5.5.3 Pipe and Design Pressure The force main, joint restraint, thrust blocking, and station piping shall be analyzed and designed to withstand water hammer pressures and associated cyclic reversal stresses that are expected with the cycling of wastewater lift station pumps. Water hammer shall be evaluated for the normal operation of the lift station, as well as for a power outage while the pumps are running. 5.5.4 Shutoff and Check Valves Suitable shutoff and check valves shall be placed on the discharge line of each pump. Check valves shall be suitable for the material being handled and shall be placed on the horizontal portion of discharge piping except for ball checks, which may be placed in the vertical run. Valves shall be capable of withstanding operational design pressures and water hammer. 33 Page 434 of 451 9-2 New Business Chapter 5. Sewage Pump Station (Lift Station) and Force Main Criteria 5.5.5 Isolation Valves Isolation valves shall be installed at intervals no greater than 1,000 feet along force mains. 5.5.6 Combination Air Release and Air/Vacuum Valves Combination air release and air/vacuum valves shall be located at force main high points, on pump discharge piping as close as possible to the check valve, and between isolation valves. During the design, the Engineer shall consider the economics of air valve installation against the installation of deeper force main piping. The evaluation shall take into account the installation and long-term maintenance costs of the air valves. The valves shall be specifically designed for wastewater service and be sized per the manufacturer's recommendations. Air valves on force mains shall be contained in a vault and vented above ground. A manually controlled isolation valve suitable for wastewater service shall be installed between the force main and air valve. 5.5.7 Drain Valves When required by the City, the Engineer shall include at least one force main dewatering connection at the lift station and additional drains at other major force main low points. The design shall consist of as few low points along the force main as is practically possible. Drains shall generally include a plug valve installed on a tee and drain piping to an existing sanitary sewer manhole, or to a separate manhole that can then be pumped by City personnel. Provisions shall be made to drain the force main back to the wet well. 5.5.8 Cleanouts Cleanouts shall be provided in the force main at distances not to exceed 500 feet. 5.5.9 Termination Force mains shall transition into the gravity sewer system at a dedicated manhole. The connection of the force main to the manhole shall be made by connecting the force main to a short section of gravity main stubbed out from the manhole. The gravity stub shall be a size that is equal to or larger diameter pipe than the force main, and shall be installed at an elevation that will prevent wastewater from discharging back into the force main when the gravity system is flowing full. The manhole interior shall be coated for protection against hydrogen sulfide corrosion. The manhole and its opening shall be oversized to permit retrieval of cleaning pigs and ancillary equipment. The manhole at the discharge point shall not be an in -line gravity manhole. 5.5.10 Identification Minimum identification requirements for force mains shall consist of tracer wire and warning tape as required for potable water mains, and green marked polywrap for ductile iron pipe. The warning tape shall be labeled, "Caution: Buried Force Main Below". 34 Page 435 of 451 9-2 New Business CITY OF MOAB RESOLUTION #46-2017 A RESOLUTION ADOPTING THE WATER SYSTEM DESIGN CRITERIA MANUAL, WASTEWATER SYSTEM DESIGN CRITERIA MANUAL, AND APWA MANUAL OF STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS (UTAH CHAPTER) WHEREAS, the City, to maintain the quality of new infrastructure improvements, desired to assess and update its minimum criteria and standards for said improvements; and, WHEREAS, the Moab City Council (Council) approved Ordinance No. 2017-02, a temporary moratorium on new commercial site plan applications pending the revision of city ordinances relating to said criteria and standards; and, WHEREAS, with the aid of a consultant, Hansen, Allen & Luce, Inc., appropriate criteria and standards were developed or selected from extant material. NOW, THEREFORE, be it Resolved by the Moab City Council, that the Water System Design Criteria Manual, Wastewater System Design Criteria Manual, and APWA Manual of Standard Specifications (Utah Chapter) are adopted. PASSED AND APPROVED in open Council by a majority vote of the Governing Body of Moab City Council on July 11, 2017. SIGNED: David L. Sakrison, Mayor ATTEST: Rachel Stenta, Recorder Page 436 of 451 9-2 New Business Moab City Council Agenda Item Meeting Date: July 11, 2017 #: 9-3 Title: Revisions to Moab City Code Pertaining to the Culinary Water and Wastewater Treatment System Date Submitted: July 3, 2017 Staff Presenter: Chris McAnany, City Attorney Attachment(s): Proposed Ordinance Options: Approve, deny, or modify. Recommended Motion: I move to adopt the "Ordinance 2017-30 Repealing Certain Provisions of Title 13 Pertaining to the City of Moab Culinary Water and Wastewater Treatment System and Enacting New Provisions." Background/Summary: As part of the due diligence related to closing the sale of the bonds to fund the new Water Reclamation Facility (also known as the Wastewater Treatment Plant), the Utah Department of Environmental Quality required the City to review and revise its city code sections pertaining to wastewater treatment to ensure that the City has the proper authority to operate and manage the wastewater collection and treatment system. A draft was circulated to city staff and to interested members of the public. Based on their feedback and council direction regarding gray water provisions, staff made additional revisions for consideration. Page 437 of 451 9-3 New Business CITY OF MOAB ORDINANCE #2017-30 AN ORDINANCE REPEALING CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF TITLE 13 PERTAINING TO THE CITY OF MOAB CULINARY WATER AND WASTEWATER TREATMENT SYSTEM AND ENACTING NEW PROVISIONS The following findings describe the intent and purpose in the enactment of this ordinance. a. The City is currently undertaking the construction of a new wastewater treatment plant (WWTP). b. To finance the construction of the new WWTP the City has secured debt in the approximate amount of $15 million. In conjunction with that financing the State of Utah has requested that the City review its ordinances to assure that it has the appropriate legal authorities to operate and manage the system. c. Several provisions in Title 13 are dated, and the City periodically undertakes to revise its ordinances to conform to current practices. d. Revision of Title 13 is necessary, in part, to address pretreatment requirements as previously authorized in the City's Sanitary Sewer Master Plan. Therefore, Chapters 13.20 and 13.24 are amended as follows: Chapter 13.20 GENERAL USE REGULATIONS Sections: 13.20.010 13.20.020 13.20.030 13.20.040 13.20.050 13.20.060 13.20.070 13.20.080 13.20.090 13.20.100 13.20.110 13.20.120 13.20.130 13.20.140 13.20.150 13.20.160 13.20.170 13.20.180 Pollution of City Water Supply Prohibited. Use of Water from Wells. Water use during shortages -Restrictions. City Not Liable for Damages Due to Water Shortage. Waste of Water Prohibited. Fire Hydrants. Use of Water to Propel Machinery Prohibited. Use of Water Without Payment Prohibited. Unlawful Taking of Water. Unauthorized Turning On of Water. Injury or Tampering with Water Supply Prohibited. Obstructions Prohibited. Injury to Sewer System Prohibited. Opening of manhole covers. Compliance Required Prior to Occupancy. Connection to Sewer System Required. Sanitary Facilities Required. Onsite Wastewater System Failure and Abatement. Page 438 of 451 9-3 New Business MadbAi>DditrijKibticeode Cl havtdi3123320RMNEUMIREEMtH oPMCDNE\IS CITY OF MOAB ORDINANCE #2017- AN ORDINANCE REPEALING CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF TITLE 13 PERTAINING TO THE CITY OF MOAB CULINARY WATER AND WASTEWATER TREATMENT SYSTEM AND ENACTING NEW PROVISIONS The following findings describe the intent and purpose in the enactment of this ordinance. a. The City is currently undertaking the construction of a new wastewater treatment plant (WWTP). b. To finance the construction of the new WWTP the City has secured debt in the approximate amount of $15 million. In conjunction with that financing the State of Utah has requested that the City review its ordinances to assure that it has the appropriate legal authorities to operate and manage the system. c. Several provisions in Title 13 are dated, and the City periodically undertakes to revise its ordinances to conform to current practices. d. Revision of Title 13 is necessary, in part, to address pretreatment requirements as previously authorized in the City's Sanitary Sewer Master Plan. Therefore, Chapters 13.20 and 13.24 are amended as follows: Chapter 13.20 GENERAL USE REGULATIONS Sections: 13.20.010 Pollution of City Water Supply Prohibited. 13.20.020 Use of Water from Wells. 13.20.030 Water use during shortages -Restrictions. 13.20.040 City Not Liable for Damages Due to Water Shortage. 13.20.050 Waste of Water Prohibited. 13.20.060 Fire Hydrants. 13.20.070 Use of Water to Propel Machinery Prohibited. 13.20.080 Use of Water Without Payment Prohibited. 13.20.090 Unlawful Taking of Water. 13.20.100 Unauthorized Turning On of Water. 13.20.110 Injury or Tampering with Water Supply Prohibited. 13.20.120 Obstructions Prohibited. 13.20.130 Injury to Sewer System Prohibited. 13.20.140 Opening of manhole covers. Page 439 of 451 9-3 New Business M�bd�>Ddiuipra��lddede Clatt34143123)2MINEENERAIIKEEMBIBMARIDNENS 13.20.150 Compliance Required Prior to Occupancy. 13.20.160 Connection to Sewer System Required. 13.20.170 Sanitary Facilities Required. 13.20.180 Onsite Wastewater System Failure and Abatement. 13.20.190 Privy Use Unlawful. 13.20.200 Wastewater Connection, Prohibited Discharges, and Pretreatment. 13.20.210 Graywater Systems PermittingEnforcement. 13.20.220 Enforcement. Additions constitute new text; strike throughs constitute deletions of existing ordinance text. 13.20.010 Pollution of City Water Supply Prohibited. No person, shall cause or allow to occur any release or discharge of pollutants which may contaminate or pollute any surface or subsurface source of water used for the City of Moab culinary water supply. (Prior code § 26-3) 13.20.020 Use of Water from Wells. No person shall use or permit to be used for drinking purposes any water from any well, except from a well constructed in accordance with provisions of this code or any other ordinance of the City. The City, after analysis of water of any well used for potable or culinary purposes, may condemn and prevent the use of such water if the same if found to be contaminated or unsafe for human consumption. (Prior code § 26-4) 13.20.030 Water Use During Shortages -Restrictions. In the event of drought or any event in which water supply is deemed inadequate, or whenever, in the judgment of the City Council it shall be necessary, the City may, upon adoption of a resolution, limit the use of culinary water to such an extent as may be required for the public good. (Prior code § 26-5) 13.20.040 City Not Liable for Damages Due to Water Shortage. The City shall not be liable for any damage to a water user by reason of stoppage or interruption of -water supply caused by fires; scarcity of water; accident to supply works or, mains; construction or repair activities,ron��r�. or from any oth-er—unavoidable cause. (Prior -_coder § 26-7) 13.20.050 Waste of Water Prohibited. No water user shall waste water or allow it to be wasted due to defective taps, valves, leaky joints or pipes; allow tanks or watering troughs to leak or overflow; run water wastefully from hydrants, faucets or stops or through basins, water closets, urinals, sinks or other apparatus; Page 440 of 451 9-3 New Business Madbilti>Dditripiabf lceode Cl httgtdi3123320ENEWRAEIREIEHICKULTIME IS use the water for purposes other than those for which he has paid; or use water in violation of the rules and regulations for controlling the water supply. 13.20.060 Fire Hydrants. All public fire hydrants shall be under the control of and shall be kept in repair by the Public Works Department, and in case of fire the fire department shall have free access to such hydrants. No other person shall open or operate any fire hydrant, or attempt to draw water therefrom, without special permission from the city, or obstruct the approach thereto. (Prior code § 26-9) 13.20.070 Use of Water to Propel Machinery -Prohibited. No water shall be supplied from the pipes of the City water system for the purpose of driving any motor, syphon, turbine or other wheels, or any hydraulic engines or elevators, or for driving or propelling machinery of any kind. (Prior code § 26-11) 13.20.080 Use of Water Without Payment Prohibited. No person shall take or use culinary water from the City water system except from an approved connection and upon payment of all applicable rates and charges. Any unauthorized water use shall be unlawful and punishable as set forth in this Chapter. 13.20.090 Unlawful Taking of Water. No person; shall knowingly connect or cause to be connected any pipe, tube or other instrument to any City or private water line without authorization, or for the purpose of taking water from such line with the intent to evade payment of water service charges. 13.20.100 Unauthorized Turning On of Water. No person, after culinary water has been turned off at any premises due to nonpayment of charges, or for violation(s) of this Chapter, shall turn on the water again or allow the water to be used without lawful authority. 13.20.110 Injury or Tampering with Water Supply Prohibited. No person, without authority, shall open any stopcock, valve, water meter or other fixture attached to the culinary water system or water supply, or in any way injure, deface or impair any part or any appurtenance of the water system or deposit any foreign object into any reservoir, tank, or other part of the water system. (Prior code § 26-16) 13.20.120 Obstructions Prohibited. No person shall stop or obstruct the passage of water in any street, gutter, or public sewer, storm-waterstormwater pipe, culinary water pipe, or hydrant. Approved storm -water Page 441 of 451 9-3 New Business Madbdti>Dditrijizibt keede Cl ahtt}rtch3123320 >IREIEHtEREUI MENS detention/retention areas, or other similar structures designed to capture and utilize surface runoff shall not be deemed a violation of this Section. (Prior code § 26-17) 13.20.1134)130 Injury to Sewer System Prohibited. No person shall injure, break or remove any part or portion of the City sewer system or any sewer equipment. (Prior code § 26-18) 13.20.140 Opening of Manhole Covers. No person shall open any sewer manhole without permission from the Public Works Director. (Prior code § 26-19) 13.20.150 Compliance Required Prior to Occupancy. No person shall occupy any dwelling within the City without complying with the provisions of this Chapter pertaining to sewage disposal. Any person who shall occupy or attempt to occupy any dwelling without properly connecting to the public sewer or connecting to a lawful onsite wastewater disposal system shall be subject to a cease and desist order from the City or the Building Official, who shall prohibit occupancy of any non -complying dwelling or structure. 13.20. 160 Connection to City Sewer System Required. Except as otherwise provided for in this section, it is unlawful for the owner or other person in possession of any dwelling, building, or structure intended for human occupancy located within two hundred feet of any sewer main, as measured from the sewer main to the nearest boundary of the subject property, to install, use, or permit to exist any on -site wastewater system (septic system), sewage holding tank, privy or other means of storing or disposing of wastewater on such property. The City shall cause appropriate written notice to be served upon the owner or person in possession of such premises to disconnect the building from any such on -site system and to connect the building to the City sewer system no later than ninety (90) days from the date of the notice. It is unlawful for the owner or person in possession of any premises within the area described in this section to fail or refuse to connect to the City sewer system after expiration of the time provided in the notice. The City may approve an exception for connection to the sewer system if such exception is provided for in a duly approved pre -annexation agreement between the City and the owner of the property in question. The pre -annexation agreement shall require that an existing on -site wastewater system for the property is subject to inspection and shall comply with all applicable building codes and State of Utah Department of Environmental Quality regulations. 13.20.170 Sanitary Facilities Required. The owner of any dwelling, commercial building, or other structure used for human occupancy shall- furnish such premises with bathrooms and sanitary facilities as required by applicable Page 442 of 451 9-3 New Business Madbilti>Dditrijizibticeode ClEhttgtd312332DERIENIURAIIRESIEHICKUITUDNYNS building codes and shall at all times maintain the same in a sanitary condition. No person shall dispose of or deposit any wastewater or human excreta within the City, except in a sanitary sewer, or utilizing a lawful onsite wastewater system (septic system) approved and constructed in accordance with the specifications of the Utah Department of Environmental Quality. 13.20.180 Onsite Wastewater System Failure and Abatement. No property owner, lessee, tenant, or occupant, shall permit or allow any onsite wastewater system or septic tank to overflow upon any portion of the surface of the ground; to have its outlet or overflow into any ditch, canal, water course or surface water bodyconduit; to become foul and offensive; to emit foul and noxious fumes or odors; or to be or remain in any manner dangerous to health or safety of any person. Any onsite wastewater system or septic tank which is in violation of this section shall be unlawful and may be treated asis a nuisance. 13.20.190 Privy -Use Unlawful. The use of pit privies for the land disposal of human waste within the City is unlawful. 13.20.200 Wastewater Connection, Prohibited Discharges, and Pretreatment. A. No person shall install a plumbing connection to the City wastewater treatments system without first submitting a written application to the City and paying all applicable connection fees and impact fees. All new wastewater connections shall be reviewed and are subject to approval by the City, which shall verify compliance with applicable codes and construction standards. B. Discharges to the City wastewater treatment system are limited to domestic and commercial wastewater and sewage. The discharge of storm water, surface drainage, ground water, roof runoff, irrigation return flows, or sump pumps into the City wastewater treatment system is unlawful. C. The discharge into the City wastewater treatment system of the following materials shall be unlawful: lye, alkaline materials (PH of 10 or greater), acids (PH of 5 or lower), oil, gasoline, fertilizers, pesticides, paint, garbage, sand, dirt, grease, chemical or industrial wastes, flammable materials, toxic pollutants as defined by U.A.C. R317-8-7.6, liquids with a temperature of 120 degrees Fahrenheit or higher, agricultural wastes, or any substances which are deemed by the City to be: 1) injurious to the treatment works; or 2) likely to cause or contribute to a violation of applicable Utah Pollution Discharge Elimination System (UPDES) permits. D. Food Service Establishments (FSE) that have a potential to discharge cooking oil or grease into the City wastewater treatment system may be required to install and maintain a grease/oil trap: 1) in conjunction with new construction or remodeling requiring a building permit; or 2) where inspection reveals grease/oil buildup or the plugging of a waste- waterwastwater pipeline. Page 443 of 451 9-3 New Business Matibdizi>Ddiuijrabtilddede ClamattiB 123)2MINEENIERAIIKEEMMICEUMIDNENS E. If deemed necessary pursuant to U.A.C. R317-8-8, this Chapter, or other applicable law the City may require commercial or industrial customers to obtain and comply with a City pretreatment permit. Pretreatment permits will be determined on a case by case basis, and may require the installation of pretreatment equipment or the adoption of best management processes as needed. The City may establish a fee for a pretreatment permit by resolution. F. The City has authority to enter private property and periodically inspect for the purposes of verifying compliance with this Chapter. Inspections may include effluent sampling, physical inspections, and/or records reviews, as needed. 13.20.210 Graywater Systems Permitting. A. Graywater systems may be installed, provided that the owner of the property where the system is to be located obtains a permit from the City pursuant to this section. Graywater systems shall be defined to mean a plumbing system for a single-family dwelling where untreated waste -water which has not come into contact with toilet water or human waste is disposed of on -site, and not via connection to the City wastewater treatment system. Graywater includes water from bathtubs, showers, clothes washing machines, and sinks, but does not include: water from kitchen sinks, dishwashers, floor drains, or drains receiving chemicals or industrial wastes. B. Graywater systems shall not be connected to culinary water systems, except where a backflow prevention device is installed and maintained in working order at all times. C. Notice of the installation of an approved graywater system must be confirmed by a writing, signed by the owner and recorded in the Grand County land records as to the subject property. D. Graywater shall not be: i) applied to the land surface; ii) allowed to surface after disposal; iii) applied directly to vegetable gardens; or iv) discharged directly into any ditch, canal, storm sewer, or surface water body. The City has authority to issue a permit variance as to requirements i) or iii) if the applicant can successfully demonstrate the use of technology which will remove contaminants and render the water safe for those activities. All Graywater piping and equipment shall be clearly labelled to show that the water is non -potable and not safe for drinking. E. All graywater systems are subject to the design requirements and restrictions contained in U.A.C. R.317- 401. The City shall review and process all graywater system applications, and may establish a fee for a graywater permits by resolution. F. The City has authority to enter private property and periodically inspect for the purposes of verifying compliance with this Section. Inspections may include effluent sampling, physical inspections, and/or records reviews, as needed. G. The use of any unpermitted graywater system or any graywater system which does not comply with the provisions of this Section shall be unlawful. 13.20.220 Enforcement. A. Violations of this Chapter may be enforced as follows: 1) The City may assess a civil fine which shall not exceed the sum of five hundred dollars ($500.00) per violation. In the event of continuing or repeat violations, the fine shall be capped at five hundred dollars ($500.00) per day. Page 444 of 451 9-3 New Business Madbdti>Dditrijizibticeede Cl ahtt}rtch3123320ERIENTAIMIREIEHtEREUI @PSIS 2) The City may commence a civil action to enjoin or abate any violation, or compel any person to come into compliance. In any such proceeding the City need only establish proof of the violation to obtain relief, which shall be granted without the posting of bond. 3) The City may commence an action for damages, repair costs, or recovery of other losses resulting from the violation. 4) In conjunction with the above remedies the City may add any sums that are owing to the water/sewer service account which serves the property where the violation(s) occurred. Failure to pay the sums owing may result in disconnection of culinary water service to the subject property until such time as all sums are paid, subject to the procedures specified in Section 13.24.050. 5) In lieu of civil enforcement, the City may prosecute any violation of this Chapter, which shall be punishable as a Class B misdemeanor, as otherwise provided by Utah law. B. Except in the case of an emergency, prior to invoking any remedies under this Chapter the City shall first deliver written notice to the person in violation, who shall be given a reasonable period of time, but not less than ten (10) days in which to cure or abate the violation, or otherwise come into compliance with this Chapter. C. The City has authority, without resort to legal process, to take any steps it deems necessary to repair or abate any condition as to the culinary water or wastewater system which constitutes an immediate risk to public health or safety. D. In any judicial enforcement action the City shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorney fees, in addition to any other relief. Page 445 of 451 9-3 New Business Moab Municipal Code Chapter 13.28 DRINKING WATER SOURCE PROTECTION Page 8/6 Chapter 13.24 RATES AND CHARGES Section 13.24.020 is amended as follows: 13.24.020 Sewer rate schedule. The sewer rate schedule shall be adopted by resolution of the City Council. If deemed necessary, the City may by resolution specify additional (or excess) sewer rates for users that discharge wastewater in excess of that defined for an Equivalent Residential User (ERU) as to Total Dissolved Solids (TSS) or Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD). Additionally, the City may specify an additional rate for any user which may cause the City to incur increased costs for handling and disposal of excess sewage sludge. Costs associated with treating inflow and infiltration flows into City sewer pipelines will be borne by all rate payers. (Ord. 99-17, 1999: Ord. 98-15, 1998) Approved by a majority vote of the Moab City Council. Dated this day of 2017. This ordinance shall take effect twenty days from the date of publication. SIGNED: David L. Sakrison, Mayor ATTEST: Rachel Stenta, Recorder Page 446 of 451 9-3 New Business 13.20.190 Privy Use Unlawful. 13.20.200 Wastewater Connection, Prohibited Discharges, and Pretreatment. 13.20.210 Graywater Systems Permitting. 13.20.220 Enforcement. 13.20.010 Pollution of City Water Supply Prohibited. No person, shall cause or allow to occur any release or discharge of pollutants which may contaminate or pollute any surface or subsurface source of water used for the City of Moab culinary water supply. (Prior code § 26-3) 13.20.020 Use of Water from Wells. No person shall use or permit to be used for drinking purposes any water from any well, except from a well constructed in accordance with provisions of this code or any other ordinance of the City. The City, after analysis of water of any well used for potable or culinary purposes, may condemn and prevent the use of such water if the same if found to be contaminated or unsafe for human consumption. (Prior code § 26-4) 13.20.030 Water Use During Shortages -Restrictions. In the event of drought or any event in which water supply is deemed inadequate, or whenever, in the judgment of the City Council it shall be necessary, the City may, upon adoption of a resolution, limit the use of culinary water to such an extent as may be required for the public good. (Prior code § 26-5) 13.20.040 City Not Liable for Damages Due to Water Shortage. The City shall not be liable for any damage to a water user by reason of stoppage or interruption of water supply caused by fires; scarcity of water; accident to supply works or mains; construction or repair activities; or from any unavoidable cause. (Prior code § 26-7) 13.20.050 Waste of Water Prohibited. No water user shall waste water or allow it to be wasted due to defective taps, valves, leaky joints or pipes; allow tanks or watering troughs to leak or overflow; run water wastefully from hydrants, faucets or stops or through basins, water closets, urinals, sinks or other apparatus; use the water for purposes other than those for which he has paid; or use water in violation of the rules and regulations for controlling the water supply. 13.20.060 Fire Hydrants. All public fire hydrants shall be under the control of and shall be kept in repair by the Public Works Department, and in case of fire the fire department shall have free access to such hydrants. No other person shall open or operate any fire hydrant, or attempt to draw water therefrom, without special permission from the city, or obstruct the approach thereto. (Prior code § 26-9) 13.20.070 Use of Water to Propel Machinery -Prohibited. No water shall be supplied from the pipes of the City water system for the purpose of driving any motor, syphon, turbine or other wheels, or any hydraulic engines or elevators, or for driving or propelling machinery of any kind. (Prior code § 26-11) 13.20.080 Use of Water Without Payment Prohibited. No person shall take or use culinary water from the City water system except from an approved connection and upon payment of all applicable rates and charges. Any unauthorized water use shall be unlawful and punishable as set forth in this Chapter. 13.20.090 Unlawful Taking of Water. No person shall knowingly connect or cause to be connected any pipe, tube or other instrument to any City or private water line without authorization, or for the purpose of taking water from such line with the intent to evade payment of water service charges. 13.20.100 Unauthorized Turning On of Water. No person, after culinary water has been turned off at any premises due to nonpayment of charges, or for violation(s) of this Chapter, shall turn on the water again or allow the water to be used without lawful authority. Page 447 of 451 9-3 New Business 13.20.110 Injury or Tampering with Water Supply Prohibited. No person, without authority, shall open any stopcock, valve, water meter or other fixture attached to the culinary water system or water supply, or in any way injure, deface or impair any part or any appurtenance of the water system or deposit any foreign object into any reservoir, tank, or other part of the water system. (Prior code § 26- 16) 13.20.120 Obstructions Prohibited. No person shall stop or obstruct the passage of water in any street, gutter, or public sewer, storm -water pipe, culinary water pipe, or hydrant. Approved storm -water detention/retention areas, or other similar structures designed to capture and utilize surface runoff shall not be deemed a violation of this Section. (Prior code § 26- 17) 13.20.1130 Injury to Sewer System Prohibited. No person shall injure, break or remove any part or portion of the City sewer system or any sewer equipment. (Prior code § 26-18) 13.20.140 Opening of Manhole Covers. No person shall open any sewer manhole without permission from the Public Works Director. (Prior code § 26-19) 13.20.150 Compliance Required Prior to Occupancy. No person shall occupy any dwelling within the City without complying with the provisions of this Chapter pertaining to sewage disposal. Any person who shall occupy or attempt to occupy any dwelling without properly connecting to the public sewer or connecting to a lawful onsite wastewater disposal system shall be subject to a cease and desist order from the City or the Building Official, who shall prohibit occupancy of any non -complying dwelling or structure. 13.20. 160 Connection to City Sewer System Required. Except as otherwise provided for in this section, it is unlawful for the owner or other person in possession of any dwelling, building, or structure intended for human occupancy located within two hundred feet of any sewer main, as measured from the sewer main to the nearest boundary of the subject property, to install, use, or permit to exist any on -site wastewater system (septic system), sewage holding tank, privy or other means of storing or disposing of wastewater on such property. The City shall cause appropriate written notice to be served upon the owner or person in possession of such premises to disconnect the building from any such on -site system and to connect the building to the City sewer system no later than ninety (90) days from the date of the notice. It is unlawful for the owner or person in possession of any premises within the area described in this section to fail or refuse to connect to the City sewer system after expiration of the time provided in the notice. The City may approve an exception for connection to the sewer system if such exception is provided for in a duly approved pre - annexation agreement between the City and the owner of the property in question. The pre -annexation agreement shall require that an existing on -site wastewater system for the property is subject to inspection and shall comply with all applicable building codes and State of Utah Department of Environmental Quality regulations. 13.20.170 Sanitary Facilities Required. The owner of any dwelling, commercial building, or other structure used for human occupancy shall furnish such premises with bathrooms and sanitary facilities as required by applicable building codes and shall at all times maintain the same in a sanitary condition. No person shall dispose of or deposit any wastewater or human excreta within the City, except in a sanitary sewer, or utilizing a lawful onsite wastewater system (septic system) approved and constructed in accordance with the specifications of the Utah Department of Environmental Quality. 13.20.180 Onsite Wastewater System Failure and Abatement. No property owner, tenant, or occupant, shall permit or allow any onsite wastewater system or septic tank to overflow upon any portion of the surface of the ground; to have its outlet or overflow into any ditch, canal, water course or surface water body; to become foul and offensive; to emit foul and noxious fumes or odors; or to be or Page 448 of 451 9-3 New Business remain in any manner dangerous to health or safety of any person. Any onsite wastewater system or septic tank which is in violation of this section shall be unlawful and may be treated as a nuisance. 13.20.190 Privy -Use Unlawful. The use of pit privies for the land disposal of human waste within the City is unlawful. 13.20.200 Wastewater Connection, Prohibited Discharges, and Pretreatment. A. No person shall install a plumbing connection to the City wastewater treatments system without first submitting a written application to the City and paying all applicable connection fees and impact fees. All new wastewater connections shall be reviewed and are subject to approval by the City, which shall verify compliance with applicable codes and construction standards. B. Discharges to the City wastewater treatment system are limited to domestic and commercial wastewater and sewage. The discharge of storm water, surface drainage, ground water, roof runoff, irrigation return flows, or sump pumps into the City wastewater treatment system is unlawful. C. The discharge into the City wastewater treatment system of the following materials shall be unlawful: lye, alkaline materials (PH of 10 or greater), acids (PH of S or lower), oil, gasoline, fertilizers, pesticides, paint, garbage, sand, dirt, grease, chemical or industrial wastes, flammable materials, toxic pollutants as defined by U.A.C. R317-8-7.6, liquids with a temperature of 120 degrees Fahrenheit or higher, agricultural wastes, or any substances which are deemed by the City to be: 1) injurious to the treatment works; or 2) likely to cause or contribute to a violation of applicable Utah Pollution Discharge Elimination System (UPDES) permits. D. Food Service Establishments (FSE) that have a potential to discharge cooking oil or grease into the City wastewater treatment system may be required to install and maintain a grease/oil trap: 1) in conjunction with new construction or remodeling requiring a building permit; or 2) where inspection reveals grease/oil buildup or the plugging of a waste -water pipeline. E. If deemed necessary pursuant to U.A.C. R317-8-8, this Chapter, or other applicable law the City may require commercial or industrial customers to obtain and comply with a City pretreatment permit. Pretreatment permits will be determined on a case by case basis, and may require the installation of pretreatment equipment or the adoption of best management processes as needed. The City may establish a fee for a pretreatment permit by resolution. F. The City has authority to enter private property and periodically inspect for the purposes of verifying compliance with this Chapter. Inspections may include effluent sampling, physical inspections, and/or records reviews, as needed. 13.20.210 Graywater Systems Permitting. A. Graywater systems may be installed, provided that the owner of the property where the system is to be located obtains a permit from the City pursuant to this section. Graywater systems shall be defined to mean a plumbing system for a single-family dwelling where untreated waste -water which has not come into contact with toilet water or human waste is disposed of on -site, and not via connection to the City wastewater treatment system. Graywater includes water from bathtubs, showers, clothes washing machines, and sinks, but does not include: water from kitchen sinks, dishwashers, floor drains, or drains receiving chemicals or industrial wastes. B. Graywater systems shall not be connected to culinary water systems, except where a backflow prevention device is installed and maintained in working order at all times. C. Notice of the installation of an approved graywater system must be confirmed by a writing, signed by the owner and recorded in the Grand County land records as to the subject property. Page 449 of 451 9-3 New Business D. Graywater shall not be: i) applied to the land surface; ii) allowed to surface after disposal; iii) applied directly to vegetable gardens; or iv) discharged directly into any ditch, canal, storm sewer, or surface water body. The City has authority to issue a permit variance as to requirements i) or iii) if the applicant can successfully demonstrate the use of technology which will remove contaminants and render the water safe for those activities. All Graywater piping and equipment shall be clearly labelled to show that the water is non -potable and not safe for drinking. E. All graywater systems are subject to the design requirements and restrictions contained in U.A.C. R.317- 401. The City shall review and process all graywater system applications, and may establish a fee for a graywater permits by resolution. F. The City has authority to enter private property and periodically inspect for the purposes of verifying compliance with this Section. Inspections may include effluent sampling, physical inspections, and/or records reviews, as needed. G. The use of any unpermitted graywater system or any graywater system which does not comply with the provisions of this Section shall be unlawful. 13.20.220 Enforcement. A. Violations of this Chapter may be enforced as follows: 1) The City may assess a civil fine which shall not exceed the sum of five hundred dollars ($500.00) per violation. In the event of continuing or repeat violations, the fine shall be capped at five hundred dollars ($500.00) per day. 2) The City may commence a civil action to enjoin or abate any violation, or compel any person to come into compliance. In any such proceeding the City need only establish proof of the violation to obtain relief, which shall be granted without the posting of bond. 3) The City may commence an action for damages, repair costs, or recovery of other losses resulting from the violation. 4) In conjunction with the above remedies the City may add any sums that are owing to the water/sewer service account which serves the property where the violation(s) occurred. Failure to pay the sums owing may result in disconnection of culinary water service to the subject property until such time as all sums are paid, subject to the procedures specified in Section 13.24.050. 5) In lieu of civil enforcement, the City may prosecute any violation of this Chapter, which shall be punishable as a Class B misdemeanor, as otherwise provided by Utah law. B. Except in the case of an emergency, prior to invoking any remedies under this Chapter the City shall first deliver written notice to the person in violation, who shall be given a reasonable period of time, but not less than ten (10) days in which to cure or abate the violation, or otherwise come into compliance with this Chapter. C. The City has authority, without resort to legal process, to take any steps it deems necessary to repair or abate any condition as to the culinary water or wastewater system which constitutes an immediate risk to public health or safety. D. In any judicial enforcement action the City shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorney fees, in addition to any other relief. Page 450 of 451 9-3 New Business Chapter 13.24 RATES AND CHARGES Section 13.24.020 is amended as follows: 13.24.020 Sewer rate schedule. The sewer rate schedule shall be adopted by resolution of the City Council. If deemed necessary, the City may by resolution specify additional (or excess) sewer rates for users that discharge wastewater in excess of that defined for an Equivalent Residential User (ERU) as to Total Dissolved Solids (TSS) or Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD). Additionally, the City may specify an additional rate for any user which may cause the City to incur increased costs for handling and disposal of excess sewage sludge. Costs associated with treating inflow and infiltration flows into City sewer pipelines will be borne by all rate payers. (Ord. 99-17, 1999: Ord. 98-15, 1998) Approved by a majority vote of the Moab City Council. Dated this 11th day of July, 2017. This ordinance shall take effect twenty days from the date of publication. SIGNED: David L. Sakrison, Mayor ATTEST: Rachel Stenta, Recorder Page 451 of 451 9-3 New Business